bidding document - Government of Haryana eProcurement

bidding document - Government of Haryana eProcurement
BIDDING DOCUMENT
Name of Work:
Construction of
Sonipat.
Estimated cost
Rs. 43.03 Crores
Time Limit
21 months
Earnest Money
86.06 lacs
M.C
Office Complex, Sector 3,
INDEX
Sr.
No.
i
Name of Contents
SECTION-1
Detailed Notice Inviting Bids
SECTION-2
Instructions to Bidders, Eligibility Criteria &
Conditions/ Guidelines of E-Tendering
SECTION-3
General Rules & Directions for the Guidance of
Contractors
SECTION-4
I Conditions of Contract
II Special Conditions of Contract
SECTION-5
Technical Specifications/Conditions
List of Approved make & manufacturer
SECTION-6
I Abstract of Cost
II Bill of Quantities
SECTION-7
FORM FOR FILLING RATES (Form of Bid)
I SECTION-8
Securities & Other Forms
SECTION-9
I Drawings
Page No.
3-4
5-12
13-14
1
15-34
35-49
50
374
471
472
478
SECTION - 1
DETAIL NOTICE INVITING E-TENDERS
SINGLE PERCENTAGE / ITEM RATE ONLINE TENDER
Municipal Corporation Sonepat hereby invites Online bids on the website: : https://haryanaeprocurement.gov.in
from the eligible contractors /firms enlisted with the approved list of Central Govt. Departments, their Boards & Public
Sector Undertakings, State Government Departments, their Boards & Public sector Undertakings having expertise and
experience in completion of the similar works in single stage two cover system i.e. Request for Pre-Qualification /
Technical Bid (online Bid under PQQ / Technical Envelope) and Request for Financial Bid (comprising of price bid
Proposal under online available Commercial Envelope):-
Job
no.
955
Description
work / Items
of Approxim EMD to be
ate value deposited
of works by Bidder
in Crores ) in Lacs
Construction of M.C
Office
Complex,
Sector 3, Sonipat
43.03
86.06
Tender
Document
Fee
&
eService
Fee (Rs.)
Rs. 20000/- +
Rs. 1000/- = Rs.
21000/-
Start Date
& Time of
Bid
Preparation
&
Submission
Expiry Date
& Time of
Bid of EMD
Submission
20/07/2017
31/08/2017
Expiry Date
& Time of BidTender
Preparation Opening
& Submission date
technical bid
04/09/2017
05/09/2017
Time
limit for
completio
n of wok
21 months
Under this process, the Pre-qualification/ Technical online bid Application as well as online Price Bid shall be invited at single
stage under two covers i.e. PQQ/Technical & Commercial Envelope. Eligibility and qualification of the Applicant will be first
examined based on the details submitted online under first cover (PQQ or Technical) with respect to eligibility and qualification
criteria prescribed in this Tender document. The Price Bid under the second cover shall be opened for only those Applicants whose
PQQ/ Technical Applications are responsive to eligibility and qualifications requirements as per Tender document.
1.
The payment for Tender Document Fee and e-Service Fee shall be made by eligible bidders online directly through
Debit Cards & Internet Banking Accounts and the payment for EMD can be made online directly through RTGS/NEFT
Please refer to ‘Online Payment Guideline’ available at the Single e-Procurement portal of GoH (Govt. of Haryana) and
also mentioned under the Tender Document.
2.
Intending bidders will be
mandatorily required to online
sign-up (create user account) on the
website
https://haryanaeprocurement.gov.in to be eligible to participate in the e-Tender. He / She will be required to make online
payment as mentioned above towards EMD in due course of time. The intended bidder fails to pay EMD fee under the
stipulated time frame shall not be allow to submit his / her bids for the respective event / Tenders.
3.
The interested bidders must remit the funds at least T+1 working day (Transaction day + One working Day) in advance i.e. on
or before as mentioned above and make payment via RTGS /NEFT to the beneficiary account number specified under the
online generated challan. The intended bidder / Agency thereafter will be able to successfully verify their payment online,
and
submit
their
bids
on
or
before
the
expiry
date
&
time
of
the
respective
events/Tenders
at
https://haryanaeprocurement.gov.in.
The interested bidders shall have to pay mandatorily e-Service fee (under document fee – Non refundable) of Rs.1000/(Rupee One Thousand Only) online by using the service of secure electronic gateway. The secure electronic payments gateway is
an online interface between bidders & online payment authorization networks.
The Payment for document fee/ e-Service fee can be made by eligible bidders online directly through Debit Cards & Internet
Banking.
The Bidders can submit their tender documents (Online) as per the dates mentioned in the key dates:-
Key Dates
Sr. No. Department Stage
Bidder's Stage
Start
date
time
1
and Expiry
date
time
Tender Document Download and 20.07.2017 17.00 31.08.2017
Bid Preparation/ Submission
Hrs.
and
18.00
Hrs.
2
Prebid meeting
07.08.2017 at 3.00 PM
3
Last date of submission
04.09.2017 18.00 Hrs.
of bid document
4
Technical Bid Opening
05.09.2017 10.00 Hrs.
5
Financial Bid Opening
14.09.2017 15.00 Hrs.
Important Note:
1) The Applicants/bidders have to complete ‘Application / Bid Preparation & Submission’ stage on scheduled time as mentioned
above. If any Applicant / bidder failed to complete his / her aforesaid stage in the stipulated online time schedule for this stage, his
/ her Application/bid status will be considered as ‘Applications / bids not submitted’.
2) Applicant/Bidder must confirm & check his/her Application/bid status after completion of his/her all activities for e-bidding.
3) Applicant/Bidder can rework on his/her bids even after completion of ‘Application/Bid Preparation & submission stage’
(Application/Bidder Stage), subject to the condition that the rework must take place during the stipulated time frame of the
Applicant/Bidder Stage.
4) In the first instance, the online payment details of tender document fee + e-Service and EMD & PQQ/Technical Envelope shall be
opened. Henceforth financial bid quoted against each of the item by the shortlisted bidder/ Agency wherever required shall be
opened online in the presence of such bidders/ Agency who either themselves or through their representatives choose to be
present. The bidder can submit online their bids as per the dates mentioned in the schedule/Key Dates above.
SECTION-2
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS (ITB)
Note : Throughout these bidding documents, the terms ‘bid’ and ‘tender’ and their derivatives (bidder/tenderer, bidding/tendering,
etc.) are synonymous
1.
Eligibility Criteriom:
a)
This Invitation for Bids is open to all contractors/bidders enlisted with Central Govt. Departments, their
Boards & Public Sector Undertakings, State Government Departments, their Boards & Public sector
Undertakings, who have executed similar nature of work as per eligibility criteria prescribed as under:
“The intending agency should have successfully completed similar nature of work in Central govenmental
departments, their Boards & Public Sector Undertakings, State Government Departments, their Boards & Public sector
Undertakings; costing one work not less than 80 % or at least two works of not less than 50% amount of total cost of
bid along with technical bid for the works during the last five years. If the same are not submitted, the technical bid
shall be rejected .For this, a Certificate from the employer shall be submitted along with the application incorporating
clearly the name of the work, Contract value, billing amount, date of commencement as well as completion of works,
satisfactory performance of the Contractor and any other relevant information.”
b) Annual average turnover of the bidding agency/ contractors for last three years shall not be less than Rs. 50
Crores.
2.
Bid documents can be downloaded online from the portal https://haryanaeprocurement.gov.in by the Agencies/ Contractor/
L&C ( Societies) registered on the Portal. The bids to be submitted online are required to be digitally signed, the bidders are
therefore advised to obtain Digital Signature at the earliest. For further details, terms and conditions please visit the website
https://haryanaeprocurement.gov.in.
3.
The Bidders are therefore required to keep the scanned copies of prequalification and other documents of the above mentioned
documents ready.
The bids shall be submitted online in two separate envelopes:
Envelope 1: Technical Bid
The bidders shall upload the required eligibility & technical documents online in the Technical Bid.
Envelope 2: Commercial Bid
The bidders shall quote the prices in price bid format under Commercial Bid.
4.
The contractual agencies should submit their tender documents (Online and physical) strictly as per schedule dates.
5.
In case, the day of opening of tenders happens to be holiday, the tenders will be opened on
the next working day. The time and place of receipt of tenders and other conditions will remain unchanged.
6.
The L & C societies shall produce an attested copy of the resolution of the Co-Operative department
for submission of online bids in the e-tendering system and should be submitted physically to MC Sonipat office along with other Bid
documents.
7.
The tender of the bidder who does not satisfy the qualification criteria in the bid documents are
liable to be rejected summarily without assigning any reason and no claim whatsoever on this account will be considered.
8.
If any tenderer, modifies or withdraws his tender subsequent to submitting it to the Municipal Corporation while on one hand he
is liable to be blacklisted, on the other hand his earnest money shall be forfeited without prejudice to other rights and remedies
available to the MC.
9.
The acceptance of tender will rest with the concerned competent authority of M.C. Sonipat, who does not bind himself to accept the
lowest tender and reserves to himself the authority to reject any or all of tenders received without the assignment of any reason.
10.
11.
Sales / works Tax, Income Tax, Labour cess or any other tax will be deducted from the bills of
contractor as per the instructions of the Govt.
No conditional tenders / bids shall be accepted by the MC.Sonipat
Instructions to bidder on Electronic Tendering System
These conditions will over-rule the conditions stated in the tender documents, wherever relevant and
applicable.
1.
Registration of bidders on e-Procurement Portal:All the bidders intending to participate in the tenders process online are required to get registered on the centralized e Procurement Portal i.e. https://haryanaeprocurement.gov.in. Please visit the website for more details.
Obtaining a Digital Certificate:
2.
2.1
The Bids submitted online should be encrypted and signed electronically with a Digital Certificate to establish
the identity of the bidder bidding online. These Digital Certificates are issued by an Approved Certifying Authority, by the
Controller of Certifying Authorities, Government of India.
2.2 A Digital Certificate is issued upon receipt of mandatory identity (i.e. Applicant’s PAN Card) and Address
proofs and verification form duly attested by the Bank Manager / Post Master / Gazetted Officer. Only upon the receipt of the
required
documents,
a
digital
certificate
can
be
issued.
For
more
details
please
visit
the
website
–
https://haryanaeprocurement.gov.in.
2.3 The bidders may obtain Class-II or III digital signature certificate from any Certifying Authority or Sub-certifying
Authority authorized by the Controller of Certifying Authorities or may obtain information and application format and documents
required for the issue of digital certificate from.
2.4
The bidder must ensure that he/she comply by the online available important guidelines at the portal
https://haryanaeprocurement.gov.in for Digital Signature Certificate (DSC) including the e-Token carrying DSCs.
2.5
Bid for a particular tender must be submitted online using the digital certificate
(Encryption & Signing), which is
used to encrypt and sign the data during the stage of bid preparation. In case, during the process of a particular tender, the user
loses his digital certificate (due to virus attack, hardware problem, operating system or any other problem) he will not be able to
submit the bid online. Hence, the users are advised to keep a backup of the certificate and also keep the copies at safe place
under proper security (for its use in case of emergencies).
2.6 In case of online tendering, if the digital certificate issued to the authorized user of a firm is used for signing and
submitting a bid, it will be considered equivalent to a no-objection certificate /power of attorney / lawful authorization to that User.
The firm has to authorize a specific individual through an authorization certificate signed by all partners to use the digital
certificate as per Indian Information Technology Act 2000. Unless the certificates are revoked, it will be assumed to represent
adequate authority of the user to bid on behalf of the firm in the department tenders as per Information Technology Act 2000. The
digital signature of this authorized user will be binding on the firm.
2.7
In case of any change in the authorization, it shall be the responsibility of management / partners of the firm to
inform the certifying authority about the change and to obtain the digital signatures of the new person / user on behalf of the firm /
company. The procedure for application of a digital certificate however will remain the same for the new user.
2.8 The same procedure holds true for the authorized users in a private/Public limited
company. In this case, the
authorization certificate will have to be signed by the directors of the company.
3
Pre-requisites for online bidding:
In order to operate on the electronic tender management system, a user’s machine is required to be set up. A help file on
system setup/Pre-requisite can be obtained from Nextenders (India) Pvt. Ltd. or downloaded from the home page of the website https://haryanaeprocurement.gov.in.. The link for downloading required java applet & DC setup are also available on the Home
page of the e-tendering Portal.
4
Online Viewing of Detailed Notice Inviting Tenders:
The bidders can view the detailed N.I.T and the time schedule (Key Dates) for all the tenders floated through the single
portal eProcurement system on the Home Page at https://haryanaeprocurement.gov.in.
5
Download of Tender Documents:
The tender documents can be downloaded free of cost from the eProcurement portal https://haryanaeprocurement.gov.in
6
Key Dates:
The bidders are strictly advised to follow dates and times as indicated in the online Notice Inviting Tenders. The date and
time shall be binding on all bidders. All online activities are time tracked and the system enforces time locks that ensure that no
activity or transaction can take place outside the start and end dates and the time of the stage as defined in the online Notice
Inviting Tenders.
7 Online Payment of Tender Document Fee, eService fee , EMD fees & Bid Preparation & Submission (PQQ/ Technical &
Commercial/Price Bid):
i) Online Payment of Tender Document Fee + e-Service fee:
The online payment for Tender document fee, eService Fee & EMD can be done using the secure electronic payment
gateway. The Payment for Tender Document Fee and eService Fee shall be made by bidders/ Vendors online directly through
Debit Cards & Internet Banking Accounts and the Payment for EMD shall be made online directly through RTGS / NEFT. The
secure electronic payments gateway is an online interface between contractors and Debit card / online payment authorization
networks.
ii)
PREPARATION & SUBMISSION Of online APPLICATIONS/BIDS:
Detailed Tender documents may be downloaded from e-procurement website (https://haryanaeprocurement.gov.in) and tender
mandatorily be submitted online.
Scan copy of Documents to be submitted/uploaded for Prequalification or Technical bid under online PQQ/ Technical
Envelope: The required documents (refer to DNIT) shall be prepared and scanned in different file formats (in PDF /JPEG/MS
WORD format such that file size is not exceed more than 10 MB) and uploaded during the on-line submission of PQQ or
Technical Envelope.
FINANCIAL or Price Bid PROPOSAL shall be submitted mandatorily online under Commercial Envelope and original
not to be submitted manually)
ASSISTANCE TO THE BIDDERS:In case of any query regarding process of e t e n d e r s and for undertaking training purpose, the
intended bidder can also avail the following and can contact service provider as per below:
Office Timings of Help-desk support for Single e Procurement Portal of Government of Haryana- Technical Support
8.
Assistance will be available over telephone Monday to Friday (09:00 am. to 5:30 pm) & Training workshop will be conducted
on every 1st, 2nd Friday (from 3:30 pm upto 6:00 pm) and 4th Saturday (from 11:30 am upto 3:00 pm) of each month.
All queries would require to be registered at our official [email protected]rs.com for on- time support (Only those
queries which are sent through email along with appropriate screenshots or error description will be considered as registered
with the Help-desk)
Important Note:(a)
Any intending bidder can contact the helpdesk on or before prior to 4 hours of the scheduled
closing date & time of respective e-Auction/ Tender event.
(b)
For queries pertaining to e-Payment of EMD, please contact the helpdesk at least 2 business days prior to the
closing date & time of e-Auction/Tender event.
(c)
Help-desk support will remain closed during lunch break i.e. from 1:30 PM up to 2:15 PM on each
working day.
Schedule for Training:
Training workshop will be held on 1st, 2nd Friday (from 3:30 pm upto 6:00 pm) and 4th
Saturday (from 11: 30 am upto 3:00 pm) of each month at following addresses:
Nextenders (India) Pvt. Ltd
Municipal Corporation
Faridabad, Near B.K.Chowk,
Opp.
B.K.Hospital,
NIT,
Faridabad
Contact no.
9310335475
Nextenders
(India)
Pvt.Ltd.Nextenders (India) Pvt. Ltd., Nirman
Public Health Division No. 2 Sadan (PWD B&R),
Hisar, Model Town Opp. N.DPlot
No.- 01, Basement,
Gupta Hospital,
Dakshin Marg, Sec- 33 A,
Chandigarh -160020
Hisar
For Support- 1800-180-2097,
Contact: 9034357793
0172-2582008-2009
For Support Call – 1800-180-2097
Haryana eProcurement Help Desk Office will remain clo sed o n Saturday ( except 4 t h Saturday), Sunday and
National Holidays
NOTE:- Bidders participating in online tenders shall check the validity of his/her Digital Signature Certificate before participating in
the
online Tenders at the portal https://haryanaeprocurement.gov.in.
For help manual please refer to the ‘Home Page’ of the e-Procurement website at https://haryanaeprocurement.gov.in, and click on the
available link ‘How to...?’ to download the file.
Guideline for Online Payments in e-tendering
Post registration, bidder shall proceed for bidding by using both his digital certificates (one each for encryption and
signing). Bidder shall proceed to select the tender he is interested in. On the respective Department’s page in the e-tendering
portal, the Bidder would have following options to make payment for tender document & EMD:
A. Debit Card
B. Net Banking
C. RTGS/NEFT
Operative Procedures for Bidder Payments
A) Debit Card
The procedure for paying through Debit Card will be as follows.
(i) Bidder selects Debit Card option in e-Procurement portal.
(ii) The e-Procurement portal displays the amount and the card charges to be paid by bidder. The portal also displays the total
amount to be paid by the bidder.
(iii) Bidder clicks on “Continue” button
(iv)The e-Procurement portal takes the bidder to Debit Card payment gateway screen.
(v) Bidder enters card credentials and confirms payment
(vi) The gateway verifies the credentials and confirms with “successful” or “failure” message, which is confirmed back to eProcurement portal.
(vii) The page is automatically routed back to e-Procurement portal
(viii) The status of the payment is displayed as “successful” in e-Procurement portal. The
e-Procurement portal also
generates a receipt for all successful transactions. The bidder can take a print out of the same,
(ix) The e-Procurement portal allows Bidder to process another payment attempt in case payments are not successful for previous
attempt.
B) Net Banking
The procedure for paying through Net Banking will be as follows.
(i) Bidder selects Net Banking option in e-Procurement portal.
(ii) The e-Procurement portal displays the amount to be paid by bidder.
(iii) Bidder clicks on “Continue” button
(iv) The e-Procurement portal takes the bidder to Net Banking payment gateway screen displaying list of Banks
(v) Bidder chooses his / her Bank
(vi) The Net Banking gateway redirects Bidder to the Net Banking page of the selected Bank
(vii) Bidder enters his account credentials and confirms payment
(viii) The Bank verifies the credentials and confirms with “successful” or “failure” message to the Net Banking gateway which is
confirmed back to e-Procurement portal.
(ix) The page is automatically routed back to e-Procurement portal
(x) The status of the payment is displayed as “successful” in e-Procurement portal.
The e-Procurement portal also generates a receipt for all successful transactions. The bidder can take a print out of the
same. (xi) The e-Procurement portal allows Bidder to process another payment attempt in case payments are not successful for
previous attempt.
C) RTGS/ NEFT
The bidder shall have the option to make the EMD payment via RTGS/ NEFT. Using this module, bidder would be able
to pay from their existing Bank account through RTGS/NEFT. This would offer a wide reach for more than 90,000 bank branches
and would enable the bidder to make the payment from almost any bank branch across India.
I. Bidder shall log into the client e-procurement portal using user id and password as per existing process and selects the
RTGS/NEFT payment option.
ii. Upon doing so, the e-procurement portal shall generate a pre-filled challan. The challan will have all the details that is required
by the bidder to make RTGS-NEFT payment.
•
•
•
•
•
iii. Each challan shall therefore include the following details that will be pre-populated:
Beneficiary account no: (unique alphanumeric code for e-tendering)
Beneficiary IFSC Code:
Amount:
Beneficiary bank branch:
Beneficiary name:
iv. The Bidder shall be required to take a print of this challan and make the RTGS/NEFT on the basis of the details printed on the
challan.
v. The bidder would remit the funds at least T + 1 day (Transaction + One day) in advance to the last day and make the payment
via RTGS / NEFT to the beneficiary account number as mentioned in the challan.
vi. Post making the payment, the bidder would login to the e-Tendering portal and go to the payment page. On clicking the RTGS
/ NEFT mode of payment, there would be a link for real time validation. On clicking the same, system would do auto validation of
the payment made.
D) Over-the-Counter (OTC)
This solution shall allow the bidder having account with ICICI Bank, to make the payment from any CMS enabled
Branch of ICICI Bank in India. Bidders can make the payment via cash(if amount is<= 49,999), Demand Draft or ICICI
Bank Cheque.
The procedure for paying through OTC mode is as follows:
(i) Bidder selects Over-the-Counter remittance option in e-Procurement portal.
(ii) The e-Procurement portal displays the amount to be paid. Bidder chooses the bank account no. for refund of the amount.
(iii) Bidder clicks on “Continue” button
(iv)The e-Procurement portal displays the details of payment. Bidders clicks on “print _challan”
and prints the OTC challan.
(v)
Bidder submits the OTC challan at the counter of any designated branch of ICICI Bank with Cash / Demand Draft /
ICICI Bank Cheque (Payment in cash is allowed upto Rs. 49,999/-)
(vi) ICICI Bank verifies the URN (format to be discussed and decided) and Amount with e- Procurement portal prior to
accepting the payment
(vii) On successful verification from e-Procurement portal, ICICI Bank accepts the payment. In case of failure, ICICI Bank
shall return back the OTC challan and payment to the Bidder.
(viii) ICICI Bank will commit the payment transaction (in case of successful verification from e- Procurement portal) and sends
the Bank Transaction Number (I-Sure Reference Number) online against the URN and Amount.
(ix) ICICI Bank will generate receipt for the payment transaction and issues the same to the Bidder.
(x) The e-Procurement system updates the bank transaction number against the URN and Amount based on details sent by
ICICI Bank online prior to generation of receipt.
(xi) The status of payment will be displayed as “verification successful” in e-Procurement portal, when the bidder clicks on
verification option in the portal.
(xii) Bidder would be required to upload the scan copy of receipt as received from ICICI Bank as part of proof in Nextender
portal before submitting the tender
Sr
no.
1
Scenario
Do's / Don’t's
In the event of
making
Payment through
NEFT/RTGS
Do’s
• It is the bidder’s responsibility to ensure that RTGS/NEFT payments
are made to the exact details as mentioned in the challan which are:
1) Beneficiary account no: <client code> + <random number>
2) Beneficiary IFSC Code: As prescribed by ICICI Bank (this shall
remain
same
across
all
tenders)
3) Amount: As mentioned on the challan. It is specific for every
tender/transaction
4) Beneficiary bank branch: ICICI Bank Ltd, CMS
5)
Beneficiary
name:
As
per
the
challan
• For every tender, details in the challan are different and specific to
that tender only. Bidder should not make use of a challan for making
payment
for
another
tenders’
EMD
• It is advised that all the bidders make payment via RTGS/NEFT
at least one day in advance to the last day of tender submission as
certain amount of time is required for settlement and various parites are
involved. The payment may not be available for the bidder validation.
In such cases bidder may not be able to submit the tender
• Bidder has to make only single payment against a challan as per the
amount
mentioned
on
the
challan.
• Bidder must do the payment before tender validity gets expired
Don’t’s
• Bidder should not enter erroneous details while filling the
NEFT/RTGS form at their bank. The following possibilities may arise:
1) Incorrect IFSC code mentioned:- Transaction would be rejected and
the amount would be refunded back in to the bidders account
2)
Incorrect Beneficiary account number mentioned(<client
code>
+
<random
number>):a) In case, the beneficiary account number mentioned is incorrect the
transaction would be rejected and the bid would not be accepted.
3) Incorrect Amount mentioned: The amount would be rejected if the
amount mentioned in while making the payment is incorrect. Such
cases will be captured as unreconciled transactions and will be autorefunded
directly
to
bidder’s
account.
In the event of any discrepancy, payment would not be considered and
bidder
would
not
be
allowed
to
bid/
participate.
• Bidder is not supposed to use challan generated in one tender for
payment against another tender since details in the challan are unique to
the
tender
and
bidder
combination.
• Bidder must not make multiple or split payments against a particular
challan. Any split payment received against the same challan will be
refunded
back
to
the
bidder.
• Bidder would not be entitled to claim that he is deprived of
participating in the tender because his funds are blocked with the
division on account of incorrect payment made by the bidder
2
In the event of making
Payment through OTC
Do’s
• It is the bidder’s responsibility to ensure that OTC payments are made
to the exact details as mentioned in the challan which are:
Beneficiary account no: <client code> + <random number>
Amount: As mentioned on the challan It is specific for every
tender/transaction
Beneficiary
name:
As
per
the
challan
Bidder has to make only single payment against a challan as per the amount
mentioned
on
the
challan
• Bidder must do the payment before tender validity gets expired
• Bidder needs to mandatorily upload the scan copy of the payment receipt
issued
by
ICICI
Bank,
in
Nextender
Portal before submitting the Tender
Don’t’s
• If the bidding amount is greater than Rs49,999, then
Bidder should not make payment in cash. In this case,
Bidder should pay via Demand Draft/ICICI Bank Cheque
• It is bidders’s responsibility to ensure that Demand draft
should be valid and should not have discrepancies such as
signature not found, stale DD, mutilated, material
alteration, favouring third party etc., In the event of
Demand Draft returned by bidder’s Bank on account of
such discrepancies, ICICI Bank shall ensure that such
communication is sent to the Client within 3 days from the
date
of
rejection
by
the
Bidder’s
Bank
• For every tender, details in the challan are different and
specific to that tender only. Bidder should not make use of
a challan for making payment for another tenders’ EMD
SECTION – 3
General Rules & Directions for the Guidance of Contractors
Percentage Rate Tender & Contract for Works
GENERAL RULES & DIRECTION FOR THE GUIDANCE OF CONTRACTORS
1. All works proposed for execution by contract shall be notified in the form of an invitation tender pasted on a
board hung up in the office of, and signed by the Superintending Engineer/ Municipal Engineer.
2. This form state the work to be carried out, as well as the dates for submitting and opening tenders, and the
time allowed for carrying out the work also the amount of .earnest money to be deposited with the tender, and the amount
of the security deposit to be deposited by the successful tenderer & the percentage, if any, to be deducted from bills,Copies
of the specifications, designs and drawings, Estimated rates/ Haryana PWD Scheduled rates 1988 alongwith their premia /
DSR 2014 and any other documents required in connection with the work, signed for the purpose of Identification by the
Executive Engineer, shall also be open for inspection by the contractor at the office at the Executive Engineer, during
office hours.
3. In the event of the tender being submitted by a private limited company, joint venture firm or consortium or
partnership firm (It should be constituted and duly registered before floating of tender). Joint Venture/ Consortium shall
be treated as single entity. The work experience of Joint venture/ Consortium as a whole entity shall be taken in account
rather than work experience and eligibility of individual partners for eligibility criteria. and, it shall be signed separately
by each member thereof, or in the event of the absence of any partner, it shall be signed on his behalf by a person
holding a power of attorney authorising him to do so.In case of JV /Consortium
4. Receipts for payment made on account of a work, when executed by a firm, shall also be signed by the several
partners, except where the contractors, are described in their tender as a firm in which case the receipts shall be
signed in the name of the firm, by one of the partners, or by some other person having authority to give effectual
receipts for the firm.
5.
Any person who submits a tender shall fill up the usual loaded form stating the percentage above or below
the ceiling rates at which he is willing toundertake the work. Only one single rate of percentage above or below on all
items (all Civil Public Health and Electrical items including all N.S items of civil public health and electrical items) shall
be mentioned in the space provided in the Tender Form. Any rate entered outside this space may render the tender
invalid. If contractor quotes more than one rate in that case only lower or lowest of the rates so quoted shall be
considered and a counter offer shall be made to him accordingly at the lowest of the rates quoted by him and in the event
of his not accepting the same the earnest money that accompanied the tender shall stand forfeited and the contractor shall
have no claim to the same whatsoever.
6. The Superintending Engineer or his duly authorised officer will open tenders in the presence of any intending
contractors who may be present at the time & shall enter the amounts of the several tenders in a Comparative
Statements in a suitable form. In the event of a tender being accepted, a receipt for the earnest money, forwarded
therewith shall thereupon be given to the contractor who shall thereupon, for the purpose of identification sign copies of
the specification and other documents mentioned in the notice ceiling for tenders. In the event of a tender being rejected,
the earnest money forwarded with such unaccepted tenders shall thereupon be returned to the contractor
7. The Competent authority shall have the right of rejecting all or any of the tenders.
8. The receipt of an accountant or clerk for any money paid by the contractor shall not be considered as any
acknowledgement of payment to the Superintending Engineer, and the contractors shall be responsible for seeing that he
Procures a receipt signed by the Superintending Engineer.
9.
The tender shall not be burdened or loaded with any conditions. Only premium or rebate shall be quoted. A
conditional tender is liable to be rejected out rightly at the discretion of the accepting authority. In the alternative the
accepting authority may treat the conditions as nil and void and make a counter offer to the tenderer to do the work and the
premium or rebate quoted by him without the condition. If the contractor who submitted the tender refuses to accept the said
counter offer to do the work at the premium of rebate quoted by him without the conditions within one week of the said offer
having been made by the accepting authority the earnest money which complete the tender shall stand forfeited and the
contractor shall have not claim to the same whatsoever.
SECTION 4(1)
CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
Clause 1: The person/ persons whose tender may be accepted(hereinafter called the Contractor) shall permit
Corporation at the time of making any payment to him for work done under the contract to deduct such sum as
will (with the earnest money deposited by him) amount to a maximum of 5% of all moneys so payable in
addition to Bank guarantee provided by the contractor equivalent to 5% of total work awarded. Such
deductions shall be held by Corporation by way of security deposit. All compensation or other sums of money
payable by the Contractor to the Corporation under the terms of this contract may be deducted from the
security deposit account or from any sums which may be due or may become due to the Contractor by
Corporation on any account whatsoever. In the event of his security deposit being reduced by reason of any
such deduction, the Contractor shall within ten days thereafter make good in cash any sum or sums which may
have been deducted from his security deposit.
Clause2:- The time allowed for carrying out of work as entered in the tender shall be strictly adhered by the
contractor, and shall be reckoned from the date on which the order to commence work is given to the
contractor. The work shall throughout the stipulated period of the contract be proceeded with all due diligence
(time being deemed to be the essence of the contract on the part of the contractor). To ensure good progress
during the execution of work the contractor shall be bound in all cases in which the time allowed for any work
exceeds one months to complete one-fourth of the whole of the work before one fourth of the whole time
allowed under the contract has elapsed, one-half of the work before one half of such time has elapsed and
three fourth of the work before the three fourth of such time has elapsed. In the event of the contractor failing
to comply with this condition he shall be liable to pay compensation as mentioned below:(i) If the work is not initiated or left before the middle stage i.e. the work paid is less than 60% then
compensation will be levied @ 2% per week of delay subject to a maximum of 10% of the original
tender cost, as advertised in the newspaper.
(ii) If 60% work is over and paid and then left incomplete or delayed then percentage compensation will
be levied @ 2% per week subject to a maximum of 5% of the tender cost.
(iii) If 80% work is already paid and then left in-complete or delayed then percentage compensation will
be levied at the rate of 2% per week of the tender cost subject to a maximum of 2% of the tender
cost.
(iv) The Commissioner, MC Sonipat will have the power to reduce or waive the penalty/compensation
after receiving the representation from the contractor and it is felt that penalty is wrong-fully
imposed but such representation will be entertained only after the contractor first completes the
work and then makes the representation. The decision of Commissioner will be final and will not be
challengeable before the arbitrator or any other court of law in the country.
(v) The date of completion of work will be the one on which the contractor has received the completion
certificate from the Engineer-in-Charge.
Clause 3: In any case, in which under any clause or clauses of this contract the Contractor has rendered himself
liable to pay compensation amounting to the whole of his security deposit (whether paid in one sum or
deducted by instalments), the Superintending Engineer on behalf of the Corporation shall have power to adopt
any of following course as he may deem best suited to the interest of Corporation.
(a)
To rescind the contract of which rescission notice in writing to the Contractor under the hand of the the
Superintending Engineer dispatched by registered post to the address of the Contractor given in the Tender
shall be conclusive evidence and in which case the security deposit of the Contractor shall stand forfeited and
be absolutely at the disposal of Government.
(b)
To employ labour and to supply materials to carry out the work, or any part of the work debiting the Contractor
with the cost of the labour and the price of the materials and crediting him with the value of the work done at
the same rates as if it had been carried out by the Contractor under the terms of his contract. The certificate of
the Superintending Engineer as to the value of the work done, and quantity, rate & amount of the labour and
material employed for doing the work shall be final and conclusive against the Contractor.
(c)
To measure the work of the Contractor and to take such part there-of as shall be unexecuted out of his hands
and to give it to another Contractor to complete. In such case, any expends which may be incurred in excess of
the sum which would have been paid to the original Contractor shall be borne and paid by the original
Contractor. Certificate in writing of the Superintending Engineer in respect of work taken out of the hands of
original Contractor, and the excess expenditure incurred shall be final and conclusive. This money may be
deductedfrom any money due to him by Government under the contract or otherwise or from his security
deposit.
(d)
In the event of any one or more of the above courses being adopted by the Superintending Engineer, the
Contractor shall have no claim to compensation for any loss sustained by him by reason of his having purchased
or procured any material or entered into any engagement or made any advances on account of or with a view
to the execution of the work for the performance of the contract and in case the action is taken under any of
the provisions aforesaid, the Contractor shall not be entitled to recover or be paid any sum for any work
actually executed under the contract, unless and until the Superintending Engineer will have certified in writing
the performance of such work and the value payable in respect thereof and he shall only be entitled to be paid
the value so certified.
Clause 4: In any case in which any of the powers conferred upon the Superintending Engineer by clause 3
hereof, shall have become exercisable and the same shall not be exercised, the non-exercise thereof shall not
constitute a waiver of any of the conditions hereof and such power shall notwithstanding be exercisable in the
event of any future case of default by the Contractor and the liability of the Contractor for past and future
compensation shall remain unaffected. In the event of the Superintending Engineer exercising either of the
power (a) or (c) vested in him under the preceding clause he may, if he so desires, take possession of all or any
tools, plants materials and stores in or upon the works, or the site there of belonging to the contractor or
procured by him and intended to be used for the execution of the work or any part thereof paying or allowing
for the same in account at the contract rates or in case of these not being applicable at current market rates to
be certified by the Superintending Engineer whose certificate thereof shall be final. Otherwise the
Superintending Engineer may by notice in writing to the Contractor or his clerk of the works, foreman or other
authorized agent require him to remove such tools and plant material or stores from the premises within a
time to be specified in such notice. In the event of the Contractor failing to comply with any such requisition,
the Superintending Engineer may remove them at the Contractor's expense or sell them by auction or private
sale on account of the Contractor and at his risk in all respects and the certificate of the Superintending
Engineer as to the expense of any such removal and the amount of the proceeds and expenses of any such sale
be final and conclusive against the Contractor.
18
Clause 5: If the Contractor shall desire an extension of time for the completion of the work on the grounds
of his having unavoidable hindrance in its execution or on any other ground, he shall apply in writing to
Superintending Engineer within 30 days of the date of the hindrance, on account of which he desires such
extension as aforesaid. The Corporation shall, if in its opinion (which shall be final) reasonable grounds be
shown there-for, authorize such extension of time, if any, as may, in its opinion be necessary or proper.
Clause 5-A : Contractor shall deliver in the Integrated office of the Superintending Engineer, on or before
the 10th day of every month, a return showing details of any work claimed for as extra and such return
shall also contain the value of such work as claimed by the Contractor, which value shall be based upon the
rates and prices mentioned in the contract or in the Haryana Schedule of Rates read with the premiums
fixed by the Central Zonal Committee on the approval of Direction Committee of Chief Engineers as in force
on the date of submission of the tender (these two documents read together to be hereinafter referred as
HSR). The Contractor shall include in such monthly return particulars of all claims of whatever kind and
however arising which at the date thereof he has or may claim to have against the Government under or in
respect of or in any manner arising out of the execution of work. The Contractor shall be deemed to have
waived all claims not included in such return and will have no right to enforce any claims not so included
whatsoever be the circumstances.
Clause 6 : Without prejudice to the rights of Corp. under any clause hereinafter contained on completion of
the work, the contractor shall be furnished with a certificate by the Superintending Engineer (therein after
called the Engineer, in charge)of such completion, but no such certificate shall be given, not shall the work
be considered to be complete until the contractor shall have removed from the premises on which the
work shall be executed all scaffolding Surplus materials, and rubbish and cleaned of the dirt from all wood
works, doors, windows, walls, floors or other parts of any building. In upon or about which the work is to be
executed, or of which he may have had possession for the purpose of the execution thereof and the
measurements in the said certificate shall be binding and conclusive against the contractor, If the
contractor shall fail to comply with the requirements of this clause as to removal of scaffolding, surplus
materials and rubbish, and cleaning off dirt on or before the date fixed for the completion of the work, the
Engineer-in-Charge may at the expenses of the contractor, remove such scaffolding, surplus materials and
rubbish and dispose off the same as he thinks fit and clean off such dirt aforesaid and the contractor shall
forthwith pay the amount of all expenses so incurred and shall have no claim in respect of any such
scaffolding or surplus materials as aforesaid except for any sum actually realized by the sale thereof less
any expense incurred by the Engineer–in-Charge in connection therewith
Clause 7 : No payment shall be made for work estimated to costless than rupees one thousand, till after the
whole of the works shall have been completed and a certificate of completion given. But in case of works
estimate to cost more than rupees one thousand, the contractor shall be submitting the bill thereof, be
entitled to receive a monthly payment proportionate to the part thereof then approved & passed by the
Engineer-in-Charge whose certificate of such approval and passing of the sum so payable shall be final and
conclusive against the contractor. But all such intermediate payments shall be regarded as payments by
ways of advances against the final payment only and not as payments for work actually done and
completed and shall not preclude the requiring of bad, unsounded and imperfect or un-skilful work to be
removed and taken away and reconstructed or re-erected, or be considered as an admission of the due of
performance of the contract, or any part thereof in any respect or according of any claim, nor shall it
conclude, determine or affecting any way the powers of the Engineer-in-charge under these conditions, or
any
of
them
as
to
the
final
settlement
an
adjustment of the accounts or otherwise, or in any other way , vary or affect the contract. The final bill
shall be submitted by the contractor within one month of the date fixed for completion of the work
otherwise the Engineer-in-charge’s certificate of the measurement and of the total amount payable for
the work accordingly shall be final and binding on all parties.
Clause 7 (a): The deduction referred to in clause 1 herein before orsuch part thereof as may be due
to the contractor under this contract shall be payable to the contractor after a period of three
months has lapsed after payment of final bill and defect liability period of 12 months.
Clause 8: A bill shall be submitted by the Contractor each month on or before the date fixed by the
Engineer - in– charge for the work executed in the previous month. The Contractor shall submit all
bills on the printed forms available with the department. The charges in the bills shall always be
entered at the rates specified in the tender. In case of any extra work ordered in pursuance of these
conditions, and not mentioned or provided for in the tender, at the rates hereinafter provided for
such work. Final bill in respect of the Contract shall be submitted by the Contractor within 30 days
of the date fixed for completion of the Work or the date of the certificate of completion furnished
by the Engineer-in-charge. Engineer - in – charge shall take or cause to be taken the requisite
measurements for the purpose of having the same verified and the claim, as far as admissible, if
possible, before the expiry of 10 days from the presentation of the bill. If the Contractor does not
submit the bill within the time fixed as aforesaid, the Engineer-in-charge may depute a subordinate
to measure up the said work in the presence of the Contractor, whose countersignature to the
measurement list will be sufficient warrant. The Engineer - in - charge may prepare a bill from such
list which shall be binding on the Contractor in all respects.
Clause 9 The contractor shall submit all bills on the printed forms to be had on application at the
office of the Engineer-In-Charge, and the charges in the bill shall always be entered at the rates
specified in the tender or in the case of any extra work ordered in pursuance of these conditions,
and not mentioned or provided for in the tender at the rates hereinafter provided for such work.
Clause 10 : If the specification of estimate of the work provides for the use of any special description of
materials to be supplied from the Engineer-in-charge’s store or if it is required that the contractor shall
use certain stores to be provided by the Engineer-in-charge ( such materials and stores and the prices to
be charged thereof as hereinafter mentioned being so far as practicable for the convenience of the
contractor, but not so as in any way to control the meaning or effect of this contract, specified in the
schedule of memorandum, have to be annexed), the contractor shall be supplied with such materials
and stores as required from time to time to be used by him for the purposes of the contract only and the
value of the full quantity of materials and stores so supplied at the rates specified in the said schedule or
memorandum may be set off or deducted from any sums then due on there after to become due to the
contractor under the contract or otherwise, against or from the security deposit, or the proceeds of sale
thereof if the same is held in Government securities, the same or a sufficient portion thereof being in
this case sold for the purpose. All materials supplied to the contractor, shall remain the property of the
contractor, but shall not on any account be removed from the site of the work without the written
permission of the Engineer-in-charger and shall at all the ‘times be open to inspection by him. Any such
materials unused and inperfectly good condition at the time of completion of determination of. the
contract shall be returned to the Engineer-in-charge’s store if by a notice in writing under his hand he
shall so require, but the contractor shall not be entitled to return any such material unless with such
consent and shall have no claims for compensation on account of any such materials so supplied to him
as aforesaid being unused by him or for any wastage in or damage to any such materials.
Clause 11 : The Contractor shall execute the whole and every part of the work in most substantial
and workman like manner and both as regards materials and otherwise in every respect in
accordance with the specifications.The contractor shall submit detailed CPM chart of progress of
work plan before start of the work and get it approved from competent authority and strictly follow
the same. The Contractor shall also conform exactly fully and faithfully to the designs, drawings and
instructions in writing relating to the work signed by the Engineer - in – charge and lodged in the
office and to which the Contractor shall be entitled to have access at such office, or at the site of the
work for the purpose of the inspection during Integrated office hours. The Contractor shall, if he so
requires, be entitled at his own expense to make or cause to be made copies of the specifications,
and of all such designs, drawing and instructions as aforesaid.
Clause 11 (a):- The Engineer-in-Charge shall have full powers, at all times to object of the
employment of any workman, foreman, or other employee on the works by the contractor and if
the contractor shall receive notice in writing from the Engineer-in-Charge requesting the removal of
any such man or men from the work the contractor shall comply with the request forthwith.No such
workman, foreman or other employee after his removal from the works by request of the Engineerin-Charge shall be re-employed or reinstated on works by the contractor at any time, except with
the previous approval in writing of the Engineer-in-Charge. The contractor shall not be entitled to
demand the reason from the Engineer-in-Charge for requiring the removal of any such workman,
foreman or other employees.
Clause 12: The Engineer - in – charge shall have power to make any alteration in, omissions from,
addition to or substitutions for the original specifications, drawing designs and instructions that may
appear to him to be necessary or advisable during the progress of the work. The Contractor shall be
bound to carry out the work in accordance with such instructions given to him in writing signed by
the Engineer - in – charge. Such alterations, omissions, additions or substitutions shall not invalidate
the contract. Such altered, additional or substituted work which the Contractor may be directed to
do in the manner above specified as part of the work shall be carried out by the Contractor on same
conditions in all respects on which he agreed to do the main work. The time for the completion of
the work shall be extended in the proportion the altered, additional or substituted work bears to
the original contract work and the certificate of the Engineer - in - charge shall be conclusive as to
such proportion. If the rates for the altered, additional or substituted work cannot be determined in
the manner specified above then the Contractor shall, within 7 days of the date of receipt of order
to carry out the work, inform the Engineer - in - charge of the rate which he intends to charge for
such class of work. If the Engineer - in – charge does not agree with this rate, he shall by notice in
writing be at liberty to cancel his order to carry out such class of work and arrange to carry it out in
such manner as he may consider advisable provided always that if the Contractor shall commence
work or incur any expenditure in regard thereto before the rates shall have been determined lastly
herein before mentioned, then and in such case he shall be entitled to be paid in respect of the
work carried out or expenditure incurred by him prior to the date of determination of the rates as
aforesaid according to such rate or rates as shall be fixed by the Engineer-in-charge. In the event of
a dispute the decision of the Corporation shall be final.
Clause 13 : If at any time after the commencement of the work, the Corporation shall for any reason
whatsoever not require the whole work, or part thereof, as specified in the contract to be carried
out, the Engineer - in - charge shall give notice in writing of the fact to the Contractor who shall have
no claim to have any payment or compensation whatsoever on account of any profit or advantage,
which he might have derived from the execution of the work in full, that which he did not derive in
consequence of the full amount of the work not having been carried out. The Contractor shall also
not have any claim for compensation by reason of any alterations having been made in the original
specifications, drawings, designs and instructions which shall involve any curtailment of the work as
originally contemplated.
Clause 14 : If it shall appear to the Engineer - in - charge or his subordinate-in-charge of the work,
that any work has been executed with unsound, imperfect or un-skilful workmanship or with
materials of any inferior description, or that any materials or articles provided by him for the
execution of the Work are unsound or of equality inferior to that contracted for or otherwise not in
accordance with the contract, the Contractor shall, on demand in writing which shall be made
within 15 months of the completion of the Work from the Engineer - in - charge specifying the work,
materials or articles complained of, notwithstanding that the same may have been passed, certified
and paid for, forthwith rectify or remove and reconstruct the work so specified in whole or in part,
as the case may require or as the case may be, remove the materials or articles so specified and
provide other proper and suitable materials or articles at his own proper charge and cost. In the
event of his failing to do so within a period to be specified by the Engineer - in - charge in his
demand aforesaid, the Contractor shall be liable to pay compensation at the rate of 1% of the
estimated cost of the Work (as shown in the tender) for every day not exceeding ten days, while his
failure to do so shall continue. In the case of any such failure, the Engineer - in - charge may rectify
or remove and re-execute the work or remove and replace with others, the materials or articles
complained of, as the case may, be at the risk and expense in all respects of the Contractor.
Clause 15 : All work under or in course of execution or executed in pursuance of the contract shall at
all times be open to the inspection and supervision of the Engineer - in - charge and his subordinates
and the Contractor shall at all times, during the usual working hours, and at all other times at which
reasonable notice of the intention of Engineer - in - charge or his subordinate to visit the Work shall
have been given to the Contractor, either himself be present to receive orders and instructions or
have a responsible agent duly accredited in writing present for that purpose. Orders given to the
Contractor's agent shall be considered to have the same force as if they had been given to the
Contractor himself.
Clause 16 : The Contractor shall give not less than 7 days’ notice in writing to the Engineer - in charge or his subordinate-in-charge of the work before covering up or otherwise placing beyond the
reach of measurement any work in order that the same may be measured and correct dimensions
thereof be taken before the same is so covered up, placed beyond the reach of measurement, and
shall not cover up or place beyond the reach of measurement any work without the consent in
writing of the Engineer - in - charge or his subordinate - in - charge of the work. If any work shall be
covered up or placed beyond the reach of the measurement without such notice having been given
or consent obtained the same shall be uncovered at the Contractor's expenses or in default there of
no payment of allowances shall he made for such work or the materials with which the same was
executed.
Clause 17 : If the Contractor or his workers shall break, deface, injure or destroy any part of building
in which they may be working, or any building, road kerb, fence, enclosure, water pipe, cables,
drains, electric or telephone posts or wires, trees, grass or cultivated ground contiguous to the
premises on which the Work or any part of it is being executed, or if any damage shall happen to the
work while in progress from any cause whatever or if any defect, shrinkage or other faults of
imperfections appear in the Work within 15 months after a certificate final or otherwise of its
completion shall have been given by the Engineer - in – charge as aforesaid, the Contractor shall,
upon a receipt of a notice in writing in that behalf, make the same good at his own expense. In
default, the Engineer - in - charge may cause the same to be made good by other workmen and
deduct the expense from any sums that may be then, or at anytime thereafter may become due to
the Contractor, or from his security deposit or the proceeds of sale thereof or of a sufficient portion
thereof.
Clause 18 : The Contractor shall supply at his own cost all materials, plant, tools, appliances,
implements, ladders, cordage, tackle, scaffolding and temporary works requisite for proper
execution of the work, whether original, altered or substituted and whether included in the
Specifications or other documents forming part of the Contract referred to in these conditions or
not or which may be necessary for the purpose of satisfying or complying with requirements of the
Engineer-in-charge as to any matter as to which under these conditions he is entitled to be satisfied
or which he is entitled to require together with carriage there for to and fro for the work. The
Contractor shall also supply without charge the requisite number of persons with the means and
materials necessary for the purpose of setting out work and counting, weighing and assisting in the
measurement or examination at any time and from time to time of the Work or materials. Failing his
so doing the same may be provided by the Engineer – in – charge at the expense of the Contractor
and the expenses may be deducted from any money due to the Contractor or from his security
deposit or the proceeds of sales thereof or of sufficient contract portion thereof.
The Contractor shall also provide all necessary fencing and lights required to protect the public from
accident. He shall be bound to bear the expenses of defence of every suit, action or other
proceedings, at law that may be brought by any person for injurysustained owing to neglect of the
above precautions and to pay any damages and costs which may be awarded in any such suit, action
or proceedings to any such persons or which may with the consent of the Contractor be paid to
compromising any claim by any such person.
Clause 18 (a): The contract shall obtain requisite permissions from concerned departments and pay
the required fees for earthwork at his own level and responsibility. The final bill of the contractor
shall not be paid unless or until he furnishes to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge a proof of
the price of the earth used for the works having been fully paid to the owners of the land from
which the earth was removed or of the matter having been amicably settled with them. The
contractor shall also be liable to indemnity the Government against all claims made proceedings and
action taken by any person in respect of the price of the earth removed by the contractor from his
land for the work against all losses, damages cost and expenses which the Government may suffer
or incurred as a result of a such claims.
Clause 19 (a): No labour below the age of 16 years shall be employee on the work.
Clause 19 (b) : The contractor shall not pay his labourers less than the wages paid for similar work in
neighbourhood.
Clause 20: No work shall be done on National Holidays such as Republic day, Independence Day,
Gandhi Jayanti.
Clause 20 (a) : In every case in which by virtue of the provisions of section 12, sub- section (1) of the
workman’s Compensation Act., 1923, Corporation is obliged to pay compensation to workman
employed by the contractor, during execution of the works, Corporation will recover from the
contractor the amount of the compensation so paid and without the prejudice to the rights of Corp.
Under section 12, sub-section (2) of the Act Corp. shall be at liberty to recover such amount or any
part thereof by deducting it from the security deposit or from any sum due by Corp. to the
contractor whether under this contract or otherwise. The Corp. shall not be bound to contest any
claim made against it under section 12, sub- section (1) of the said Act-except on the written
request of the contractor and upon his giving to Corp. full security for all costs for which Corp. might
become liable in consequence of contesting such claim.
Clause 21: The contract shall not be assigned or sublet without the written approval of the Engineer
- in - charge. And if the Contractor shall assign or sublet his contract or attempt to do so or become
insolvent or commence any in-solvency proceedings or make any composition with his creditors or
attempt to do so or give any bribe, gratuity, gift, loan, requisite reward of advantage, pecuniary or
otherwise shall either directly or indirectly be given, promised or offered by the Contractor or any of
his servants or agents to any public officer or person in the employ of Corporation in any way
relating to his office or employment or if any such officer or person shall become in any way directly
or indirectly interested in the Contract, the Engineer - in - charge may thereupon by notice in writing
rescind the Contract and the security deposit of the Contractor shall thereupon stand forfeited and
be absolutely at the disposal of the Corporation and the same consequences shall ensure as if the
Contract had been rescinded under Clause 3 hereof and in addition the Contractor shall not be
entitled to recover or be paid for any work there-for actually performed under the Contract.
Clause22: All sums payable by way of compensation under any of these conditions shall be
considered as reasonable compensation to be applied to the use of Corporation without reference
to the actual loss or damage sustained, and whether or not any damages shall have been sustained.
Clause 22(a): Any excess payment made to the contractor inadvertently or otherwise under this
contract or any account whatever and any other sum bound to be due to Corporation contractor in
respect of this contract or any other contract or work order or on any account whatever may be
deducted from sum whatever payable by Corporation to the contractor either in respect of this
contract or any work order or contract or any other account by any other department of the
Government.
Clause 23: In the case of tender by partners any change in the constitution of the firm shall be
forthwith notified by the Contractor to the Engineer - in - charge for his information.
Clause 24: All works to be executed under the contract shall be executed under the direction and
subject to the approval in all respects of the Engineer-in-charge who shall be entitled to direct at
what point or points and in what manner they are to be commenced and from time to time carried
on.
Clause 25 : No claims for payment of an extra ordinary nature such as claims for a bonus for extra
employed in completing the work before the expiry of the contractual period at the request of the
Engineer - in - charge or claims for compensation where work has been temporarily brought to a
standstill through no fault of theContractor shall be allowed unless and to the extent that the same
shall have been expressly sanctioned denim for payment and extruding any nature to be referred to
corp. for decision the Commissionerof M.C. Sonipat
Clause 26 ARBITRATION CLAUSE
a) If any dispute or difference of any kind whats oevershall arise between the Corporation/ his
authorized agents and the contractor in connection with or arising out of the contract or the
execution of the work that is (i) Whether before its commencement or during the progress of
the work or after its completion,(ii) and whether before or after the termination abandonment
or breach of the contract, it shall in the first instance be referred to for being settled by the
Superintending Engineer) in charge of the work at the time and he shall within a period of
thirty days after being requested in writing by the contractor to do so, convey his decision to
the contractor, and subject to arbitration as hereinafter provided, such decision in respect of
every matter so referred, shall be final and binding upon the contractor. In case the work is
already, in progress, the contractor will, proceed with the execution of the work on receipt of
the decision by the Superintending Engineer,in charge as aforesaid with all due diligence
whether he or the Corp. is authorized agent requires arbitration as hereinafter provided or not.
If the Superintending Engineer, in charge of the work has conveyed his decision to the
contractor and no claim to arbitration has been filed with him by the contractor within a
period of thirty days from the receipt of letter communicating the decision, the said decision
shall be final and binding upon the contractor and will not be subject matter of arbitration at
all. If the Superintending Engineer, in charge of the work fails to convey his decision within a
period of thirty days from the date on which request has been made to the Superintending
Engineer request The Commissioner that the matters in dispute be referred to arbitration as
hereinafter provided.
b) All disputes of differences in respect of which the decision is not final and conclusive shall at the
request in writing of either party, made in a communication sent through Registered A.D. Post
be referred to the sole arbitration of any serving Superintending Engineer to be nominated by
designation by the Commissioner. MC Sonipat at the relevant time, there will be no objection
to any such appointment that the arbitrator so appointed is a Corp. servant or that he had to
deal with the matters to which the contract relates and that in the course of his duties as a
Corp. servant he had expressed his views on all or any of the matters in dispute. The arbitrator
to whom the matter is originally referred being transferred or vacating his Integrated office, his
successor-in-Integrated office as such shall be entitled to proceed with the reference from the
stage at which it was left by his predecessor.In case the arbitrator nominated by the
Commisioner is unable or HSIIDC unwilling to act as such for any reason, whatsoever the
Commissioner. shall be competent to appoint and nominate any other Superintending
Engineer or Chief Engineer as the case may be, as arbitrator in his place and the Arbitrator so
appointed shall be entitled to proceed with the reference.
c) It is also a term of this arbitration agreement that no person other than a person appointed by
the Commissioner shall act as arbitrator and if for any reason that is not possible, the matter
shall not be referred to arbitration at all. In all cases where the aggregate amount awarded
exceeds Rs. 25,000/- (Rupees Twenty five thousand only) the arbitrator must invariably give
reasons for his award in respect of each claim and counter-claim separately.
d) The arbitrator shall award separately giving his award against each claim and dispute raised by
either party including any counterclaim individually and that any lump sum award shall not be
legally enforceable.
e) The following matters shall not lie within the purview of Arbitration:i) Any dispute relating to the levy of compensation as liquidated damages which has already been
referred to the Commissioner and its being heard or/ and has been finally decided by the
Superintending Engineer In charge of the work.
ii) Any dispute in respect of substituted, altered, additional work/Committed work/ defective work
referred by the Contractor for the decision of the Superintending Engineer, In charge of the
work, if it is being heard or has already been decided by the Superintending Engineer.
iii)
Any dispute regarding the scope of the work or its execution or suspension or abandonment
that has been referred by the contractor for the decision of the Corp. and has been so
decided finally by the Municipal Corporation.
f) The independent claims of the party other than the one getting the arbitrator appointed, as also
counter-claims of any party will be entertained by the arbitrator not withstanding that the
arbitrator had been appointed at the instance of the other party.
a. It is also a term of this arbitration agreement that where the party involving arbitration
is the contractor, no reference for arbitration shall be maintainable unless the
contractor, furnishes to the satisfaction of the Superintending Engineer, In charge of
the work, a security deposit of a sum determined according to details given below and
the sum so deposited shall, on the termination of the arbitration proceedings, be
adjusted against the cost, if any, awarded by the arbitrator against the claimant party
and the balance remaining after such adjustment in the absence of any such cost being
awarded, the whole of the sum will be refunded to him within one month from the
date of the award:
MUNICIPAL CORPORATION SONEPAT
AMOUNTS OF CLAIMS
For claims below Rs. 10,000
For claims above Rs. 10,000
and Rs. 100, 000/For claims above Rs. 100,000
RATE OF SECURITY DEPOSITS
2% of amount claimed
5% of amount claimed
10 % of amount claimed
The stamp fee due on the award shall be payable by the Party as desired by the
arbitrator and in the event of such party’s default the stamp fee shall be recoverable
from any other sum due to such Party under this or any other contract.
g) . The venue of arbitration shall be such place or places as may be fixed by the arbitrator in his
sole discretion. The work under the contract shall continue during the arbitration proceeding.
h) Neither party shall be entitled to bring a claim for arbitration if the appointment of such arbitrator
has not been applied within 12 months:i) of the date of completion of the work as certified by Superintending Engineer,Engg-in-charge
Or of the date of abandonment of the work, Or
ii)
of its non- commencement within 12 months from the date of abandonment, or written
orders to commence the work as applicable , or
iii) of the completion of the work through any alternative agency
or means ‘after withdrawal of the work from the contractor in whole or in part and /or its rescission
,Or of receiving an intimation from the Superintending Engineer, In charge of the work that final
payment due to or recovery from the contractor had been determined which he may acknowledge
and /or receive. Whichever of
(i) to (iii) above is the latest.
If the matter is not referred to arbitration within the period prescribed above, all the rights and claim
of any party under the contract shall be deemed to have been forfeited and absolutely barred by time
even for civil litigation notwithstanding.
j) It is also a term of this arbitration agreement that no question relating to this contract shall be
brought before any Civil Court without first involving and completing the arbitration proceedings
as above. If the scope of the arbitration specifies herein covers issues that can be brought before
the arbitrator i.e. any matter that can be referred to arbitration shall not be brought before a Civil
Court. The pending of arbitration shall not restraint Corp. to terminate the contract and make
alternative arrangements for the completion of the work.
k) The arbitrator shall be deemed to have entered on the reference on the day he issues notices to the
parties fixing the first date of hearing. The arbitrator may, from time to time, with the consent of
parties enlarge the initial time for making and publishing the award.
l) It is also a term of this arbitration agreement that subject to the stipulation herein mentioned, the
arbitration proceeding shall be conducted in accordance with the provision of the arbitration
Act.1940, or any other law in force for the time being.
MUNICIPAL CORPORATION SONEPAT
Clause 26 A:The Contractor shall obtain from the stores of the Engineer - in - charge all stores and
articles of European or American manufacture which may be required thereof or on connection there
with unless he has obtained permission in writing from the Engineer - in – charge to obtain such stores
and articles elsewhere. The value of such stores and articles as may be supplied to the Contractor by
the Engineer - in - charge will be debited to the Contractor in his account at the rates shown in the
schedule attached to the contract and if they are not entered in the schedule they will be debited at
cost price which for the purpose of this contract shall include the cost of carriage and all other
expenses whatsoever which shall have been incurred in obtaining delivery of the same at the stores
aforesaid.
Clause 27: Work shall be carried out in accordance with the Haryana PWD Specifications 1990 (to be
read with up to date A&C slips). In the event of there being no specifications, then in such case the
work shall be carried out in all respects in accordance with the instructions and requirements of the
Engineer - in – charge.
Clause 28: In the case of any clause of work for which there is no such specification as is mentioned in
rule 1, such work shall be carried out in accordance with the district specifications, and in the event of
there being no district specification, than in such case the work shall be carried out in all respects in
accordance with the instructions and requirements of the Engineer-in-Charge.
Clause 29 : The expression "works" or where used in these conditions shall unless there be something
either in the subject or context repugnant to such constructions be construed and taken to mean the
work by or by virtue of the Contract contracted to be executed whether temporary or permanent and
whether original, altered, substituted or additional.
Clause 30: The percentage referred to in clause 1 of these Conditions of Contract will be calculated on
the gross amount (value of finished work including cost of materials whether issued by the
Government against price or direct) or (i) the items of work to which the rates in the tender apply and
also (ii) the items of work for which rates exist in the Haryana Schedule of Rates.
Clause 31 :The expression 'works' or 'work' where used in these conditions shall unless there is
something either in the subject or contaxt repugnant to such construction, be constructed and taken
to mean the works by or virtue of the contract to be executed whether tempory permanent and
whether original altered, substituted or additional.
ADDITIONAL CLAUSES
Clause 32: The contractor states that he is not related to any of the officers employed by M C Sonipat
Clause 33: No pit shall be dug by the contractor near the site of the work for taking out earth for use on
the work. In case of default the pit so dug will be filled in by the Corp. at the cost of the contractor.
Clause 34: Fair wage clauses are attached.
Clause 35: The contractor shall have to pay sales tax to Excise and Taxation Deptt, in accordance with
the rules in force from time to time.
Clause 36: All payments for work done under this contract shall be made by cheque to the contractor.
The work covered by this contract as shown on plan which have been signed by the contractor are
annexed herewith.
Clause 37: Should the tenderer withdraw or modify his tender within two months from the date of
opening of tender, he is liable to be black listed and earnest money forfeited.
MUNICIPAL CORPORATION SONEPAT
Clause 38: When a final bill is likely to be for a minus amount, the security deposit will be with-held till
the bill is passed and the recoverable amount is first made good.
Clause 39 : All royalty and compensation for building stone, bajri and stone metal etc. should be
included in the rates to be quoted and is payable by the contractor.
Clause 40: The rates given are for the finished work inclusive of Octroi charges, sales taxes, service tax
& Freight etc.
Clause 41: It will be the responsibility of the contractor to ensure that the trees at the site of work and in
the vicinity or their fruit etc., are not damaged by his labour or agent. The assessed cost of such damage,
if any will be at the discretion of the Engineer-in-charge and shall be deducted from the bill of the
contractor.
Clause 42: The contractor shall provide at his own cost separate latrine, bathing enclosures and platform
for use of the men and women labour and keep them clean to the satisfaction of the Engineer-incharge. He should also arrange at his own expenses for clean drinking water, housing, medical facilities
necessary for the welfare of the labour employed at his work. In case of his failure, the same shall be
provided by Corp. at contractor’s cost. Any dispute regarding this will be settled by the Engineer-incharge whose decision will be binding.
Clause 43: Any material left on the site of work after one month from the date of completion of the
work shall become the property of the corp. and no payment shall be made for it.
Clause 44: The amount of the work can be increased or decreased according to the requirement of the corp.
and no claim whatsoever on this account will be entertained.
Clause 45: The Corp .reserves option to take away any items of the work or part thereof any time during the
currency of the contract and re-allot it to another agency with due notice to the contractor without liability
or compensation.
Clause 46: It is not obligatory on the contractor to employ labour through employment exchange but he
may avail of the facilities offered by the employment exchange in case he wishes to do so.
Clause 47: No claim on account of fluctuation in prices due to war or any other cause will be entertained.
Clause 48: The contractor shall be liable to make good all damages caused by breakage from the moment
the stores, pipes and fittings etc. are handed over to his charge.
Clause 49: No compensation whatsoever will be payable on account of any delay or default in the supply of
material mentioned in the List of material to be issued to the contractor by the Corp. and consequence
delay in the execution of work.
Clause 50: The contractor will inform the C.M.O. about the employment of labourer on the work for carrying
out Malaria Surveillance.
Clause 51: Sales Tax/ Income Tax will be deducted form gross payment as per govt. instructions.
Clause 52: The contractor shall be liable to pay the ESI/CPF/EPF/contribution, workers welfare cess etc. as
applicable or as applied during the pendency of the contract under the provision of Provident Fund Act/
Labour Act to the persons engaged and shall have the registration with Regional Provident Fund
Commissioner/ and Labour Integrated officer etc. under Provident Fund Act/ Labour Act as applicable from
time to time. The Corp. shall not be responsible for any default committed under these Acts.
It is being specifically intimated that the bidders should include all taxes in their price including Octroi, Work
Contract Tax, Service Tax,Labour CESS as applicable as defined in section -3 General Conditions of Contract.
MUNICIPAL CORPORATION SONEPAT
Clause 53 —The contractor will follow measures to be implemented for green building norms for four to
five star Green Rating for Integrated Habitat Assessment (GRIHA) rating. The contractor should provide all
necessary signed documentary proof (technical specification/ green building material
certificates/declarations/ 3rd party test reports, purchased orders /bill alongwith site photographs etc.
whenever required and in first week of every month regularly for achieving rating system to the architects/
designated green building consultant.
Clause 54— Preserve and protect existing vegetation by means of non-disturbance or damage to trees and
other forms of vegetation.
Clause 55 —To ensure the health and safety of workers during construction, with effective provisions for
the basic facilities such as sanitation and drinking water, and safety of equipment or machinery. Safety
warnings, public address hoardings should be provided on the site.
Clause 56 —The contractor will undertake the responsibility to prevent air pollution (dust and smoke);
ensure that there will be adequate water supply/storage for dust suppression; devise and arrange methods
of working and carrying out the work in such a manner so as to minimize the impact of dust on the
surrounding environment; and provide experienced personnel with suitable training to ensure that these
methods are implemented.
Clause 57— Prior to the commencement of any work, the contractor will submit schematic plan of site
management showing storage of material, excavated soil, stacked soil for conservation, steel yard , the
methods of working, plant equipment, and air-pollution-control system to be used on-site and obtain
approval of the engineer-in-charge and architect to ensure that these are suitable for the project and
should be displayed on site and made available for the inspection of engineer-in-charge and architect /
green building rating agency GRIHA.
Clause 58 —Reduce air pollution during construction covering stockpiles, covering brick and loads of dusty
materials, wheel-washing facility in sedimentation pit , and water spraying facility. The contractor should
ensure adequate height of Effluent stack from all generators provided on site during construction.
Clause 59 —The contractor should ensure all soil erosion preventive measures on site during construction as
per GRIHA guidelines.
Clause 60 —Top soil fertility test in GRIHA specified format shall be conducted by the contractor before
construction activity starts. All measures should be taken on site to stack top 20 cm of soil separately, mulch
it and relay post construction onto proposed landscape areas.
Clause 61 —The contractor should employ waste management plan during construction to minimize the
waste generation on the site.
Clause 62 — All waste generated onsite during construction should be collected in segregated onsite
collection facility and either reuse on the site or dispose it properly or sell it to recycler agencies. The
documentary proof, site photographs log book entries would be provided by the contractor on monthly
basis.
Clause 63—The terms and conditions of the agreement have been explained to me/ us and I/we
certify I/we clearly understand them.
Clause 64—The Municipal Engineer shall not exercise any power conferred upon him these conditions as
against the contractor except with the approval of the authority which accepted the tender.
MUNICIPAL CORPORATION SONEPAT
CONTRACTS LABOUR REGULATIONS
Short titles: These regulations may be called Haryana (1) Public Works Department Contractors Labour
1.
Regulations.
Definitions in these regulations unless otherwise expressed or indicated the following words and expression shall
2.
have the meaning given herein against them respectively that is to say.
a)
“Labour” means workers employed by the contractor directly or indirectly through sub contractor or other person
or by an agent on his behalf.
b)
Fair wages means wages whether for time or piece work notified at the time of submitting tender of the work and
where such wages have not been so notified the wages prescribed by the Haryana Public Works Department for
the district in which the work is done.
c)
“Contractors” shall include every person whether a sub-contractor or headmen or agent employing labour on the
work taken on contract.
d)
“Wages” shall have the same meaning as defined in the payment of wages Act, 1936 and include time and piece
rate wages.
Display of notice regarding wages etc. The contractor shall before he commences his work on contract display
3.
and correctly maintain and continue to display and correctly maintain in a clean and legible condition in
conspicuous place on the work notice in English and in the local Indian language spoken by the majority of the
workers giving the fair wages notified or prescribed by the Haryana Public Works Department and the hours of
work for which such wages are earned.
Payment of wages (1) Wages due to every worker shall be paid to him direct, (2) all wages shall be paid in
4.
current coin or currency or in both.
FIXATION OF WAGES PERIODS:
5
(i)
The contractor shall fix wage periods in respect of which the wages shall be payable.
(ii)
No wage period shall exceed one month
(iii)
Wages of every workman employed on the contract shall be paid before expiry of ten days after the last day of
wage period in respect of which the wage are payable.
(iv)
When the employment of any worker is terminated by or on behalf of the contractor the wages earned by him shall
be paid before the day of expiry of the month in which his employment is terminated.
(v)
All the payment of wages shall be made on working day.
Wages book and wages slip etc.
6.
[1]
The contractor shall maintain a wage book of each worker in such form as may be convenient but this shall
include the following particulars.
(a)
Rate of daily or monthly wages or contract wages.
MUNICIPAL CORPORATION SONEPAT
(b)
name of work on which employed.
(c)
(d)
Nature of work on which employed.
Total number of days worked during each wage period and total amount payable for the work during wage period.
(e)
All deduction made from the wages with an indication in each case of the ground for which the deduction is made.
(f)
Wages actually paid for each wage period.
[2]
The contractor shall also maintain a wage slip for each worker employed on the work.
[3]
The authority competent to accept the contract may grant an exemption from the maintenance of Wage Book and
Slip to a contractor who in his opinion may not directly or indirectly employ more than 50 persons on the work.
7.
[1]
Fines and deductions which may be made from the wages of a worker shall be paid to him without any deduction
of any kind except the following.
a)
Fines.
b)
Deductions for absence from duty i.e. from the place or places where by the term of his employment he is required
to work. The amount of deduction shall be proportion to the period for which he was absent.
c)
Deduction for damage to or loss of goods expressly entrusted to the employed person for custody or for less or
more for which he is required to account where such damage or loss is directly attributable to his neglect or
default.
d)
Any other deduction which Municipal Corporation Sonepat may from, time to time allow.
[2]
No fine shall be imposed on a worker and no deduction for damage shall made be from his wages until the worker
has been given an opportunity or showing causes against such fines or deductions.
[3]
The total amount or fines which may be imposed in any one wage period on a worker shall not exceed an amount
equal to five paisa in a rupee of the wage payable to him in respect of that wages period.
[4]
No fine imposed on a worker shall be recovered from him installment or after expiry of 60 days from the date on
which it was imposed.
8.
Register of fines act-8 [1] The contractor shall maintain a register of fines and of all deductions for damage or
loss. Such register shall mention the reason for which fine was imposed or deductions for damage or loss, which
was made.
[2] The contractor shall maintain a list in English and local Indian Language clearly defining acts and omissions
for which penalty or fine can be imposed. He shall display such list and maintain it in a clear and legible condition
at conspicuous place on the work.
9
Preservation of Books – The wage book, the slip and the register of fine deductions required to be maintained
under the regulation shall be preserved for 12 months after the date of last entry made in them.
10
Powers of Labour Welfare Officer to make investigation or Enquiry – The Labour Welfare Office or any
other person authorized by the Municipal Corporation Sonepat on their behalf shall have power to make enquiry
with a view to ascertaining and enforcing due and proper observances of the wage clause & the provisions of these
regulations. He shall investigate into any complaint regarding the default made by contractor – sub contractor in
regard to such provision.
MUNICIPAL CORPORATION SONEPAT
11
Report of labour welfare officer. The Labour Welfare Officer or any other person authorized as aforesaid shall
submit a report of the result of his investigation or enquiry to the Executive Engineer/Municipal Engineer
concerned indicating the extent if any to which the default has been .
12
committed and the amount of fine recoverable in respect of the acts of omission of the labourers with a note that
necessary deduction from the contractors bill be made and wages of the other dues be paid to the labourers
concerned.
13
Appeal against the decision of Labour Welfare Officer – Any person aggrieved by the decision and
recommendation of the labour welfare officer or other person so authorized may appeal, against such decision to
the Labour commissioner but subject to such appeal, the decision of the officer shall be final and binding upon the
contractor.
14
No party shall be allowed to be represented by a lawyer during any investigation or enquiry appeal or any other
proceedings under these regulations.
15
Inspection of Register – The contractor shall allow inspection of the wages book and wages slip to any of his
workers or to his agent at a convenient time and place after due notice received or the labour welfare officer or any
other person authorized by the Municipal Corporation Sonepat on his behalf.
16
Submission of return – The contractor shall maintain and submit periodical return as may be specified from time
to time.
17
Amendment – The Municipal Corporation Sonepat from time to time add or amend these regulations and or any
question as to the application, interpretation or effect of these regulation the decision of the Labour Commissioner
to Haryana Government or any other person authorized by the Municipal Corporation Sonepat in that behalf shall
be final.
18
The contractor shall be responsible to provide to the entire satisfaction of the Municipal Corporation at his own
expenses the following amenities for the labour employed by him.
a)
Suitable temporary hutting accommodation.
19
Adequate no of Toilet facilities shall be maintained in a sanitary condition, separately for men and women
alongwith
regular water supply. A sufficient quantity of disinfectant shall be provided to the labours for
maintaining huygienic conditions in toilets.
20
An adequate supply of clean drinking water shall be provided, and unless connected to a municipal water supply,
samples of the water shall be tested at frequent intervals by the Authority.
In the event of his failure to provide any or all the amenities, the same shall be provided by the Municipal
Corporation Sonepat and cost thereof shall be recovered from the contractor. Any dispute regarding above point shall be settled
by the Municipal Corporation and his decision shall be final.
19. The contractor shall be responsible to pay any tax / Labour welfare funds /etc. to concerned department which shall be applicable
to the work. By any Act /Rule of state / Centre Govt.inserted /Amended from time to time.
FAIR WAGES CLAUSES
(a)
The contractor shall pay not less than fair wage to labour engaged by him on the work.
MUNICIPAL CORPORATION SONEPAT
Explanation:
Fair wage means wage whether for time or piece work notified at the time of inviting tenders of the work and where such
wages have not been so notified, the wage prescribed by the Public Works Deptt., Building and road branch, Haryana for the
district, in which the work is done.
(b)
The contractor shall, not with standing the provisions of any agreement to the contrary, caused to be paid fair wages to
labours, indirectly engaged on the work including any labour engaged by his sub contractors in connection with the said
work, as if the labourers had been directly employed by him.
(c)
In respect of labour directly employed on the works for the performances of the contractor’s part of this agreement the
contract shall comply with or cause to be complied with the Public Works Deptt. Contractors’ Labours Regulations made by
Government from time to time in regard to payment of wages period, deductions from wages, recovery of wages not paid
and deductions unauthorisedly made, maintenance of wage register, wage slip, publication of wages and other terms of
employment inspection and submission of periodical returns and all other matters of such like nature.
(d)
The Executive Engineer or Municipal Engineer concerned shall have the right to deduct, from the money due to the
contractor, any some required or estimated to be required for making good the loss suffered by a worker or workers by
reason of non-fulfillment of the conditions of the contract for benefit of the workers, non-payment of wages or deductions
made from his or their wages which are not justified by the terms of the contract or for non-observance of the regulation is
referred to in clause (c) above).
(e)
Vis-à-vis the Municipal Corporation Sonepat, the contractor, shall be primarily liable for all payments to be made under and
for the observance of the regulations aforesaid, without prejudice to his right to claim indemnity from his sub contractors.
(f)
The regulations aforesaid shall be deemed to be a part of this contract and any breach thereof shall be deemed to be a breach
of this contract.
(g)
Attendance card should invariably be issued by the contractors to their workers, which should be returned to the contractors
concerned at the time of receiving payment of their wages.
(h)
Before making payment to the contractors, the authorities concerned should obtain a certificate from the contractor that he
has made payment to all workers connected with the execution of the work, for which the payment is being made.
(i)
The normal working hours of workers employed by contractors for the execution of work allotted to them should be 8 hours
per day with a break of 2 hours during summer, one hour during winter after continuous work of 4 hours at the most. The
spread over should in no case exceed 10 hours, workers working beyond these hours, should be paid over time wages, at the
double the ordinary rate of their wages, calculated by the hour.
MUNICIPAL CORPORATION SONEPAT
SECTION 4 (ii)
SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
1.
Work shall be got executed strictly as per contract agreement & specifications.
2.
Security @ 5% is to be deducted from the running account bills as well as final bill which will be
released after 3 months of satisfactory completion of defect liability period of 15 months.
The contractor will use all machinery, T & P, watering etc. at his own cost.
3.
4.
The contractor will have to be replace mortalities, if any, at his own cost during execution and
maintenance period.
5.
Contractor shall also look after watch & ward of this site for damage against cattle’s/ passers-by/
trespassing/ pilferage or theft of goods from site and Municipal Corporation shall not be responsible
for any damages or losses on this account.
6.
“Cess @ 1% of the total cost of construction of project from the payments of contractor under the
Section-3 of the “Building and Other Construction Workers Welfare Cess Act-1996” & registration of
Establishment under Section-7 the “Building & Other Construction Workers’ (Regulation of
Employment & Condition of Service) Act-1996 shall be deducted from all running & final bills”.
7.
The rates should be quoted single percentage above or below the DNIT.
8.
The machinery required for execution & maintenance throughout the contractual period will be
the responsibility of the agency.
M C Sonipat will not be the responsible for any misshaping / Accident during work at site.
9.
10.
11.
The outside testing of work shall be conducted from M/s Shri Ram Institute for Industrial Research,
Delhi or any approved Lab by MC Sonipat or any Government lab and the testing charges shall be
borne by the Corporation. If any sample fails, during testing, charges along with penalty @ Rs.
20,000/-(Rupees Twenty Thousand only) for each sample shall be deducted from the bills of the
agency & no payment shall be released against the substandard work. The substandard work shall
be dismantled and rectified by the agency at their own cost.
VALIDITY OF BID:
12.
Bid submitted by the bidder shall remain valid for acceptance for a period of 120 days from the
date of opening of the financial bid. The tenderers shall not be entitled during the validity of bid, to
revoke or cancel bid or vary any term thereof. In case of bidder revoking or cancelling his bid or
varying any terms in regard thereof, the bidder’s earnest money deposit shall be forfeited by the
Employer.
TEMPORARY POWER SUPPLY:
Contractor shall obtain temporary power connection from the local body/UHBVN for the
construction purpose. The contractor shall at his own cost make arrangement for temporary
distribution of power to the work site. Contractor shall at his own cost remove all the wires, pipes,
ballies etc. after completion of work.
13.
TEMPORARY WATER SUPPLY:
14.
For construction purpose the contractor has to rely on ground/surface water supply. Contractor at
his own cost and initiative shall arrange suitable quality of water and its distribution to the work sites
for construction, curing and testing purposes. The quality of water for construction purposes must
satisfy the relevant codal provisions. Contractor shall remove at his own cost all pipe lines,
equipments, pumps etc. after completion of work.
SITE MEETINGS:
MUNICIPAL CORPORATION SONEPAT
Weekly site meeting, to be attended by representatives of the Engineer-in-Charge and the contractor
shall be held every Wednesday for progress monitoring and other issues of construction. In the event
of Wednesday being a holiday, the meeting will be held on the next working day.
15.
PRIORITISATION REVIEW:
The contractor is required to execute the works as per approved schedule. However, during the
period of execution, in case the necessity arises to change the priority of the construction schedule,
as per requirement of the Employer, the contractor is bound to follow the changed priority which
shall be communicated to the contractor during quarterly review meeting and the contractor shall
have no claim whatsoever on this account.
16. LIST OF DOCUMENTS TO BE MAINTAINED AT SITE BY THE CONTRACTOR:
(i)
Site instruction book
(ii)
GRIHA Compliance documents / bills/ Site photographs
(iii)
Labour Register
(iv)
Hindrance Register
Material register (Materials Account Statement)
(v)
(vi)
Stock Register
(vii) Material Testing Register
(viii) Cube Testing Register
Cement Register
(ix)
(x)
Assets Register
(xi)
Daily Works Register
(xii) Level Book
(xiii) Measurement Books
(xiv) Concrete Pour Card
(xv) Daily labour employment register
(xvi)
17.
Any other documents required by the Engineer-in-Charge to check quality/ progress of work etc. will
be maintained by contractor at site.
PLANNING AND REVIEW OF WORKS:
18.
The contractor shall use computers and modern project management software (like Prima Vera) for
planning, scheduling and review of works, right from the commencement of work till completion. The
contractor will employ a qualified planning Engineer experienced in use of Modern methods of
planning; scheduling and cost control of projects using computers with the usage of project
management software/s and should be capable of performing network based analysis.
AS BUILT DRAWINGS:
As Built Drawings are to be prepared and submitted by the contractor duly certified by the Architect
and Engineer-in-Charge after completion of works. The originals, in good quality transparencies, and
three (3) copies of all As built drawings shall be supplied to the Engineer-in-Charge progressively as
sections of the works gets completed. All Drawings shall be submitted within one month after
completion of the respective section.
19.
a)
As Built Drawings shall be of A1-A3 size (depending upon type of structure or nature of drawing)
unless otherwise approved by the Engineer-in-Charge.
ASSOCIATED WORKS/OTHER CONTRACTS ON SITE:
The contractor shall note that other contractors would be carrying out other works within or
adjacent to the site during the duration of this contract.
b)
SONEPAT
The contractor shallMUNICIPAL
not have exclusiveCORPORATION
possession of the site but
shall have to liaise and co-ordinate
with all other contractors and authorities and authorities carrying out works on or in the vicinity of
the site and shall afford all reasonable opportunity and assistance to other contractors to carry out
their works with minimum mutual interference or disruption.
c)
If the performance of any contractor is likely to interfere with the simultaneous execution of another
contract, if Engineer-in-Charge shall decide which works shall take precedence, and there shall be no
claim whatsoever for any delay, disruption of work or cost arising out of the Engineer-in-Charge’s
decision.
d)
The contractor shall be deemed to have allowed in his tender of all costs arising from above causes
and shall not be entitled to any payment in respect of such causes.
The contractor shall carry out the work in sections as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge and
e)
hand over to other contractor in stages for carrying out other works.
20. PART RATE PAYMENT:
Payment for items of work, which is partly completed, shall be allowed at part rates derived from the
contract rates. Payment for altered, additional.or substituted item of work ordered shall be allowed
at provisional rates as may be fixed by the Engineer-in-Charge till the rates are finally approved.
21.
INTERIM/RUNNING PAYMENT:
22.
All interim running payments shall be treated as on account of payments by way of advances
against final payments and not as payments for the work done or be considered as an admission
of the due performance of the contract. This shall be adjustable in final bills
TAKING OUT OF MATERIAL:
No material, equipment is to be taken out of the project site by the contractor without the
approval of the Engineer-in-Charge.
23. ADDITIONAL WORK AS PER HARYANA SCHEDULE RATES:
i). Any work got executed outside the scope of items specified in the Bid Documents , shall be paid on the
basis of Haryana Schedule of rates and the permissible ceiling premium of November 2011 with up to
date amendments along with quoted premium or discount by the agency in relevant Package of the Bill
of Quantities. In absence of Haryana Schedule Rates items, the Delhi Schedule Rates 2014 items if
available shall be paid for with zero ceiling premium. In absence of Delhi Schedule Rates, Non
Scheduled items shall be prepared on market rates plus 10% contractor profit basis and 5% over head
charges
ii)
The payment shall be made as per item actually executed at site.
24. MATERIAL:
a)
All materials including cement and steel to be arranged by the contractor himself shall conform to
relevant IS specifications, duly ISI marked and as per list of approved manufactures/makers by HSIIDC,
also attached in the NIT.
b)
Contractor will have to supply manufacturer’s certificate, certifying that material has been
manufactured as per IS specifications, duly supported by necessary documentation. Wherever referred,
ISI code shall be with its latest amendments.
c)
All material depicted in the NIT shall be inspected as per provision of relevant IS Code for testing of
material, at the works of manufactures, before dispatch to the site by the authorized representative of
HSIIDC.
d)
Necessary certificate from the manufacturer for all the material brought at site shall be supplied
with each lot to the Engineer-in-Charge, certifying that this lot of material has been manufactured
as per standard of BIS and conform to the relevant IS codes.
MUNICIPAL CORPORATION SONEPAT
25. Local Taxation
The price bid by the contractor shall include all custom duties, excise duties, Vat, service tax,
import duties, business taxes, income and other taxes that may be levied in accordance to the
laws and regulations up to the closing date for submission of bid in the employer’s country on the
contractor’s equipment, plant, materials and supplies (permanent, temporary and consumable)
acquired for the purpose of the contract and on the services performed under the contract.
Nothing in the contract shall relieve the contractor from his responsibility to pay that may be
levied in the employer’s country on profits made by him in respect of the contract. All Taxes and
Duties as applicable form time to time during the currency of the contract are to the borne by the
contractor. However will not facilitate towards issuance of any certificate for availing exemption
of excise duty through local Administration/Deputy Commissioner or otherwise.
26. Service Tax:
The service tax liability of the HSIIDC, as per applicable law, in respect of this work will be borne by the
contractor, notwithstanding the fact that part of service tax liability is also to be borne by the
contractor himself. The deduction in respect of service tax liability of HSIIDC will be made from
running bills as well as final bill of the contractor. This clause will be applicable, if the contractor is
not a company under companies Act, 1956 in case of company, 100% service tax liability is to be
borne by the company (contractor) itself.
28. Extent of Variation
The quantities are tentative and can vary to any extent above or below depending upon the site
conditions. Quoted rates for all items shall be firm, fixed and binding on the contractor.
Irrespective of variation to any extent of quantities of individual items of BOQ (On plus or
minus side)
29. The contractor shall submit the CAR (Contractor’s All Risks) Policy for the awarded value of the
work and valid for the entire duration of the work including the extended period of work, if any.
The contractor shall provide to the Corporation copy of the insurance policies and document
taken out by him pursuance of the contract immediately after such insurance coverage. If the
contractor fails to effect and keep in force insurance as per the terms of contract the Corporation
may effect and keep in force any such insurance and pay such premium or premiums as may be
necessary for that purpose and from time to time deduct the amount so paid by the corporation
as aforesaid from any money due or which may become due to the contractor or recover the
same as debit due from the contractor.
30. Price Adjustment
Contract price shall be adjusted for increase or decrease in rates of Cement and Steel purchased
only. No price adjustment will be done for other material, fuel/POL and Labour component.
The price adjustment shall apply for the stipulated time period and not beyond that including
any time extension is granted.
Contract price shall be adjusted for increase or decrease in rates/price of Grey Cement and
Steel Rebar.
The amount of the contract shall accordingly be carried for Grey Cement and Steel Rebar and
will be worked out as per the formula given below:-
MUNICIPAL CORPORATION SONEPAT
Adjustment for component of 'Grey Cement'
Vc = Pc x Qc x CI - Clo
CIo
Where,
Vc = Variation in Grey Cement cost i.e. increase or decrease in the amount in rupees to be paid or
recovered.
Pc = Base price of Grey Cement as stipulated in the tender document.
Qc = Quantity of Grey Cement used in the works since previous bill.
CIo = All India Wholesale Price Index for Grey Cement as published by the Economic Advisor to Govt. of
India, Ministry of Industry and Commerce as valid on the last stipulated date of receipt of tenders
including extensions, if any.
CI = All India Wholesale Price Index for Grey Cement for period under consideration as published by
Economic Advisor to Government of India, Ministry of Industry and Commerce.
Adjustment for component of 'Steel Rebar’
Vs = Ps x Qs x SI-Slo
SIo
Where
Vs = Variation in cost of Steel Rebar reinforcement bars i.e. increase or decrease in the amount in
rupees to be paid or recovered.
Ps =Base price of Steel Rebar reinforcement bars as stipulated in the tender document.
Qs = Quantity of Steel Rebar paid either by way of secured advance or used in the works since
previous bill (whichever is earlier).
SIo = All India Wholesale Price Index for Rebar for the period under consideration as published by the
Economic Advisor to Govt. of India, Ministry of Industry and Commerce as valid on the last
stipulated date of receipt of tenders including extensions, if any.
SI = All India Wholesale Price Index for Rebar for period under consideration as published by
Economic Advisor to Government of India, Ministry of Industry and Commerce.
All India Wholesale Price Indices for Grey Cement and Steel Rebar as published by the
Economic Advisor to Government of India, Ministry of Commerce and Industry, which is
available on Website: http://eaindustry.nic.in
In cost of steel/cement, the actual increase in rate or actual decrease in rate will be
considered for payment or recovery from the bills on the basis of Wholesale Price
Indices for Grey Cement and Steel Rebar.
The base price of Grey Cement and Steel Rebar for operation of above clause is as under:Sr.No.
1.
2
2.
Item
Grey Cement OPC 43 Grade
Grey Cement PPC 53 Grade
Fe-500DD, Earth Quake Resistant
Base price (Rs.)
250/- per bag of 50Kgs
240/- per bag of 50Kgs
45,500D/- per MT
TMT Steel Rebar
(including all applicable taxes)
MUNICIPAL CORPORATION SONEPAT
31) Secured Advance
1- Secured
75% of
a)_The material are in –accordance with the specification
advance for
Invoice
for works.
non-perish-able
material
brought to site
value/
assessed
value.
b) Such material have been delivered to site, and are
properly stored and protected against damage or
deterioration to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The
Contractor shall store the bulk material in measurable
stacks.
c) The Contractor’s records of the requirement order,
receipt and use of material are kept in a form approved by
the Engineer and such record shall be available for
inspection by the Engineer.
d) The contractor has submitted with his monthly
statement the estimated value of the material on site
together with such document as may be required by the
Engineer for the purpose of valuation of the material and
providing evidence of ownership and payment thereof.
e) Ownership of such material shall be deemed to vest in
the Employer for which the Contractor has submitted an
Indemnity Bond in an acceptable format ,and
f) The quantities of materials are not excessive and shall be
used within a reasonable time as determined by the
Engineer.
The advance shall be recovered from each succeeding monthly payment to the
Repayment of secured
advance:
extent material [ for which advance was previously paid pursuant to clause 51.4 of
G.C.C ] have been incorporate in to the works
MUNICIPAL CORPORATION SONEPAT
AFFIDAVIT
I
_____________________________
S/o
Sh.____________________________
resident
of
_______________________________________________ Section ______________ Distt.____________________ contractor /
partner / share holders (strike out the which is not applicable) (firm or contractor) do hereby solemnly declare as under:-
1.
That the person / firms black listed by MUNICIPAL CORPORATION SONEPAT / Haryana Govt. / Govt. of
India from time to time never had any connection and interest in my business.
2.
That the above said contractor / persons / firms do not have any substituting in my business and
3.
That the said persons / firms are not employee of my firm and are not in any way connected with my business.
4.
That the said person / firms has submitted his bid online in the respective envelopes.
DEPONENT
WITNESS
DATED:
I do hereby solemnly declare and affirm that the above declaration is true and correct to the best of my knowledge
and belief. No part of it is false and nothing has been concealed and I shall be held responsible if found not abide by the above
mentioned items for the tender or the tender document of this work.
DEPONENT
WITNESS
DATED:
MUNICIPAL CORPORATION SONEPAT
SECTION - 5
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
MUNICIPAL CORPORATION SONEPAT
SPECIAL TECHNICAL CONDITIONS (GENERAL): Scope of work
1. Work under this contract shall consist of furnishing all labour, materials, equipments and
appliances necessary and required to completely finish including testing and commissioning of
Construction of M C office Building including Public Health Services, Electrical Installations,
Boundary wall, campus development, Fire fighting, HVAC, Landscaping and all other works
contingent thereto in Sector 3, Sonipat ., as described hereinafter and as specified in the bill of
quantities and/ or shown on the Engineering drawings attached herewith. The scope of work
includes O & M during 6 months trial run period & 15 months of defect liability period. The scope of
work shall also include arranging all statutory clearances from MC Sonipat, Fire Office or any other
Govt. Deptt./agencies.
The work under the contract shall include the following: A)
Building Work
Building work consists of the following components Construction of M C office should be
incorporate Haryana Building Code, ECBC requirement and Green Building Norms as per GRIHA
requirement for achieving 4- 5 Star rating. Building for parking of Staff Vehicle in office campus be
strictly as per drawing and design. Space to be provided for cleaning& servicing of vehicles with
basic maintenance checks in support area designated.
C)
Concrete Platform
i.
Preparation of sub grade in correct profile with proper longitudinal& cross slope after
dressing the ground surface including removing vegetation.
Loosening and compaction of earth where ever required as per MORT&H specification.
ii.
iii.
Supply and compaction of fresh earth free from dust grass roots to be used in preparation
of sub grade and filing on berms as per levels fixed as per MORT&H specification.
iv. Providing and laying Granular Sub Base Course as per MORT&H specification.
v.
Providing and laying of lean concrete as per MORT&H specification.
vi.
Mild steel reinforcement for RCC works where not included in the complete rate of RCC
including cutting, bending, binding and placing in position.
vii.
Fe-500D EQR TMT steel bars for RCC works were not included in the complete rate of RCC
including cutting bending. Binding and placing in position complete
viii.
Construction of External concrete Platform Including The cost of filling and compacting
0.25 meters throughout
Boundary walls
D)
i)
Construction of Boundary Wall as per detailed design and drawings proposed in brick work
all around the building area including barricading of site as per DNIT and GRIHA
Specifications.
ii)
iii)
iv)
E)
Painting of Boundary Wall as per BOQ.
Construction of 3 Nos.entry gates as proposed drawing.
Construction of Guard Rooms as proposed drawing
Water supply system:
MUNICIPAL CORPORATION SONEPAT
i)
Construction of 1 no. water works with Construction of clear water RCC underground tank
of required capacity.
a)Boosting chamber as per BOQ with..
b)Pumping machinery including supply, erection, testing and commissioning
c.
d.
c)Pipe line at head works complete in all respects.
Transformers, Gen sets, Cabling, erection, electric connection from UHBVN
Distribution network complete in all respects with DI pipes or as specified in DNIT with
specials of appropriate class as per design and BOQ.
e. Testing, commissioning and maintenance during defect liability period with
f.
training of staff.
F)
Other connected works contingent there-of, to make the system functional including
testing & commissioning etc. including structure design of various structure duly vetted
complete in all respects and operation & maintenance during defect liability period .
Operation and maintenance during defect liability period of 15 months.
G)
Electrical works
i)
The scope of the Electrical Works shall be Design, pre-delivery inspection, supply, storage at
site and Erection, Testing and Commissioning of the equipment in accordance with the
specifications and documents and handing over of the complete installation after
satisfactory commissioning.
The scope shall be as per the Technical Requirements given in BOQ of the bid documents.
The scope of work also includes the internal electrification of IMT building and staff quarters.
ii)
iii)
iv
v)
2.
Contractor will satisfy himself fully with the details of the works as defined in these bid
documents and conditions, under which same is to be performed, and they may visit site to
equip themselves with all the information required for the execution of the work.
Unless otherwise stated in the Work Order, Scope, shall also include,
SPECIFICATIONS:
2.1 Work under this contract shall be carried out strictly in accordance with Haryana PWD
specifications with latest amendments for other works.
2.2 Items not covered under these specifications due to any ambiguity or misprints or additional
works, the same shall be carried out as per with Haryana PWD specifications with latest
amendments as applicable.
2.3 Work not covered under para 2.1 and 2.2 will be carried out with the latest amendments of relevant
specifications for building works and Indian Standards Specifications or codes of practice or
prescribed in Govt. of India, Delhi and if not available, shall be as per British Standards
Specifications or codes of practice or unified plumbing code of USA. The decision of the Engineerin-Charge in this regard shall be final and binding. IS codes referred shall mean the latest IS codes
amended upto date.
2.4 The work shall be carried out strictly as specified in bill of quantities and technical specifications. In
case of any ambiguity, the details of the particular item as given in bill of quantities shall supersede
the
details given in specification
2.5 Galvanised Iron or Mild Steel Pipes with Scew Joints.
MUNICIPAL CORPORATION SONEPAT
i)
Pipes .- Unless otherwise specified, the medium quality Galvanised mild steel continuous
weld tubes to ISS:1239-1973 screwed both ends to pipe threads or class B Galvanised mild
steel continuous weld tubes to B.Sspecification No. 1387 shall be used.
ii)
Pipe specials: - Unless otherwise specified, the Galvanised malleable iron pipes
specials according to relevant Indian Standard specification shall be used
iii)
Water fittings:- Unless otherwise specified, all brass fittings including valves ,stop
cock, taps shall confirm to relevant ISI Specification
2.6 Cement and Steel
2.6.1 The Contractor shall procure, supply and stock pile adequate quantity of cement and steel
reinforcement required for the works in accordance with the drawings. The contractor shall be
fully responsible for procurement of steel of the required specifications & standards and shall
also be responsible for proper protection and safe keeping of cement to the satisfaction of the
Engineer-in-Charge. Cement shall be OPC grade 43, IS 269-1976 and steel shall be steel bar Fe500DD EQR (TMT) .
2.6.2 The manufactures of cement and steel shall be as approved in part Section-1 Part-IV
suggestive makes and relevant standards. Contractor shall be required to submit necessary
test results/certificates with every consignment and shall ensure that all materials strictly
confirm to relevant Indian standards.
3.
EXECUTION OF WORK:
3.1
The work shall be carried out in conformity and in accordance with the approved
Architectural, structural, public health engineering and other specialized service drawings
issued to the contractor.
3.2
The contractor shall co-operate with all other trades and agencies working on the site. He
shall make provision for hangers, sleeves, structural openings diversions and other
requirements well in advance to prevent hold up of progress of the construction schedule of
the work of other agencies working at the site.
3.3
On award of the work, the contractor shall submit a schedule of completion in the form of
PERT chart and bar chart for approval of the Engineer-in-Charge. All dates and time schedule
agreed upon shall be strictly adhered to (within the stipulated time of
completion/commissioning). The specified phasing, if any and stages of handing over of the
completed works will be decided by the Engineer-in-Charge.
3.4
If part of a site is not available for any reason or there is some unavoidable delay etc., the
programme shall be modified without any extra claim or compensation.
4.
DRAWINGS:
4.1
Architectural drawings shall take precedence over Public Health Engineering/Roads
drawings as to all dimensions, level etc.
4.2
Contractor shall verify all levels and dimensions at site before starting of the work and bring
to the notice of the Engineer-in-Charge all discrepancies or deviations, if any noticed. The
decision of the Engineer-in-Charge shall be final.
4.3
Large size details and manufacturers dimensions for material to be incorporated shall have
precedence over small scale drawing.
4.4 All drawings supplied with the tender shall be returned in good condition along with the Bid.
MUNICIPAL CORPORATION SONEPAT
4.5
Any drawings issued by the Engineer-in-Charge for the works are the property of the
Engineer-in-Charge and shall not be lent, reproduced or used on any works other than
intended without the written permission of the Engineer-in-Charge.
4.6
The tender drawings provided for tendering purposes shall be as contained in the tender
documents and shall be used as a reference only. The contractor should visualize the nature
and type of work contemplated and ensure that the rates and prices quoted by him in the
bill of quantities have due consideration of the qualitative and quantitative variations as
may be found at the site and complexities of the work involved during actual
execution/construction.
4.7
The tendered rates/prices for the work shall be deemed to include the cost of preparation, supply
and delivery of all necessary drawings, prints, tracings and negatives which the contractor is
required to provide in accordance with the contract
4.8
Two copies of drawings on the basis of which actual execution of work is to proceed shall be
furnished free of cost to the contractor progressively accordingly to the work programme
submitted by the contractor and accepted by the Engineer-in-Charge. Drawing for any particular
activity shall be issued to the contractor at least 15 days in advance of the scheduled date of the
start of the activity.
4.9
Examination and/or approval by the Engineer-in-Charge of any drawings or other documents
submitted by the contractor shall not relieve the contractor of his responsible or liabilities under
the contract.
5.
INSPECTION AND TESTING
5.1
Contractor shall be required to produce the manufacturers test certificate (in original) for the
particular batch of materials supplied by him. The tests carried out shall be as per the
relevant Indian Standard Codes.
5.2
For examination and testing of materials and works at the site, the contractor shall provide and
arrange all testing and measuring/ gauging equipment’s necessary for the requisite tests as may
a)
be required to be carried out by the Engineer-in-Charge at the site laboratory at the
cost contractor
Theodolite
5.3
All such equipment’s shall be tested for calibration at any approved laboratory at regular
intervals as required by the Engineer-in-Charge to the entire satisfaction of Engineer-in-Charge,
at the cost of the contractor.
5.4
All testing equipment required for site testing shall be located in a special room (laboratory) at
the site meant for the purpose, at contractors cost and readily available prior to the testing.
5.5
Contractor shall carry out detailed soil investigation as per the requirements as specified by
Engineer-in-Charge. The contractor shall submit test reports to the Engineer-in-Charge for any
modification in design, if required, failing which the same shall be done at the risk and cost of the
contractor.
5.6
Any material or equipment not meeting the approval of the Engineer-in-Charge shall be removed
from the site forthwith.
5.7
The Engineer-in-Charge may order the contractor for any additional testing equipment not
covered in the above list, if required at site and the same shall be arranged by the contractor to
the satisfaction of Engineer-in-Charge. No equipment will be removed from site without
Permission of the Engineer-in-Charge.
6.
METRIC CONVERSION:
MUNICIPAL CORPORATION SONEPAT
6.1
All dimensions and sizes of materials and equipment’s given in the tender documents are in
metric unit.
6.2
Any weight or sizes given in the tender having changes due to metric conversion, the nearest
equitant sizes as per Indian Standards shall be acceptable without any additional cost.
REFERENCE POINTS:
7.
7.1
Contractor shall provide and maintain permanent bench marks, flag tops and other reference
points for the proper execution of work. These shall be preserved till the end of the work at
contractor’s cost.
7.2
All such reference points shall be related to the levels and locations given in the
Architectural and Engineering Drawings.
REFERENCE DRAWINGS:
8.
8.1
The contractor shall provide with and maintain permanent bench marks, flag tops and
other reference points for proper execution of work. These shall be preserved till the end
of the work at Contractor’s cost.
8.2
All corrections, deviations and changes made at site shall be shown on these reference
drawings for final incorporation in the as built drawings. All changes to be made there in
shall be initialled by the Engineer-in-Charge.
SHOP DRAWINGS:
9.
9.1 The contractor shall submit to the Engineer-in-Charge four copies of the shop drawings for his
scrutiny and approval.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
9.2 Shop drawings shall be submitted with the following details:Equipment layout and piping, and details of appurtenant structures.
The changes in layout and details of subsequent changes in the required items.
Areas required detailing by Engineer-in-Charge.
Manufacturer or Contractor’s fabrication drawing for any Materials or equipment supplied by
him.
9.3 The contractor shall submit four copies of catalogues, manufacturer’s drawings, equipment
characteristic data or performance charts required by the Engineer-in-Charge.
10.
COMPLETION DRAWINGS:
10.1 On completion of work, contractor shall submit one complete set of original tracings,
floppies and two prints of “As built” Drawings to the Architect and Engineer-in-Charge.
These drawings shall have the following information:
i)
BUILDING WORKS
The drawings showing details of various components of M C office Building on Layout plan, its
floor plans, Sections, Elevations, Finishes and details.
ii).Road work /Pavement works
L- Section & X-section of roads /pavements of different types separately roadwise giving details of crust thickness.
MUNICIPAL CORPORATION SONEPAT
iii)
X- Section of concrete Platforms, giving details of crust thickness.
Horticulture
The drawings showing the details of all parks green belts and road side plantation
indicating the landscape designall civil structures, footpaths, irrigation system, lighting
system, location of plants including name of spices
iv). Boundary Wall
Layout plan & X-sections of the boundary wall.
v). Water Supply System
b)
c)
d)
e)
All water supply lines with diameters, locations of control valves, fire hydrant chambers,
access panels etcLocation of all mechanical equipment with layout and piping connections.
With all appurtenances plan indicating pumping machinery with all accessories.
Flow diagram of water works.
Structural drawings of all structure indicating levels ,technical details, dimensions, capacities etc.
vi). Street light & Electrification
a)
Completion drawings as required under the terms and conditions electrical works described in
BOQ.
10.2 Contractor shall provide four sets of catalogues, performance data and list of spare parts
together with the name and address of the manufacturers for all electrical and mechanical
equipment provided by him and installed in the project.
10.3 All ‘Warranty cards’ given by the manufacturers of all concerned material shall be handed over
to the Engineer-in-Charge. 10.4 Completion certificate shall not be issued unless the “as built
drawings” are submitted as indicated above.
11.
CONTRACTORS RATES:
11.1 Rates quoted in this tender shall be inclusive of costing of all materials, labour, supervision,
erection, tools, plant, scaffolding, service connections, transport to and storage at site, taxes,
octroi and levies, breakages, wastage and all such expenses as may be necessary and required to
completely do all the items of work and put them in proper working condition.
11.2 Rates quoted are for all heights and depths required for this work, unless specified otherwise.
11.3 All rates quoted must be for complete and inclusive of all such accessories, fixtures and fixing
arrangements, nuts, bolts and hangers as standard part of the particular item except where
specially mentioned otherwise.
11.4 All rates quoted are inclusive of cutting holes and chases in walls, floors and making good the
same with Cement mortar/concrete of appropriate mix and strength as directly by Engineer-inCharge.
11.5 Rates quoted shall be inclusive of all costs incurred in testing/installation commissioning of works
and materials, operation & maintenance for 3 months trial run period and12 months defect
liability period.
12.
TESTING AND COMMISSIONING:
MUNICIPAL CORPORATION SONEPAT
12.1 The work shall be tested as per Haryana PWD & MORT&H Specifications for Road & Bridge
Works. 12.2 Tests shall be performed in the presence of the Engineer-in-Charge or his authorized
representative(s).
12.3 If any materials and equipment’s found defective shall be replaced and whole work tested to meet
the requirement of the PWD/MORT&H Specifications for Road & Bridge Works with latest
amendments and relevant IS codes.
12.4 Contractor shall perform all such testes as may be necessary and required by the local authorities
to meet municipal or other bye-laws in force.
12.5 Contractor shall carry out all tests as specified in PWD specifications and relevant IS codes. Also the
contractor shall carry out other tests as directed by Engineer-in-Charge or as deemed necessary
for the efficient and quality work. If contractor fails to do so, Engineer-in-Charge is free to get the
same done from outside reputed laboratory/agency at the cost and risk of the contractor in the
manner Engineer-in-Charge decides.
12.6 Contractor shall provide all labour equipment, tools, staging etc. and consumables for the
performance of the tests at his cost.
12.7
Contractor shall be fully responsible for the commissioning of the entire system for efficient
operations to the satisfaction of Engineer-in-Charge.
12.8 Contactor shall be responsible for proper operation of all electrical/mechanical equipment’s
installed by him even during warranty period.
13.
SITE CLEARANCE AND CLEANUP:
13.1 The contractor shall from time to time clear away all debris and excess material accumulated at the
site as desired by the Engineer-in-Charge, failing which the same shall be done at the risk and
cost of the contractor.
13.2
After the systems have been executed, tested and commissioned, contractor shall clean up the
same, remove all plaster paints stains stickers and other foreign matters of discoloration leaving
the same in a ready to use and in neat condition, failing which the same shall be done at the risk
and cost of the contractor.
13.3 On the completion of all works, the contractor shall demolish all stores and temporary works
remove all surplus materials, tools and labourers/workmen, otherwise the same shall be done at
the risk and cost of the contractor.
13.4 The maintenance of all the works till the completion of all the works under DNIT to the entire
satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge will be done by the contractor. No payment will be
released on this account to the contractor whatsoever.
14.
CUTTING & MAKING GOOD:
14.1 No structural member shall be chased or cut without the prior written permission of the
Engineer-in-Charge.
15.
MATERIALS:
15.1
All materials to be used in the works shall confirm to the tender specifications. 15.2 All
materials as specified shall be used with the approval of the Engineer-in-Charge.
15.3 Unless otherwise specified and approved in writing by the Engineer-in-Charge, materials of makes
and specifications as mentioned in this tender shall be used.
MUNICIPAL CORPORATION SONEPAT
Approved samples shall be kept in the Integrated office of Engineer-in-Charge and shall be
returned after the completion of the work as per DNIT & as approved by the Engineer-in-Charge.
15.5 All the factory manufacture materials shall be got inspected at works as per the provisions
in the relevant IS codes.
16.
INFORMATION REGARDING TENDER:
16.1 The contractor shall examine all specifications, tender conditions and drawings before tendering for
the works.
16.2 Information, levels and dimensions given in the tender drawings are correct but the contractor
shall make independent enquiries and verify the same. No claims for extras shall be admissible in
case of any deviations due to incorrectness of the information levels or dimensions.
16.3 The contractor shall obtain all information relating to the local regulations bye laws, octroi, taxes,
applicable, if any and all laws relating to his work or profession and strictly follow them for
execution of the work. No additional claims shall be admissible on this account.
17.
STORAGE OF MATERIALS:
17.1 All materials shall be stored in a proper manner protected from natural elements so as to avoid
contamination and deterioration, at the place as indicated and approved by Engineer-in-Charge.
17.2 Contractor’s stores shall be open to inspection by the Engineer-in-Charge at all reasonable
hours.
17.3 Location of stores yards shall be approved in advance by the Engineer-in-Charge prior to
construction and occupation. The contractor shall maintain the same at his risk and cost till the
completion of project.
18.
STATUTORY APPROVALS:
The contractor shall take all statutory approvals which are required during the execution of work and
after the completion of works.
19.
SITE ORDER BOOK:
19.1 The contractor shall maintain a site order book at the site integrated office and he shall be further
responsible for its proper upkeep.
19.2 All instructions relating to the job shall be recorded by the Engineer-in-Charge in the site order
book and the contractor is bound to carry out all such instructions given to him and compliances
there of recorded in it.
20.
SUPPLY OF COLOUR RECORD PHOTOGRAPHY & ALBUMS:
20.1 The scope of work covers the supply of photographs, negatives and albums to serve as a
permanent record of various stages/facets of the work needed for authentic documentations as
approved by the Engineer-in-Charge.
20.2 The contactor shall arrange to take colour photographs at various stages/facets of the work
including interesting and novel features of the work as desired by the Engineer-in-Charge. The
photographs shall be of acceptance quality and they shall be taken by a professionally competent
photographer with camera having the facility to record the date of photographs taken in the
MUNICIPAL CORPORATION SONEPAT
prints and negatives. The contractor shall supply two colour prints of each of the photographs
taken to the standard postcard size mounted in albums of acceptable quality. Also the negative in
35mm size shall be supplied for each photograph. Each photograph in the album shall be suitably
captioned.
MUNICIPAL CORPORATION SONEPAT
SECTION - 5
SUB SECTION - 1
BUILDING & ROAD WORK
50
MUNICIPAL CORPORATION SONEPAT
SPECIFICATIONS
A.
Work shall be carried out as per Haryana PWD Specifications, 1990 with latest amendments as
specified in item of works and using various relevant IS codes for building and RCC works.
B.
Work shall be carried out as per Ministry of Road Transport & Highways Specifications for Road and
Bridge Works (Fifth Revision) published by Indian Roads Congress or Haryana PWD Specifications,
1990 with latest amendments as specified in item of works.
C.
For items whose specifications are not given in MORT&H specifications for road and bridge works and
Haryana PWD Specification, BIS specification or sound Engineering practice, as determined by the
Engineer in that order should be followed.
D.
Technical, additional conditions, for concrete platform works and paver tiles, General conditions given
in documents shall also be followed as particular specifications.
TECHNICAL CONDITIONS
1.
A register in prescribed form showing day to day receipt, consumption and balance of cement at site
of work will be maintained at the work/test site by the department, which shall invariably be signed
by the contractor or his authorized representative in token of its correctness.
2.
A field lab, at his own cost will be established by the contractor at site of work and all the required
equipment including cube testing, machine of suitable quality shall be provided by the contractor as
required for various quality control tests subject to approval of Engineer-in-charge. Nothing shall be
payable to the contractor towards equipment/day to day expenditure. Technical staff will belong to
the Deptt. and ministerial staff shall be supplied by him
3.
Strict control on all operations of work shall be exercised to ensure that the work is of the proper as
envisaged in the specifications and design. Although the tests to be performed for quality control and
their minimum frequency will be in accordance with accepted norms, in which respect the Haryana
PWD Specifications 1990 for buildings and MORT & H specifications for road and bridge works 2013
Edition will be referred to.
4.
For testing the strength of the finished products like cement concrete, masonry, bearing and also the
workmanship to be ensured in the various construction works of RCC Roads reference shall be made
to the relevant clauses of codes for conc. works.
5.
The frequency of testing shall generally conform to what has been stipulated in the codes, but this
shall be increased beyond the stipulated minimum frequency, if frequent deficiencies in quality of
works are notice in particular location.
6.
To have proper control on the proportion of various aggregates of cement concrete mix, weight
batching instead of volumetric batching shall be adopted.
7.
where the concrete has been specified in terms of strength, the concrete mix shall be specifically
designed and contractor shall satisfy Engineer-in-charge through laboratory test results that the
concrete is of specified strength and quality, ensuring at the same time that the concrete mix so
designed in no leaner than a nominal mix, if same has been specified.
a.
The job mix formula/Mix designed for CC work, etc. will be done from CRRI New Delhi, PEC
Chandigarh, and TTTI Chandigarh.
8.
The following basic records, in addition to what might be considered necessary, shall be kept at site
and be made available to the inspecting Integrated officers.
Record of placement of concrete and test cubes shall be maintained in the following form:
MUNICIPAL CORPORATION SONEPAT
Time of
Start
Date
Unit/Mem
Bulking
Extra sand
of
used
ber
Time of
Completio
n
sand if
any
concreted
to take care of
bulking
4
1.
2.
.
3.
Water Cement Ratio Mix
7.
5
6.
Water
contents
Water content
of
course
aggregate
(i)
Slump of
concrete
of
fine
aggregate
Extra water
Total water
added
(ii)
Sources of
supply
of cement
and
(iii)
Whether the batch
of
batch No.
tested or not
cement
content
(
i
v
)
Identification
number of
concrete
cube taken
Water cement
ratio
(v)
7 days cube
Strength as
specified
as peractual test
11
8.
9.
25 days cube
Sign of A.M.
.
Sig
n of
10.
Sign of Manager
Strength as
12.
Contractor
Remarks of
Engineer-inCharge.
16.
17.
specified as
per actual
test
13.
1
15.
b.
Record of test for controlling the quality of concrete such as grading analysis of
aggregates, silt content of fine aggregates, water content of fine aggregates, water
content of coarse aggregate etc.
c.
d.
Record of test results on samples of mild steel. For tensile steel & high tensile steel.
Record of cement tests for different consignment/batches/sources of supply.
e.
C.P.M /PERT chart original and as revised/updated.
MUNICIPAL CORPORATION SONEPAT
GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR BUILDING & ROAD WORK
1.
Correction of defects: - The Engineer-in-Charge shall give notice to the contractor of any defects before
the end of defects liability period which begins at completion as per definition. The defect liability
period shall be extended as long as defects remain to be corrected. Every time notice of a defect is
given, the contractor shall correct the notice defect within the length of time specified by the Engineerin-charge’s notice. If the contractor has not correct a defect within the time specified in Engineer-inCharge’s notice, the Engineer will asses the cost of having the defect corrected and the contractor will
pay the amount.
2.
The contractor shall have to provide a field’s laboratory fully equipped at work site and hot mix plant
for conducting all the relevant tests mentioned in the MORT&H specification subject to the approval of
the Engineer-in-charge or his representative. The record of such tests is to be maintained in proper
register duly singed by the contractor or his representatives, which will become the property of the
department. The contractor will bear all the running expenses for conducting such tests. All the tests
will be carried in the presence of Manager (IA) and AM (IA).
3.
The quality control test will also be done by the department and the material for such test will be
supplied by the contractor free of cost. In case the material is not found up to the requirement, the
same will be rejected.
4.
Various quality control operation will be maintained as per Clause No. 901, 902, 903 of MORT&H (road
wing) specified (5th revision) of 2013/latest edition and as per instruction issued by MORT&H from
time to time up to date.
5.
Contractor shall provide suitable measuring arrangement and levelling instruments of latest quality as
approved by Engineer-in-Charge at the site of work.
No extra payment on account of quality control measures shall be paid to the contractor.
6.
7.
8.
The Engineer-in-charge at his description can get any type and Nos. of tests carried out from any other
approved laboratory for his satisfaction for which all the expenses incurred would be borne by the
agency. The result so obtained from the laboratory would be acceptable/ binding to the agency.
The contractor shall be required to provide all such materials/equipment’s at site to conduct fields’
tests and to ensure that the quality of material/item shall be according to the prescribed specification
and no payment of any kind for such tests shall be made to him. In case the material/item is no found
up to mark, the same will be rejected.
9.
For cement, mild steel and similar other material, the essential tests are to be carried out at the
manufactures plant or at laboratories other than the site laboratory. The cost of samples, testing and
finishing of test certificates shall be borne by the HSIIDC. He shall also furnish the test certificates to the
Engineer-in-Charge.
10.
Contractor has to submit the bills (Running as well as final bill) for payment along with quality control tes
t results conducted as per frequency specified in MORT&H specification. No payment will be made
without test results.
11.
OPC cement duly ISI marked of 43 grade or PPC cement duly ISI marked of 53 grade as specified of
reputed brand such as J K Super, L&T, A.C.C, Ultratech and should be arranged by the contractor.
12.
TMT Steel Fe-500D duly ISI marked of reputed brand such as RINL/Tata/SAIL/Tisco/Electro Steel shall
be arranged by the contractor.
13.
Before executing the work of drain, proper drawing depicting L-section and X-section of drain along
with its proper disposal will be got approved by Senior Manager (IA)/AGM /Addl GM(IA) HSIIDC; in
writing. All
53
Culverts and bridges will be constructed as per IRC-SP-13 and also approved by the Engineer-inCharge. 14. Agency will have to submit to the Engineer- in-charge, the original bills of cement and steel
etc. in token of proof of purchase of material along with quality control test certificate of manufacturer
failing which no payment shall be released.
15.
Agency will get the material tested from any approved laboratory as directed and whenever required by
Engineer- in-charge and all liability of testing shall be borne by the agency.
16.
The rates are inclusive of cost of traffic management during construction, contractor shall provide road
signage, Ballards, gunny begs, sheet etc. for safety of traffic during construction period which will be
incidental to work. Nothing extra shall pay on this account.
17.
The contractor will supply bills for RCC Hume Pipe clearly indicating name of manufacturer date of
manufacturing, Lot no. etc. These details must paint on the RCC Hume Pipe. The pipe should be ISI
marked. The manufacturer should give proof for validity of ISI license. In case of non supply of bills, no
payment will be released.
18.
The contractor himself will arrange all the material such as bitumen, cement, steel, bricks etc. at his
own cost.
19.
The riding quality of reach after giving treatment of wearing coat will not have roughness more than
2000mm/km.
20.
The contractor shall submit the proposal of widening of existing stretch to get the centreline decided
before commencement of work from Engineer-in-charge.
21.
For work of embankment, sub grade & pavement, construction of subsequent layer of same or other
material over the finished layer shall be done after obtaining written permission from the Engineer-incharge. Similar written permission from the Engineer-in-charge shall be obtain in respect of all other
item of work prior to proceed with the next stage of construction.
22.
Before start of the work contractor will get his machinery inspected and approved from the Engineerin-charge.
If at any stage, panel of concrete pavement develops cracks/disintegration during defect
23.
Liability/maintenance period of four years the whole panel will be changed by contractor at his
own cost and nothing extra shall be paid.
24 80% material from scarification shall be credited & used at site in items as mentioned in the BOQ.
25.
The pits on account of de-for restoration of trees/ roots shall be filled with sand and compacted to the
specification by the agency at his own cost in the entire length. No payment shall be made and the cost
is incidental
SN
Item
Approved Brand/ Make
1
Cement (OPC 43 / PPC 53Grade Cement)
2
Reinforcement Steel (Fe 500DD TMT Steel
bars)
:
2’
3
4
5
Ready Mix Concrete
Doors & Windows fixtures/ Fittings:
Door Hardware & Fixture
Aluminium Sections.
:
J.K./ Birla/ACC/Ambuja
TATA Steel Ltd. SAIL RINL, Jindal Steel,
JSW Steel
:
:
:
:
and Electrosteel Steels
ACC,BIRLA, Ahlcon
Arch, Kitch, Ozone
Arch , Kitch, Ozone
Hindalco, Jindal, Indal , Bhoruka,
:
Saint Gobain(SG),Modi,Gujrat Guardian , AIG
Formica, Amulya Mica, Duro
Berger (Luxol gold), Asian(Apcolite), ICI
Clear Glass/ Clear Float Glass / Toughened
6
Glass
7
Laminates
:
8
Synthetic Enamel Paints
:
9
10
11
12
13
14
Oil Bound Distemper
:
Cement Paint
:
Plastic Emulsion Paint
Back-up Rod.
M.S. Pipe
Polycarbonate Sheets
:
:
:
:
Dulux (Gloss),
Asian (Tractor), Berger (Bison), Nerolac
Snowcem Plus, Berger (Durocem Extra),
Nerolac (Nerocem with titanium),.
ICI, Asian, Nerolac
Supreme Industries or equivalent
Jindal Hisar, Prakash-Surya, BST, Kalinga,
Tata GE Plastics or approved equivalent
: Navair, Shakti-met, Godrej, Pacific Fire
Control,
15
Wooden/Metal Fire Check Doors
:
16
Gyspum Board System
:
Promat
India Gypsum, Laffarge, Boral
17
18
19
20
Sunken Portion Treatment
Admixtures for concrete.
Ceramic Tiles
Pre-Laminated Particle Board
:
:
:
:
Choksey, Roffe, Krytone,Sika,
Cico, Kryton ,Penetron
Johnson, Somany, Kajaria,
Nitco Greenlam, Kitlam, Marino
21
22
Flush Door Shutters.
WPC Board
:
Century, Archidply, Green Ply
Alstone or equivalent
23
24
Plywood / Block Board
Teak ply
GreenPly , Century , Archidply
GreenPly , Duro , Archidply
25
26
27
Laminates
High Pressure Laminate
Formica, Merino,AmulyaMica
Greenply,AmulyaMica,Merino
Adhesive for Wood work
Fevicol , Vamicol
‘
28
29
Glazed Tiles
PVC Water Stops
: Somany, Johnson,Orient Bell Ltd, Cera,
:
Supreme, Fixopan
: Birla White, J.K.
: Jotun , Berger, GoodlassNerolac
30
White Cement.
31 Powder Coating Material Pure Polyester.
32 Pre-coated G.S Windows & Door frames
33 Masking Tapes
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
Fabrication and fixing of Windows.:
Dash Fasteners./Anchor bolts
Stainless Steel Bolts, Washers and
Nuts/screws.
Stainless Steel Friction Stay.
E.P.D.M. Gaskets.
Weather & Structural Silicon.
PVC continous fillet for periphery
packing of Glazings /Structural
glazings.:
Water proofing compound
Admixtures for concrete.
Water proofing / Injection Grouting
6mm thick Reflective Glass
Multicolor Steel Roofing Sheet
Vitrified Tiles
Carpets
Aluminium Cladding sheets
Stainless steel D-handles
:
:
:
:
:
:
NCL or equivalent
Suncontrol , Wonder Polymer.
Kundan , Puja , Atul.
Hilti, Fischer, Bosch.
Kundan, Puja, Atul.
Securistyle, Earl Bihari.
AnandReddiplex, Enviro Seals
Dow Corning, Wacker, GE
:
Roop, Anand,
:
Forex Plastic.
Kryton, Penetron
:
Specilized agency as approved by engineer
:
:
:
:
Glaverbel, Glavermas,
Saint Gobain. Alviva Steels
Ltd, Everest
Orient Bell Ltd, Marbito,Somani, Riwasa
Tile ltd
Hollitex, CCIL, Mohawk
Alstrong ,Alstone,Alucobond
Arch, Kitch, Ozone
:
Q-Rail, Kitch ,Arch
:
50
Stainless Steel Railing 304
&316(Welding less)
51
Structural Steel
53
Epoxy Flooring/ wall coating
:
54
SBS bitumen based Self adhesive
membrane Material
:
Conforming to BIS 2062 and approval
of source by Engineer
Fosrock, Beck, Famaflor,
:
Grace-Bituthene CP1.5, Texsa-Texself 1.5
56 PVC Flooring
57 Interlocking Paver Tiles
:
58 Wall Clading Tiles
59 Smoke Seals
Fire
rated
door
60 Lock/Door Co-
:
:
:
closer/Mortice
ordinator
61 Auditorium Chairs
62 Suncontrol Film (window film)
63 Metal False ceiling
64 Calcium Board & Tile(Ceiling
65
66
67
68
69
70
/Partion/Panelling)
Insulation
Polycarbonate sheet
Compact Laminate sheet
AAC Block
Wall Putty
Metal Fire Check Doors
LG, Tarkett, Responsive or approved
equivalent
Ultra, Shree or Approved Equivalent
Ultra, Shree or Approved Equivalent
Pemko or Equivalent
:
Dorma, Becker F.S. Australian or
approved equivalent
:
:
:
Godrej, Penworkers, Ercons
Garware
Aura, Armstrong , Hunter Douglas
:
Hilux or equivalent
:
:
:
:
Supreme or equivalent
Polygal, GE Laxon , Danpalon
Merino , Green Lam
J.K.Laxmi Cement Ltd , Kannav Builders
Pvt ,Ecolite
Laticrate , Birla white, J.K White
:
: Navair, Shakti-met, IHMS,
SECTION – 5
SUB SECTION – 2
PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICES
I)
PLUMBING/SANITARY WORKS:
1.0
GENERAL:
1.1
The work shall be carried out in the accordance with the drawings and design as would be issued
to the Contractor by the Design Consultant duly signed and stamped by him. The Contractor shall
not take cognizance of any drawings, designs, specifications etc. not bearing Design Consultant
signature and stamp. Similarly the Contractor shall not take cognizance of instructions given by
any other Authority except the instructions given by the Client’s Representative in writing.
1.2
The work shall be executed and measured as per metric dimensions given in the Bill of
Quantities, drawings etc.
1.3
The Contractor shall acquaint himself fully with the partial provisions for supports that may or
may not be available in the structure and if are available then utilize them to the extent possible.
In any case the Contractor shall provide all the supports regardless of provisions that they have
been already made. Nothing extra shall be payable for situations where insert plates (for
supports) are not available or are not useful.
1.4
Shop coats of paint that may be damaged during shipment or erection shall be cleaned off with
mineral spirits, wire brushed and spot primed over the affected areas, then coated with paint to
match the finish over the adjoining shop painted surface.
1.5
The Contractor shall protect / handle the material carefully and if any damage occure while
handling by the Contractor then the sole responsibility shall be of the Contractor. Such damages
shall be rectified/recovered by the Contractor at no extra cost whatsoever.
1.6
The Contractor shall, within twenty one (21) days of receipt of the Notice of Award for the
Project, where applicable, complete the submission of shop drawings to the Client’s
Representative for approval by the Design Consultants in order to conform to the contract
schedule.
1.7
Measurements:
All measurements shall be taken in accordance with relevant IS codes, unless otherwise specified.
2.0
APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS:
All equipment, supply, erection, testing and commissioning shall comply with the requirements
of Indian Standards and code of practice given below as amended upto the date of submission of
Tender. All equipment and material being supplied shall meet the requirements of BIS and other
relevant standard and codes.
Plumbing Works:
Vitreous Chinaware
-
IS:2556 - 1974 (Part - I)
-
IS:2556 - 1981 (Part - II)
-
IS:2556 - 2556 (Part - III)
Ball Valve
-
IS:1703 - 1977
Cistern Brackets
-
IS: 775 - 1970
Toilet Seat Cover
-
IS:2548 - 1983
Vitreous China Cistern
-
IS:2326 - 1987
Sand Cast Iron Pipes and Fittings
-
IS:1729 - 1979
Spun Cast Iron Pipes and Fittings
-
IS:3989 - 1984
GI Pipes
-
IS:1239 - 1979
Galvanising for GI Pipes
-
IS:4736 - 1986
Pipe Threads
-
IS: 554 - 1985
Milleable Iron Fittings
-
IS:1879 - 1987
Cast Iron Sluice Valves
-
IS: 780 - 1984
Full Way Valves
-
IS: 778 - 1984
Brass Ferrule
-
IS:2692 - 1978
Stone Ware Gully Trap
-
IS: 651 - 1980
RCC Pipes
-
IS: 458 - 1971
Cast Iron Class LA Pipes
-
IS:1536 - 1989
Cast (Spun) Iron Fittings
-
IS:1538 - 1976
Pig Lead
-
IS: 782 - 1966
Induction Motors
-
IS:4691
Code for Measurements
-
IS:1200
UPVC Pipes and Fittings
-
IS:4984
Specification for Caulking Lead
-
IS:782
Code of Practice for laying of concrete
-
IS:783
3.0
QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY CONTROL:
3.1
The work shall conform to high standard of design and workmanship, shall be structurally sound
and aesthetically pleasing. Quality standards prescribed shall form the backbone for the quality
assurance and quality control system.
3.2
At the site, the Contractor shall arrange the materials and their stacking/ storage in appropriate
manner to ensure the quality. Contractor shall provide equipment and manpower to test
continuously the quality of material, assemblies etc. as directed by the Client’s Representative.
The test shall be conducted continuously and the result of tests maintained. In addition the
Contractor shall keep appropriate tools and equipment for checking alignments, levels, slopes
and evenness of surface.
3.3
The Client’s Representative shall be free to carry out such tests as may be decided by him at this
sole direction, from time to time, in addition to those specified in this Document. The Contractor
shall provide the samples and labour for collecting the samples. Nothing extra shall be payable to
the Contractor for samples or for the collection of the samples.
3.4
The test shall be conducted at Standard Laboratory selected by Client’s Representative.
Contractor shall keep the necessary testing equipment such as hydraulic testing machine, smoke
testing machine, gauges and other necessary equipment required.
3.5
The Client’s Representative shall transport the samples to the laboratory.
3.6
Testing charges shall be borne by the Client’s Representative.
3.7
Testing may be witnessed by the Contractor or his Authorised Representative. Whether
witnessed by the Contractor or not, the test results shall be binding on the Contractor.
A)
SANITARY FIXTURES & C.P. FITTINGS:
4.0 SCOPE:
4.1
Work under this section shall consist of transportation, furnishing, installation, testing and
commissioning and all labour as necessary as required to completely install all sanitary
fixtures, brass and chromium plated fittings and accessories as required by the drawings and
specified hereinafter or given in the Bill of Quantities.
4.2
General Requirements
4.2.1
All fixtures and fittings shall be fixed with all such accessories as are required to complete the
item in working condition whether specifically mentioned or not in the Bill of Quantities,
specifications, drawings or not. And shall meet GRIHA compliance
4.2.2
All fixtures and accessories shall be fixed in accordance with a set pattern matching the tiles or
interior finish as per architectural designe requirements. Wherever necessary the fittings shall be
centered to dimensions and pattern desired.
4.2.3
Fixing screws shall be half round head chromium plated brass with
C.P. washers wherever
required as per directions of Client’s Representative.
4.2.4
All fittings and fixtures shall be fixed in a neat workmanlike manner true to levels and heights
shows on the drawings and in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations. Care shall
be taken to fix all inlet and outlet pipes at correct positions. Faulty locations shall be made good
and any damage to the finished floor, wall or ceiling surfaces shall be made good at Contractors
cost.
4.2.5
All fixtures of the similar materials shall be by the same manufacturers.
4.2.6
All fittings shall be of the chromium plated materials.
4.3
Without restricting to the generally of the foregoing the sanitary fixtures shall include all
sanitary fixtures, C.P. fittings and accessories etc. necessary and required for the building.
4.4
Whether specifically mentioned or not all fixtures and appliances shall be provided with
approved fixing devices, nuts, bolts, screws, hangers as required. These supports shall have the
necessary adjustment to allow for irregularities in the building area construction.
4.5
For the installation of the CP fittings, teflon tape shall be used.
4.6
EUROPEAN W.C:
4.6.1
European W.C. of glazed vitreous china shall be wash down, single or double siphonic type,
floor or wall mounted set, flushed by means of flush valve as specified in Bill of Quantities.
Flush pipe/bend shall be connected to the W.C. by means of suitable rubber adopter. Wall
hung W.C. shall be supported by C.I. floor mounted chair.
4.6.2
Each W.C. seat cover shall be so fixed that it remains absolutely stationary in vertical position
without falling down on the W.C. Seat cover shall be of white solid plastic, elongated open front
with heavy duty hinges. Exposed fixture trims shall be Chrome plated, and trims of similar
function shall be by the same manufacturer.
4.6.3
Flush valves shall be of the best approved quality procurable with C.P. control valve and C.P. flush
pipe.
4.6.4
The flush pipe/bend shall be connected to the WC by means of a suitable rubber adopter.
4.6.5
Alternatively if flushing cistern to be used shall conform to the requirements of IS:774-1971.
High level cisterns shall be of cast iron unless otherwise specified. Low level cistern shall be of
the same material as the water closet or as instructed by the Owner/Architect/ Consultant.
The cisterns shall be mosquito proof & shall fulfill the requirements of the local Authority.
4.6.6
The levels of the WC should be checked by placing sprit level on the W.C. W.C. should be tested on
completion of fixing by putting small paper balls and flushing out. If all the paper balls are not
flushed out. The fixing will have to be rectified / re-aligned.
4.7
KITCHEN /PANTRY SINKS:
4.7.1
Sinks shall be of stainless steel material as specified in the Bill of Quantities/Drawings.
4.7.2
Each sink shall be provided with R. S. brackets and clips and securely fixed. Counter top sinks
shall be fixed with suitable angle iron clips or brackets as recommended by the manufacturer.
Each sink shall be provided with 40 mm dia Chromium Plated waste with chain and plug or P.V.C.
waste with Escutcheon plates. Fixing shall be done as directed by Client’s Representative.
4.7.3
Supply fittings for sinks shall be mixing fittings or C.P. taps, angle cocks etc. all as specified in the
Bill of Quantities/Drawings.
4.8
WASH BASINS:
4.8.1
Wash basin shall be of white vitreous china of best quality manufactured by an approved firm
and sizes as specified in the Bill of Quantities.
4.8.2
Wash basin shall be of under counter drop in type shall be supported on a pair of rolled steel
brackets of approved design and shall be mounted on a countertop. So that rim and basin bowl is
exposed from top.
4.8.3
Wash basin shall be provided with single lever mixer with chain and rubber plug, chromium
plated brass bottle trap of approved quality, design and make where hot water required. Single
tap where hot water is not required.
4.8.4
Wash basin shall be fixed at proper location and height and truly horizontal as shown on drawing
or as directed by Client’s Representative.
4.9
HOSE BIBB’S:
4.9.1
Hose Bib of Chromium Plate tap is draw off tap with horizontal inlet and free outlet knurling on
outer face to fix the hose pipe. Hose bib shall be of specified size and shall be of screw down type
and shall conform to IS:781-1984. The closing device shall work by means of a disc carrying a
renewable non-metalic washer which shuts against the water pressure on a seating at right angle
to the axis of the threaded spindle which operate it. The handle shall be either crutch or butterfly
type securely
4.10
URINALS:
Half stall wall hung urinals of glazed vitreous china shall be provided with 15mm dia, C.P. brass
spreader, 32mm dia C.P. domical waste and C.P. cast brass bottle trap with pipe and wall flange
and shall fixed to wall by one C.I. bracket and two C.I. clips as recommended by manufacturers
complete as directed by the Client’s Representative.
Urinals shall be flushed by means of “NO-TOUCH” infrared operated flush valves.
Waste pipes for urinals shall be any one of the given material as directed by the Client’s
Representative:
a) G.I. Pipes
b) Rigid PVC/High density polyethylene.
Waste pipes may be exposed on wall or concealed in chase as directed by the Client’s
Representative.
4.12
SHOWER SET IN STAFF LOCKERS:
Shower set shall comprises of two C.P. brass concealed stop cocks. Hot and cold water mixing
shall be manually by means of concealed stop cocks. One overhead shower with shower arm.
Each shower set shall provide C.P. shower arm with wall flange and shower head of approved
quality as specified in the Bill of Quantities.
Concealed stop cocks shall be as fixed as to keep the wall flange clear off the finished wall. Wall
flanges embedded in the finishing shall not be accepted.
4.13
MEASUREMENTS:
4.13.1 Rate for providing and fixing of sanitary fixtures, accessories, urinal partitions shall include all
items and operations stated in the respective specifications and Bill of Quantities, and nothing
extra is payable.
4.13.2 Rates for all items under specifications para above shall be inclusive of cutting holes and chases
and making good the same, C.P. screws, nuts, bolts and any fixing arrangement required.
B)
WATER SUPPLY:
5.0
SCOPE:
5.1
Work under this section consists of furnishing all labour, materials equipment and appliances
necessary and required to completely install the water supply system as required by the
drawings, specified hereinafter and given in the bill of quantities. Dual pipe system shall be
followed for waste water reuse in WCs as per GRIHA compliance.
5.1.2
Without restricting to the generality of the foregoing, the water supply system shall include the
following:i.
Pipe protection & painting.
ii. Connections to all plumbing fixtures, tanks, pumps etc.
iii. Providing hot water pipe lines and supply point with isolation valves, wherever required.
iv. Control valves, masonry chambers and other appurtenances.
v. Connections to all plumbing fixtures, tanks and appliances.
vi. Excavation and refilling of pipe trenches, wherever necessary.
vii. Internal galvanized water supply piping inside the toilets shaft/plant room/terrace.
viii. Testing all line and fixtures as specified.
5.2
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:
5.2.1
All materials shall be new of the best quality and shall be furnished, delivered, erected, connected
and finished in every detail conforming to specifications and subject to the approval of Client’s
Representative.
5.2.2
Pipes and fittings shall be fixed truly vertical, horizontal or in slopes as required in a neat
workmanlike manner.
5.2.3
Short or long bends shall be used on all main pipe lines as far as possible. Use of elbows shall be
restricted for short connections.
As far as possible all bends shall be formed by means of hydraulic pipe bending machine for pipes
upto 65mm dia.
5.2.4
Pipes shall be fixed in a manner as to provide easy accessibility for repair and maintenance and
shall not cause obstruction in shafts, passages etc. and shall be selected and arranged so as to fit
properly into the allocated building space.
5.2.5
Pipes shall be securely fixed to walls by suitable clamps at intervals specified.
5.2.6
Valves and other appurtenances shall be located to provide easy accessibility for operation,
maintenance and repairs.
5.2.7
Connection between dissimilar materials.
5.2.8
All G.I. pipes jointing shall be with white lead and spun yarn.
5.2.9
Drawings illustrating block out and penetration of pipes in the wall/floor/slab.
5.2.10 Unions: Contractor shall provide adequate no. of unions on all pipes to enable dismantling later
and for servicing. Union shall be provided near each gunmetal valves.
5.3
INTERNAL WORKS:
5.3.1
Materials (CPVC pipes, fittings & valves):
5.3.1.1 All pipes inside the buildings and where specified, outside the building shall be CPVC pipes tubes
conforming to Specific Gravity ASTM D 792 at 23oC should be 1.55 as specified. With Tensile
Strength as per ASTM D 638 at 23oC should be 55 N/mm2
5.3.1.2 All special fittings and accessories like internally or externally threaded brass adaptors, ball
valves, globe valves, unions, diaphragm valves, butterfly valves, etc shall be made of CPVC by
Licensee.
5.3.1.3 The CPVC solvent cement used for installing CPVC piping systems shall conform to ASTM F493.
Pipes from ½” upto 2” pipes and fittings, single step medium bodied CPVC solvent cement should
be used. For CPVC pipes and fittings upwards of 2”, a primer shall be used followed by heavy
bodied solvent cement conforming to ASTM F493. PVC solvent cement should not be used.
5.3.2
Concealed Piping
All internal concealed plumbing for water supply shall be done with CPVC. The pipes & fittings
shall conform to CTS (copper tube size) SDR-11 as per ASTM D2846 OR SDR-13.5. All pipes and
fittings from ½” upto 2” shall come under this category. Medium body CPVC solvent cement
conforming to ASTM F493 should be used for joining pipes to fittings.
5.3.3
External Piping:
All external plumbing for water supply and distribution shall be done with CPVC pipes. The CPVC
pipes above 2” for external water supply lines shall conform to ASTM F441 CPVC Schedule 40 &
80 pipe and will be the CPVC brand. The fittings above 2” size shall conform to ASTM F438
(Schedule 40 CPVC fittings) or ASTM F 439 (Schedule 80 CPVC fittings). All threaded CPVC
fittings shall conform to ASTM F437 (threaded CPVC fittings schedule). Heavy bodied CPVC
solvent cement shall be used along with a primer. IPS brand primer and heavy bodied CPVC
solvent cement only should be used conforming to ASTM F493. All external CPVC pipes shall be
coated with water based acrylic paint emulsion for enhanced UV protection.
5.3.4
Installation procedure:
All parameters pertaining to the installation of CPVC plumbing system such as cutting, joining,
support spacing, expansion loops, insulation, type of support, special connections, etc. shall be as
per the manufacturer’s specifications.
5.3.5
All pipes shall be fixed in accordance with layout and alignment shown on the drawings. Care
shall be taken to avoid air pockets.
5.3.6
Clamps
CPVC Pipes in shafts and other locations shall be supported by galvanized M.S. clamps of design
approved by Project Manager. Pipes in wall chases shall be anchored by G.I. hooks. Pipes at
ceiling level shall be supported on structural clamps fabricated from M.S. structurals. Pipes in
typical shafts shall be supported on slotted angles/channels as per standard drawings.
5.3.7
Spacing of clamps, hooks etc. shall be as per good engineering practice approved by the Project
Manager.
5.3.8
Unions
Contractor shall provide adequate number of unions on pipes 50 mm and below to enable easy
dismantling later when required. Unions shall be provided near each gunmetal valve, stop cock,
or check valve and on straight runs as necessary at appropriate locations as required and/or
directed by Project Manager.
5.3.9
Testing:
After laying and jointing, the pipes and fittings shall be inspected under working condition of
pressure and flow. Any joint found leaking shall be redone and all leaking pipes removed and
replaced without extra cost. Use of any compound or stop leak compound will not permitted.
The pipes and fittings after they are laid shall be tested to hydraulic pressure of 1.5 times the
working pressure or 7.5 Kg/Sq.cm which ever is more. The pipes shall be slowly and carefully
charged with water allowing all air to escape and avoiding all shock or water hammer. The draw
of taps and stop cocks shall then be closed and specified hydraulic pressure shall be applied
gradually. Pressure gauge must be accurate and preferably should have been recalibrated
before the test. The test pump having been stopped, the test pressure should be maintained
without loss for at least two hours. The pipes and fittings shall be tested in sections as the
work of laying proceeds, having the joints exposed for inspection during the testing.
5.4
Measurements:
The length above ground shall be measured in running meter correct to a cm for the finished
work, which shall include CPVC pipe and CPVC fittings such as bends, tees, elbows, reducers,
crosses, plugs, sockets, nipples and nuts, unions etc.. Deductions for length of valves shall be
made. Rate quoted shall be inclusive of all fittings, clamps, cutting holes chased and making good
the same and all items mentioned in the specifications and Bill of Quantities.
5.5
VALVES:
5.5.1
Butterfly Valves:
All the isolation valve 50cm and above on the equipment and water lines, where specified or
shown on drawings shall be wafer type butterfly valves. They shall be designed to fit without
gaskets, the water tight seal being obtained by EPDM seat projection at the faces compressed
between the flanges. The valves shall be supplied inclusive of M.S. pipe flanges and high tensile
steel bolts of dimensions recommended by suppliers of valves. The valves shall comply with
following specifications:
a) Test Pressure
: Body 24 Bar, Seat 16 Bar
b) Valve Component
: Material of Construction
i)
Body
ii) Disc
: Cast Iron, Gr. FG 260, IS:210
: Nylon or Epoxy powder coated high
duty iron, Gr, FG 260
iii) Stem
: Stainless Steel or carbon steel IS:1570, Part-II.
iv) Seat
: EPDM
v) Hand Lever
: Cast Iron (Mechanical Memory Stop)
vi) Bearings
: PTFE or Nylon covered S.S. bush
bearings at stem and pivot.
5.5.2
vii) Primary Seal
: Reinforced PTEE slide bearings
viii) Temperature
: 80 Degree C (max.)
Installation:
Valve shall be install in a manner that allows future removal and service of the valve.
Packing and gasket shall not contain asbestos.
The valve shall be of the same size as the pipe to which they are install.
Valve above 150mm diameter shall be self locking warm gear type water proof and protory
lubricated.
Provide chain operators with chain cleats for all valves more than 2.4 meter above floor.
5.5.3
Non Return Valves:
All non-return valves shall be provided as shown in the drawings conforming to relevant
Indian Standards and in accordance with the following specifications.
Size
Construction
Ends
Upto 50 mm.
Gun metal
Screwed
65 mm and above
Gun metal/cast iron
Flanged
Non-return valves shall be of approved make. Flap type non-return valve shall be used and
tested to 15 Kg/Sq.cm. pressure.
5.5.4
Ball Valves (Float Valve):
The ball valve shall be of high pressure class and shall be confirm to IS:1703 of sizes as specified.
The nominal size of a ball valve shall be that corresponding to the size of the pipe to which it is
fixed. The ball shall be of brass or gun metal as specified and the float shall be of polythene sheet.
The minimum gauge of copper sheet used for making the float shall be 0.45mm for float upto
115mm dia and 0.55mm for float exceeding 115mm dia and shall be special in shape. The valve
shall be constructed to permit replacing without console of the valve body from the valve line and
the system shall not blow out under pressure. The jointing of the float shall be made by efficiently
burnished, lapped and soldered seam or by bracing. Plastic float may also be used if specified.
The body of ball valve when assembled in working conditions with the float immersed to not
more than half of it’s volume shall remain closed against a test pressure of 10.5 Kg/Sq.cm. All ball
valves shall be capable of withstanding a pressure of 14 Kg/Sq.cm.
The ball valve shall generally conform to IS specifications No. 1703-1962.
5.5.5
Ball Valves:
The ball valve shall be of Brass or Gunmetal as specified conforming to IS:1703. The ball valve
shall be as given below:
High Pressure:
Indicated by the abbreviation ‘HP’ for use on mains having pressure. These shall remain closed at
a test pressure of 10.5 Kg/Sq.cm.
Nominal Size of Ball Valve
Sl.No.
1.
15
20
25
32
40
50
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
Diameter of spherical
float (mm)
High Pressure
127
152
203
229
254
305
Low Pressure
114
127
178
203
203
254
283
446
823
1149
1589
1852
Minimum weight of ball
valve
including
back
nut, body and piston
(gms)
The ball valves shall be of following nominal sizes 15mm, 20mm, 25mm, 32mm, 40mm and
50mm. The nominal size shall correspond with the nominal bore of the inlet shanks.
5.5.6
Air Valves:
Air valves shall be provided in all high points in the system to prevent air locks as shown on the
drawings or directed by Client’s Representatives.
5.5.7
Testing:
All valves shall be tested while installed in pipe by hydrostatic pressure of 1.5 time of the
working pressure 7.5 Kg/Sq.cm which ever is more.
5.5.8
Measurements:
All valves as mentioned in Bill of Quantities shall be measured by numbers and shall include all
items mentioned in the Bill of Quantities.
5.6
CHLORINATION OF DOMESTIC WATER LINES:
5.6.1
After the completion of all the hot and cold water service piping, disinfect all the fresh water
supply work and water reservoirs using a chlorine solution.
5.6.2
Chlorinated Systems Shall Include:
i.
Domestic fresh water tanks
ii. Fire water tanks
iii. All pipe work systems receiving suction from the above mentioned tanks apart from the fire
systems.
5.6.3
Before handover of the system, submit to the consultant copies of the certification of
performance and laboratory report ( if required)
5.6.4
Under no circumstances the use of any portion of the fresh water system until it is properly
disinfected, flushed and certified shall be permitted.
5.6.5
During the Chlorination work the Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to prevent site
staff from drinking the system water. Such precautions shall include looking doors to ‘wet’ areas
and providing warning signs in English and Hindi.
C)
INTERNAL DRAINAGE :(SOIL, WASTE, VENT AND RAIN WATER PIPES)
6.0
SCOPE:
6.1
Work under this section shall consist of furnishing all labour, materials, equipment and
appliances necessary and required to completely install all soil, waste, vent and rainwater
pipes as required by the drawings, specified hereinafter and given in the Bill of Quantities.
6.1.2
Without restricting to the generality of the foregoing, the soil, waste, vent and rainwater pipes
system shall include the followings:i.
Cast Iron horizontal and UPVC vertical soil, waste and vent pipes, rainwater pipes and
fittings, joints clamps and connections to fixtures.
ii. Floor traps, floor drain clean out plugs, inlet fittings and rainwater roof drain, area/local
drains, trench drain..
iii. Waste pipes connections from all fixtures e.g. Wash basins, sinks, kitchen equipment.
iv. Testing of all pipes.
v. Connection of main.
6.2
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
6.2.1
All materials shall be new of the best quality conforming to specifications and subject to the
approval of Client’s Representative.
6.2.2
Pipes and fittings shall be fixed truly vertical, horizontal or in slopes as required in a neat
workmanlike manner.
6.2.3
Pipes shall be fixed in a manner as to provide easy accessibility for repair and maintenance and
shall not cause obstruction in shafts, passages etc.
6.2.4
Pipes shall be securely fixed to walls by suitable clamps at intervals specified.
6.2.5
Access doors for fittings and cleanouts shall be so located that they are easily accessible for
repair and maintenance.
6.2.6
All works shall be executed as directed by Client’s Representative.
6.3.9
UPVC Pipes and Fittings:
The pipes shall be round and shall be supplied in straight lengths with socketed ends. The
internal and external surfaces of pipes shall be smooth, clean, free from groovings and other
defects. The ends shall be cleanly cut and square with the axis of the pipe. The pipes shall be
designated by external diameter and shall conform to IS:4985-1981.
Outer Dia
Pressure
Inner Dia
Weight/Mt
(mm)
(Kg/cm2)
(mm)
(Kg.)
110
4
104.5
1.315
125
4
118.7
1.712
140
4
133.0
2.131
160
4
152.0
2.783
180
4
175.9
3.560
200
4
190.1
4.526
225
4
213.8
5.480
Fittings:
Fittings shall be of the same make as that of pipes,
injection moulded and shall conform to
Indian Standard.
Laying and Jointing:
The pipes shall be laid and clamped to wooden plugs fixed above the surface of the wall.
Alternatively plastic clamps of suitable designs shall be preferred. Provision shall be made for
the effect of thermal movement by not gripping or disturbing the pipe at supports between the
anchors for suspended pipes. The supports shall allow the repeated movements to take place
without abrasion.
Jointing for UPVC pipes shall be made by means of solvent cement for horizontal lines and `O’
rubber ring for vertical line. The type of joint shall be used as per site conditions/direction of the
Client’s Representative. Where UPVC pipes are to be used for rain water pipes, the pipe shall be
finished with G.I. adopter for insertion in the R.C.C. slab for a water proof joint complete as
directed by Client’s Representative.
Supports:
UPVC
pipes require supports at close
intervals.
Recommended
support
spacing for
unplasticised PVC pipes is 1400 mm for pipes 50 mm dia and above. Pipes shall be aligned
properly before fixing them on the wooden plugs with clamps. Even if the wooden plugs are
fixed using a plumb line, pipe shall also be checked for its alignment before clamping, piping
shall be properly supported on, or suspended from clamps, hangers as specified and as
required. The Contractor shall adequately design all the brackets, saddles, anchors, clamps and
hangers and be responsible for their structural sufficiency. Pipe supports shall be primer
coated with rust preventive paint.
Repairs:
While temporary or emergency repairs may be made to the damaged pipes, permanent repairs
should be made by replacement of the damaged section. If any split or chipout occur in the wall
of the pipe, a short piece of pipe of sufficient length to cover the damaged portion of the pipe is
cut. The sleeve is cut longitudinally and heated sufficiently to soften it so that it may be slipped
over the damaged hard pipe.
Testing:
All lengths of PVC rain water pipes shall be fully tested for water tightness by means of water test
maintained for not less than 30 minutes. All pipes shall be subjected to a test pressure of at least
1.5 metre head of water head. The test pressure shall, however, not exceed 6 meter head at any
point. The pipes shall be plugged preferably with standard design plugs with rubber plugs on
both ends. The upper end shall, however, be connected to a pipe for filling with water and getting
the required head.
6.3.10 Waste Pipe from Appliances:
i)
Waste pipe from appliances e.g. wash basins, sinks, urinals, chrome plate where seen water
coolers shall be of galvanised steel (heavy class) conforming to IS:1239-1979.
ii) All pipes shall be fixed in gradient towards the outfalls of drains. Pipes inside a toilet room
shall be in chase unless otherwise shown on drawings. Where required pipes may be run at
ceiling level in suitable gradient and supported on structural clamps. Spacing for clamps for
such pipes shall be as follows:-
G.I. Pipes
P.V.C. Pipes
6.3.11 Painting
Vertical
Horizontal
300 cms
240 cms
180 cms
120 cms
Soil, waste vent and rainwater pipes in exposed location, in shafts and pipe spaces shall be
thoroughly cleaned to remove dirt, rust and other contamination, and painted with two or more
coats of synthetic enamel paint to give an even shade.
Paint shall be of approved quality and shade, where directed pipes shall be painted in
accordance with approved pipe colour code.
Waste pipes in chase shall be thoroughly cleaned to remove dirt, rust and other contamination,
and painted with two coats of bitumen paint, covered with polythene tape and a final coat of
bitumen paint. Exposed pipes shall be painted with two or more coats of synthetic enamel paint.
C.I. soil and waste pipes below ground and covered in cement concrete shall not be painted.
6.3.12 Measurements:
C.I./ UPVC/ G.I. waste/soil, waste, vent and rain water pipes shall be measured over all along the
centre line correct to a centimeter including all fittings along its length. The rate for these pipes
shall be inclusive of all fittings, holder bat clamps, lead caulked joint for C.I. and cement joints for
UPVC and all other items described in the Bill or Quantities. The portion of the pipe within the
collar for C.I/UPVC pipe at the joint shall not be included in the length of the pipe work.
6.4
TRAPS:
6.4.1
Nahani Trap or Floor Traps:
Nahani traps or floor traps shall be cast iron, deep seal with an effective seal of 50 mm. The trap
and waste pipes shall be set in cement concrete blocks firmly supported on the structural
floor. The blocks shall be in 1:2:3 mix (1 cement: 2 coarse sand: 4 stone aggregate 20 mm
nominal size) mixed with water proof compound and extended to 40 mm below finished floor
level. Contractor shall provide all necessary shuttering and centering for the blocks. Size of the
block shall be 30 x 30 cms of the required depth. The trap shall be installed at lowest point
ensure no ponding occures at perimeters of the drain.
6.5
Floor Trap Inlet
Bath room traps and connections shall ensure free and silent flow of discharging water. Where
specified, the Contractor shall provide a special type galvanised iron inlet fitting without or with
one, two or three inlet sockets to receive the waste pipe. Joint between waste and fitting shall be
connected to a C.I ‘P’ or ‘S’ trap with at least 50mm seal (Hopper and traps shall be paid for
separately). Floor trap inlet fittings and the trap shall be set in cement concrete blocks.
6.6
C.P./Stainless Steel Gratings
Floor and Urinal traps shall be provided with 100-150mm square or round C.P./Stainless
steel grating as approved by Client’s Representative with rim, of approved design and shape.
Minimum thickness shall be 4-5mm or as specified in the Bill of Quantities.
6.7
Cleanout Plugs:
Contractor shall provide cast brass cleanout plugs in all horizontal run more than 15 mtr length
required one cleanout plugs shall be threaded and provided
with key holes for opening.
Cleanout plugs shall be fixed to the pipe by a G.I. socket and lead caulked joint.
6.8
Pipe Sleeves:
Pipe sleeves 50mm larger diameter than pipes shall be provided wherever pipes pass through
walls and slabs and annular space filled with fire proof materials like putty, fire seal etc. All pipes
shall be accurately cut to the required sizes in accordance with relevant BIS codes and burs
removed before laying. Open ends of the pipe shall be closed as the pipe is installed to avoid
entrance of foreign matters. Vertical sleeve shall finish 50mm above finish floor level.
D)
EXTERNAL DRAINAGE SYSTEM (SEWERAGE & STORM WATER):
7.0
SCOPE:
i.
Work under this section shall consist of furnishing all labour, materials, equipment and
appliances necessary and required to completely install the drainage system as required by
the drawings and specified hereinafter or given in the Bill of Quantities.
ii. Without restricting to the generality of the foregoing, the drainage system shall include:
• Sewer lines including excavations, pipe lines, man holes, drop connections, underground
storm water drains, including pipes, man holes, catch basins and open drains, thrust
blocks.
7.1
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:
All materials shall be new of the best quality conforming to specifications and subject to the
approval of the Client’s Representatives.
Drainage lines shall be laid to the required gradients and profiles.
All drainage work shall be done in accordance with the local municipal bye-laws.
Contractor shall obtain necessary approval and permission for the drainage system from the
municipal or any other competent authority and also existing invert levels required to enter
sanitary system.
Location of all manholes, catch basins, etc. shall be confirmed by the Client’s Representatives
before the actual execution of work at site.
All excavation, trenches etc shall be barricaded as per instruction of the Client's Representatives.
All works shall be executed as directed by the Client’s Representatives.
7.2
TRENCHES FOR PIPE & DRAINS:
7.2.1
Alignment and Grade:
The drains are to be laid to alignment and gradients in continuous shown on the drawings but
subject to such modifications, as shall be ordered by the Client’s Representative from time to
time to meet the requirements of the works. No deviations from the line, depths of cutting or
gradients of sewers shown in the plans and sections shall be permitted except by the express
direction in writing of the Client’s Representative.
7.2.2
Opening out Trenches:
In excavating the trenches at the road metaling, pavement kerbing etc. are to be placed on one
side and preserved for rein statement when the trench or other excavation shall be filled-up.
Before any road metal is replaced, it shall be carefully shifted. The surface of all trenches and
holes shall be restored and maintained to the satisfaction of the Client’s Representative. The
Contractor shall not cut or break down any live fence or trees in the line of the proposed works
but shall tunnel under them unless the Client’s Representative shall order to the contrary.
Trench to be excavated to alignment + depth required. Trench to be properly dressed and dewatered. Trench shall be kept free of water at all time. Discharge of water shall be into nearest
drainage channel not on the road.
All under ground pipe to be laid open in trench. Pipes to be laid and maintained at required levels
and grade during course of work. All joints to be aligned and complete.
Trench shall be of 450mm wide than pipe. Concrete anchors at change in direction for C.I. pipe
shall be provided. Pipe shall be rest on cushion in the trench.
The Contractor shall scrub up and clear the surface over the trenches and other excavations of
all stumps, roots and all other encumbrances affecting execution of the work and shall remove
them from the site to the approval of the Client’s Representative.
7.2.3
Construction Across the Roads:
All the pipe line or drain crossing existing road, the road crossing shall be excavated at a time, the
second half being commenced after the pipes have been laid in the first half and the trench
refilled. Necessary safety measure for traffic as directed shall be adopted. All type of pipes, water
mains, cables etc. met within the course of excavation shall be carefully protected and supported.
Care shall be taken not to disturb the electrical and communication cable removal of which is
necessary, shall be arranged by the Client’s Representative or the Contractor shall arrange to
support and protect them during excavation.
7.2.4
Excavation to be Taken to Proper Depth:
The trenches shall be excavated to such depth and width that the sewers pipe shall rest on
cushion so that the inverts may be at the levels given on the section/plan. In bad ground the
Client’s Representative may order the Contractor to excavate to a greater depth than that shown
on the drawings and to fill up the excavation to the level of the sewer with such materials as
decided by Client’s Representative in writing.
7.2.5
Refilling:
The filling shall be done in layers not exceeding 15mm in depth. Each layer shall be watered,
rammed and consolidated. Ramming shall be done with iron rammers where possible and with
blunt end of the crow brass where rammers can not be used. Special care shall be taken to ensure
that no damage is caused to the pipes, drains, masonry or concrete in the trenches.
Filling in trenches shall be commenced soon after the joints of pipes, cables, conduits etc. have
been tested and approved by Client’s Representative. The space around the pipes shall be cleared
of all debris where the trenches are excavated in hard/soft soil. The filling shall be done with
earth on the sides and tops of pipes in layers not exceeding 15mm in depth. Each layer shall be
watered rammed and consolidated. The clods and lumps of earth exceeding 8cm in any direction
shall be broken or removed before the excavated earth is used for filling. Generally no test is
done to determine the instu diversity of filled earth but on the discretion of Client’s
Representative the 95 proctor’s compaction test may be done to ensure the in situ density after
filling. Consolidation is removal of water from the pores and compaction is the explosion of air
from the pores. In case of refilling consolidation places most important role as the watering of
the each layer is being done properly. If required by the Client’s Representative proctors needle
may also be used for the proper checking of the refilling items of in situ density.
7.2.6
Contractor Shall Restore Settlement and Damages:
The Contractor shall at his own cost make good promptly during the whole period the works
are in hand, any settlements that may occur in the surfaces or roads, beams, footpaths, gardens,
open spaces etc. Whether public or private caused by his trenches or by his other excavations
due to not using the method of compaction as given in clause 7.3.5 and he shall be liable for any
accidents caused thereby.
He shall also at his own expense and charges, repair and make good any damage done to the
building and other properties.
7.2.7
Disposal of Surplus Soil:
The Contractor shall at his own cost and charge, dispose off from the site all surplus excavated
material not required to be used on the works.
i.
The width of excavated trench shall be as per table given below:
Excavation upto
7.2.8
Upto 100 mm
Upto 150 mm
dia pipe
dia pipe
90 cms depth
33 cms
33 cms
90 - 150 cms depth
60 cms
60 cms
150 - 300 cms depth
75 cms
75 cms
300 - 500 cms depth
90 cms
100 cms
Protection of Existing Services:
All pipes, water mains, cables etc encountered in the course of excavation shall be carefully
protected and supported. In case of any damage caused the same shall be made good at no extra
cost failing which necessary works will be carried out by the Clients Representative and contract
charged to the Contractor.
7.3
RCC PIPES:
7.3.1
All underground storm water drainage pipes and sewer lines where specified (other than those
specified cast iron) shall be centrifugally spun RCC pipes NP2 for general and NP3 where road
crossing. Pipes shall be true and straight with uniform bore throughout. Cracked, wraped pipes
shall not be used on the work. All pipes shall be tested by the manufacturer and the Contractor
shall produce, prior to use on site, a certificate to that effect from the manufacturer.
The pipes shall be with or without reinforcement as required and of the class as specified. These
shall conform to IS:458 - 1971. The reinforced cement concrete pipes shall be manufactured by
centrifugal (or spun) process.
All pipes shall be true to shape, straight, perfectly sound and free from cracks and flaws. The
external and internal surface of the pipes shall be smooth and hard. The pipes shall be free
from defects resulting from imperfect grading of the aggregate mixing or moulding. The pipes
shall be R.C.C. light duty, NP2 and NP3 type.
7.3.2
Laying:
R.C.C. spun pipes shall be laid on cement concrete bed or cradles as specified and shown on the
detailed drawings. The cradles may be pre-cast and sufficiently cured to prevent cracks and
breakage in handling. The invert of the cradles shall be left 12mm below the invert level of the
pipe and properly placed on the soil to prevent any disturbance. The pipe shall then be placed on
the bed concrete or cradles and set for the line and gradient by means of sight rails and boning
rods, etc. Cradles or concrete bed may be omitted, if directed by the Client’s Representatives.
7.3.3
Jointing:
(Rigid Spigot and Socket Joint):
Hemp rope soaked in neat cement wash shall be passed round the joint and inserted in it by
means of caulking tool. More skein of yarn shall be added and rammed home. Cement mortar
with one part of cement and one part of sand and with minimum water content but on no
account soft or sloppy, shall be carefully inserted, punched and caulked into the joint and more
cement mortar added until the space of the joint has been filled completely with tightly caulked
mortar. The joint shall then be finished off neatly outside the socket at an angle of 45 degree.
7.3.4
Curing:
The joint shall be cured for at least seven days.
7.3.5
Cement Concrete for Pipe Supports:
a) Unless otherwise directed by the Client’s Representative cement concrete for bed, all round
or in haunches shall be laid as follows:
Upto 1.5m
Upto 3m
Beyond 3m
depth (5’)
depth (10’)
depth (10’)
Pipes in open ground (no sub
all round
in
all round
soil water)
(1:5:10)
haunches
(1:5:10)
(1:3:6)
RCC/C.I pipes in sub soil
water
RCC/C.I.
conditions)
pipes
(in
all
all round
in
in
(1:3:6)
haunches
haunches
(1:3:6)
(1:3:6)
all round
in
in
(1:3:6)
haunches
haunches
(1:3:6)
(1:3:6)
RCC/C.I pipes under road or
building
all round
all round
all round
(1:3:6)
(1:3:6)
(1:3:6)
b) RCC pipes or CI pipes may be supported on brick masonry or pre-cast RCC or in situ cradles.
Cradles shall be as shown on the drawings.
c) Pipes in loose soil or above ground shall be supported on brick or stone masonry pillars as
shown on the drawings.
7.3.6
Testing:
All lengths of the sewer and drain shall be fully tested for water tightness by means of water
head maintained for not less than 30 minutes. Testing shall be carried out from manhole to
manhole. All pipes shall be subjected to a test pressure of at least 1.5 metres head of water at the
highest point of the section under test. The pipes shall be plugged preferably with standard
drain plugs (with rubber rings) on both ends. The upper end shall, however, be connected to a
pipe for filling with water and getting the required head.
Permissible drops in water head should not exceed ……………………..
7.3.7
Measurement:
a) Excavation:
Measurement for excavation of pipes trenches shall be made per linear meter.
b) Trenches shall be measurement between outside walls of manholes at top and the depth shall
be the average depth between the two ends to the nearest cm. The rate quoted shall be for a
depth upto 1.5 metre or as given in the Bill of Quantities.
Payment for trenches more than 1.5 m in depth shall be made for extra depth as given in the
Bill of Quantities and above the rate for depth upto 1.5 m.
c) RCC pipes shall be measured for the length of the pipe line per linear meter i.e.:
i.
Length between manholes shall be recorded from inside of one manhole to inside of other
manhole.
ii. Length between gully trap and manhole shall be recorded between socket of pipe near
gully trap and inside of manhole.
7.4
Sewer Appurtenances:
Inspection Chambers and Manholes:
i.
Size of Chambers/Manholes:
The size given in Bill of Quantities and drawings shall be internal finished size of chamber.
The work shall be done strictly as per standard drawing and following specifications.
ii. Bed Concrete:
Shall be in 1:4:8 cement concrete 200 mm thick).
iii. Brick Work:
Brick work shall be with best quality bricks in 1:6 cement mortar.
iv. Plaster:
Inside of the walls of chamber/manhole shall be plastered with 12/15 mm thick cement
plaster 1:3 (1 cement :3 coarse sand) and finished smooth with a floating coat of neat
cement. Manholes shall be plastered from out side as above but with rough plaster.
Water proofing compound as approved by the Client’s Representative shall be added in the
cement sand mortar ratio as specified by manufacturer.
v. Benching:
Channel and benching shall be done in cement concrete 1:2:4 rendered smooth with neat
cement. The following depth of channel and benching shall be adopted:
Top of channel at
Depth of benching
the centre above
at side walls above
bed conc.
bed conc.
10 cm
15 cm
20 cm
15 cm
20 cm
30 cm
Size of Drain
20 cm
25 cm
35 cm
25 cm
30 cm
40 cm
30 cm
35 cm
45 cm
Manhole Covers and Frames:
The covers and frames shall conform to IS:1726-1960 and shall be of the following grades
and types:
a) Heavy Duty:
These shall be denoted by the letters ‘HD’ circular solid type for use under heavy
vehicular traffic conditions.
b) Medium Duty:
These shall be denoted by the letter ‘MD’ circular or rectangular solid type for use under
light traffic conditions such as foot paths, carriage drives and cycle tracks.
c) Light Duty:
These shall be denoted by the letters ‘LD’ or rectangular size for use in domestic premises
of where they are not subjected to wheeled traffic loads.
The covers and frames shall be leanly cast and they shall be free from air and sand holes
and from cold shuts. They shall be nearly dressed and carefully trimmed. All castings shall
be free from voids whether due to shrinkage gas inclusion or other causes. Covers shall
have a raised chequered design on the top surface to provide an adequate non-slip grip.
The covers shall be capable of easy opening and closing and it shall be fitted in the frame
in workmanship like manner. The cover shall be gas tight and water tight.
The size of covers specified shall be taken as the clear internal dimensions of the frame.
The approximate weights of the various type of manhole covers and frames shall be as in
table given below:
Description of C.I.
Weight of
Weight of
Total Weight of
Manhole Cover
Cover Kg.
Frame Kg.
Cover and
Frame Kg.
HD 560 mm dia
LD,
108
100
208
rectangular
455x610mm (single
23
15
38
58
58
116
seal)
MD 500 mm dia
2 ½% variation in weight shall be permissible on either side.
Covers and frames shall be coated with a black bituminous composition. The coating shall
be smooth tepacious. It shall not flow when exposed to a temperature of 63 Deg. and shall
not be brittle as to chip off temp. of 0 Deg. C.
The frame of manhole cover shall be firmly embedded to correct alignment and levels in
RCC slab or plain concrete, as the case may be on the top of the masonry.
After completion of the work, manhole covers shall be sealed by means of thick grease.
vii.
Foot Rests:
All manholes deeper more than 0.6 m shall be provided with plastic foot rests
(Polypropylene is injection moulded around a 12mm dia steel reinforcing bar). These
shall be embedded 20cm, deep with 20 x 20 x 10cm blocks of cement concrete
1:2:4 (1
cement :2 coarse sand :4 graded stone aggregate 20cm, nominal size). The
block with
plastic foot rest placed it’s centre shall be cast in situ along the masonry
and surface
finished with 12mm thick cement plaster 1:3 (1 cement :3 coarse sand)
finished smooth.
viii.
All cast iron and Mild Steel items shall be provided with two coats of bitumastic
paint.
Measurement:
Manhole shall be measured in numbers as indicated in the Bill of Quantity. The depth of
manhole shall be measured from invert of channel to the top of manhole cover. Quoted rate
shall cover the range of ± 0.24 metre on the depth specified in schedule and also the cost of
items specified in the Bill of Quantities and Specifications viz.
Manhole with depth greater than specified under the main item shall be paid for under “Extra
Depth” and shall include all items as given for manholes depth will be measured to the nearest
cm. Depth of the manholes shall be measured from top of the manhole cover to bottom of
channel.
i.
Bed concrete.
ii. Brick work.
iii. Plastering.
iv. R.C.C. top slab, benching and channeling including drop connections.
v. Supply and fix M.S. foot rests.
vi. Keeping holes and embedding pipes for all the connections.
vii. Excavation, refilling, necessary dewatering and disposing off surplus soil to a place as
directed by Client’s Representative.
viii. Curing.
ix. Cost of frame and cast iron cover including reinforcement, angle frame and embedding the
frame in concrete bed.
x. Testing.
xi. De-watering of chambers.
Gully Trap:
Gully traps shall be fixed in cement concrete 1:5:10 mix and a brick masonry chamber 30 x
30cms C.I. sealed cover and frame weighting not less than 7.3 Kgs to be constructed as per
standard drawings. Where necessary, sealed cover shall be replaced with C.I. grating of the same
size (1 cement : 5 coarse sand : 10 stone aggregate : 40mm nominal size).
Measurements:
Gully traps shall be measured by the number and rate which shall include all excavation,
foundation, concrete, brick masnory, cement plaster inside and outside, CI grating and sealed
cover and frame.
E)
RAIN WATER HARVESTING:
8.0
General:
8.1
Surface water is inadequate to meet our daily water demand and we have to depend on ground
water. Due to rapid urbanization, infiltration of rain water into the sub-soil has decreased
drastically and recharging of ground water has diminished. The result of this in decline in water
levels in most of the country.
8.1.2
Two overcome with the problem mentioned above. The right solution is to use the rain water
harvesting techniques.
8.2
Definition of Water Harvesting:
8.2.1
In scientific terms, water harvesting refers to collection and storage of main water and also other
activities aimed at harvesting surface and ground water, prevention of losses through
evaporation and seepage and all other hydrological studies and engineering interventions, aimed
at conservation and efficient utilization of the limited water endowment of physiographic unit
such as a water shed.
8.2.2
In general, water harvesting is the activity of direct collection of rain water. The rain water from
the roof or from the surface can be directly stored for direct use or can be recharged in the
ground water.
8.2.3
Most of the people are not aware that the rain water is the first form of water in the hydrological
cycle, hence is a primary source of water for us. The other source like rivers, lakes and
groundwater are all secondary source of water. In present times, we depend entirely on such
secondary sources of water. In the process, it is forgotten that rain is the ultimate source that
feed the water to all the secondary sources and remain ignorant of its value. Water harvesting
means to understand the value of rain and to make optimum of rain water at the place where it
falls.
8.3
Necessity of Water Harvesting:
8.3.1
In India there is a lot of rain, yet there is no water. The annual rainfall over India is higher
compared to the global average rainfall. However, this rainfall occurs during short spells of high
intensity. Due to such high intensities and short duration of heavy rain, most of the rain falling on
the surface tends to flow away rapidly to these secondary sources as mentioned above, and very
little rain water is left for the recharging of the ground water.
8.3.2
It is necessary to implement measures to ensure that rain falling over a region is tapped as much
as possible through water harvesting, either by recharging it into the ground water aquifers or
storing it for direct use.
8.4
Amount of Water Harvested:
8.4.1
The total amount of water that is received in the form of rainfall over an area is called rain water
endowment of the area. Now out of this the amount that can be effectively harvesting is called the
water harvesting potential. Water harvesting potential is rainfall (mm) x collection efficiency.
8.4.2
The collection efficiency accounts for the fact that all the rain water falling over an area cannot be
effectively harvested because of evaporation, spillage etc. Factor like runoff coefficient and the
first flush wastage are taken into account when estimating the collection efficiency.
8.5
Advantages of Rain Water Harvesting:
8.5.1
The advantages by adopting Rain Water Harvesting is as under:
i) Provides self-sufficiency to water supply system.
ii) Reduce the cost for pumping of ground water.
iii) Provides high quality water, soft and low in minerals.
iv) Improves the quality of ground water through dilution when recharged to ground water.
v) Reduces soil erosion in urban areas.
vi) The roof top rain water harvesting is less expensive.
vii) Rain Water harvesting system is simple which can be adopted by individuals.
viii)
An ideal solution of water problem in areas having inadequate water resources.
ix) Reduces the runoff which chokes the storm water drains.
8.6
Method of Rain Water Harvesting:
8.6.1
The method of rain water harvesting are of two types. One by storage of rain water on surface for
future use. Second by recharging to ground water.
8.6.2
The storage of rain water on surface is a traditional technique and structures used were
underground tanks, ponds, check dams, weirs etc. and recharge to ground water is a new concept
of rain water harvesting and name of few of them are recharge pits, trenches, dug wells, hand
pumps, recharge wells, recharge shafts, lateral shaft and borewells shaft with borewells etc.
9.0
MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT - APPROVED MAKES:
All materials and equipment shall conform to the relevant standards and shall be of approved
make and design. The list of approved manufacturers/vendors is given in clause herein below.
List of approved makes for Equipment and materials:
S. NO.
ITEM SPECIFICATION
MAKES
1
Wash Basin
:
Hindware/Grohe /Cera
2
Wash Basin Fixture
:
Hindware/ Grohe /Cera
3
Three Hole Basin Mixer With Pop-Up
:
Jaquar Continental Range/ ESS
4
Bottle Trap
:
Jaquar Continental Range/ ESS
5
Waste Coupling
:
Jaquar Continental Range/ ESS
6
Angle Valve With Wall Flange
:
Jaquar Continental Range/ ESS
7
Water Closet
:
Hindware /Cera With Cistern
8
Head Shower With Arm
:
Jaquar / ESS
9
Soap Dish
:
Jaquar / ESS
10 Robe Hook
:
Jaquar / ESS
11 Towel Rack
:
Jaquar / ESS
12 Kitchen Sink Mixture
:
Jaquar / ESS
13 C.P. Braass Bib Tap
:
Jaquar / ESS
14 Towel Rail
:
Jaquar / ESS
15 Towel Ring
:
Jaquar / ESS
16 Curtain Rod
:
Jaquar / ESS
17 Bottle Opener
:
Jaquar / ESS
18 Pressure Type Liquid Soap Container
:
Jaquar / ESS
19 No Touch Hand Drier
:
Kopal/ Euronics/ Gem/ Toshi
21 C.P. Pipes 375 Mm Long
:
Gem
22 Flush Valve For Urinal
:
Robo Flush/Jaquar / Euronics
23 Kitchen Sink
:
Nirali /Neelkanth
24 Mirror
:
Modi Float Glass
20 C.P. Flate Nut Connector With
LIST OF APPROVED MATERIAL
S. No. Description
Makes
1.
CPVC Pipes
:
Asteral /Ashirwad
2.
CPVC Fittings
:
Asteral /Ashirwad
3.
Ball Valves
:
Zoloto/ C&R
4.
Butterfly Valves
:
Zoloto/ KSB/ C&R
5.
Non Return Valves
:
Zoloto/ C&R
6.
Water Flow Meters
:
Copstion/ Kranti
7.
Globe Valves
:
Zoloto/ Leader
8.
Sanitaryware
:
Hindustan/ Parryware
9.
Seat Cover
:
Commander (Heavy Duty)
10.
C.P. Fittings
:
Gem
11.
Plastic Water Tanks
:
Sintex / Polycon / Renu
15.
RCC Pipes
:
Anand/ Local ISI Marked
16.
Stoneware Pipes/Traps
:
Perfect/ Burn/ Local ISI Marked
17.
PVC Pipes/Fittings
:
Supreme /Finolex
18.
Pump
:
Grundfos/ KSB
SECTION – 5
SUB SECTION – 3
ELECTRICAL SERVICES
VARIOUS CODES FOR ELECTRICAL WORKS
A.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
APPLICABLE IS STANDARDS
METERS (MEASURING) FOR ANALOG METERS
INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE OF SWITCH GEARS
CODE OF PRACTICE FOR EARTHING
H.T. AIR BREAKER, SWITCH GEARS AND FUSES FOR
VOLTAGE NOT EXCEEDING 1000 VOLTS
SELECTION, INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE OF FUSES
UP TO 650 VOLTS
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR SWITCH GEAR AND
GEAR FOR VOLTAGE NOT EXCEEDING 1000 VOLTS
DEGREE OF PROTECTION PROVIDED BY
ENCLOSURES FOR LV S/GEARS
INSULATED CONDUCTOR RATING
ENCLOSED DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOARDS AND CUT-OUTS
FOR VOLTAGE NOT EXCEEDING 1000 VOLTS
MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKER
11. FUSE WIRE USED IN RE-WEARABLE TYPE ELECTRIC FUSES
UP TO 650 VOLTS
PVC INSULATED ELECTRIC CABLES HEAVY DUTY
RECOMMENDED CURRENT RATING FOR CABLES
COPPER CONDUCTOR IN INSULATED CABLES AND CORES
CONDUCTOR FOR INSULATED ELECTRIC CABLES AND
FLEXIBLE CORDS
MILD STEEL WIRES, STRIPS AND TAPES FOR ARMOURING
CABLES
17. PVC INSULATION AND SHEATH OF ELECTRIC CABLES
ALUMINIUM CONDUCTOR FOR INSULATED CABLES
PVC INSULATED AND PVC SHEATHED SOLID ALUMINIUM
CONDUCTOR CABLES OF VOLTAGE RATING NOT
EXCEEDING 1100 VOLTS
RECOMMENDED CURRENT RATING FOR CABLE
CODE OF PRACTICE FOR ELECTRICAL WIRING
INSTALLATION SYSTEM VOLTAGE NOT EXCEEDING 650
VOLTS
CODE OF PRACTICE FOR FIRE SAFETY OF BUILDINGS
GENERAL)ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION
RIGID STEEL CONDUITS FOR ELECTRICAL WIRING
FITTINGS FOR RIGID STEEL CONDUITS FOR ELECTRICAL
WIRING
FLEXIBLE STEEL CONDUIT FOR ELECTRICAL WIRING
ACCESSORIES FOR RIGID STEEL CONDUITS FOR
ELECTRICAL WIRING
IS:1248-1986
IS:3072-1975
IS:3043
IS:4047-1977
IS:8106-1966
IS:4237-1967
IS:2147-1962
IS:8084-1972
IS:2675-1983
IS:8828-1978
IS:9926-1981
IS:1554 (PART I)
IS:3961(PART II)
IS:2982
IS:8130
IS:3975
IS:5831
IS:1753
IS:4288
IS: 961
IS: 732
IS: 1646
IS:1653
IS:2667
IS:3480
IS:3837
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
36.
38.
39.
40.
41.
42.
43.
44.
45.
46.
47.
PVC INSULATED CABLES (WIRES)
RIGID NON-METALLIC CONDUITS FOR ELECTRICAL WIRING
FLEXIBLE (PLAYABLE) NON-METALLIC CONDUITS FOR
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION
THREE PIN PLUGS AND SOCKETS
CONDUCTORS FOR INSULATED ELECTRICAL CABLES AND
FLEXIBLE CODES
SPECIFICATION FOR CONDUIT FOR ELECTRICAL
INSTALLATION
ACCESSORIES FOR NON-METALLIC CONDUITS FOR
ELECTRICAL WIRING
SWITCHES7
35. PLUGS
SHUNT CAPACITORS FOR POWER SYSTEMS
37. HRC CARTRIDGE FUSES AND LINKS UP TO 660 VOLTS
GENERAL AND SAFETY REQUIREMENT FOR LIGHTING
FITTINGS
CODE OF PRACTICE FOR LIGHTING PUBLIC THOROUGH
FARES
WATERPROOF ELECTRIC LIGHTING FITTINGS
WATER TIGHT ELECTRIC LIGHTING FITTING
MILD STEEL TUBULAR AND OTHER WROUGHT STEEL PIPE
FITTING
LUMINARIES FOR STREET LIGHT
HRC FUSES HAVING RUPTURING CAPACITY OF 90 KA
EXHAUST FAN
CLASS I CEILING FAN
DANGER NOTICE BOARDS
IS:694
IS:2509
IS:6946
IS:1293
IS:8180
IS:9537-1980
IS:3419
IS:3854
IS:6538
IS:2834-1954
IS:2208
IS:1913-1969
IS:2944-1981
IS:3528
IS:3553-1966
IS:1239-1958
IS:2149-1970
IS:9224
IS:2312-1967
IS:374-1979
IS: 2551
NOTE :
All codes and standards means the latest where not specified otherwise the installation
shall generally follow the Indian Standard codes of practice or relevant British Standard
Codes of Practice in the absence of corresponding Indian Standards.
PLEASE FOLLOW:
a.
Indian Electricity Act of 1910 and rules issued there under revised up to date.
b. Special Attention should be given to Rule No. 50.
c.
Regulations for electrical equipment in building issued by The Bombay Regional Council
of insurance Association of India.
d)
ECBC Code 2009 as framed under ECA 2001 with its latest amendments and
compliances
II-BLIST OF APPROVED MAKE / MANUFACTURERS
Sr.
No.
Item
Approved Makes
1
11 Kv HT Panel with VCB
Crompton
Schneider
Greaves,
2
Transfomer
Crompton Greaves, ABB, Bharat
bijlee,
3
DG SETS
Kirloskar,
Cummins
4
Air Circuit breakers
ABB, Siemens, Schneider
5
MCCB
L&T, Schneider, Legrand,
6
MCB / RCCB
L&T, Schneider, Legrand,
7
LT Cables
Havell's, KEI, Plaza,
Gloster,
Gemscab,
Kallinga
8
Aluminium / Copper Lugs
Jainsons,
Dowell's,
Elcon,
Metalcraft, Cabend, Trinity Touch
9
M S Cable Trays
Veenus, Pasco, Storrax, Skaber,
Profab, Pilco, Slotco, Needo
10
Power Contactors / Thermal Over Load Relays
Siemens, ABB, BCH, Schneider ,
SprecherSchuh, GE, L&T, C&S,
Indoasian , HPL
11
Gel Earthing With Pipe in Strip Technology
SH, Acme, Matulya
12
Analog Type Meters
Meco, Rishab, L&T, AE, Milborn
13
Digital Type Meters
Schneider, L&T, HPL
Crompton
ABB,
Greaves,
Polycab,
Skytone,
14
Current Transformers
C&S, L&T, Schneider, Siemens,
AE, Kappa, Milborn
15
Selector / Rotary / Cam Operated Switches
GE, Siemens, C&S, HPL, L&T
(Salzer), ABB, Schneider
16
Indicating Lamps
Siemens, C&S, L&T,
17
APFC Relay
ABB, L&T, Siemens
18
Capacitor Duty Contactors
Siemens, ABB,
Schneider ,
SprecherSchuh, GE, L&T, C&S
19
CEILING FANS
Orient, Bajaj, Khaitan
21
EXHAUST FAN
Khaitan, Crompton, Bajaj
22
LIGHT FIXTURES
Phillips, Bajaj, Wipro
23
VENTILATION FANS
Khaitan, Crompton, GEC
24
LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM
INDILEC, JMV, ERICO
25
PVC CONDUIT ISI
AKG, Precision, Polypack
26
PVC INSULATED COPPER WIRE
HAVELS, POLYCAB, FINOLEX
27
MCBs, RCCBs,RCBO, MCB DBs/ PREWIRED DB,
INDUSTRIAL SOCKETS & ACCESSORIES
Legrand, Havells, Schneider
28
29
MODULAR SWITCH, SOCKET, STEPPED
FAN
REGULATOR, COVER & GRID PLATE,
ELECTRO PLATED BOX,TV,TELEPHONE, &
LAN SOCKET & OTHER ACCESSORIES
PUSH
BUTTON,INDICATING
LIGHT
SELECTOR
SWITCHES
ANCHOR, HAVELLS, LEGRAND
L&T, Sienens, BCH
The successful tenderer shall have to use the makes from above in consultation with the
CLIENT AND/OR ITS ARCHITECT.
For at par comparison tenderer shall consider 1st listed make as long as possible.
1. L. T. PANELS / P.C.C. / M.C.C. –
1.0 Scope:
This specification covers performance, design, material, construction, manufacture,
inspection, testing, packing forwarding, delivery at site, testing and commissioning of Low
voltage panels with all accessories complete in all respects as described in this
specification and single line diagrams.
Whether called for specifically or not, all accessories required for normal operation
of equipment are deemed to be considered as a part of the contractor’s scope of
supply. Hardware / fabricated supports required for mounting and installation of
the panels is within the scope of work.
It is not the intent to specify completely herein, all details of design and
construction of the equipment. However, the equipment shall conform in all
respects to high standard of Engineering, design and workmanship and be
capable
of
performing
in
continuous
commercial
operation
up
to
the
Manufacturer’s guarantees in a manner acceptable to the Engineer, who will
interpret the meaning of the drawings and specifications and shall be entitled to
reject any work or material which is not full accordance therewith.
2.0
Design standards :
All the Panel’s shall be metal clad, totally enclosed, rigid, floor / wall mounted air insulated, cubical type suitable for operation on three phase / single phase, 415 / 230
volts, 50 Hz.
The panels shall be designed for minimum expected ambient temperature of 45
degree Celsius, 80 percent humidity and dusty weather.
Should conform to Indian Electricity Act and rules (till last amendment) & approved as
per FIA norms.
Applicable IS Standards
Meters (measuring) for analog meters
IS:1248-1958
Installation and maintenance of switch gears
IS:3072-1975
H.d. Air breaker, switch gears and fuses for voltage not exceeding
1000 volts
IS:4047-1977
Selection, installation and maintenance of fuses up to 650 volts
IS:8106-1966
General requirements for switch gear and gear for voltage not
exceeding 1000 volts
IS:4237-1967
Degree of protection provided by enclosures
For lv s/gears
Insulated conductor rating
IS:2147-1962
IS:8084-1972
Enclosed distribution fuse boards and cut-outs
For voltage not exceeding 1000 volts
IS:2675-1983
Fuse wire used in re-wearable type electric fuses
Up to 650 volts
IS:9926-1981
Conductor for insulated electric cables and
Flexible cords
Shunt capacitors for power systems
IS:8130
IS:2834-1954
Hrc cartridge fuses and links up to 660 volts
IS:2208
Hrc fuses having rupturing capacity of 50 ka
IS:9224
Ac electricity meters: part – 1 general requirements
And tests
IS:772 PART 1
Direct acting electrical indicating instruments
IS:1248
Current transformers
IS:2705
Electrical relays for power systems protection
IS:3231
Phosphate treatment of iron and steel for protection
Against corr0sion
IS:3618
Guide for marking of insulated conductor
IS:5578
Code of practice of phosphating of iron and steel
IS:6005
Factory built assemblies of switchgear and controlGear for voltages upto and including 1000v ac and
1200v dc.
IS:8623
Guide for uniform system marking and identification
Of conductors and apparatus terminals
IS:11353
Low voltage fuses
IS:13703
Lv switchgear and control gear (part 1 to part 5)
IS:13947
Structure construction
IS:2147
(IP-54)
Miniature circuit breaker (MCB)
BS:3871 PART-1
1965 IS:8825 (1996)
Fuse
Air circuit breaker
Contactors
Digital meter
IS:2000-1962
IS:2516 PART 1,2,3
IS:2959 & BS:775
IS:13779
Electrical power & control wiring connection
Wiring inside the module for power, control
Protection
IS:694 & IS:8130
Danger notice plate
IS:2551-1982 &
IS:5-1978
MCCB
IEC 60439-2 /
IS:8623-2
SFU
IS:13947 (PART-3)
& IEC 60947-3
ELCB
BS 3871 & 4293,
IS.,CEE 27
2.1
Construction :
Switchboard connection
All connection and tap offs shall be through adequately sized connectors appropriate
for fault level at location. This shall include tap off to feeders and instrument/control
transformers.
For unit ratings up to & including 63 amps, PVC insulated copper conductor wires of
adequate size to carry full load current shall be used. The terminations of such
interconnections shall be crimped. Solid connections (bus bars) shall be used for all
rating above 63A.
All connections, tapings, clamping, shall be made in an approved manner to ensure
minimum contact resistance. All connections shall be firmly bolted and clamp with
even tension. Before assembly joint surfaces shall be filed or finished to remove burrs,
dents and oxides and silvered to maintain good continuity at all joints. All screws, bolts,
washers shall be zinc plated. Only 8.8 grade nuts and bolts shall be used for bus bar
connections.
All nut bolts for busbar shall be high tensile cadmium plated with 2 plain washer and 1
spring washer. Hardware should be provided at cable termination end.
Switchboard Construction and operation
The low-voltage electrical switchboards shall be made up of identified functional
volumes including the busbar compartment, switchgear and control gear component
compartment, connection compartment and auxiliaries compartment.
The different busbars shall be the main busbars, distribution busbars and auxiliary
busbars.
The busbars shall be made of electrolytic AL with current density of 0.8A/Sqmm.
The compartments shall be located inside a metal enclosure with walls providing
protection against direct contact with live parts and guaranteeing a degree of
protection IP 2X. The frame, the external panels (doors, side and rear panels, tops) and
internal elements (ducts) shall be made of 2 mm thick steel sheet metal and protected
by an epoxy-paint coating.
The max height of panel shall be 2375mm including the base channel of 75 x 40 mm
ISMC coloured black.
All the panels shall be as per form 3B construction.
Sheet metal elements in the immediate proximity of high current flow generating
potential eddy current shall be made of aluminium.
Drawers or air circuit breakers shall have four different positions: connected, test,
disconnected and removed. Withdraw ability of upstream and downstream power
circuits and of auxiliary circuits shall be total, i.e. in compliance with standard IS – 8326.
The switchboard cover panels shall be removable.
The construction system shall provide a complete set of elements for installing fixed or
withdraw able switching and protective devices, measurement devices and control /
monitoring devices in the switchboard.
The drawers shall be designed such that the rated degree of protection (IP, as per IS
2147: 1962) is maintained whatever their position (connected, test, disconnected,
removed).
Switchboard Compartmentalization
For compartmentalized switchboards, separate totally enclosed compartments shall be
provided for horizontal busbars, vertical busbars, ACBs, MCCBs, and cable alleys.
Sheet steel hinged lockable doors for each separate compartment shall be provided
and duly interlocked with the breaker in "ON" and "OFF" position.
For all Circuit Breakers separate and adequate compartments shall be provided for
accommodating instruments, indicating lamps, control contactors and control MCB
etc. These shall be accessible for testing and maintenance without any danger of
accidental contact with live parts of the circuit breaker, busbars and connections.
Panel should be single front operated and cable Entry should be at TOP. Busbar and
cable allay access should be from front only.
LDB/PDB should be with double door arrangement. Acrylic cover to be considered on
front hinged door. Inside cover should be fixed plate type with MCB cutout features.
Each switchgear cubicles shall be fitted with label in front and back identifying the
circuit, switchgear type, rating and duty. All operating device shall be located in front
of switchgear only.
A horizontal wire way with screwed cover shall be provided at the top to take
interconnecting control wiring between vertical sections.
Separate cable compartments running the height of the switchboard in the case of
front access boards shall be provided for incoming and outgoing cables. Outgoing all
control and power terminals should be KUT type.
Cable compartments shall be of adequate size for easy termination of all incoming
and outgoing cables entering from bottom or top. The construction shall include
necessary and adequate and proper support shall be provided in cable
compartments to support and clamping the cable in the cable alley / cable chamber.
Min size shall be as follows;
a. Busbar Chamber should be min. 300mm.
b. Cable Alley should be min. 300mm wide for termination of one side section( 6
Starters). For LDB/PDB, cable alley should be min 400 mm
c.
Feeder operating height should be max. 1950mm
d. Feeder width should be min 450mm and higher as per rating
e.
Horizontal dummy chamber at top min 150mm
f.
Feeder height min. – SFU / MCCB, S/D, DOL-300mm and higher as per rating
g. Minimum Depth -450mm
h.
Only one compartment feeder for PLC/BMS IOs (Marshalling box). Section to
section wiring connected with plug in type accessories. ( If asked)
i.
Control busbar to be required for control bus.
j.
Lighting (Holder & CFL) + Heater with thermostat to be considered in cable
alley with separate control MCB in each alley.
Min fabrication standards shall be as follows;
a. Load bearing members – Frame-2.0mm
b. Partitions ( if separate) – 1.6 mm
c.
Doors/Covers-2.0mm
d. Electrical accessories mounting plate-2.0mm
e.
Gland Plate-3.0mm
f.
Lock should be metallic
Lifting hook shall be provided for each shipping section.
Vendor shall provide dimensions of MCC. Final GA layout will be approved by TPL.
2.2
Bus Bars
Bus bars shall be made of high conductivity, high strength AL of grade. Bus bars shall be
of rectangular cross sections suitable for full load current for phase bus bars and full
rated current for neutral bus bar. Bus bar shall be suitable to withstand the stresses of
fault level as specified in SLD. The certification for conductivity of the CU shall be made
available from third party certifying agency if required by engineer.
The bus bars shall be supported on non-breakable, non-hygroscopic epoxy resin or
glass fibre reinforced polymer insulated supports able to withstand operating
temperature of 110°C at regular intervals, to withstand the forces arising from a fault
level as stipulated in schedule of quantities. The material and the spacing of the bus
bar supports should be same as per the type tested assembly.
The minimum clearances to be maintained for enclosed indoor air insulated bus bars
for medium voltage applications shall be as per IS guidelines. The bus bar shall be as
per current density of 0.8 A/Sq.mm Cross Section area.
The bus bar shall be housed in separate compartment and shall be isolated with 3 mm
thick FRC sheet to avoid any accidental contact. The bus bar shall be arranged such
that min. clearances between the bus bars are as mentioned below:
Between phases – 27 mm minimum
Between phase and neutral – 25 mm minimum
Between phase and earth – 25 mm minimum
Between neutral and earth – 23 mm minimum
The bus bar and interconnection shall be insulated with heat shrinkable PVC sleeves
and shall be colour coded in Red / Yellow / Blue / Black / Green to identify the three
phases / neutral and earth of the system. The bus bar shall be supported on
unbreakable, non-hygroscopic DMC insulated supports (no bakelite material should be
used in panel) at sufficiently close intervals to prevent bus bar sag and shall effectively
withstand electromagnetic stresses in the event of short circuit capacity of 65KA RMS
symmetrical fault for 1 sec and peak short circuit withstand of 105KA minimum.
All bus bar connections shall be done by drilling holes at factory in bus bars and
connecting by chromium plated bolts and nuts. Additional cross section of bus bar shall
be provided in all panels to cover up for the holes in the bus bars. Spring and flat
washers shall be used for tightening of bolts.
All Cu/Al joints (if any) shall be connected with bi-metal sheet.
Neutral link in each feeder to be considered in each TP feeder.
2.3
Instrument Accommodation
All voltmeter and ammeter and other instruments shall be flushed mounted type of size
96X96 mm conforming to class 1.0 to IS 1248 for accuracy. All voltmeter shall be
protected with suitable SCPD device.
Instruments and indicating lamps shall not be mounted on the Circuit Breaker
Compartment (in case of ACB) door for which a separate and adequate
compartment shall be provided and the instrumentation shall be accessible for testing
and maintenance without danger of accidental contact with live parts of the
Switchboard.
For MCCBs, instruments and indicating lamps can be provided on the compartment
doors.
The current transformers for metering and for protection shall be mounted on the solid
copper bus bars with proper supports.
On all the incomers of switch boards ON/OFF indicators lamps shall be provided
suitable for operation on AC 230 volts supply. All lamps shall be protected with proper
protection device. Where phase indicator lamps are to be provided, these shall be
associated with necessary ON/OFF toggle switch. All the lamps shall have testing
facility.
For instruments control MCB shall be used (Fuse with link not accepted)
2.4
Wiring
All wiring for relays and meters shall be with PVC insulated copper conductor wires. The
wiring shall be coded and labelled with approved ferrules for identification. The
minimum size of copper conductor control wires shall be 1.5 sq. mm. Runs of wires shall
be neatly bunched and suitably supported and clamped. Means shall be provided for
easy identification of wires. Identification ferrules shall used at both end of wires. All
control wires meant for external connections are to be brought out on a terminal
board. The cables shall be suitable for withstanding 105 deg C.
2.5
Ventilation Fans
The Switchboard shall be provided with panel mounting type ventilation fans in each
panel with switchgear rated for 2000 amp and above or as required by engineer. The
fan shall be interlocked with switchgear operation. The degree of enclosure protection
to be maintained even with fans. The fans shall be fitted with temperature sensors for
automatic operation.
2.6
Earthing
Continuous earth bus sized for prospective fault current to be provided with
arrangement for connecting to station earth at two points. Hinged doors / frames to be
connected to earth through adequately sized flexible braids. Calculations shall be
provided for the earthing strip size as per the fault level of the panel. Min size of earth
bus shall be 32 x 6 mm AL.
2.7
Sheet Steel Treatment and Painting
Sheet steel used in the fabrication of switchboards shall undergo a rigorous cleaning
and surface treatment seven tank process comprising of alkaline degreasing, descaling
in dilute sulphuric acid and a recognized phosphating process after which a coat of
primer paint compactively with the final paint shall be applied over the treated
surface. Final paint coat of oven baked powder coating, of minimum 75 micron
thickness, of sheet approved by Engineer-in-Charge shall then be provided. Painting
shade shall be Siemens Grey-RAL 7032.
2.8
Name Plates and Labels
Identification labels of Aluminium with black base and silver fonts shall be provided on
all feeders / lamps / panel name plate / relays / contactors etc. These shall indicate the
feeder number and feeder designation also along with rating of the switchgear.
Sample for the same shall be first approved by engineer.
2.9
Installation
Splices shall be implemented to ensure the electrical continuity of the horizontal bus
bars, auxiliary buses and the protective conductor between adjacent sections.
It shall be possible to secure the sections to a floor that is flat (max variation within 2
mm/m:)
• by anchoring directly to a concrete floor using anchor bolts;
• by securing to ordinary metal profiles.
Extensions to the low-voltage electrical switchboards shall be possible on either side
(right or left).
2.10
Protection and Safety
The low-voltage electrical switchboards shall ensure the safety of life and property as
well as provide a high level of continuity of service.
Switching safety shall be ensured by a mechanical device preventing on-load
withdrawal & on-load access to live parts, except by strictly following a defined
procedure & using defined tools.
Operating safety shall be ensured by the use of compartments in compliance
with standard IEC 60439-1 and according to form types 3b.
Current interruption shall be of the "visible break isolation" or "positive contact
indication" type as defined by standard IS 13947: 1993.
In view of reducing the risk of electrical shock:
-
Power and control circuits shall be separate and completely isolated;
-
Auxiliary circuits shall be of the extra-low voltage type.
-
Aux. contacts / Auxiliary contactor should be used for feeder (Relays are not
preferred)
The low-voltage electrical switchboards shall be equipped with two types of
mechanical locking compatible with the different positions of drawers. The locking
system shall be partially mobile and implement three padlocks.
Optionally, the safety of persons shall be enhanced by a version complying with the
requirements of standard IEC 61641 concerning the propagation of an arc inside
electrical switchboards. Test certificates shall be available.
Provisions must be made, around the equipment critical zones, for visual/infrared
inspection during equipment operation, with respect to operator safety.
Earthed metal or insulated shutters shall be provided between drawout and fixed
portion of the switchgear such that no lives parts are accessible with equipment drawn
out. Degree of protection within compartments shall be at least IP 2X.
Overall IP rating of panel shall be IP 52 (except VFD starter).
IP rating for all PCC’S/MCCB in wet area like pump room shall be IP-65. (to be
confirmed with engineer before quoting)
2.11
Internal Components:
The panels shall be equipped complete with all type of required number of air circuit
breakers, switch fuse unit, contactor, relays, fuses, meters, instruments, indicating lamps,
push buttons, equipment, fittings, busbar, cable boxes, cable glands etc. and all the
necessary internal connections /wiring as required and as indicated on relevant
drawings. Components necessary for proper complete functioning of the panels but
not indicated on the drawings shall be supplied and installed on the panels.
All part of the panels carrying current including the components, connections, joints
and instruments shall be capable of carrying their specified rated current continuously,
without temperature rise exceeding the acceptable values of the relevant
specifications at any part of the panels.
All units of the same rating and specifications shall be fully interchangeable.
2.12
L. T. Switchgears:
2.12.1 General:
The type, size, and rating of the components shall be as indicated on the relevant
single line diagrams.
2.12.2 Miniature Circuit Breaker (MCB) / MPCB / ELCB:
MCB / MPCB shall be quick make and break and break type conform with IS: 8828
(1996). The housing shall be heat resistant and having high impact strength. The fault
current of MCBs / MPCBs shall not be less than 10000 amps, at 230 volts. The MCBs
shall be flush mounted and shall be provided with trip free manual operating
mechanism with mechanical "ON" and "OFF" indications.
The circuit breaker dollies shall be of trip free pattern to prevent closing the breaker
on a faulty current.
The MCB / MPCBs contact shall be silver nickel and silver graphite alloy and tip coated
with silver. Proper arc chutes shall be provided to quench the arc immediately. MCB's /
MPCBs shall be provided with magnetic fluid plunger relay for over current and short
circuit protection. The over load or short circuit devices shall have a common trip bar in
the case of DP and TPN miniature circuit breakers. All the MCB's / MPCBs shall be tested
and certified as per Indian Standard, prior to Installation.
MPCB with extended support should be consider along with front operating
mechanism. MPCB should be with all accessories like; auxiliary contacts, door rotary
mechanism etc.
The RCCB should suffices all the requirements of IS as per code IS - 12640 - 1988. The
RCA should be current operated and not on line voltage.
The RCCB should ensure mainly the following functions:
i)
Measurement of the fault current value.
ii) Comparison of the fault current with a reference value.
iii) The RCCB should have a torroidal transformer witch has the main conductors of primary (P
- N) which check the sum of the current close to zero.
iv) All metal parts should be inherently resistant to corrosion and treated to make them
corrosion resistant.
v) It should be truly current operated.
vi) It should operate on core balance torroidal transformer.
vii) Its accuracy should be ± 5 %.
viii) It should operate even in case of neutral failure.
ix) It should trip at a present leakage current within 100 mA
x) Its enclosure should be as per IP 30.
xi) Its mechanical operation life should be more than 20,000 operations.
xii) It should provide full protection as envisaged by IE rules - 61-A, 71 - ee, 73 - ee, 1985
and also rule 50 of IE rule1956.
It should conform to all national and international standards like IS: 8828-1993, IS: 126401988, BS 4293 - 1983, CEE 27 (International commission Rules for the approved of
electrical equipment).
2.12.3 Fuse:
Fuses shall be of high rupturing capacity (HRC) fuse links and shall be in accordance
with IS : 2000-1962 and having rupturing capacity of not less than 35 MVA at 415 Volts.
Fuse link to be considered along with SFU.
2.12.4 Air Circuit Breaker:
The ACB shall meet with IS : 2516 part I, II and III. Each pole of the ACB's shall be
equipped with over current, earth fault and short circuit release. The ACB's shall be
equipped with under voltage trip only on those used as main incomer of all sources,
bus coupler and inter connector. The trip devices shall be direct acting.
Disconnecting devices of approved type shall be provided to facilitate the removal of
the circuit breakers from the housing for test and maintenance purpose.
The ACB's shall have an arc-quenching device on each pole. The ACB's shall have
auxiliary contacts for signalling, interlocking etc. The ACB's shall have slow close facilities
for checking contact operation and contact gap adjustment.
All contacts subject to arcing shall be tipped with arc resisting material. Main contacts
shall be silver plated, multi-finger and spring-loaded type. Facilities shall be provided to
isolate the circuit breaker for inspection purpose.
Interlocks shall be provided to:
Prevent the breaker from being isolated unless it is in the "OFF" position.
Prevent the breaker from being racked in to the service position unless it is in the "OFF"
position.
Prevent the breaker from being accidentally pulled completely "OFF" the guide rail.
Safety shutters of insulating material shall be provided to prevent access to all live
contacts, when the breaker is in the inspection position or completely withdrawn.
Facilities shall be provided for earthing the circuit breaker.
Air circuit breaker shall be capable of clearing the maximum fault current, which can
occur.
The breaker plates shall have an ON-OFF indicators, spring charge indicators, provision
to padlock manual handle and provision to lock draw-out mechanism. Electrically
operated breaker shall have provision for emergency manual closing by inserting a tool
through the fuse plate. A control isolating switch shall be provided on the fuse plate to
isolated the supply to the charging motor.
The breaker shall be have feature such as to indicate voltage status / trip / fault alarm
indicators / remote operation from BMS – ON/OFF, shunt trip release and motorised
reclosing / contacts for remote indication of open / close / trip wired to BMS,
communication modules providing LAN interface with BMS and draw out pattern with
test facility provision.
All ACB releases shall be with long time + short time + instantaneous + earth fault
selective protection.
2.12.5 Moulded Case Circuit Breaker:
2.12.5.1
General
Moulded-Case Circuit Breakers (MCCB) shall comply with IS 13947: 1993 standards.
- they shall be of utilisation category A on all the operational voltage range – till 250A
and category B on all the operational voltage range – for any rating with adjustable
short time delay (if specified) with a rated service breaking capacity (Ics) equal to the
ultimate breaking capacity (Icu) up to 500V for the greater ratings
- They shall have a rated operational voltage of 690 V AC (50/60 Hz),
- They shall have a rated insulation voltage of 800 V AC (50/60 Hz),
- They shall be suitable for isolation, as defined by IS 13947: 1993 for the Overvoltage
Category IV for a rated insulation voltage up to 690 V.
MCCBs shall be designed according to Eco-design complying with ISO 14062
Especially MCCB’s materials shall be of halogen free type. They shall be supplied in
recyclable packing complying with European Directives.
The manufacturer shall implement non polluting production processes that do not
make use of chlorofluorocarbons, chlorinated hydrocarbons, ink for cardboard
markings, etc
MCCBs shall be mounted in panel as fixed type versions in 3-pole and 4-pole versions.
A safety trip shall provide advanced opening to prevent connection and
disconnection of a closed circuit breaker
MCCBs shall be designed for both vertical and horizontal mounting, without any
adverse effect on electrical performance. It shall be possible to supply power either
from the upstream or downstream side
MCCBs shall provide class II insulation between the front and internal power circuits
2.12.5.2
Construction, Operation, Environment
For maximum safety, the power contacts shall be insulated in an enclosure made of a
thermosetting material from other functions such as the operating mechanism, the
case, the trip unit and auxiliaries
All poles shall operate simultaneously for circuit breaker opening, closing and tripping.
MCCBs shall be actuated by a toggle or handle that clearly indicates the three
positions: ON, OFF and TRIPPED.
In order to ensure suitability for isolation complying with IS 13947: 1993:
- the operating mechanism shall be designed such that the toggle or handle can only
be in OFF position (O) if the power contacts are all actually separated,
- In OFF position, the toggle or handle shall indicate the isolation position.
Isolation shall be provided by a double break on the main circuit.
MCCBs shall be able to receive a device for locking in the “isolated” position, with up
to 3 padlocks, Ø8 maximum.
MCCBs shall be equipped with a “push to trip” button in front to test operation and
the opening of the poles.
MCCB rating, “push to trip” button, performances and contact position indication
must be clearly visible and accessible from the front, through the front panel or the
door of the switchboard.
2.12.5.3
Current Limitation, Discrimination, Durability
MCCBs shall be capable of greatly limiting currents. For short-circuits, the maximum
thermal stress I²t shall be as per IEC / IS.
These characteristics will allow high cascading performance with moulded-case or
miniature circuit-breakers downstream
MCCBs shall be equipped with a tripping unit independent of the thermo-magnet or
electronic one. This unit will trip the circuit-breaker for high value short-circuits currents.
The breaking will be carried out in less than 10ms for short-circuit currents above 25In.
MCCBs shall comprise a device, designed to trip the circuit-breaker in the event of
high-value short-circuit currents. This device shall be independent of the thermalmagnetic or electronic trip unit.
MCCBs, the current ratings of which are identical with the ratings of their trip units,
shall ensure discrimination for any fault current up to at least 35 kA rms, with any
downstream circuit-breaker having a current rating less or equal to 0.4 times that of
the upstream circuit-breaker.
The electrical durability of MCCBs, as defined by IS 13947: 1993 standard.
MCCBs shall be equipped with a self-test of the connection between the electronic trip unit,
the current transformers and the actuator, that will not cause the circuit-breaker to trip. The
self-test will be of positive logic and visible through the flashing of a green LED in case the selftest occurred correctly and the extinction of the LED in case the self-test failed.
The MCCB shall trip in case the environmental conditions of the circuit-breaker get out of their
specified range. However, it will be possible to overrule this feature.
2.12.5.4
Auxiliaries and Accessories
It shall be possible to equip MCCBs with a motor mechanism for electrically controlled
operation if specified in SLD. An “auto/manual” switch in front shall, when set to the
“manual” position, lock out electrical control; when set to “auto”, lock out the
manual control; remote indication of “manual” or “auto” mode shall be possible. It
shall also be possible to seal the access to the “auto” control.
Closing shall take place in less than 80 ms.
Following tripping due to electrical faults (overload, short-circuit, earth fault if
mentioned in SLD), remote reset shall be inhibited.
It shall however be possible if opening was initiated by a voltage release.
The operating mechanism shall be of the stored-energy type only
The addition of a motor mechanism or a rotary handle shall in no way affect circuit
breaker characteristics:
- Only three stable tripping mechanism positions (ON, OFF and TRIPPED) shall be
possible with the motor mechanism,
- Suitability for isolation shall be provided by positive contact indication (ON and OFF)
in front of the motor mechanism module
MCCBs shall be designed to enable safe on-site installation of auxiliaries such as
voltage releases (shunt and under voltage releases) and indication switches as
follows:
- They shall be separated from power circuits,
- All electrical auxiliaries shall be of the snap-in type and fitted with terminal blocks,
- All auxiliaries shall be common for the entire range,
- Auxiliary function and terminals shall be permanently engraved on the case of the
circuit breaker and the auxiliary itself,
- The addition of auxiliaries shall not increase the volume of the circuit breaker.
- MCCB should be with all accessories like; spreads links, shrouding terminals, auxiliary
contacts, phase barrier, door rotary mechanism etc. Spreader links should be copper
with Ni-Cr plated
- Outgoing terminal of MCCB should be 3Ph+N+E.
The addition of a motor mechanism module or a rotary handle, etc., shall not mask or
block device settings
It shall be possible to assemble earth fault protection moulded-case circuit breakers
by adding a residual current device (RCD) directly to the circuit breaker case. The
resulting device shall:
- comply with IS 13947: 1993 standard,
- be immunised against nuisance tripping,
- be capable of working normally down to -25 °C ambient temperature,
- operate without an auxiliary power supply, i.e. it shall be capable of operating
normally on any 2-phase or 3-phase power network with a voltage between 200 V
and 440 V, and of tripping the circuit-breaker even in the event of voltage dips down
to 80 V
It shall be possible to equip MCCBs with devices indicating faults without tripping the
circuit breaker
2.12.5.5
Protection Functions
General Recommendations
MCCBs with ratings up to & including 250 A shall be equipped with fully
interchangeable trip units in order to ensure the protection against overcharge and
short-circuit. The trip units shall be of thermal magnetic adjustable type.
MCCBs with ratings over 250 A shall be equipped with microprocessor based trip units
with O/C / S/C & E/F.
2.12.5.6
Common Features
Electronic and thermal-magnetic trip units shall be adjustable and it shall be possible
to fit lead seals to prevent unauthorised access to the settings
Electronic trip units shall comply with IS 13947: 1993 standard (measurement of rms
current values, electromagnetic compatibility, etc.)
Protection settings shall apply to all circuit breaker poles
The trip units shall not augment overall circuit breaker volume
All electronic components shall withstand temperatures up to 125 °C.
2.12.5.7
Microprocessor Trip Units
Characteristics
- Long time protection (LT)
Selectable Ir threshold settings from 36% to 100 % of the trip unit rating
- Short time protection (ST)
Isd threshold shall be adjustable from 1,5 to 10 times the thermal setting Ir,
The time delay shall be either adjustable or fixed at 40 ms,
- Instantaneous protection
The threshold shall be either adjustable or fixed (starting from 1.5 times In and up to a
value between 11 and 15 times In, depending on the rating)
Four-pole devices shall be equipped for neutral protection:
as standard with a 3-position setting : - neutral not protected - neutral tripping
threshold equal to half the phase value - neutral threshold equal to the phase
value
if required by harmonic 3 neutral current circulation with a specific 4-position
setting - neutral not protected - neutral tripping threshold equal to half the
phase value - neutral threshold equal to the phase value - neutral setting
according to the rating of the phases in a ratio 1.6 (Oversized Neutral).
Load Monitoring Function
The following monitoring functions shall be integral parts of electronic trip units:
- 2 LED for load indication, one lighted above 90 % of Ir, and one lighted above 105 %
of Ir
- a test connector shall be installed for checks on electronic and tripping mechanism
operation using an external device.
Thermal Memory
In the event of repeated overloads, the electronic trip unit shall optimise protection of
cables and downstream devices by memorising temperature variations.
Options:
It shall be possible to install all options for the electronic trip unit:
- High-threshold earth-fault protection,
- Auxiliary contact to indicate the cause of tripping (long time, short time,
instantaneous, earth fault if requested),
- Data transmission via a BUS, in particular all the trip unit settings, current
measurements for each phase, tripping causes, circuit breaker status.
It shall be possible to install a specific module that can provide the data transmission,
in particular all the trip unit settings, all electrical parameters (current, energy, THD,
voltage, etc.) measurements for each phase, tripping causes, circuit breaker status,
control and alarms.
Software that allows these data to be analysed on PC shall be provided by the
manufacturer.
2.12.6
Contactors / Relays / Starter :
2.13.6.1 The contactor shall meet with the requirements of IS: 2959.
2.13.6.2 Contactors shall be air break and electromagnetic type rated for uninterrupted duty
as defined in relevant IS.
2.13.6.3 The main contacts shall be of silver or silver alloy.
2.13.6.4 The insulation for the coils shall be of class ‘f’.
2.13.6.5 Each contactors shall be provided with 2 normally open and 2 normally closed
auxiliary contacts.
2.13.6.6 The contactors shall be in accordance to type 2 co-ordinations for short circuit
protection.
2.13.6.7 The contactor shall be suitable for uninterrupted duty (AC3) category.
2.13.6.8 All 3 Contactor sizes should be identical rating in Star-Delta feeders.
2.13.6.9 The electrical and mechanical endurance shall be as specified in IS code.
2.13.6.10 For all starters, component sizing shall be as per type-II co-ordination chart
prescribed by switchgear manufacturer + Contactor shall be one rating higher
than specified in type-2 coordination.
2.13.6.11 Remote start, stop, interlock wire should be wire up at terminals apart than
PLC/BMS/SCADA signals/commands.
2.13.6.12 Outgoing terminal of Starter should be 3Ph+E.
2.13.6.13 Auto-Manual Status and ON-OFF-Trip potential free signal required for BMS/PCL
wherever asked.
2.13.6.14 Thermal overload relays shall be of three elements positive acting ambient
temperature compensated type with adjustable settings.
2.13.6.15 Thermal overload relays shall be of self/hand reset type as specified in the
schedule.
2.13.6.16 All control terminals to OCS / PLC shall wired to single compartment. (marshalling
box).
2.13.6.17 Separate control terminal blocks shall provide for control wiring.
From MCC to field in cable chamber.
From MCC to OCS / PLC in marshalling jb.
Al, Ao, Di & Do shall be provided on separate terminal block.
2.13.6.18 Following control signal exchange between OCS / PLC & MCC panel shall be
considered for AHU panel & package systems in process mcc —
a. From MCC panel to DES / PLC
On, off & trip feedback — separate continuous potential free contacts.
For VFD feeders — 4—2oma speed (rpm) feedback.
Potential free contact for remote selection.
b. From DES / PLC to MOE panel
Start & stop command — single latched contact.
For VFD feeders only — 4—2oma reference current for speed control.
Start permissive in local & remote mode.
2.13.6.19 Following control signal exchange between push button station & mcc panel shall
be considered.
a. On, off & trip feedback — separate continuous potential free contacts.
b. Start & stop command — seperate continuous potential free contacts.
2.13.6.20 Control philosophy
a. Under local mode selection start command will be executed from push
button station near motor.
b. Under remote mode selection start command will be executed from PLC
panel.
c. Stop command can be executed without selection.
2.13.6.21 Motor feeder shall have motor protection circuit breaker (MPCB) with S/C and O/C
release.
2.13.6.22 Heavy duty bar to be provided for blowers & fan application.
2.12.7
Multi Function Meter:
Flush mount 96 x 96 x 80 mm load manager type CONSERV EM 6400 or equivalent
meter of accuracy class 1 as per IS 13779 shall be provided. The meter shall be
accurate on distorted waveforms; simultaneous sampling of voltage and amperes
shall be done. It shall have low burden on PT and CT shall have bright display, shall
view 3 parameters together shall have auto scaling from kilo to mega to giga units,
shall have programmable CT, PT ratios with built in phase analyser. Auto scrolling shall
be programmable as per user choice and communication with PC; PLC DCS shall be
possible through RS 485 serial port. It shall be dust proof, tamper proof with data
import export option and 10 years back up of integrated data.
Parameters to be monitored shall be Frequency, Line to line and average and line to
neutral and average voltage, phase wise and average current, phase wise and total
KVA, KW and P.F. reading and KWH monitoring.
User programmable facility for delta 2e and star 3e measurement, C.T. and P.T. ratios,
sliding window auto sync. And auto scrolling of parameters shall be available.
Sensing shall be 3 phase, 4 wire measuring True RMS with voltage input range of 110 to
415 V nominal and current input of 5 amps or 1 amps as per field configuration.
Current range shall be from 50 mA to 7.5 A and burden on PT or CT shall be app 0.2
VA.
Accuracy for kW / kWh shall be as per IS 1377 / CBIP88 and for all other parameters
shall be +/- 0.5% of full scale + 0.5% of reading + 1 digit. Digital readout shall be of 3
rows of 4 digits each (12.5 mm size) with 7 segments bright red LED. Input frequency
shall be 50Hz / 60Hz +/- 5%. Power factor range shall be 0.5 lag – unit – 0.8 lead.
Resolution for power parameters shall be for 4 digits and energy parameters shall be 8
digits. Display update shall be at every 15 seconds for demand parameters and 1 sec
for other parameters. Display sequence shall be parameter followed by value.
Temperature range shall be 0-50oC and humidity <95% non-condensing.
Display pages shall be as follows:
Instantaneous –
VLL, A avg., F
VLn, A avg., F
KVA, kW, PF
Individual pages of above parameters.
Integrated -
kVAh
KWh
Run hours
On hours
Interruption
2.12.8
Current Transformer:
Where called for, CT's shall provide for current measuring. Each phase shall be provided
with separate CT of class I accuracy and VA burden as shown in SLD for operation of
associated metering and controls. Current transformer shall be in accordance with IS:
2705 - 1964 as amended up to date.
Separate CT for each protection devices and instrumentation device shall be
provided.
The CT shall be able to withstand max short time withstands current indicated for the
assembly.
The CT shall be cast resin type.
Test links at secondary – to facilities testing of instruments / meters and protection
device.
2.12.9
Push Button & Indicating Lamp :
The push button unit shall comprise of the contact element, a fixing holder, and push
button actuator. The push button shall be momentary contact type. The contacts shall
be of silver alloy and rated at 10 Amps continuous current rating. The actuator shall be
of stranded type and colour as per its usage for ON, OFF and Trip.
Indicating Lamp shall be LED type and shall supplied complete with translucent covers
to diffuse the lamp light. Indicating lamps shall be part of push buttons where ever both
are required and shall have testing facilities. Protection in form of MCB / HRC fuse shall
be provided for the lamps.
Colour shade for the indicating lamps shall be as below:
ON indicating lamp
:
Green
OFF indicating lamp
:
Red
TRIP indicating lamp
:
Amber
PHASE indicating lamp
:
Red, Yellow, and Blue.
2.12.10
Selector Switches:
Selector Switches shall be of the heavy duty rotory type, with plates clearly marked to
show the operating position. They shall be of the semi-flush mounted type with only the
front plate and operating handle projecting.
Circuit breaker control switches shall be of the spring return to neutral type.
2.13
Capacitor Bank
Capacitor bank shall comprise of identical three phase capacitors in case of RTPFC.
The individual capacitor unit shall be manufactured out of APP design. Capacitor
shall be tubular (Cylindrical) APP self filling type. The capacitor shall consist of many
such elements in series / parallel combinations for getting desired kvar output. The
dielectric losses of capacitor shall be restricted to 0.5 watts per kvar. The phase
terminal connections of the capacitor unit shall be brought out at the top, for suitable
connections. The capacitor shall be provided with suitably rated discharge resistor.
The capacitor shall be provided with over pressure interrupter mechanism, which will
automatically disconnect faulty capacitor unit from the network without bursting,
bulging or exploding the capacitor. Capacitor Voltage should be 440 Voltage. Grill +
Fan + Steel protection cover required for cooling in APFC panel. Auto manual
operation facitlity required for APFC panel. “Delay start” facility to be considered
after capacitor “OFF” operation.
Automatic Power Factor Correction Relay shall be provided with all related circuits
and three load CT’s for each phase in order to control/ achieve target Power Factor
OR unity as per setting. APFC panel also required Front operation only.
2.14
All panels short circuit integration:
The panel vendor / contractor shall be responsible for carrying out necessary study for
type 2 co-ordination for complete system with fault discrimination. All the data
considered for the study shall be discussed with the engineer.
2.15
Testing
2.15.1
CPRI Testing
Switchboard configurations offered shall be subject to CPRI testing (Testing if required
by the User). In case of no CPRI testing request by E/C, copies of the CPRI test
certificates shall be submitted with the tender for the similar rated busbar panel.
2.15.2
Routine Test:
a) Physical variation and dimensional check – To cross check dimensions with
approved GA drawings.
b) Verification of bill of material – Physically count all the components.
c) Continuity test – shall be carried out for complete busbar system with continuity
tester or actual charging.
d) Functional check – Operation of all the switchgears and control logic to be
checked after charging at works.
e) HV test – 2500 V for 1 minute shall be applied and no tripping / Arching / Flashing
shall occur.
f)
IR test – 1000 V shall be applied through meggar and the value shall be more
than 30 M ohms.
g) Polarity and Phase sequence test – Shall be checked for each feeder with
phase sequence meter.
2.15.3
Type Test:
Type test certificates for all switchgears and panel of similar rated busbar shall be
provided for
a) Short circuit withstand test
b) IP protection.
c) All switchgears and other components.
d) Temperature rise test
3.0 VENDORS DATA: TO BE SUBMITTED WITH OFFER :
Approved Makes:
Vendor shall provide information on the offered make and Cat nos. of items offered
for respective Panels:
Sr.
Item Description
Specified Make
Vendor
No.
Confirmation
Schneider Master Pack
NW
Air
1.0
Circuit
range
with
Micrologic 6.0A releases
Incomer
and equ. of
Breakers
power
Ics=Icu=Ics(1sec)
3.5EC releases / Legrand
with
L&T U
UW
MTX
DMX3 with MP4 LSIG,
ABB
Schneider Compact NSX
Range
MCCB – Ics =
100%
2.0
Icu
FOR above and
including
with
Microprocessor
based
trip unit micro logic 6
release / L & T Dsine
range
(Microprocessor
RC10 release)/ Legrand
250Amps
DPX/DPX3
with
Micro
Processor
S2
Release),ABB
Schneider Compact NSX
Thermal
2.0A
MCCB till 250A,
Ics=100% Icu
Magnetic
trip
Unit / L & T Dsine Thermal
Magnetic
Legrand
Release)
DPX3
Thermal
with
Magnetic
release),ABB
Legrand
3.0
(Lexic)/Schneider – Acti
MCB
9 – C60H Series)/Hager
4.0
5.0
SFU
Capacitors
APP type
Schneider/L&T
–
Siemens EPCOS / Malde
/
Shubodhan
Trinity
/
L&T/
Contactors
7.0
Starters
As above
8.0
CRCA sheet
Tata / SAIL
9.0
Gaskets
Neoprene
10.0
Meters
11.0
A.
Trinity
- LED
& T - ESBEE
13.0
Connectors
16.0
Schneidder / HPL / L&T /
Schneider / Siemens / L
Push Buttons
15.0
Trinity
Indicating lamps
12.0
14.0
2.
Schneider / ABB / L&T/
6.0
C.T.s – cast resin
type.
APFC Panel
Selector
Switches
Schneider / Siemens / L
& T - ESBEE
Wago / Connectwell /
Elmex
Kappa / Ashmore / A.E
Datar / shreem /Panel
vendor
Schneider / L&T / Salzer
CABLE LAYING AND TRENCHES WITH TRAYS
SPECIFICATIONS
CABLE TRENCH
Cable trench shall be dug to the minimum depth of 1 mtr and the width shall
dependent on the no of cables to be kept with the layer of brick in between two
cables.
BRICKS
The bricks shall be hand or machine moulded and made from suitable soils and kiln
burnt. They shall be free from cracks, flaws and modules of free lime. They shall have
smooth rectangular faces with sharp corners and shall be uniform in colour. The bricks
shall be moulded with a frog of size 100 mm. x 40 mm., and 10 mm. to 20 mm. deep on
one of its flat sides. The bricks shall not break when thrown on the ground from a height
of 6 m. B – grade brick shall be used.
SAND
Sand shall be natural sand, clean, well graded, hard, strong, durable and gritty. Sand
particles should be free from injurious amounts of dust, clay, kankar nodules, soft or
flaky particles of shale, alkali, salts, organic matter loam, mica or other deleterious
substances and shall be got approved from the CLIENT AND/OR ITS ARCHITECT. The
sand shall not contain more than 8% of silt as determined by field test, if necessary the
sand shall be washed to make it clean. The sand used by civil agency shall be used.
CABLE TRAYS
Ladder and perforated type Cable Trays shall be of Hot dip Galvanized bolted type
and factory fabricated out of CRCA sheet with standard accessories like tee, bends,
couplers etc. for different loads and number and size of cables. Cable trays shall be
fabricated from Hot Dip GI and channels of 14 gauge a. The design shall be fixed or
suspended from the ceiling with the help of suspenders which shall have adequate
diameter to sustain the weight of the cables and channels. Also if necessary anchor
fasteners shall be used for grouting purpose. (a).-up to 300mm tray 2nos. 8mm full
threaded G.i. rod with 2nos.anchor fastner and "C" channel support at 750mm
distance (b) 450 to 600mm tray 2nos.10mm full treaded G.I. rod with 2nos. anchor
fastner and "C" channel support at 500mm distance (c) 750 / 1000 mm cable tray
with fabrication of 25 x 6 or 50 x 3 mm angle frame with min. 4 nos anchor fastner at
750 mm distance.
GI Zinc to be used shall conform to minimum Zn 98 grade as per requirement of
IS:209-1992
Minimum weight of zinc coating for mild steel flats with thickness upto 6 mm in
accordance with IS:6745-1972 shall be 400 g/sqm.
The weight of coating expressed in grams per square metre shall be calculated by
dividing the total weight of Zinc by total area (both sides) of the coated surface.
The Zinc coating shall be uniform, smooth and free from imperfections as flux, ash
and dross inclusions, bare patches black spots, pimples, lumpiness, runs, rust stains
bulky white deposits, blisters.
Mild steel flats / wires shall undergo a process of degreasing pickling in acid, cold
rinsing and then galvanizing.
B.
WORKMANSHIP
The cable shall be laid side by side in trench with brick covering on all the three sides.
The trench shall be such that sharp bends shall be avoided while laying the cable.
The bedding of fine sand under the cable shall be not less than 6 mm. The trench shall
be terminated in Manholes with specified size of R.C.C. hume pipes as shown in
drawing. Cable markers shall be provided through out the route of cable at 10 mtrs
distance. The trenches shall be refilled after the cable are laid and the Ground level
shall be done as per original after pressing the same. The cables shall be checked for
insulation resistance and continuity tests shall be carried out.
C. MODE OF MEASUREMENT
The cable laying shall be measured in rmt. The trenches dug and refilled shall be measured
in cu. Mtr. The bricks and sand bedding shall be measured in rmt. The cable trays shall
be measured in rmt.
3.
A.
1.1 KV GRADE L.T. CABLES AND CABLE TERMINATION:
SPECIFICATIONS
L. T. XLPE CABLE: - FIRE SURVIVAL ( FS ) CATEGORY
GENERAL:
The medium voltage cables shall be supplied, laid, connected, tested and
commissioned in accordance with the drawings, specifications, relevant Indian
Standards specifications, manufacturer’s instructions. The cables shall be delivered at
site in the original drums with manufacturer’s name, size and type clearly written on the
drums.
All cables shall be adequately protected against any risk of mechanical damage to
which they may be liable in normal conditions of handling during transportation,
loading, unloading etc.
The cable shall be supplied in single length i.e. without any intermediate joint or cut
unless specifically approved by the client.
The cable ends shall be suitably sealed against entry of moisture, dust, water etc. with
cable compound as per standard practise.
CONDUCTOR :
Uncoated, annealed copper / aluminium (as per boq), of high conductivity, upto 4
mm2 size the conductor shall be solid and above 4 mm2 the conductors shall be
concentrically stranded as per IEC : 228.
INSULATION :
Cross link polyethylene (XLPE) extruded insulation rated at 70oc.
CORE INDENTIFICATION :
Two core
:
Red and Black
Three core
:
Red, Yellow and Blue
Four core
:
Red, Yellow, Blue and Black
Single core
:
Green, Yellow for earthing.
Black shall always be used for neutral.
ASSEMBLY :
Two, three or four insulated conductors shall be laid up, filled with non-hygroscopic
material and covered with an additional layer of thermoplastic material.
ARMOUR :
Galvanised steel flat strip / round strips applied helically in single layers complete with
covering the assembly of cores.
For cable size upto 10 sq mm
For cable size above 10 sq mm
: Armour of 1.4 mm dia G.I. round wire
: Armour of 4 mm wide 0.8 mm thick GI strip
SHEATH :
ST -2 PVC along with polypropylene fillers to be provided.
Inner sheath shall be extruded type and shall be compatible with the insulation
provided for the cables.
Outer sheath shall be of an extruded type layer of suitable PVC material compatible
with the specified ambient temp. of 50oc and operating temperature of cables. The
sheath shall be resistant to water, ultra violet radiation, fungus, termite and rodent
attacks. The colour of outer sheath shall be black.
Sequential length marking along with size and other standard parameters shall be
required at every 1.0 mtr on the outer sheath.
The product should be coded as per IS :- 7098 Part-I as follows :Aluminium Conductor
A
XLPE Insulation
2X
Steel round wire armour
W
Steel flat strip armour
F
Steel Double round wire armour
WW
Steel Double flat strip armour
FF
Non-magnetic (Al.) round wire armour
Wa
Non-magnetic (Al.) flat strip armour
Fa
PVC outer sheath
Y
TESTING :
Finished cable tests at manufacturers works : The finished cables shall be tested at
manufacturer’s works for all the routine tests for all the length and size of cables to be
delivered at site and the certificate for the same shall be furnished to client. If required
the cables shall be tested in presence of the client’s representative.
Voltage test : Each core of cable shall be tested at room temperature at 3 KV A.C.
R.M.S. for duration of 5 minutes.
Conductor resistance test : The D.C. resistance of each conductor shall be measured
at room temperature and the results shall be corrected to 20oc to check the
compliance with the values specified in the Is 8130 – 1976.
Cable tests before and after laying cables at site :
Insulation resistance test between phases, phase to neutral and phase to earth.
Continuity test of all the phases, neutral and earth continuity conductor.
Earth resistance test of all the phases and neutral.
All the tests shall be carried out in accordance with the relevant IS code of practise
and Indian Electricity Rules. The vendor shall provide necessary instruments, equipments
and labour for conducting the above tests and shall bear all the expenses in
connection with such tests. All tests shall be carried out in the presence of client and
the results shall be prescribed in forms and submitted.
CABLE MARKING :
The outer sheath shall be legibly embossed at every meter with following legend :
ELECTRIC CABLE : 1100 V, SIZE :___C X ____ MM2 with Manufacturers name, year of
manufacturing and ISI symbol.
SEALING DRUMMING AND PACKING :
After tests at manufacturer’s woks, both ends of the cables shall be sealed to prevent
the ingress of moisture during transportation and storage.
Cable shall be supplied in length of 500 mtrs or as required in non-returnable drums of
sufficiently sturdy construction.
Cables of more than 250 meters shall also be supplied in non-returnable drums.
The spindle hole shall be minimum 110 mm in diameter.
Each drum shall bear on the outside flange, legibly and indelibly in the Englist literature,
a distinguishing number, the manufacturer’s name and particulars of the cable i.e.
voltage grade, length, conductor size, cable type, insulation type, and gross weight
shall also be clearly visible. The direction for rolling shall be indicated by an arrow. The
drum flange shall also be marked with manufacturer’s name and year of
manufacturing etc.
CABLE TERMINATION:
Cable terminations shall be made with aluminium crimped type solder less lugs for all
aluminium cables and stud type terminals. For copper cables copper crimped solder
less lugs shall be used.
Crimping shall be done with the help of hydraulically operated crimping tool.
For joints where by cable is with aluminium conductor and busbars are aluminium,
bimetallic lugs shall be used with compound. CUPAL type of washers shall be used.
Crimping tool shall be used for crimping any size of cable.
CABLE GLANDS:
Cable glands shall be of brass single compression type. Generally single compression
type cable glands shall be used for indoor protected locations and double
compression type shall be used for outdoor locations.
FERRULES:
Ferrules shall be of self-sticking type and shall be employed to designate the various
cores of the control cable by the terminal numbers to which the cores are connected,
for ease in identification and maintenance.
CABLE JOINTS:
Kit type joint shall be done and filled with insulating compound. The joint should be for
1.1 KV grade insulation.
B.
WORKMANSHIP
Cables shall be laid in the routes marked in the drawings. Where the route is not
marked, the Contractor shall mark it out on the drawings and also on the site and
obtain the approval of the CLIENT AND/OR ITS ARCHITECT before laying the cable.
Procurement of cables shall be on the basis of actual site measurements and the
quantities shown in the schedule of work shall be regarded as a guide only.
Cables shall be laid on walls, cable trays, inside shafts or trenches. Saddling or support
for the cable shall not be more than 500 mm apart. Plastic identification tags shall be
provided at every 30 m.
Cables shall be bent to a radius not less than 12 (twelve) times the overall diameter of
the cable or in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations whichever is
higher.
In the case of cables buried directly in ground, the cable route shall be parallel or
perpendicular to roadways, walls etc unless marked on drawing by architect /
consultant. Cables shall be laid on an excavated, graded trench, over a sand or soft
earth cushion to provide protection against abrasion. Cables shall be protected with
brick or cement tiles on all the three sides as shown on drawings. Width of excavated
trenches shall be as per drawings. Back fill over buried cables shall be with a minimum
earth cover of 750 mm to 1000 mm. The cables shall be provided with cables markers
at every 10 meters and at all loop points.
All cables shall be full runs from panel to panel without any joints or splices. Cables shall
be
identified
at
end
termination
indicating
the
feeder
number
and
the
Panel/Distribution board from where it is being laid. Cable termination for conductors
up to 4 sq.mm. may be insertion type and all higher sizes shall have compression type
lugs. Cable termination shall have necessary brass glands. The end termination shall be
insulated with a minimum of six half-lapped layers of PVC tape. Cable armouring shall
be earthed at both ends.
In case of cables entering the buildings. It would be done duly only through pipes. The
pipes shall be laid in slant position, so that no rainwater may enter the building. After
the cables are tested the pipes shall be sealed with M. seal & then tarpaulin, shall be
wrapped around the cable for making the entry watertight.
Testing : MV cables shall be tested upon installation with a 500 V Meggar and the
following readings established:
Continuity on all phases.
Insulation Resistance.
between conductors.
all conductors and ground.
All test readings shall be recorded and shall form part of the completion
documentation.
Cable joints shall be done as per regular practice and check shall be carried out for
loose connections and leakages. Insulation cutting shall be done properly taking care
that no area of the conductor remains exposed. Crimping shall be done with the help
of hydraulic tool. Proper insulation tape shall be applied at the cable and lug joint.
Format for cable testing certificate :
a.
Drum no. from which cable is taken
b.
Cable from _________ to _________
c.
Length of run of this cable ______ mtr
d.
Insulation resistance test
:
between core 1 to earth _______mega-ohm
between core 2 to earth _______mega-ohm
between core 3 to earth _______mega-ohm
between core 1 to core 2 _______mega-ohm
between core 2 to core 3 _______mega-ohm
between core 1 to core 3 _______mega-ohm
duration used :
e.
High voltage test :
between core and earth
between individual cores
Voltage
Duration
C.
MODE OF MEASUREMENT
The cables shall be measured in rmt and terminations on unit basis.
4.
DISTRIBUTION BOARDS :
A. SPECIFICATIONS
Distribution boards shall be fabricated from M.S. sheet as per manufacturers
standards. It shall be of double door type with hinged (lockable if required) door
suitable for recessed mounting in wall. Distribution boards shall be powder coated
with 7-tank process application.
The distribution boards shall be provided with phase barriers, wiring channels to
accommodate wires and individual per phase neutral links. There shall be separate or
individual earth link as per requirement. Proper arrangement shall be made for
mounting of MCB’s and other accessories.
Distribution boards shall meet with the requirements of IS 2675 and marking
arrangement of bus bars shall be in accordance with I.S. standards.
Bus bars shall be suitable for the incoming switch rating and sized for a temperature rise
of 35° C over the ambient. Each board shall have two separate earthing terminals.
Circuit diagram indicating the load distribution shall be pasted on the inside of the DB
as instructed. One earthing terminal for single phase and two terminals for 3 phase DB's
shall be provided with an earth strip connecting the studs and the outgoing ECU earth
bar.
The top and the bottom faces of the D.B. shall be provided for conduit entry of
minimum 1” dia. The faces if asked shall be kept detachable.
All outgoing feeders shall terminate on a terminal strip which in turn is interconnected
to the MCB/Fuse base by means of insulated single conductor copper wires as follows
Up to 15 A
2.5 sq.mm.
40 A
10 sq.mm.
25 A
4.0 sq.mm.
63 A
16 sq.mm.
32 A
6.0 sq.mm.
MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERS (MCB) :
MCB's shall have quick make and break non-welding self-wiping silver alloy contacts
for 10 KA short circuit both on the manual and automatic operation. Each pole of the
breaker shall be provided with inverse time thermal over load and instantaneous over
current tripping elements, with trip-free mechanism. In case of multi-pole breakers,
the tripping must be on all the poles and operating handle shall be common.
Breakers must conform to BS 3871 with facility for locking in OFF position. Pressure
clamp terminals for stranded/solid conductor insertion are acceptable up to 4
sq.mm. aluminium or 2.5 sq.mm. copper and for higher ratings, the terminals shall be
suitably shrouded. Wherever MCB isolators are specified they are without the tripping
elements.
RCCB / ELCB
The RCCB should suffices all the requirements of IS as per code IS - 12640 - 1988. The
RCA should be current operated and not on line voltage.
The RCCB should ensure mainly the following functions:
xiii) Measurement of the fault current value.
xiv) Comparison of the fault current with a reference value.
xv) The RCCB should have a torroidal transformer witch has the main conductors of primary (P
- N) which check the sum of the current close to zero.
xvi) All metal parts should be inherently resistant to corrosion and treated to make them
corrosion resistant.
xvii)
It should be truly current operated.
xviii)
It should operate on core balance torroidal transformer.
xix) Its accuracy should be ± 5 %.
xx) It should operate even in case of neutral failure.
xxi) It should trip at a present leakage current within 100 mA
xxii)
Its enclosure should be as per IP 30.
xxiii)
Its mechanical operation life should be more than 20,000 operations.
xxiv) It should provide full protection as envisaged by IE rules - 61-A, 71 - ee, 73 - ee,
1985 and also rule 50 of IE rule1956.
xxv) It should conform to all national and international standards like IS: 8828-1993, IS:
12640-1988, BS 4293 - 1983, CEE 27 (International commission Rules for the approved
of electrical equipment).
B. WORKMANSHIP
The D.B. shall be properly grouted in the wall in concealed manner taking care that the powder
coating is not scratched and dents are not formed on the D.B. The MCBs and ELCBs. In the
distribution boards shall be fixed as per the circuit details provided. All the wires terminating in
the MCBs and the ELCBs shall be lugged for proper contact and ferrules depicting the circuit
nos shall be provided. D.B.s mounted in concealed manner shall have a groove around it so as
to save the finish of the plaster and colour during future opening of the door. The distribution
boards shall have circuit chart tagged on the door for future maintenance. Danger notice
plates shall be fitted to the distribution boards with screws and not stuck so as to assure its
presence for a longer duration.
C. MODE OF MEASUREMENT
The distribution boards shall be measured in nos and the MCBs and ELCBs shall be
measured in nos separately.
5.
INTERNAL WIRING
A. SPECIFICATIONS
RIGID PVC AND FLEXIBLE PVC FRLS LHSFT CONDUITS:
All conduits shall be rigid PVC alloy low in halogens pipe having minimum wall
thickness of medium gauge 1.6 to 1.8 (MMS grade) approved by F.I.A. & I.S.I. and
shall confirm to IS 9537 part 3 and complying with fire safety standards classification V0. The temperature stability shall be from –20oc - +80oc and also shall be uV stabilised.
Flexible conduits shall be formed from a continuous length of spirally wound interlocked
steel strip with a fused zinc coating on both sides. The conduit shall be terminated in
brass adapters.
ACCESSORIES:
PVC conduit fittings such as bends, elbows, reducers, chase nipples, split couplings,
plugs etc. shall be specifically designed and manufactured for their particular
application. All conduit fittings shall conform to IS: 2667-1964 and IS: 3857-1966. All
fitting associated with galvanized conduit shall also be galvanized.
WIRES:
All wires shall be single core multi-strand/ flexible copper or single strand Copper (if
specified in BOQ), PVC insulated FRLS grade as per IS: 694 and shall be 660 V\1100 V.
All wires shall be colour coded as follows:
Phase
Colour of wire
R
Red
Y
Yellow
B
Blue
N
Black
Earth
Green (insulated)
Control (If any)
All off wires
Grey
Same as Phase wire
SWITCHES & SOCKETS:
Switches shall be modular type with silver-coated contacts. Sockets shall be 5 pins with
switch and plate type cover. Combination of multiple switch units and sockets should
be used to minimize the switch boxes.
For heavy duty, metal clad sockets with M.C.B / Isolator mounted in a galvanized steel
box shall be provided.
SWITCH PLATE AND BOX:
Plates of the same make, as that of switches shall be used with the modular range. Also M.S. boxes
shall be taken as switch boxes.
B.
WORKMANSHIP
The size of conduit shall be selected in accordance with the number of wires
permitted under table given below. The minimum size of the conduit shall be 25 mm
diameter unless otherwise indicated or approved. Size of wires shall not be less than
1.0 sq.mm. Copper or 2.5 sq.mm. Aluminium.
Nominal
Nominal Cross
20 mm
25 mm
32 mm
38 mm
of sec. Area
Dia
wir
es
S-
(mm)
(mm2)
S
B
S
B
S
B
S
B
1/2.40
1.50
4
3
8
6
15
9
--
--
1/1.80
2.50
4
2
6
4
10
8
--
--
1/2.24
4.00
2
2
4
3
8
6
--
--
1/2.80
6.00
1
--
4
3
6
6
--
--
1/3.55
10.00
1
--
3
2
5
4
6
5
runs of conduits which have distance not exceeding 4.25 m. between draw
boxes & which do not deflect from the straight by an angle more than 15 degree.
B-
runs of conduits, which deflect, from the straight by more than 15°.
Conduits shall be kept at a minimum distance of 100 mm. from the pipes of other
non-electrical services. And maintain minimum 300 mm distance between telephones,
TV & Computer piping.
Separate conduits/raceways shall be used for :
Normal lights and 5 A 3 pin sockets on lighting circuit.
Separate conduit shall be laid from D.B. to switch board.
Power outlets - 15 A 3 pin 20 A/30 A, 2 pin scraping earth metal clad sockets.
Emergency lighting.
Telephones.
Fire alarm system.
Public address system & Music system.
For all other voltages higher or lower than 230 V.
T.V. Antenna.
Water level guard.
Computer Wiring
Wiring for short extensions to outlets in hung ceiling or to vibrating equipments, motors
etc., shall be installed in flexible conduits. Otherwise rigid conduits shall be used. No
flexible extension shall exceed 1.25 m.
Conduits run on surfaces shall be supported on metal 12 mm. thick G.I. pressure saddles
which in turn are properly screwed to the wall or ceiling. Saddles shall be at intervals of
not more than 500 mm. Fixing screws shall be with round or cheese head and of
rust-proof materials. Exposed conduits shall be neatly run parallel or at right angles to
the walls of the building. Unseemly conduit bends and offsets shall be avoided by using
fabricated mild steel junction/pull through boxes for better appearances. No cross-over
of conduits shall be allowed unless it is necessary and entire conduit installation shall be
clean and neat in appearance.
Conduits embedded into the walls shall be fixed by means of staples at not more than
500 mm. intervals. Chases in the walls shall be neatly made and refilled after laying the
conduit and brought to the finish of the wall but the building Contractor will do final
finish.
Conduits buried in concrete structure shall be put in position and securely fastened to
the reinforcement and got approved by the CLIENT AND/OR ITS ARCHITECT, before the
concrete is poured. Proper care shall be taken to ensure that the conduits are neither
dislocated nor choked at the time of pouring the concrete suitable fish wires shall be
drawn in all conduits before they are embedded.
Where conduit passes through expansion joints in the building, adequate expansion
fittings shall be used to take care of any relative movement.
Inspection boxes shall be provided for periodical inspection to facilitate withdrawal
and removal of wires. Such inspection boxes shall be flush with the wall or ceiling in the
case of concealed conduits. Inspection boxes shall be spaced at not more than 12
meters apart or two 90° solid bends or equal. All junction and switch boxes shall be
covered by 6 mm clear plate. These junction boxes shall form part of point wiring or
conduit wiring as the case may be including the cost of removing the cover for
painting and re-fixing. No separate charges shall be allowed except where specially
mentioned.
Conduits shall be free from sharp edges and burrs and the threading free from grease
or oil. The entire system of conduits must be completely installed and rendered
electrically continuous before the conductors are pulled in. Conduits should terminate
in junction boxes of not less than 32 mm. deep.
An insulated earth wire of copper rated capacity shall be run in each conduit.
Lighting & Power Wiring:
All final branch circuits for lighting and appliances shall be single conductor/ stranded/
flexible wires run inside conduits. The conduit shall be properly connected or jointed
into sockets, bends, and junction boxes.
Branch circuit conductor sizes shall be as shown in the schedule of quantities and or
drawings.
All circuits shall preferably be kept in a separate conduit up to the Distribution Board.
No other wiring shall be bunched in the same conduit except those belonging to the
same phase. Each lighting branch circuit shall not have more than ten outlets or 800
watts whichever is lower. Each conduit shall not hold more than three branch circuits.
Flexible cords for connection to appliances, fans and pendants shall be 650/1100 V
grade (three or four cores i.e. with insulated neutral wire of same size) with tinned
stranded copper wires, insulated, twisted and sheathed with strengthening cord.
Colour of sheath shall be subject to the CLIENT AND/OR ITS ARCHITECT’S approval.
Looping system of wiring shall be used. Wires shall not be jointed. Where joints are
unavoidable, they shall be made through approved mechanical connectors. No such
joints shall be made unless the length of the sub-circuit, sub-main or main is more than
the length of the standard coil.
Control switches shall be connected in the phase conductors only and shall be `ON'
when knob is down. Switches shall be fixed in 3 mm. thick painted or galvanized steel
boxes with cover plates as specified. Cadmium plated brass screws shall be used.
Power wiring shall be distinctly separate from lighting wiring. Conduits not less than 25
mm. and wires not less than 2.5 sq.mm. copper shall be used.
Every conductor shall be provided with identification ferrules at both ends matching
the drawings.
Testing: the entire installation shall be tested for :
Insulation resistance.
Earth continuity.
Polarity of single pole switches.
General: All the wiring switch board, outlet points shall be done in a concealed
manner in wall & slab in PVC conduit of minimum 25 mm dia. (medium gauge) & with
650v / 1100v grade PVC insulated flexible copper conductor wire. The switches should
be modular with moulded cover plates, blank plates for outlet boxes. The accessories,
connectors, sockets, should be fixed with brass chrome / cadmium plated machine
screw. For fan points the rates should be with hum -free type 300 W regulators as
required to complete the point wiring. The wiring shall be as per IS: 732 and IS: 4648. The
wiring shall be done in a looping manner so as to avoid junction boxes at any place. All
the looping shall be done only in the switchboard and outlet points. The size of the wire
shall be as per the specification. Colour code shall be strictly followed.
Circuit mains of same phase shall be drawn in one pipe with prior
permission/discussion with the consultant.
Separate phase, neutral and earthing wire of sizes recommended by consultant shall
be drawn for each and every circuit mains.
Mains for lighting and on board plug points shall be of one-size higher wires than those
used in off.
The point definition shall be conduting and wiring from D.B. to S.B. and there from to
final outlet point including switches and accessories, junction boxes, fan boxes, zarri
work with cement –sand etc of approved make.
C.
MODE OF MEASUREMENT
The items shall be measured on unit basis or on mtr basis as per BOQ.
6.
LIGHT FIXTURES
A.
SPECIFICATIONS
Light fixtures as mentioned in the BOQ with the catalogue nos and makes shall be installed. The
fixtures shall be complete with ballast and shall be prewired by the manufacturer.
Fans of the approved makes and size shown in the drawing shall be used and install in the hook
type M.S. box used by the CLIENT.
B.
WORKMANSHIP
The fixture shall be installed on wall / ceiling as directed and as per manufacturer's
instruction, with necessary accessories for surface, concealed, suspended from
ceiling, bracket mounting etc. The job also includes connection of fixture with
respective outlet point with heat resistant wires through heat resistance sleeve and
PVC connector. The exhaust fan shall be installed complete with M.S. angle iron
mounting frame/ ring, G.I. louvers, wire mesh and plug at the end of the cord
including wiring & earthing etc. Proper earthing shall be provided to the fixtures
C. MODE OF MEASUREMENT
The unit rate shall be considered for fitting one fixture. The rate shall include following
All fixing accessories, mounting bracket, ballast condensers and control gear wherever
applicable.
Supplying and fixing Ball and socket joints wherever required.
Earthing of fittings.
Electrical connections to fittings/fans from the junction box/ceiling rose.
Installation and interconnection of Electronic regulators for ceiling fans.
Supplying and fixing 300 mm. GI down rod for ceiling fans.
7. EARTHING
1.1 Chemical Earthing
Earth Rod
The Earth Rod shall be mentioned in earthing schematic. Length of copper bonded
steel rod shall be 10 feet of 32 mm dia.
The minimum copper bonding thickness is 250 microns.
Copper bonding on the steel rod is through Nickel interface.
Gives lowest possible resistance to ground also resist to corrosion.
It shall be molecularly bonded with copper to high strength steel cores.
The life of the earth rod shall be minimum 20 years.
Earth resistance of < 3Ω shall be achieved at farthest point for normal earthing & <1Ω
shall be achieved at farthest point for clean earthing.
Ground enhancing material
Necessary amount of GEM shall be used as soil tests as per site requirement & approval
engineers.
Earth strips / wires
The earthing conductor (protective conductor from earth electrode up to the main
earthing terminal/earth bus, as the case may be) shall be of copper / Al. of at least 98%
conductivity confirming to I.S. 3043, and in the form of wire or strip as specified.
The size & material of earthing conductor and nos. of earth pits are as specified in drg.
Though contractor shall confirm the same as per local CEIG dept. requirements & any
changes required for the same is within scope of contractor.
Shop drawings / execution
The contractor shall be responsible to prepare shop drawings for routes of complete
system along with necessary calculations before execution for approvals along with
location of pits as per site condition. The drawings given by consultant are indicative
and it shall be contractor’s responsibility to achieve the necessary values for earthing.
Contractor shall also incorporate necessary requirements as per local codes /
approving authorities.
Following activities shall be carried out for the earthing station
Minimum 2 mt. center to center distance between two earth pits.
The bore should be minimum 10ft deep.
All earth pits of same category shall be interlinked with insulated cable.
The earth conductors (Cu. / Al.) inside the building shall be properly clamped /
supported on the wall with Galvanized Iron clamps and Mild Steel Zinc Passivated
screws / bolts. The conductors outside the building shall be laid at least 600 mm. below
the finished ground level or as per site condition as approved by engineer.
The earth conductors shall either terminate on earthing socket provided on the
equipment or shall be fastened to the foundation bolt and / or on frames of the
equipment. The earthing connection to equipment body shall be done after removing
paint and other oily substances from the body and then properly be finished.
For termination / connectors for the earth strip / wires; factory fabricated connectors
shall be used. Braising and other local means for joining shall be not carried out. The
connectors shall be tested as per BS EN 50164 : 2000.
1.2
Mode of Measurement
Earthing stations shall be measured in units whereas earthing strips and wires shall be
measured in rmt.
8.
LIGHTING ARREST0R SYSTEM
8.1.0
1.1
GENERAL
The lightning protection system shall be of the enhanced type which is designed to
attract lightning to a preferred point and safely convey the lightning energy to
ground with minimal risk of side flashing via a predetermined route.
1.2
The
complete
lightning
protection
system
will
comprise
the
following
key
components.
(a) Advanced lightning rod
(b) Mounting support
(c) High voltage shielded cable
(d) Lightning Strike Recorder
(e) Dedicated earthing system
8.2.0
2.1
THE LIGHTNING ROD
The advanced lightning rod shall be of a “Controlled Advanced Triggering” type and
will respond dynamically upon leader activity in the near area.
2.2
The advanced lightning rod shall be configured as a spheroid which is comprised of
separate electrically isolated panels surrounding an earthed central finial.
2.3
The insulation material used to electrically isolate the panels shall be comprised of a
base polymer which provides high ozone and UV resistance with a dielectric strength
of 24 – 38 KV/mm.
2.4
The external shape of the advanced lightning rod shall be such that it will limit the
development of sharp point corona discharge under static thunderstorm conditions.
2.5 The upper section of the central finial shall be rounded to provide a blunt surface.
2.6 The upper section of the central finial shall be rated to withstand 200KA.
2.7
An air gap shall be provided between the individual electrically isolated panels (4
panels) and the blunt configured tip of the central rod. Dome shapes and pointed
central rods will not be acceptable.
2.8
Arcing shall occur between the panel sections of the spheroid and the blunt
configured finial tip only upon the progression of a lightning leader.
2.9
The advanced lightning rod shall have no moving parts and will have no
dependence on external power supply or batteries. There should be no high
impedance static drain unit between the central rod and the panels.
2.10
Under a normal atmosphere all components of the advanced lightning terminal shall
be non corroding.
2.11
The advanced lightning rod shall be installed at a minimum of 10 metres from the
ground.
2.12
The advanced lightning rod shall be insulated from all surrounding points and features
of the structure being protected.
2.13
The advanced lightning rod shall not be installed in a corrosive environment unless
the manufacturers written approval has first been granted.
2.14
The advanced lightning rod shall be installed as per the manufacturers
instructions.
2.15
The advanced lightning rod shall not be of the ESE type and all lightning terminals
claiming compliance to NF C17-102 shall not be considered suitable.
2.16
The advanced lightning rod shall have been tested to the following standard IEC
601:1989.
2.17
The lightning rod shall be shown to have withstood a minimum current impulse of a
180kA 8/20 µs waveform as per the test standard IEC 60-1:1989.
8.3.0
MOUNTING SUPPORT OF LIGHTNING ROD
3.1
The mounting pole used to support the lightning rod shall be a circular insulating
fibreglass tube at a minimum height of 2 metres. The pole will have an outside
diameter of 68mm.
3.2
The mounting pole and supports shall be securely fixed with brackets and guy wires
where required.
3.3
The downconductor shall pass through the centre of the insulating pole for the entire
length of the pole.
8.4.0
4.1
HIGH VOLTAGE SHIELDED CABLE
The high voltage shielded cable shall consist of a core filler, stranded copper
conductor, insulation material, outer copper conductor with external conductive
sheath.
4.2
The main copper conductor within the high voltage shielded cable shall have a
minimum cross sectional area of 50mm².
4.3 The outer diameter of the high voltage shielded cable shall be less than 38mm.
4.4 The high voltage shielded cable shall have a maximum inductance of 25 nH/m.
4.5
The main copper conductor shall allow for direct connection to the lightning rod
through the use of a compression lug.
4.6
The high voltage shielded cable shall be fixed to the structure through the use of
suitable saddles every two metres for the length of the cable route.
4.7
The high voltage shielded cable shall be installed as per manufacturers instructions
and shall not be subject to bends of less than 0.6 metres radius.
4.8
The high voltage shielded cable shall have been tested to the following standard IEC
60-1:1989.
4.9
The high voltage shielded cable shall have been subjected and successfully
withstood a maximum voltage of 280kV in compliance to IEC test standard, IEC
600601, 2nd edition, 1989-11.
5.2
8.5.0
EVENT RECORDING DEVICE
5.1
All systems shall be installed complete with the lightning strike recorder.
The lightning strike recorder shall contain a mechanical 6 digit display which will
register all lightning discharges with a sensitivity of 1500A 8/20 µs peak current impulse.
5.3
The lightning strike recorder shall be housed in a IP 67 rated enclosure and will
operate without reliance on batteries or an external power source.
5.4 The lightning strike recorder shall be installed as per the manufacturers instructions.
5.5
It shall be shown that the event recording device has been successfully tested under
test standard IEC 60-1:1989.
8.6.0
6.1
EARTHING
The earthing system shall incorporate the following individual components or a
combination of the following – 25 x 1mm flat copper tape buried to a depth of not
more than 800mm or by deep driven copper bonded steel core earth rods. All
components of the earthing system shall be electrically connected to the central
injection rod which is securely connected to the lower end of the high voltage
shielded cable.
6.2
The earthing system shall be installed so that the final impedance reading does not
exceed 10 Ohms unless otherwise stipulated by the lightning protection manufacturer
or consulting engineer.
6.3
It is recommended that the earthing system is bonded to all structural reinforcing steel
of the building, along with all connecting services.
6.4
The use of ground resistance improvement material shall be applied in order to
reduce the resistivity levels of the earthing system.
9.
TELEPHONE AND DATA NETWORKING
A. SPECIFICATIONS
TELEPHONE CABLES AND WIRES:
The type of cables and the services shall be as follows:
Indoor – Multipair PVC sheath armoured / un-armoured as specified 0.6 mm tin Cu.
Cable.
Outside -- Multipair PVC sheath armoured / jelly filled as specified 0.6 mm tin Cu. Cable.
All multi core cables and wires shall be of tinned copper conductor of not less than 0.6
mm dia and shall be colour coded twisted pairs with rip cord.
The conductor resistance shall be less than 150 ohms per KM and the insulation
resistance between the conductors not less than 50 mega ohms and the nominal
capacitance of about 0.1 microfarad per kilometre.
Cables laid under ground or locations subject to dampness and flooding shall be filled
with polyethylene compound and shall have sufficient protection against moisture and
water ingress.
All armouring shall be of galvanized steel wires and protected against corrosion by an
outer sheath of PVC in the case of indoor cables and polyethylene in the case of
outdoor cables. Outer sheathing must be fire retarding and anti-termite.
All un-armoured single core cables and inner sheath of armoured cables shall be
provided with ripcord.
TELEPHONE TAG BLOCKS:
The telephone tag blocks shall be suitable for the multi core telephone cables and
shall have two terminal blocks, cross connect type. All incoming and outgoing cables
shall be terminated on separate terminal blocks and termination shall be silver
soldered. The cross connecting jumpers shall be insulated wires of same diameter and
screw connected.
The tag blocks shall be mounted inside fabricated sheet steel boxes with removable
hinged covers and shall be fully accessible. The enclosure shall be painted with 2 coats
of red oxide and stove enamelled.
TELEPHONE OUTLET SOCKET:
Telephone outlet socket shall be of the same make as that of the switches and
accessories. The outlet sockets shall consist of 2 A 2 Pair polyethene connector in M.S.I /
PVC boxes with switch plate of the same make as that of switches and telephone
socket. The telephone outlet socket unless and otherwise specified shall be jack type
and not pin type.
DATA WIRES :
The data wires shall be of 4 pair enhanced Cat 6 category and shall be of the makes
as specified in the tender.
Characteristic
Min. Required Specification
Features
Category 6 Unshielded Twisted Pair 4 pair 100Ω
cable shall be compliant with ANSI/TIA/EIA568-C.2 Additional Transmission Performance
Specifications
for
4-pair
100Ω
Category
6Cabling.
Category 6 UTP cables shall extend between
the work area location and its associated
telecommunications closet and consist of 4
pair, 23 AWG, UTP.
The 4 pair Unshielded Twisted Pair cable shall
be UL Listed
ETL Verified 4-Connector Channel to ANSI/TIA568-C.2 Category 6 and ISO/IEC 11801 Class E,
along with channel illustration, and parts
numbers.
Mechanical
Construction: 4 twisted pairs separated by
Characteristics
internal X shaped, 4 channel, polymer spine /
full separator. Half shall not be accepted.
Conductor Solid bare Copper
Conductor Diameter 0.56±0.005mm (23 AWG)
Insulation :High Density Polyethylene
Jacket FR PVC
Outer Diameter 6.1 mm nominal
Temperature Range -20° to +70°C
DATA OUTLET SOCKETS:
The data outlets shall be of e Cat 6 category and of the make specified in the tender.
The sockets shall be installed in the plates of the modular switches range to be used.
The sockets shall be crimped using crimping tool with the Cat 6 wire.
FLOOR RACEWAY :
Floor raceway of hot dip galvanised / aluminium sheet of 14 g / 2.0 mm shall be used
and the dimensions for the same shall be as per the BOQ. The raceways shall be as
per the make specified in the tender. The raceways shall be free of any sort of
welding edges or other sharp edges to protect cutting of wires during pulling. The
raceways shall be laid with use of junction boxes fabricated from 14 g hot dip GI as
per drawing.
B. WORKMANSHIP
All cables shall be on cable racks and neatly stitched together.
The connection at the tag blocks shall be silver soldered so as to achieve minimum
contact resistance.
The final branch connections with single pair cables in conduits and the maximum
number of cables in each conduit shall be as follows:
Conduit
diameter
Max. No. of cables
Inch
mm.
3/4"
20
2 Nos. single pair
1"
25
6 Nos. single pair
1¼"
32
12 Nos. single pair
1½"
40
18 Nos. single pair
The tag blocks shall be mounted inside fabricated sheet steel boxes with removable
hinged covers and shall be fully accessible. The enclosure shall be painted with 2
coats of red oxide and stove enamelled.
C. MODE OF MEASUREMENT
The wires, conduits and raceways shall be measured in rmt whereas the outlet
sockets, junction boxes and tag blocks shall be measured in units.
10. EXTERNAL LIGHT POLES
A.
SPECIFICATIONS
Street light poles, M.S. poles shall be as per the drawing given. The sections for the
pipe shall be as shown in the drawing. The poles shall be welded properly and
grinding shall be perfect to show smooth surface and stability shall be maintained.
The light fixtures to be mounted above the poles shall be as specified in the BOQ. All
the poles shall be treated with 2 coats of red oxide and after the putty and other
works shall be spray painted with automative category paints only. In case of powder
coating 7 tank process shall be adopted. The painting or the powder coating option
shall be as per the BOQ.
B.
WORKMANSHIP
All the light poles shall be brought to site and shall be stored in such a place so as to
avoid rusting and brazing of the poles. The poles shall be erected as per the drawing
and the top level of all the poles shall be similar. The poles shall be at right angle with
the ground. Necessary civil works and spiral earthing shall be done as shown in
drawing. No additional holes shall be drilled in poles at site for enabling the cable
works. Poles with damage in colour or indentations shall be rejected and if
engineering in charge approves for damage in colour the same shall be finished at
the site.
C.
MODE OF MEASUREMENT
The poles shall be measured in nos and the cabling for the same shall be measured in
rmt.
Poles or external light fixtures shall be free from dents or flaking of powder coating
until hand over. Damaged material shall be rejected / replaced as per consultants /
EIC instructions.
11.
AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH
1.0
415V Auto Transfer Switch
1.1
General
1.1.1
Scope
This specification covers performance, design, material, construction, manufacture, inspection,
testing, packing forwarding, delivery at site, testing and commissioning of microprocessor
controlled Auto transfer switches – with double throw power transfer switch mechanism as
per single line diagrams, with all accessories complete in all respects as described in this
specification.
Whether called for specifically or not, all accessories required for normal operation
of equipment are deemed to be considered as a part of the contractor’s scope of
supply. Hardware / fabricated supports required for mounting and installation of
the ATS is within the scope of work.
It is not the intent to specify completely herein, all details of design and
construction of the equipment. However, the equipment shall conform in all
respects to high standard of Engineering, design and workmanship and be
capable
of
performing
in
continuous
commercial
operation
up
to
the
Manufacturer’s guarantees in a manner acceptable to the Engineer, who will
interpret the meaning of the drawings and specifications and shall be entitled to
reject any work or material which is not full accordance therewith.
1.1.2
Codes and Standards
The automatic transfer switches and controls shall conform to the requirements of:
UL 1008
- Standard for Transfer Switch Equipment
IEC 947-6-1
- Low-voltage Switchgear and Control gear; Multifunction
equipment; Automatic Transfer Switching Equipment
NFPA 70
- National Electrical Code
NFPA 99
- Essential Electrical Systems for Health Care Facilities
NFPA 110
- Emergency and Standby Power Systems
IEEE Standard 446
- IEEE Recommended Practice for Emergency and Standby
Power Systems for Commercial and Industrial Applications
NEMA Standard ICS10-1993 (formerly ICS2-447) - AC Automatic Transfer Switches
UL 508
- Industrial Control Equipment
1.2 Products
1.2.1
Mechanically Held Transfer Switch
The transfer switch shall be electrically operated and mechanically held.
The
electrical operator shall be a momentarily energized, single-solenoid mechanism.
Main operators which include overcurrent disconnect devices, linear motors or gears
shall not be acceptable. The switch shall be mechanically interlocked to ensure only
two possible positions, normal or emergency. The switch shall be rated for AC-33A
duty cycle for mixed load application as mentioned in IEC 60947-6-1.
All transfer switch sizes shall use only one type of main operator for ease of
maintenance and commodity of parts.
The switch shall be positively locked and unaffected by momentary outages, so that
contact pressure is maintained at a constant value and contact temperature rise is
minimized for maximum reliability and operating life.
All main contacts shall be silver composition. Switches rated 600 amperes and above
shall have segmented, blow-on construction for high withstand and close-on
capability and be protected by separate arcing contacts.
Inspection of all contacts shall be possible from the front of the switch without
disassembly of operating linkages and without disconnection of power conductors.
Switches rated 600 amps and higher shall have front removable and replaceable
contacts.
All stationary and moveable contacts shall be replaceable without
removing power conductors and/or bus bars.
Designs utilizing components of moulded-case circuit breakers, contactors, or parts
thereof, which are not intended for continuous duty, repetitive switching or transfer
between two active power sources are not acceptable.
Where neutral conductors must be switched as shown on the plans, the AS shall be
provided with fully rated complete overlapping neutral transfer contacts.
The
neutrals of the normal and emergency power sources shall be connected together
only during the transfer and retransfer operation and remain connected together until
power source contacts close on the source to which the transfer is being made. The
overlapping neutral contacts shall not overlap for a period greater than 100
milliseconds. Neutral switching contacts which do not overlap are not acceptable.
Where neutral conductors are to be solidly connected as shown on the plans, a
neutral conductor plate with fully rated CU pressure connectors shall be provided.
1.2.2
Microprocessor Controller
The controller’s sensing and logic shall be provided by a single built-in microprocessor
for maximum reliability, minimum maintenance, and the ability to communicate
serially through an optional serial communication module.
A single controller shall provide twelve selectable nominal voltages for maximum
application flexibility and minimal spare part requirements. Voltage sensing shall be
true RMS type and shall be accurate to ± 1% of nominal voltage. Frequency sensing
shall be accurate to ± 0.2%.
The panel shall be capable of operating over a
temperature range of -20 to +60 degrees C and storage from -55 to +85 degrees C.
The controller shall be connected to the transfer switch by an interconnecting wiring
harness. The harness shall include a keyed disconnect plug to enable the controller
to be disconnected from the transfer switch for routine maintenance. Sensing and
control logic shall be provided on multi-layer printed circuit boards. Interfacing relays
shall be industrial grade plug-in type with dust covers. The panel shall be enclosed
with a protective cover and be mounted separately from the transfer switch unit for
safety and ease of maintenance. The protective cover shall include a built-in pocket
for storage of the operator’s manuals.
All customer connections shall be wired to a common terminal block to simplify fieldwiring connections.
The controller shall meet or exceed the requirements for Electromagnetic
Compatibility (EMC) as follows:
EN 55011:1991
Emission standard - Group 1, Class A
EN 50082-2:1995
Generic immunity standard, from which:
EN 61000-4-2:1995
Electrostatic discharge (ESD) immunity
ENV 50140:1993 Radiated Electro-Magnetic field immunity
EN 61000-4-4:1995
Electrical fast transient (EFT) immunity
EN 61000-4-5:1995
Surge transient immunity
EN 61000-4-6:1996
Conducted Radio-Frequency field immunity
IEEE472 (ANSI C37.90A) Ring Wave Test.
1.3 Operation
1.3.1
Controller Display and Keypad
A four line, 20 character LCD display and keypad shall be an integral part of the controller for
viewing all available data and setting desired operational parameters.
Operational
parameters shall also be available for viewing and limited control through the serial
communications input port. The following parameters shall only be adjustable via DIP switches
on the controller:
Nominal line voltage and frequency
Single or three phase sensing
Operating parameter protection
Transfer
operating
mode
configuration
(Open transition, Closed transition or Delayed transition)
All instructions and controller settings shall be easily accessible, readable and
accomplished without the use of codes, calculations, or instruction manuals.
1.3.2
Voltage, Frequency and Phase Rotation Sensing
Voltage and frequency on both the normal and emergency sources (as noted
below) shall be continuously monitored, with the following pickup, dropout and trip
setting capabilities (values shown as % of nominal unless otherwise specified):
Parameter
Sources
Dropout / Trip
Pickup / Reset
Undervoltage
N&E,3φ
70 to 98%
85 to 100%
Overvoltage
N&E,3φ
102 to 115%
2% below trip
Underfrequency
N&E
85 to 98%
90 to 100%
Overfrequency
N&E
102 to 110%
2% below trip
Voltage
N&E
5 to 20%
1%
unbalance
below
dropout
Repetitive accuracy of all settings shall be within ± 0.5% over an operating
temperature range of -20°C to 60°C.
Voltage and frequency settings shall be field adjustable in 1% increments either
locally with the display and keypad or remotely via serial communications port
access.
The controller shall be capable (when activated by the keypad or through the serial
port) of sensing the phase rotation of both the normal and emergency sources. The
source shall be considered unacceptable if the phase rotation is not the preferred
rotation selected (ABC or CBA).
Source status screens shall be provided for both normal & emergency to pro-vide
digital readout of voltage on all 3 phases, frequency, and phase rotation.
1.3.3
Time Delays
An adjustable time delay of 0 to 6 seconds shall be provided to override momentary
normal source outages and delay all transfer and engine starting signals. Capability
shall be provided to extend this time delay to 60 minutes by providing an external 24
VDC power supply.
A time delay shall be provided on transfer to emergency, adjustable from 0 to 60
minutes, for controlled timing of transfer of loads to emergency.
Two time delay modes (which are independently adjustable) shall be provided on retransfer to normal. One time delay shall be for actual normal power failures and the
other for the test mode function. The time delays shall be adjustable from 0 to 60
minutes. Time delay shall be automatically bypassed if the emergency source fails
and the normal source is acceptable.
A time delay shall be provided on shut down of engine generator for cool down,
adjustable from 0 to 60 minutes.
A time delay activated output signal shall also be provided to drive an external
relay(s) for selective load disconnect control. The controller shall have the ability to
activate an adjustable 0 to 5 minute time delay in any of the following modes:
Prior to transfer only.
Prior to and after transfer.
Normal to emergency only.
Emergency to normal only.
Normal to emergency and emergency to normal.
All transfer conditions or only when both sources are available.
The controller shall also include the following built-in time delays for optional Closed
Transition and Delayed Transition operation:
1. 1 to 5 minute time delay on failure to synchronize normal and emergency
sources prior to closed transition transfer.
2. 0.1 to 9.99 second time delay on an extended parallel condition of both
power sources during closed transition operation.
3. 0 to 5 minute time delay for the load disconnect position for delayed
transition operation.
All time delays shall be adjustable in 1 second increments, except the extended
parallel time, which shall be adjustable in .01 second increments.
All time delays shall be adjustable by using the LCD display and keypad or with a
remote device connected to the serial communications port.
1.3.4
Additional Features
A three position momentary-type test switch shall be provided for the test / automatic
/ reset modes.
The test position will simulate a normal source failure.
The reset
position shall bypass the time delays on either transfer to emergency or retransfer to
normal.
A SPDT contact, rated 5 amps at 30 VDC, shall be provided for a low-voltage engine
start signal. The start signal shall prevent dry cranking of the engine by requiring the
generator set to reach proper output, and run for the duration of the cool down
setting, regardless of whether the normal source restores before the load is
transferred.
Auxiliary contacts, rated 10 amps, 250 VAC shall be provided consisting of one
contact, closed when the ATS is connected to the normal source and one contact
closed, when the ATS is connected to the emergency source.
LED indicating lights (16 mm industrial grade, type 12) shall be provided; one to
indicate when the ATS is connected to the normal source (green) and one to
indicate when the ATS is connected to the emergency source (red).
LED indicating lights (16 mm industrial grade, type 12) shall be provided and
energized by controller outputs. The lights shall provide true source availability of the
normal and emergency sources, as determined by the voltage sensing trip and reset
settings for each source.
The following features shall be built-in to the controller, but capable of being
activated through keypad programming or the serial port only when required by the
user:
Provide the ability to select “commit/no commit to transfer” to determine whether the
load should be transferred to the emergency generator if the normal source restores
before the generator is ready to accept the load.
Terminals shall be provided for a remote contact which opens to signal the ATS to
transfer to emergency and for remote contacts which open to inhibit transfer to
emergency and/or retransfer to normal.
Both of these inhibit signals can be
activated through the keypad or serial port.
An In phase monitor shall be provided in the controller. The monitor shall control
transfer so that motor load inrush currents do not exceed normal starting currents,
and shall not require external control of power sources. The in phase monitor shall be
specifically designed for and be the product of the ATS manufacturer.
The controller shall be capable of accepting a normally open contact that will allow
the transfer switch to function in a non-automatic mode using an external control
device.
1.3.5
Engine Exerciser
The controller shall provide an internal engine exerciser. The engine exerciser shall
allow the user to program up to seven different exercise routines. For each routine,
the user shall be able to:
1. Enable or disable the routine.
2. Enable or disable transfer of the load during routine.
3. Set the start time
- time of day
- day of week
- week of month (1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, alternate or every)
4. Set the duration of the run.
At the end of the specified duration the switch shall transfer the load back to normal and run
the generator for the specified cool down period. A 10-year life battery that supplies power to
the real time clock in the event of a power loss will maintain all time and date information.
1.3.6
System Status
The controller LCD display shall include a “System Status” screen which shall be
readily accessible from any point in the menu by depressing the “ESC” key a
maximum of two times. This screen shall display a clear description of the active
operating sequence and switch position. For example,
Normal Failed
Load on Normal
TD Normal to Emerg
2min15s
Controllers that require multiple screens to determine system status or display “coded”
system status messages, which must be explained by references in the operator’s
manual, are not permissible.
1.3.7
Self Diagnostics
The controller shall contain a diagnostic screen for the purpose of detecting system
errors. This screen shall provide information on the status input signals to the controller
which may be preventing load transfer commands from being completed.
1.3.8
Communications Interface
The controller shall be capable of interfacing, through an optional serial
communication module, with a network of transfer switches, locally (up to 4000 ft.) or
remotely through modem serial communications.
Standard software specific for
transfer switch applications shall be available by the transfer switch manufacturer.
This software shall allow for the monitoring, control and setup of parameters.
1.3.9
Data Logging
The controller shall have the ability to log data and to maintain the last 99 events,
even in the event of total power loss. The following events shall be time and date
stamped and maintained in a non-volatile memory:
1. Event Logging
1. Data and time and reason for transfer normal to emergency.
2. Data and time and reason for transfer emergency to normal.
3. Data and time and reason for engine start.
4. Data and time engine stopped.
5. Data and time emergency source available.
6. Data and time emergency source not available.
2. Statistical Data
1. Total number of transfers.
2. Total number of transfers due to source failure.
3. Total number of days controller is energized.
4. Total number of hours both normal and emergency sources are
available.
1.3.10 Communications Module
A full duplex RS485 interface & Ethernet TCP/IP RJ45 socket shall be installed in the ATS
controller to enable serial communications.
The serial communications shall be
capable of a direct connect or multi-drop configured network. This module shall
allow for the seamless integration of existing or new communication transfer devices
through Modbus open protocol. The proprietary protocols are not acceptable.
1.4 Additional Requirements
1.4.1
Withstand and Closing Ratings
The ATS/BPS shall be rated to close on and withstand the available RMS symmetrical
short circuit current at the ATS/BPS terminals with the type of overcurrent protection
shown on the plans.
The ATS/BPS shall be UL-1008 and IEC-60947-6-1 complied & in accordance with UL
1008 listing and be labeled in accordance with that standard's 1½ and 3 cycle, longtime ratings. ATS/BPS which are not tested and labeled with 1½ and 3 cycle (any
breaker) ratings and have series, or specific breaker ratings only, are not acceptable.
12. IP BASED CLOSE CIRCUIT TELEVISION
1.1 DESCRIPTION IN GENERAL
The CCTV Vendor shall supply, install and commission a IP Camera based CCTV system
with
the objective shall be to provide High degree of Electronic surveillance system.
The purpose is to monitor & supervise the entire area for security purposes, as well as the
record and inform officials on unwanted, untoward incidents. It is also essential to have
recorded images to be stored at least for 30 days of all critical area’s to facilitate
investigations of a reported case.
The Hardware required for the System including servers, workstations, monitors,
networking components, cables, connectors, conduits, power supplies etc. will be in
vendor’s scope.
If required Further, the CCTV system shall be seamlessly integrated with the IBMS system
for Direct interface with other security systems such as the Access Control Systems.
This shall be achieved either by offering a unified database for the IBMS, or by suitable
middleware solution to enable the seamless transfer of data between disparate systems.
Should the Bidder need IT or Networking hardware more than what is budgeted for and provided
for in the tender, then the Bidder needs to inform the tender committee / Consultants in writing on
the same along with the Tender BID and include the same in his bid price.
Any additions to the Takeoff Quantities given in the tender, if required by the Bidder at the tender
Stage will need to be spelt out by the Bidder at the time of the Bid itself.
Strategically placed video surveillance cameras shall enhance security by
providing continuous monitoring of all parts of the premises.
A.
All equipment and materials used shall be standard components that are
regularly manufactured and used in the system.
B.
All systems and components shall have been thoroughly tested and proven in
actual use.
1.1.1 APPLICABLE STANDARDS
Original Equipment Manufacturer Standard
1.1.2 APPROVALS
All the cameras should be
A.
B.
C.
CE Compliant and
UL Listed and
FCCB
1.2 SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS:•
All the vendors must attach the point by point compliance for below specification in
their technical bid. Offers without the compliance will not be considered.
•
The product described in this specification is (IP) based Digital Video Management
(DVM) System.
•
The proposed solution shall not require proprietary computer, server, network or
storage hardware.
•
The proposed system shall be of a manufacturer with as minimum of five (5) years of
experience and offerings in the IP network video software market, the letter stating
the same should be submitted by the manufacturer.
•
The DVM database and video storage shall be based on SQL Server 2005 or
better
a)
Failover directory should be a basic feature of the DVM all the related
licenses should be included in offer.
b)
Failover recording capabilities shall be a basic feature of the DVM and
should be included in offer.
c)
Redundant recording capabilities shall be a basic feature of the DVM
and should be provided if required.
•
The DVM system shall be based on the latest in software programming technology
Microsoft .NET frame work or better.
•
The DVM approved IP cameras except PTZ shall provide the ability to be powered by
power over Ethernet (PoE) 802.3af option. PTZs shall be powered by Redundant mode
Solid State Power Supplies, which shall have inline filters and surge protection circuitry
to enable safe operable power to the Cameras.
•
The DVM shall be able to support all cameras at the up to 25 frames and full
resolution as per camera specifications.
•
The DVM should support any of the following Video Analytics Features selected
outdoor cameras.
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
Trip wire detection
Loitering detection
Stolen object detection
Object left detection
Synchronous PTZ tracking (Handshake between fixed and PTZ)
Operator selected object tracking
•
The DVM video storage shall be capable of storing video for a period of 30 days
available for on line access – the license provided with the Tender Offer shall be for
unlimited storage capability.
•
The DVM Storage solution shall be as minimum set at RAID-5 configuration
a) Storage system shall be of Direct Attached Storage (DAS) systems Network
Attached Storage (NAS) systems and / or Storage Area Network (SAN) Systems.
The DVM shall be based on high quality Dual MPEG-4/H.264 IP cameras. JPEG, MJPEG,
Wavelet, or any other image based video compression will not be considered as
approved equal due to the high network bandwidth associated with these types of
digital video compression.
•
•
Each Camera shall provide dual video streaming technology providing independent
settings per stream.
a)
A viewing stream of up to 25 fps and 720p video resolution and a recording
stream of up to 25fps and upto 720p video resolution as per clinet / consultants
Briefing on the same.
b)
The system shall be flexible and allow bandwidth selection between 64Kb to 4Mb
per stream.
c)
When both the viewing stream and the recording stream are set at the same FPS
and resolution the camera shall send on the network a single multicast stream
this shall help reduce network bandwidth.
•
The DVM shall have a capacity to switch and control all the current cameras. It
should be expandable to unlimited cameras in future.
•
The system shall allow the recording, live monitoring, playback of archived video
audio, and data simultaneously.
•
The DVM shall provide file export tool for export the native video format with all video
protections (e.g. watermark, encryption) and the ability to play this video on a
standard computer.
•
The native file format video player shall show the status of the video authentication as
available with the original file format.
•
The IP Based DVM shall provide file export tool for export of single frames of video in JPEG and BMP file formats and for export of motion video files in AVI file format for
transport and playback on computers utilizing a Windows environment.
•
The Client shall provide the required computers for the DVM client and servers, these
computers shall be of the most current state of the art technology available at the
time of installation and as minimum shall be better than the minimum requirements
specified by DVM system manufacturer as well as tender specifications.
1.3.1 DIGITAL VIDEO MANAGEMENT SERVER SOFTWARE
•
The DVM software shall consist of an MS-SQL 2005 or better based Main and failover
Directory Database Server, Archive Server for audio and video, Failover recording,
Digital Virtual Matrix, Incident Reports, Alarm Management, reporting tolls and
Watchdog modules. All the related software licenses should be the part of the
offered system.
•
The DVM Server shall maintain a catalogue of settings for all the client, servers,
and IP cameras in the system
a) The DVM shall enable the client to dynamically create connections between
any camera on the digital monitors (audio, video, serial ports and digital I/Os)
b) The DVM shall provide the client seamless operation of all cameras available in
the system regardless of the actual connection to different archive servers.
c) The DVM shall detect signal loss and have the capability to alert the systems
administrator
•
The DVM Archive Server shall offer the capability to be installed multiple servers
software on multiple Computer Servers to enable distributed archiving architecture
on the LAN or WAN.
•
The DVM Archive Server, for video and audio, shall support and manage (90)
camera connections from IP cameras each at 25FPS PAL and 4CIF/VGA resolution
(704x576PAL) and (120) cameras at 25FPS PAL and 2CIF resolution (352x288 PAL), 170
cameras at 25FPS and CIF resolution.
•
The DVM shall be able to set each camera frame rate, bit rate and resolution
independently from other cameras in the system, and altering these settings shall not
affect the recording and display settings of other cameras.
•
The DVM shall utilize multicast network communication for video monitoring.
•
Unicast based equipment will not be considered as an approved equal for alternate
system.
•
The DVM shall be a software based solution, and shall not require proprietary
hardware for video and audio recording servers.
The DVM shall have a built-in Digital Video Matrix Switcher functionality without the
need of any additional software license.
a) The Virtual Matrix Switch shall provide a full matrix operation of IP video to digital
(computer) screens or analog monitors using Decoders.
b) The Virtual Matrix Switch shall have the capability of creating camera sequences with
the following functionalities:
•
•
The DVM shall support web based clients connecting to the DVM system via the
Internet.
•
The DVM shall support a built-in Watchdog module
a) The Watchdog shall monitor operation of all services and automatically restart them if
they are malfunctioning.
b) The Watchdog shall be responsible for restarting the application or in a last resort
restart the server in case of malfunction of software components.
•
The DVM shall be based on a true open architecture that allow for use of nonproprietary PC and storage hardware that shall not limit the storage capacity and
shall allow for gradual upgrades of recording capacity.
•
The DVM Server shall be of the most recent computer technology and shall cover the
DVM requirements.
i.
To provide an advanced and reliable system the operating system shall be
Windows 2008- Server level (Win XP pro will not be considered as approved equal)
or higher.
•
The DVM shall provide alarm dry contact interfaces to allow for any alarm input
initiating any action in the DVM system.
a) The DVM shall transmit dry contact information over the IP Digital Transmission
Network.
•
The DVM shall provide a serial interface for alarm input to allow for any alarm input
initiating any action in the DVM system.
a) The DVM shall transmit alarm serial information over the IP Digital Transmission
Network.
•
The DVM Shall support full duplex audio communication and transmission signals over
the IP Digital Transmission Network without the need of any additional license.
The DVM shall provide a reporting utility for tracking but not limited to the following
options. Video and images shall be stored with reports for documenting events.
Alarms, Incidents, Operator logs, Service requests
The Email Alert should be generated in responds to alarms triggered in DVM software
and sends out email alerts to a preconfigured list of recipients.
It should be possible to export the settings of various entities within the DVM i.e Archiver,
Directory, cameras etc.. It should be possible to print these reports.
It should be possible to get reports on past events by querying the audit databases. It
should allow the search by User Logon, Entity Configuration, Incident, Alarm, Application
Failure, and Equipment Failure.
It should prove the tool to create the case document which should include Archive
Video, Photos, Text and other file attachments.
•
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
•
The DVM shall provide alarm management module without the need of any additional
license.
a) The alarm management shall be able to set any monitor or groups of monitors to
automatically display cameras in response to alarm inputs.
b) The alarm management shall be able to reset automatically or manually alarmed
video.
c) The alarm management shall allow for multiple modes of alarm handling capability,
these modes to be programmed within the same system.
•
The DVM shall have support an Internet Gateway server application without the need of
any additional license
The Internet Gateway server shall allow clients to view good quality video streams from
remote locations, over the internet, over firewall and proxies
The Internet Gateway server shall manipulate the video data to adjust the video stream
type and properties to the connection type
The Internet Gateway server shall support all video stream types, including live, archive,
instant replay, video sequences, and video on alarm.
The Internet Gateway server shall have only one TCP port exposed to the internet, thus
masking the video servers, encoders and cameras from direct connections coming from
external networks.
The Internet Gateway server, in collaboration with the Gateway server, shall provide
remote users full functionality in a transparent way; the remote user will use the system
normally despite the fact that the connection goes through the Internet Gateway
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
1.3.2 DVM CLIENT
•
The DVM client shall consist of Administrator Tool application, a Monitoring
application, remote monitoring application.
•
The DVM client shall perform the following applications simultaneously without
interfering with any of the Archive Server operations (Recording, Alarms, etc.):
a)
Live display of cameras
b)
Play Live audio
c)
Broadcast audio to remote locations
d)
Live display of camera sequences
e)
Live display of stitched and/or panoramic camera views
f)
Control of PTZ cameras
g)
Playback of archived video and audio
h)
Playback of stitched and/or panoramic camera clips
i)
Retrieval of archived video and audio
j)
Instant Replay of live video and audio
k)
Instant Replay of stitched and/or panoramic camera clips
l)
Use of graphical controls (maps)
m)
Configuration of system settings
n)
Execution of system macros.
•
The DVM client applications shall support any form of IP network connectivity,
including: LAN, WAN, VPN, Internet, and Wireless
•
The DVM client applications shall support IP Multicast (UDP) and Unicast (UDP)
video and audio streaming.
•
The DVM client applications shall automatically adapt to the network topology
and use the best available method to receive streaming video.
•
The DVM client applications shall provide an authentication mechanism, which
verifies the validity of the user.
1.3.3 DVM Client Monitor Application :
o The Client Monitor application shall allow for live monitoring of video and
audio.
o The Monitor shall enable view of 1 to 25 video tiles simultaneously on
a single SVGA (1 024x768) monitor at 30fps per camera.
o The Monitor shall enable view of up to 25 video tiles simultaneously on a single
monitor and shall provide the ability to connect up to four (4) monitors to a
single computer supporting multiple SVGA (1 024x768) monitor outputs.
o The IP Based DVM Shall provide as minimum on each of the VGA
monitors independently the following tile views:
Full screen, Quad, 3x3, 4x4, 5x5, 1 + 9 (One large and 9 small view), 1+11 (One
large and 11 small view), 1+12 (One large center tile and 12 small view), 1+15
o
(One large and 15 small view), And more
The Client monitor shall enable playback of audio independently from video.
The monitor shall enable the user to work with multiple Audio layouts
containing collections of microphones, speakers and audio clips.
o
The Client monitor shall enable playback of audio mixed from both live and
archived audio sources, allowing the user to control the volume of each
source independently as well as mute them or record them manually.
o
The Client monitor application shall enable broadcast of audio from the user
workstation to multiple speaker or other audio out resources simultaneously.
This shall be available using a simple microphone connected to the user
workstations sound card.
o
The DVM Monitor application shall allow operators to view an instant replay of
any camera or audio input (microphone).
o
The operator shall be able to define the amount of time he wishes to
go back from a predefine list or through a custom setup period.
o
The operator shall be able to control the playback with play, pause,
forward, and speed buttons.
o
The DVM Monitor application shall allow operators to add bookmarks to
recorded clips of video or audio
o
The operator shall be able to choose and trigger an action from a list of
available actions included but are not limited to:
i
View camera in a video tile
ii
View camera on a Decoder (analog monitor)
iii
View Map or procedure in a video tile
iv
Starting/stopping PTZ pattern
v
Go to PTZ Preset
vi
Sending alert messages
vii
o
o
o
o
o
o
Send/receive messages through a serial data stream
The DVM Monitor application shall display all cameras attached to the
system regardless of their physical location on the network.
The DVM Monitor application shall display all camera sequences created in
the system.
The DVM Monitor application shall allow for unlimited cameras sequences,
which can be run independently of each other on either digital monitor tiles or
analog CCTV monitors.
The DVM Monitor application shall allow operators to control (Pause/Play, skip
forwards, skip backwards) Camera Sequences, without affecting other
operators’ ability to view and control the same sequence.
The DVM Monitor application shall display all cameras, sequences and analog
monitors in a logical tree.
The DVM Monitor application operator shall be able to drag and drop a
camera from a tree of available cameras into any video tile or an analog
o
o
o
o
o
o
monitor icon for live viewing.
The DVM Monitor application operator shall be able to drag and drop a
camera sequence from a tree of cameras into any video tile or an analog
monitor icon for live viewing.
o) The DVM Monitor application shall support Graphical Site Representation
(Maps) functionality, where digital maps are used to represent the physical
location of cameras and other devices throughout facility.
I.
The DVM Maps shall have the ability to contain hyperlinks to
create a hierarchy of interlinked maps.
II.
The DVM Maps shall be able to import maps from any graphical
software supporting BMP, JPEG and/or GIF image formats.
The DVM Monitor application operator shall be able to drag and drop a
camera from a map into a video tile for live viewing.
i
The operator shall be able to click on an icon in a map to initiate PTZ
camera preset, run PTZ pattern, view camera in an analog monitor
or send an I/O stream.
The DVM Monitor application shall support the procedure functionality, where
procedures can be triggered to appear during a certain event and can be
used to provide detail written or verbal instructions to the operator as to the
actions to be taken.
The DVM Monitor application shall support digital zoom on a fixed
camera’s live and recorded video streams
The DVM Monitor application shall support digital zoom on a PTZ camera’s
live and recorded video streams
•
The DVM client shall provide the following video analytics alarm options:
a) Trigger alarms or events to draw the user attention
b) Provide a meaningful text description of the event.
c) Provide OSD graphics to depict the analytics event, including the participating
objects, event location, motion directions and more.
d) Provide the above OSD graphics on live video, archived video and JPEG
images
e) Support automatic tagging/book-marking of analytics events
f) Support search of analytics events history.
•
The Client Workstation shall have dual redundant 1 G (1000Mb) network
interface and shall operate on 100/1000 Ethernet networked and shall be of
the most current technology available by a major brand name manufacturer
of computers and servers.
•
The DVM Monitor application shall provide management and control over the
system using a standard PC, mouse, keyboard and CCTV Joystick controller.
The vendors should provide joystick controller as an integrated part of each
client workstation.
The DVM client shall be able to use multiple CCTV keyboards to operate the
entire set of cameras throughout the system, including cameras of various
manufacturers’ brands, including their PTZ functionalities (i.e.: one keyboard
manufacturer controls other manufacturer’s dome or vice-versa).
The DVM client shall allow for a CCTV keyboard to be attachable directly to
the PC running the DVM client application via its serial port.
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
The DVM client CCTV Keyboard Interface shall provide full PTZ control.
The operator shall be able to control pan-tilt-zoom, iris, focus, dome relays and
dome patterns
The DVM client software shall allow the operator to access the PTZ
configuration menus with no need of additional hardware.
This shall prioritize which operator has control over a camera vs another
operator trying to control the same camera at the same time.
The DVM client CCTV Keyboard Interface shall provide full video matrix
operations
1.4 ALARM MANAGEMENT
1
The IP based DVM shall provide alarm management and reporting module
2
The IP based DVM shall notify a user on any alarm set in the system
3
The DVM user shall be able to support multiple alarms
4
The DVM system administrator shall be able to set for each user the maximum
alarms to be viewed at one time
5
The DVM user shall be able to forward alarms to other users
6
The DVM alarm management shall keep audit trail of all alarm and operators
related operations in a separated database.
7
The DVM alarm database shall provide multi time schedule support and shall
be able to save the alarm database for different period of time as the
recorded video schedule.
1.5 Hardware Compliance
•
IP Based Dome Cameras
IP Based Dome Cameras shall have following feature:
Indoor Application IP Fixed Box camera with 1/3" CCD/CMOS, Progressive Scan,
Day/Night, HD720P 1.0MP, Dual H.264 streaming, 25 FPS, 3mm-9mm varifocal auto iris IR
corrected megapixel lens, 0.05 lux Day/Night, Tamper detection, Wide dynamic Range,
3D Noise reduction, PoE & standard 12VDC/24VAC power input, UL Listed as per detailed
specifications.
IP Based Outdoor Box Cameras shall have following feature:
Outdoor Application IP Box cameras with 2MP resolution, Dual H.264 streaming, 2.812mm Auto iris varifocal lens, 0.5 lux, SD card recording support, PoE, along with IR
Illuminator on 15 mtr.,
Mounted on wall/ceiling/pendant/Pole
as per detailed specifications and site
requirements. 12VDC/24VAC power input, UL Listed as per detailed specifications.
Complete with all weather proof IP66, heater, blower enclosure.
IP Based Outdoor Box Cameras shall have following feature:
IP Outdoor wall/Pole Mount pan, Tilt and zoom (PTZ) Vandal Proof Dome with analytics
support, 4 CIF resolution, H.264 Dual streaming , 32X Optical zoom, IP66 as per
specifications, 720P ,with D foging, Image stabilastation , 12VDC/24VAC power input, UL
Listed as per detailed specifications.
Complete with all-weather proof IP66, heater, blower enclosure.
(Should support any user definable analytics on presets i.e. Trip wire, Object left behind,
wrong direction, illegal parking and also support Synchronised object tracking, operator
selected person tracking etc)
•
High Configuration Server
19" rack mount Server Hardware for MAIN Directory Video Processing & Recording;
with a minimum of Quad Core Processor(i7) at 3 GHz 12M Cache,
3 x 3GB or more of RAM,
Mirrored 2 x 146GB 15kRPM 6Gbps Hard Disks for OS and CCTV software,
3 x 4TB 12 TB raw (10TB usable) RAID5 configured storage for 15 days of storage. Mirrored
2 x 146GB 15kRPM 6Gbps Hard Disks for OS and CCTV software,
DVI Graphics Card to support 4 multiplexed Monitors, with different content possibility on
each of the monitor i.e Multiplexed, Alarm, Maps, sequence or any combination. Also
Support Drag-n-drop of images by using connected mouse device.
Calculated @ H.264 Compression, 20 fps @ 720p, 15 days of recording.
Bidders to Provide Storage Calculations to substantiate the Storage Requirements in the
Tender. If a Bidder would require larger storage, the same to be mentioned and
included in this line item.
If any additional Server required to achieve Storage capacity or Analytics functionality,
same shall be considered in this item cost only
Embedded Gigabit network cards with fault tolerant configuration,
Complete with Windows 2008 or higher Server OS.
•
Direct Attached Storage
−
−
−
−
−
−
Up to fifteen (15) 1-inch-by-3.5-inch SATA II hot-pluggable 6.0 Gbps hard drives, at
speeds of 7,200 RPM
Loaded with 12TB usable storage (6 x 2TB 7.2krpm, 6Gbps HD’s in RAID 5 and one Hot
spare drive) with hot-pluggable drives and minimum one spare drive.
LED indications for System status, Power, Split mode, Activity, Drive indicator per drive,
fan fault, SAS ports etc.
Configured with RAID5. Support for RAID levels 0, 1, 5, 10, 50
Operating temperature up to 35 degree Celsius
Min 2 Year Next Business Day On Site Hardware Warranty from OEM
Video Analytics Processing Software :TO Support Minimum 5 cameras, programmed with any 1 or more, of the following of the
following Video Analytics features :
a) Object left behind,
b) Directional Motion ( Adaptive Motion),
c) Object Removal
d) Camera Sabotage
e) Loitering
e) Crowd Detection
f) Trip Wire
g) Object Counting
h) Vibration Removal
(The System shall allow implementation of Video Analytics on any user defined cameras
during commissioning).
Independent servers, if required to be used for video analytics shall be included in this
item as required.
•
High Configuration Client Workstation
Client PC Hardware with i7 Processor with min 3 GHz,12M, 2 x 4 GB or more of RAM,
160GB 10KRPM 3Gbps HD for OS. Windows 7 64bit,
DVD/RW,
Joystick controller,
One NVS 315 or higher version, 1GB or better; DVI Graphics Card to support 2 multiplexed
Monitors on One CCTV Client.
With different content possibility on each of the monitor i.e. Multiplexed, Alarm, Maps,
sequence or any combination. Also Support Drag-n-drop of images by using connected
mouse device.
•
Network Switches
−
−
−
−
−
All network equipment shall be HP, Nortel, Cisco as per approved make
All networking equipment shall be as minimum of Layer-2 and as a minimum shall
support IGMP Snooping Version 2 or later. It should have minimum two 1000baseT
copper ports and minimum two slots for 1000baseT fiber modules.
The IP network shall support Multicasting between all ports and shall allow for
Multicast streams to be routed between networks
All the edge switches should be minimum Layer-2. All Layer-2 switches must finally
be brought together using 1000baseT ports to central Layer-3 switch. Connection
to the servers and clients must be 1000baseT from 10/100/1000baseT ports.
Connection between Layer-2 and Layer-3 switch should use fiber backbone.
Uplink port should have sufficient speed to avoid network congestion, preferably
network should not be loaded more than 70% at any stage.
1.6 TESTING & COMMISSIONING
Sr
Visu
No
Description
al
Readi
insulation, resistance etc.
√
System installation proper as per
2
√
drawing
Carry
out
visual
checks
on
all
cameras, cables, camera housing
etc., to ensure they are clean and
3
free from any mechanical damage
4
5
Check for proper termination
Check input A/C supply voltage
√
&
√
√
Check Input supply DC voltage at
6
every camera.
Check
all
√
cameras’
Also
check
signal
7
monitor.
for
8
Check PTZ controls of PTZ camera
on
clarity,
Documen
tation
ngs
All cables are tested for continuity,
1
Test
√
√
√
Check recording / playback FRAME
9
Check
10
√
RATE
server
software
&
√
client
software is installed without any bugs.
√
√
√
Set programming of all cameras
11
through software.
Check remote viewing of cameras
√
12
on internet/WAN
√
1.7 DOCUMENTATION
The CCTV system contractor, upon completion of the commissioning activity, shall
hand over the system to the customer.
At the time of hand over, the contractor shall provide the customer with the
following documentation:
1 Copy of detailed report
2 Component and equipment list
3 Product description sheets
4 System design drawing(s)
5 System schematic diagram(s)
6 System operating manual
1.8 HANDOVER
Prior to final acceptance, the installing contractor shall provide complete operation and
maintenance instruction manuals to the owner. All aspects of system operation and
maintenance shall be detailed, including wiring diagrams of all circuits, a written
description of the system design, sequence of operation and drawing(s), illustrating
control logic and equipment used in the system. Checklists and procedures for
emergency situations, maintenance operations and procedures shall be included in the
manual.
1.9 TRAINING
General
The contractor shall provide the customer with details of the training required by
personnel to operate and maintain the CCTV system.
The Contractor and the customer shall jointly agree the number of staff to attend the
training courses.
1.10 MAINTENANCE
Routine
maintenance
should
be
carried
out
in
accordance
with
customer’s
requirements. All performance checks undertaken should be recorded in the system log
book.
As a minimum, the following performance checks must be undertaken on each
maintenance visit.
Remove dust and dirt from the camera enclosures (Inside & outside) exterior using a soft
brush or a lint cloth. A solvent which is harmless to the finishes of metal and plastic may
be applied to more stubborn stains.
Examine the exterior of the enclosure for any signs of damage or loose cable glands and
rectify any faults found.
Remove any dust or dirt form the interior of the camera & DVR using a soft brush or a
vacuum cleaner.
Examine the printed circuit boards for signs of over heating, dry joints and/or damaged
tracks
13. PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM
1.1 GENERAL OBJECTIVE
The objective is to have an effective public address and evacuation system for the entire premises.
The system will combine all the essential EVAC functionality- such as system supervision, spare
amplifier switching, loudspeaker line surveillance, digital message management etc.
The system architecture shall be worked around a System Network controller and a PA Console,
housed in a Rack kept in the BMS room at Ground Floor.
Requisite number of Audio Amplifiers shall be provided to meet the load of the Speaker Circuits shall
be kept in the BMS room. Call Stations with Zone Keypads shall be made available to the BMS
Operator to make Zone wise Announcements, and also an All Call Facility.
Wireless mic for car calling shall be provided.
The System shall have a built-in Message manager which will relay an emergency Message to all
zones on all Floors, in case of a Fire / Likewise emergency.
1.2 SCOPE
The system shall comprise of Main PA console , Audio amplifiers, ceiling speakers- 6W,
call stations & other related accessory.
The system shall provide for emergency call (EMG), business call, and Zooning Facility. It
shall be capable of connecting to EVAC compliant loudspeakers and accessories for an
integrated public address and voice alarm solution.
The system shall be fully IEC 60849 compliant. It shall have full system supervision,
loudspeaker line impedance supervision, a supervised emergency microphone on the
front panel and a supervised message manager for 255 pre-recorded messages and
chimes. It shall be possible to merge messages to allow even more flexible use of prerecorded announcements and evacuation messages. It shall be possible for each
message to have any length within the total available capacity. The memory shall have
a capacity of 16 MB. It shall be possible to upload from a PC via USB into the memory,
after which the unit shall operate without PC connection. The standard WAV-format shall
be used for the messages and sample rates of 8kHz up to 24kHz with 16-bit word length
(linear PCM) shall be supported.
Volume override relay contacts shall be provided for each zone separately for overriding
local loudspeaker volume controls. All current override schemes shall be supported (3wire and 4-wire override schemes i.e. standard 24V and failsafe). Upon a call or an
activated trigger input these contacts shall be activated for the appropriate zones,
together with an additional voltage free contact (Call Active) for control purposes.
A 24Vdc output shall be available to supply power to external relays, so no external
power supply shall be required for that purpose. A LED VU-meter shall allow for
monitoring of the master output.
The maximum allowed total cable length between the controller and the last router in
the chain shall be 1000 meters. The maximum allowed total cable length between the
controller and the last call station in the chain shall be 1000 meters. The maximum
allowed total cable length between the controller and the RC panel shall be 1000
meters.
1.3 APPLICABLE STANDARDS
EVAC compliance acc. to IEC 60849
EMC emission acc. to EN 55103-1
EMC immunity
Safety
acc. to EN 55103-2
acc. to EN 60065
1.4. SYSTEM COMPONENTS
1.4.1 MAIN PA CONSOLE
The controller and each connected router shall have 12 trigger inputs to start business
and emergency messages. Each shall be configurable for a message consisting of a
sequence of up to 8 wave files. It shall be possible for wave files to be used in different
combinations with other messages, optimizing flexibility and used storage space.
As the basis of the voice alarm system, the controller shall have all the essential
functionality for compliance with IEC 60849 standard, including full system supervision,
loudspeaker line impedance supervision, a supervised emergency microphone on the
front panel and a supervised message manager The messages shall be mergable to
allow even more flexible use of pre-recorded announcements and evacuation
messages. The controller shall be used as a stand-alone system with up to 6 zones, or
expanded to up to 60 zones using additional 6-zone routers. Up to 8 call stations shall be
connectable. Interconnections shall be made using standard RJ45 connectors and CAT5
cable.
It shall be possible to connect 480 watts per router. The audio output shall use standard
analog audio 100 V line switching for full compatibility with public address equipment
and EVAC-compliant loudspeakers. The system shall be configured using DIP switches for
basic functionality and a PC for more advanced functions. It shall be possible to specify
16 priority levels.
A built-in 240 W booster amplifier shall provide the power for the emergency call channel
and BGM. It shall be possible to add additional booster amplifiers as spare, to provide
two-channel operation or if the total power requirement exceeds 240 W (maximum 480
W per 6 zones). All booster amplifiers shall be supervised.
The frequency response shall be 60 Hz – 18 kHz (+1/-3 dB, @ -10 dB ref.) rated output. The
distortion shall not exceed 1% at the rated output, 1 kHz. The controller shall have tone
controls to allow for adjustment of the BGM sound. It shall have separate bass and treble
controls. The controller shall have two BGM source inputs and a mic/line input with
configurable priority, speech filter, phantom power and selectable VOX activation. It
shall be possible to select 16 priority levels for microphone, call stations and trigger inputs
for optimum system flexibility. It shall have two connectors to connect the call stations. It
shall have 12 input triggers with 6 supervised trigger inputs. Furthermore it shall have one
tape output on cinch connectors. The trigger outputs shall be on floating relays with a
rating of 250V 7A. The controller shall have an emergency active relay, a fault relay and
two general purpose relays, for control purposes. The fault relay shall be failsafe.
The output section shall have six transformer-isolated 100 V constant voltage outputs for
driving 100 V-loudspeakers in six separate zones. All zones shall be individually selectable
from the front panel and the BGM output level in each zone shall be individually settable
in 6 steps. The BGM output shall be connected to the 70V line, thus it shall be possible to
connect a total load of 480 Watts in a two channel system combined with a 480 Watt
booster.
The output of the booster shall be also available as a separate output on 100V and 70 V.
A separate 100 V Call Only output shall be provided for addressing an area where BGM
is not required but where priority announcements are. Six configurable volume override
output contacts shall be available for overriding local volume controls during priority
calls. A LED VU-meter shall monitor the output.
1.4.2 CALL STATION
The 6-zone call station shall be a stylish high quality call station with a stable metal base,
a flexible microphone stem and a unidirectional condenser microphone. It shall be
intended for making calls to selected zones. The special design shall allow for neatly flush
mounting in desk tops. Using dip switches on the bottom of the call station, the call
station ID shall be selectable. The call station shall have selectable gain, speech filter
and limiter for improved intelligibility.
On call station it shall be possible to select 6 zones with the possibility to connect a call
station keypad to increase the number of zones or zone groups that can be selected.
It shall have LED indications for zone selection, fault and emergency state. The call
station extension shall provide seven additional zone and zone group keys
On each call station it shall be possible to select 6 zones with the possibility to connect
up to 8 call station keypads to increase the number of zones or zone groups that can be
selected. Selected zones are indicated with LEDs on the call station, three additional
LEDs give visible feedback on the active state of the microphone and the system. Green
indicates microphone active, amber indicates that the system has detected a fault (IEC
80649) and red indicates that the system shall be in the emergency state.
1.4.3 CEILING SPEAKERS- 6W/12 W
The 6 Watt high quality type Ceiling speakers shall be mounted on cieling with line
matching transformer for direct connecting to 100/70 V output line . It shall have Box for
mounting, wherever it is not directly mounted on the False Ceiling.
1.4.4 POWER SUPPLY
The power supply voltage range shall be 18 – 24V with a current consumption of less
than 50 mA. The nominal sensitivity shall be 85 dB SPL (gain preset 0dB). The nominal
output level shall be 700 mV. The maximum allowable sound pressure level shall be 110
dBSPL. The microphone shall have a limiter. The distortion shall be less than 0.6% at
maximum input. The equivalent input noise level shall be no more than 30 dB SPLA. The
frequency range shall be 100Hz – 16kHz. The speech filter shall be a 315 Hz, high-pass, 6
dB/oct filter. The output impedance shall be 200 Ohms. The stem length with microphone
shall be 390 mm.
Mains voltage
shall be both 230Vac and 115Vac, ±15%, 50 / 60Hz (selectable) Power
consumption of the Controller shall not exceed 600 Watts, the router shall not exceed
50Watts. Battery backup provisions shall be implemented, the battery voltage shall be
24Vdc, +20% / -10%. All low level connections and volume override shall be on
MC1,5/XX-ST-3,5 type connector blocks. All high level connections except mains shall be
on MSTB 2,5 /XX-ST. The input contact shall have supervision based on a series and
parallel resistor.
The router and controller shall be rack mountable with removable rack mounts. The
router shall be not higher than 2U. The controller shall be not higher than 3U. The rack
mounting kit shall be included.
The operating temperature range shall be -10°C to +55°C. The storage temperature
range shall be -40°C to +70°C.
1.4.5 ROUTER
The voice alarm router shall be an expansion unit adding 6 zones as well as 12 input- and
8 output contacts to the voice alarm system. It shall be able to use the booster built in
the voice alarm controller. It shall provide outputs and inputs for one or two boosters in a
multi amplifier one- or two-channel system. It shall provide dual channel operation for
calls and BGM simultaneously to a maximum of six different zones, using two booster
amplifiers. Also single channel operation shall be possible with only one booster.
The router shall have a set of relays for zone-switching the power amplifier output(s) to
different loudspeaker groups. Each of the zones shall be switched between the call
channel (upon call-station selection or all-call microphone or emergency activation),
the BGM channel (upon front panel selection), or off. The zone power handling capacity
of the router shall be 480 Watts. The router shall also have 12 input triggers. 6 triggers shall
be supervised for EMG purposes.
1.4.6 INSTALLATION
Installation shall be as shown on the drawings, and as recommended by the major
equipment manufacturer.
All cables, junction boxes, cables supports and hangers shall be concealed in finished
areas and may be exposed in unfinished areas. . If construction is ongoing during this
period, measures shall be taken to protect detectors/ sensors from contamination and
physical damage.
All speakers/controllers/amplifiers/call stations shall be installed in accordance with
installation instructions provided by the manufacturer.
All speakers shall be installed in the exact locations specified in the design drawings; thus
providing the best possible coverage.
All speakers shall be securely fixed to approved boxes and allow for easy fitting and
removal of it.
Cable and wire entries to speakers shall be fitted with grommets to prevent possible
damage to the insulation.
1.5 TESTING
Docu
Test
ment
Readings
ation
Sr.
No.
Description
Visual
All cables are tested for continuity,
1
insulation, resistance etc.
√
2
System installation proper as per drawing
√
Carry out visual checks on all speakers &
controller
free from any mechanical
damage, cables, interphase modules
3
etc.to ensure they are properly installed.
√
4
Check for proper termination & feruling
√
5
Check Input A/C Supply Voltage
√
Check location/spacing of loudspeakers
6
as in drawing.
Check
Distribution
of
Zones
as
√
√
√
per
7
Drawing.
√
8
Check full load speaker sound quality .
√
Check if local lodspeakers overrides by
voice messages in case of emergency
9
evacuation .
√
√
If power fails, whether controller working
10
on battery supply
√
Check if recorder messages are CLEAR,
free from any noise distortion & easy to
11
understand.
√
Controller display and all key working
11
properly
√
1.6 COMMISSIONING
At final commissioning of each system, the Contractor shall confirm that:
All devices, control panels are tested and operate correctly .
The standby batteries are adequately sized. (Measurements of the quiescent and full
loads shall be taken and compared to calculated values used at the design stage.)
Calculations and measurements shall be submitted to the Engineer.
Commissioning shall be fully documented and the documentation submitted to the
Engineer.
The Contractor shall demonstrate each zone and main panel to the satisfaction of
the Engineer by conducting a series of witnessed acceptance tests as directed by the
Engineer. This shall take place after the above final commissioning and following receipt
of the commissioning documentation by the Engineer.
Both the installation and the commissioning activities shall be undertaken as a single
continuous operation.
Upon completion of the installation activity, the contractor shall Test, Start-up,
Commission and Handover the system to the customer.
The contractor shall make use of the following documents to record test results and
details of commissioning tests:
Cable Test Sheets
Installation Check Report
System Layout Drawing(s)
System Schematic Diagram(s)
The contractor shall be responsible for inspecting and testing the complete system.
The contractor shall present an Acceptance Certificate for signature by the customer.
1.7 DOCUMENTATION
The contractor, upon completion of the commissioning activity, shall hand over the
system to the customer.
At the time of hand over, the contractor shall provide the customer with the following
documentation:
1. Copy of detailed report
2. Component and equipment list
3. Product description sheets
4. System design drawing(s)
6. System schematic diagram(s)
7. System operating manuals
1.8 HANDOVER
Prior to final acceptance, the installing contractor shall provide complete operation and
maintenance instruction manuals to the owner. All aspects of system operation and
maintenance shall be detailed, including wiring diagrams of all circuits, a written
description of the system design, sequence of operation and drawing(s),
illustrating
control logic and equipment used in the system. Checklists and procedures for
emergency situations, maintenance operations and procedures shall be included in the
manual.
1.9 TRAINING
General
The contractor shall provide the customer with details of the training required by
personnel to operate and maintain the PA System.
The Contractor and the customer shall jointly agree the number of staff to attend the
training courses.
1.10 MAINTENANCE
Routine maintenance should be carried out in accordance with relevant customers
requirements.
All performance checks undertaken should be recorded in the system log book.
As a minimum, the following performance checks must be undertaken on each
maintenance visit.
Carry out verification checks as detailed in the commissioning instructions.
Remove dust and dirt from the Control Panels/speakers using a soft brush or a lint cloth.
A solvent which is harmless to the finishes of metal and plastic may be applied to more
stubborn stains.
Examine the exterior of the enclosure for any signs of damage or loose cable glands
and rectify any faults found.
Examine the printed circuit boards for signs of over heating, dry joints and/or damaged
tracks.
Examine the battery terminals for secure connection and for any signs of
corrosion. Replace or repair as required
General Specification
• The Access Card Controller shall be of modular design with a download software
built-in so that the application program can be easily changed and downloaded
without the physically touching the controller itself.
• The connection from the Access Card Controller to the Access Card system server
running the management software shall preferably by Ethernet 10/100/1000 Base T or RS485.
• The Access Card Controller shall have a 16-characters liquid crystal display
(LCD), and a button provided for selective display to show all its network parameters
and actual status like: a.
IP address of the controller
b. MAC address of the controller c. DHCP on/off
d. Status of all the inputs connected to it
e. Status of all the outputs connected to it
f.
h.
Online and Offline status of the controller g. Firmware version
Date and Time – A real time clock (RTC) that will adjust itself to leap year
computations automatically.
• The Access Card Controller shall support and include a standard Compact Flash (CF)
memory card for storing cardholder data and access events. The CF memory card must
be formatted with a standard FAT file system, to allow reading them using a standard
card reader connected to a computer, if the Access Card Controller fails.
• The Access Card Controller memory shall under no circumstance lose a
single, not even the last transaction when power fails.
• The Access Card Controller and all devices connected to it shall
continue to operate and control access in off-line mode, even if the computer
network fails.
• The Access Card Controller memory shall store database that has a capacity
with a minimum of 80,000 cardholders
(upgradeable
to 400,000),
each
having a programmable 10 digits (personal Identification Number) PIN codes.
• The cardholder database shall be upgradeable
by exchanging
the CF
card. The system shall automatically detect the size of the CF-card.
•
The Access Card Controller provided shall support the connectivity of
up to 4 standard. Wiegand interface readers or up to serial interface readers
operating on RS 485 bus technology.
• The Access Card Controller shall provide minimum eight programmable I/Os
on board, and shall be expandable to 56 each, using I/O extensions.
• All inputs provided shall be configurable to provide 2- or 4- status selectable,
via End-Of-line
(EOL) resistors, namely:
a. Input Closed b. Input Opened
c. Input Shorted (provided in 4- status mode)
d. Input Tamper (Cable cut, provided in 4- status mode)
• EOL resistor’s
values
shall be flexible
selectable
in the Access Control
System management software during configuration.
• UPS shall be provided to continually supply power to the Access Card
Controller and readers for a minimum of 2-hours, in the event of power failure
subject to retrieve the power.
• The Access Card Controller shall generate a transaction record and save
them in the memory for every alarm, they include:
1. Time/date of occurrence and restoration.
2.
Location of alarm sensors.
3.
Surveillance of Employees/Regular Visitors/Casual Visitors:
visiting
All personnel
the buildings may be divided into three categories i.e. Employees,
Regular Visitors (who are issued passes for specific period of not more than 03
months) and Casual Visitors (who are issued passes for the day). The system
should be capable of the following :
a. Provision of unique Access Card having smart card technology.
b. Read facility.
c. Surveillance and recording of entry and exit of personnel through dedicated
access doors.
d. Restricting access of visitors to specific office by creating electronic barriers.
e. Detection of a visitor who doesn’t meet designated officer or doesn’t report
back at reception/exit gate after meeting the officer in the given time frame.
f.
g.
Signage System within the building for Zone indication and evacuation.
A Central Video Display Unit and integrated public address system for
parking areas and building under the control of IBMS room or designated person
on a single platform.
h.
The Platform should provide for the flexibility of sending alert
message/announcement to particular individual/zone/entire buildings.
i.
Power back up and inbuilt redundancy for each hardware. Provision for this
feature may be in-built in the system.
j.
Integration of Pass Section – security cabin , Reception Offices and Main
security officer. System Architecture
should cater for integration
of
Pass
Section, Reception Offices and the Central Control Unit for effective Pass and
Vehicle management .
k.
The ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM shall be so designed that any failure of any
sub-system shall not affect the normal operation of another sub-system; they
shall continue to operate normally in a non-degraded mode.
l.
The System
Integrator/Firm
submitting
the Access
control
system
Application Software
proposed for the project shall show proven operational record of such nature in
their bid documents.
m. The
Access
control
software
with
GUI
shall
be capable
to
integrate with Facility management software, visitors management system,
Time and attendance software etc (which is inclusive in this package).
n.
The Software licensee will be multiuser package (N+2) with min capacity
of 50000 card holders.
4.3
SMART CARD READER:
General Specification
a.
The
Smart
Card
Reader
shall
be
of
ruggedized
design,
having
weatherized polycarbonate enclosure or similar protection to withstand harsh
environments for both indoor/outdoor used and provides a high degree of
vandal resistance.
b. The Smart Card Reader shall provide two-factor authentication with the
combination of a proximity [contactless smart] Card
c.
The Smart Card Reader together with the contactless smart card shall
support operation with 1:1 verification mode identification mode.
d. The Smart Card Reader shall continue to operate to control access in off-line
mode.
When the network
connection
restored,
the
reader
shall
automatically upload and synchronize its database with the server.
e. The Smart Card Reader provided shall have a read tolerance of at least ±30
degree.
f.
The same Smart Card Reader provided shall be able to be used for both
access control and as an enrolment station.
g.
The Contractor shall supply and install the software provided shall be
integrated to the SACMS for access control and monitoring.
h.
The card reader shall be based on contactless smart card 13.56MHz
technology for connection to the AMC with Wiegand interface.
i.
The card reader provided shall be capable of reading CSN
number
in 32-bit format inaccordance with ISO standard 14443 Series.
j.
The data transfer between the contactless smart card reader and smart
card shall be encrypted. k. Power requirement: 10 – 16Vdc.
l.
The card reader shall have a read range of at least 3”.
m. The response time to unlock the door after a card is presented to the card
reader shall not exceed 1.0 second ± 0.5 second.
n. The card reader unit shall have an integral keypad with beeper, multi-colour
LEDs.
o. The keypad shall have back-light
to allow easy viewing, in case of
power blackout. It shall lights automatically upon pressing any key or when a
card is presented to the reader.
p.
The overall thickness of the card reader unit shall not exceed 30mm. q.
Certification: CE and UL Listed.
15.
SOLAR PHOTO VOLTIC SYSTEM
15.0 DEFINITION
A Grid Tied Solar Rooftop Photo Voltaic (SPV) power plant consists of SPV
array, Module Mounting Structure, Power Conditioning Unit (PCU)
consisting of Maximum Power Point Tracker (MPPT), Inverter, and
Controls
& Protections, interconnect cables and switches. PV Array is
mounted on a suitable structure. Grid tied SPV system is without battery and
should be designed with necessary features to supplement the grid power
during day time.
Components and parts used in the SPV power plants
including the PV modules, metallic structures, cables, junction box, switches,
PCUs etc., should conform to the BIS or IEC or international specifications,
wherever such specifications are available and applicable.
Solar
PV
system
shall
consist
of
following
equipments/components.
Solar
PV modules
consisting
of
required
number
of
Crystalline
PVmodules.
Grid interactive Power Conditioning Unit with Remote Monitoring System
Mounting structures
Junction Boxes.
Earthing and lightening protections.
IR/UV protected PVC Cables, pipes and accessories
15.1. SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC MODULES:
15.1.1. The PV modules used should be made in India.
15.1.2. The PV modules used must qualify to the latest edition of IEC PV module
qualification test or equivalent BIS standards Crystalline Silicon Solar Cell
Modules IEC 61215/IS14286. In addition, the modules must conform to IEC
61730 Part-2- requirements for construction & Part 2 – requirements for
testing, for safety qualification or equivalent IS.
a) For the PV modules to be used in a highly corrosive atmosphere throughout
their lifetime, they must qualify to IEC 61701/IS 61701
b) The total solar PV array capacity should not be less than allocated
capacity (kWp) and should comprise of solar crystalline modules of
minimum 250 Wp and above wattage. Module capacity less than
minimum 250 watts should not be accepted.
c) Protective devices against surges at the PV module shall be provided. Low
voltage drop bypass diodes shall be provided.
d) PV modules must be tested and approved by one of the IEC authorized
test centers.
e) The module frame shall be made of corrosion resistant materials, preferably
having anodized aluminum.
f) The bidder shall carefully design & accommodate requisite numbers of
the modules to achieve the rated power in his bid. [NAME OF THE
ORGANISATION]/owners shall allow only minor changes at the time of
execution.
g) Other general requirement for the PV modules and subsystems shall be the
Following:
I.The rated output power of any supplied module shall have tolerance of
+/3%
.
II.The peak-power point voltage and the peak-power point current of any
supplied module and/or any module string (series connected
modules) shall not vary by more than 2 (two) per cent from the respective
arithmetic means for all modules and/or for all module strings, as the case
may be.
III.The module shall be provided with a junction box with either provision of
external screw terminal connection or sealed type and with arrangement
for provision of by-pass diode. The box shall have hinged, weather
proof lid with captive screws and cable gland entry points or may be of
sealed type and IP-65 rated.
IV.IV curves at STC should be provided by bidder.
15.1.3. Modules deployed must use a RF identification tag. The following
information must be mentioned in the RFID used on each modules (This
can be inside or outside the laminate, but must be able to withstand
harsh environmental conditions).
a) Name of the manufacturer of the PV
module b) Name of the manufacturer of
Solar Cells.
c) Month & year of the manufacture (separate for solar cells and modules)
d) Country of origin (separately for solar cells and module)
e) I-V curve for the module Wattage, Im, Vm and FF for the
module f) Unique Serial No and Model No of the module
g) Date and year of obtaining IEC PV module qualification
certificate. h) Name of the test lab issuing IEC certificate.
i) Other relevant information on traceability of solar cells and module as
per
ISO 9001 and ISO 14001
15.1.4. Warranties:
a) Material Warranty:
i.
Material Warranty is defined as: The manufacturer should warrant the Solar
Module(s) to be free from the defects and/or failures specified below for a
period not less than five (05) years from the date of sale to the original
customer ("Customer")
ii.
Defects and/or failures due to manufacturing
iii.
Defects and/or failures due to quality of materials
iv.
Non conformity to specifications due to faulty manufacturing
and/or inspection processes. If the solar Module(s) fails to conform to this
warranty, the manufacturer will repair or replace the solar module(s), at
the Owners sole option
b) Performance
Warranty:
The predicted electrical degradation of power generated not exceeding
20% of the minimum rated power over the 25 year period and not more
than 10% after ten years period of the full rated original output.
i.
15.2
ARRAY STRUCTURE
a) Hot dip galvanized MS mounting structures may be used for mounting the
modules/ panels/arrays. Each structure should have angle of inclination as
per the site conditions to take maximum insolation. However to
accommodate more capacity the angle inclination may be reduced until
the plant meets the specified performance ratio requirements.
b) The Mounting structure shall be so designed to withstand the speed for the
wind zone of the location where a PV system is proposed to be installed (like
Delhi-wind speed of 150 kM/ hour). It may be ensured that the design has
been certified by a recognized Lab/ Institution in this regard and submit
wind loading calculation sheet to [NAME OF THE ORGANISATION].
Suitable fastening arrangement such as grouting and calming should be
provided to secure the installation against the specific wind speed.
c) The mounting structure steel shall be as per latest IS 2062: 1992 and
galvanization of the mounting structure shall be in compliance of latest
IS 4759.
d)
Structural material shall be corrosion resistant and electrolytically
compatible with the materials used in the module frame, its fasteners, nuts
and bolts. Aluminium structures also can be used which can withstand the
wind speed of respective wind zone. Necessary protection towards rusting
need to be provided either by coating or anodization.
e) The fasteners used should be made up of stainless steel. The structures
shall be designed to allow easy replacement of any module. The
array structure shall be so designed that it will occupy minimum space
without sacrificing the output from the SPV panels
f) Regarding civil structures the bidder need to take care of the
load
baring capacity of the roof and need arrange suitable structures
based on the quality of roof.
g) The total load of the structure (when installed with PV modules) on the
terrace should be less than 60 kg/m2.
h) The minimum clearance of the structure from the roof level should be 300
mm.
15.3.
JUNCTION BOXES (JBs)
a) The junction boxes are to be provided in the PV array for termination of
connecting cables. The J. Boxes (JBs) shall be made of GRP/FRP/Powder
Coated Aluminium /cast aluminium alloy with full dust, water & vermin proof
arrangement. All wires/cables must be terminated through cable lugs. The
JBs shall be such that input & output termination can be made through
suitable cable glands.
b) Copper bus bars/terminal blocks housed in the junction box with suitable
termination threads Conforming to IP65 standard and IEC 62208 Hinged
door with EPDM rubber gasket to prevent water entry. Single / double
compression cable glands. Provision of earthings. It should be placed at 5
feet height or above for ease of accessibility.
c) Each Junction Box shall have High quality Suitable capacity Metal Oxide
Varistors (MOVs) / SPDs, suitable Reverse Blocking Diodes. The Junction Boxes
shall have suitable arrangement monitoring and disconnection for each
of the groups.
d) Suitable markings shall be provided on the bus bar for easy identification
and the cable ferrules must be fitted at the cable termination points for
identification
15.4.
DC DISTRIBUTION BOARD:
a) DC Distribution panel to receive the DC output from the array field.
b) DC DPBs shall have sheet from enclosure of dust & vermin proof conform to
IP 65 protection. The bus bars are made of copper of desired size. Suitable
capacity MCBs/MCCB shall be provided for controlling the DC power output
to the PCU along with necessary surge arrestors.
15.5.
AC DISTRIBUTION PANEL BOARD:
a) AC Distribution Panel Board (DPB) shall control the AC power from PCU/
inverter, and should have necessary surge arrestors. Interconnection from
ACDB to mains at LT Bus bar while in grid tied mode.
b) All switches and the circuit breakers, connectors should conform to IEC
60947, part I, II and III/ IS60947 part I, II and III.
c) The changeover switches, cabling work should be undertaken by the bidder
as part of the project.
d) All the Panel’s shall be metal clad, totally enclosed, rigid, floor mounted, air insulated, cubical type suitable for operation on three phase / single
phase,
415 or 230 volts, 50 Hz.
e) The panels shall be designed for minimum expected ambient temperature of
45 degree Celsius, 80 percent humidity and dusty weather.
f) All indoor panels will have protection of IP54 or better. All outdoor panels will
have protection of IP65 or better.
g) Should conform to Indian Electricity Act and rules (till last amendment).
h) All the 415 AC or 230 volts devices / equipment like bus support insulators,
circuit breakers, SPDs, VTs etc., mounted inside the switchgear shall be
suitable for continuous operation and satisfactory performance under
the
following supply conditions
Variation in supply
+/- 10 %
voltage
Variation in supply
+/- 3 Hz
frequency
15.6.
15.7.
PCU/ARRAY SIZE RATIO:
a) The combined wattage of all inverters should not be less than rated
capacity of power plant under STC.
b) Maximum power point tracker shall be integrated in the PCU/inverter
to maximize energy drawn from the array.
PCU/ Inverter:
As SPV array produce direct current electricity, it is necessary to convert this
direct current into alternating current and adjust the voltage levels to match
the grid voltage. Conversion shall be achieved using an electronic Inverter
and the associated control and protection devices. All these components of
the system are termed the “Power Conditioning Unit (PCU)”. In addition, the
PCU shall also house MPPT (Maximum Power Point Tracker), an interface
between Solar PV array & the Inverter, to the power conditioning
unit/inverter should also be DG set interactive. If necessary. Inverter output
should be compatible with the grid frequency. Typical technical features of
the inverter shall be as follows:
Switching devices
Control
: IGBT/MOSFET
: Microprocessor /DSP
Nominal AC output voltage and frequency
: 415V, 3 Phase, 50 Hz
(In case single phase inverters are offered, suitable arrangement for
balancing the phases must be made.)
Output frequency
: 50 Hz
Grid Frequency Synchronization range : + 3 Hz or more
Ambient temperature considered : -20o C to 50o
C
Humidity
: 95 % Non-condensing
Protection of Enclosure
: IP-20(Minimum) for indoor.
: IP-65(Minimum) for outdoor.\
Grid Frequency Tolerance range : + 3 or more
Grid Voltage tolerance
No-load losses
: - 20% & + 15 %
: Less than 1% of rated power
Inverter efficiency(minimum)
: >93% ( In case of 10kW or above )
Inverter efficiency (minimum )
: > 90% (In case of less than 10 kW)
THD
PF
: < 3%
: > 0.9
a) Three phase PCU/ inverter shall be used with each power plant system
(10kW and/or above) but In case of less than 10kW single phase inverter
can be used.
b)
PCU/inverter shall be capable of complete
including wake-up, synchronization & shutdown.
automatic
operation
c) The output of power factor of PCU inverter is suitable for all voltage ranges
or sink of reactive power, inverter should have internal protection
arrangement against any sustainable fault in feeder line and against the
lightning on feeder.
d) Built-in meter and data logger to monitor plant performance through external
computer shall be provided.
e) The power conditioning units / inverters should comply with applicable IEC/
equivalent BIS standard for efficiency measurements and environmental
tests as per standard codes IEC 61683/IS 61683 and IEC 600682(1,2,14,30) /Equivalent BIS Std.
f) The charge controller (if any) / MPPT units environmental testing should
qualify IEC 60068-2(1, 2, 14, 30)/Equivalent BIS std. The junction boxes/
enclosures should be IP 65(for outdoor)/ IP 54 (indoor) and as per IEC 529
specifications.
g) The PCU/ inverters should be tested from the MNRE approved test centres /
NABL /BIS /IEC accredited testing- calibration laboratories. In case of imported
power conditioning units, these should be approved by international test
houses.
15.8.
INTEGRATION OF PV POWER WITH GRID:
The output power from SPV would be fed to the inverters which converts DC
produced by SPV array to AC and feeds it into the main electricity grid after
synchronization. In case of grid failure, or low or high voltage, solar PV
system shall be out of synchronization and shall be disconnected from the
grid. Once the DG set comes into service PV system shall again be
synchronized with DG supply and load requirement would be met to the
extent of availability of power. 4 pole isolation of inverter output with respect
to the grid/ DG power connection need to be provided.
15.9.
DATA ACQUISITION SYSTEM / PLANT MONITORING
i.
Data Acquisition System shall be provided for each of the solar PV plant.
ii.
Data Logging Provision for plant control and monitoring, time and date
stamped system data logs for analysis with the high quality, suitable PC.
Metering and Instrumentation for display of systems parameters and status
indication to be provided.
Solar Irradiance: An integrating Pyranometer / Solar cell based irradiation
sensor (along with calibration certificate) provided, with the sensor mounted
in the plane of the array. Readout integrated with data logging system.
Temperature: Temperature probes for recording the Solar panel temperature
and/or
ambient
temperature
to
be
provided complete
with
readouts integrated with the data logging system
iii.
iv.
v.
The following parameters are accessible via the operating interface display
in real time separately for solar power plant:
a. AC Voltage.
b. AC Output current.
c. Output Power
d. Power factor.
e. DC Input Voltage.
f . DC Input Current.
G . Time Active.
h. Time disabled.
i . Time Idle.
j. Power produced
k. Protective function limits (Viz-AC Over voltage, AC Under voltage, Over
frequency, Under frequency ground fault, PV starting voltage, PV
stopping voltage.
vi. All major parameters available on the digital bus and logging facility for
energy auditing through the internal microprocessor and read on the digital
front panel at any time) and logging facility (the current values, previous
values for up to a month and the average values) should be made available
for energy auditing through the internal microprocessor and should be read
on the digital front panel.
vii. PV array energy production: Digital Energy Meters to log the actual value of
AC/ DC voltage, Current & Energy generated by the PV system provided.
Energy meter along with CT/PT should be of 0.5 accuracy class.
viii. Computerized DC String/Array monitoring and AC output monitoring shall be
provided as part of the inverter and/or string/array combiner box or
separately.
ix. String and array DC Voltage, Current and Power, Inverter AC output voltage
and current (All 3 phases and lines), AC power (Active, Reactive and
Apparent), Power Factor and AC energy (All 3 phases and cumulative) and
frequency shall be monitored.
x. Computerized AC energy monitoring shall be in addition to the digital AC
energy meter.
xi.
The data shall be recorded in a common work sheet chronologically
date wise. The data file shall be MS Excel compatible. The data shall be
represented in both tabular and graphical form.
xii. All instantaneous data shall be shown on the computer screen.
xiii. Software shall be provided for USB download and analysis of DC and AC
parametric
data
for
individual
plant.
xiv. Provision for Internet monitoring and download of data shall be also
incorporated.
xv. Remote Server and Software for centralized Internet monitoring system shall
be also provided for download and analysis of cumulative data of all the
plants and the data of the solar radiation and temperature monitoring
system.
xvi. Ambient / Solar PV module back surface temperature shall be also
monitored on continuous basis.
xvii. Simultaneous monitoring of DC and AC electrical voltage, current, power,
energy and other data of the plant for correlation with solar and
environment data shall be provided.
xviii. Remote Monitoring and data acquisition through Remote Monitoring System
software at the owner /[NAME OF THE ORGANISATION] location with latest
software/hardware configuration and service connectivity for online /
real time data monitoring/control complete to be supplied and operation
and maintenance/control to be ensured by the supplier. Provision for
interfacing these data on [NAME OF THE ORGANISATION] server and portal in
future shall be kept.
15.10. TRANSFORMER “IF REQUIRED” & METERING:
a) Dry/oil type relevant kVA, 11kV/415V, 50 Hz Step up along with all
protections, switchgears, Vacuum circuit breakers, cables etc. along with
required civil work.
b) The bidirectional electronic energy meter (0.5 S class) shall be installed
for the measurement of import/Export of energy.
c) The bidder must take approval/NOC from the Concerned DISCOM for
the connectivity, technical feasibility, and synchronization of SPV
plantwith distribution network and submit the same to [NAME OF
THE ORGANISATION] before commissioning of SPV plant.
d) Reverse power relay shall be provided by bidder (if necessary), as per
the local DISCOM requirement.
15.11.
POWER CONSUMPTION:
a) Regarding the generated power consumption, priority need to give for
internal consumption first and thereafter any excess power can be
exported to grid. Finalization of tariff is not under the purview of [NAME OF
THE ORGANISATION] or MNRE. Decisions of appropriate authority like
DISCOM, state regulator may be followed.
15.12.
PROTECTIONS
The system should be provided with all necessary protections like
earthing, Lightning, and grid islanding as follows:
15.12.1. LIGHTNING PROTECTION
The SPV power plants shall be provided with lightning &overvoltage
protection. The main aim in this protection shall be to reduce the over
voltage to a tolerable value before it reaches the PV or other sub system
components. The source of over voltage can be lightning, atmosphere
disturbances etc The entire space occupying the SPV array shall be
suitably protected against Lightning by deploying required number of
Lightning Arrestors. Lightning protection should be provided as per IEC
62305standard. The protection against induced high-voltages shall be
provided by the use of metal oxide varistors (MOVs) and suitable earthing
such that induced transients find an alternate route to earth.
15.12.2. SURGE PROTECTION
Internal surge protection shall consist of three MOV type surge-arrestors
connected from +ve and –ve terminals to earth (via Y arrangement)
15.12.3. EARTHING PROTECTION
i.
Each array structure of the PV yard should be grounded/ earthed properly as
per IS:3043-1987. In addition the lighting arrester/masts should also be earthed
inside the array field. Earth Resistance shall be tested in presence of the
representative of Department/[NAME OF THE ORGANISATION] as and when
required after earthing by calibrated earth tester. PCU, ACDB and DCDB
should also be earthed properly.
ii.
Earth resistance shall not be more than 5 ohms. It shall be ensured that all
the earthing points are bonded together to make them at the same potential.
15.12.4. GRID ISLANDING:
i.
In the event of a power failure on the electric grid, it is required that
any independent power-producing inverters attached to the grid turn off in
a short period of time. This prevents the DC-to-AC inverters from continuing
to feed power into small sections of the grid, known as “islands.” Powered
islands present a risk to workers who may expect the area to be
unpowered, and they may also damage grid-tied equipment. The Rooftop
PV system shall be equipped with islanding protection. In addition to
disconnection from the grid (due to islanding protection) disconnection due
to under and over voltage conditions shall also be provided.
ii.
A manual disconnect 4pole isolation switch beside automatic
disconnection to grid would have to be provided at utility end to isolate the
grid connection by the utility personnel to carry out any maintenance. This
switch shall be locked by the utility personnel.
15.12.5. CABLES
Cables of appropriate size to be used in the system shall have the following
characteristics:
i. Shall meet IEC 60227/IS 694, IEC 60502/IS1554 standards ii.
Temp. Range: –10oC to +80oC.
iii. Voltage rating 660/1000V
iv. Excellent resistance to heat, cold, water, oil, abrasion, UV radiation
v. Flexible
vi. Sizes of cables between array interconnections, array to junction boxes,
junction boxes to Inverter etc. shall be so selected to keep the voltage drop
(power loss) of the entire solar system to the minimum. The cables (as per IS)
should be insulated with a special grade PVC compound formulated for
outdoor use.
vii. Cable Routing/ Marking: All cable/wires are to be routed in a GI cable tray
and suitably tagged and marked with proper manner by good quality ferule or
by other means so that the cable easily identified.
viii. The Cable should be so selected that it should be compatible up to the life
of the solar PV panels i.e. 25years.
ix. The ratings given are approximate. Bidder to indicate size and length as per
system design requirement. All the cables required for the plant provided
by the bidder. Any change in cabling sizes if desired by the bidder/approved
after citing appropriate reasons. All cable schedules/layout drawings
approved prior to installation.
x. Multi Strand, Annealed high conductivity copper conductor PVC type ‘A’
pressure extruded insulation or XLPE insulation. Overall PVC/XLPE insulation for
UV protection Armoured cable for underground laying. All cable trays
including covers to be provided. All cables conform to latest edition of IEC/
equivalent BIS Standards as specified below: BoS item / component Standard
Description Standard Number Cables General Test and Measuring Methods,
PVC/XLPE insulated cables for working Voltage up to and including 1100 V
,UV resistant for outdoor installation IS /IEC 69947.
xi. The size of each type of DC cable selected shall be based on minimum voltage
drop however; the maximum drop shall be limited to 1%.
xii. The size of each type of AC cable selected shall be based on minimum voltage
drop however; the maximum drop shall be limited to 2 %.
15.13 CONNECTIVITY
The maximum capacity for interconnection with the grid at a specific
voltage level shall be as specified in the Distribution Code/Supply Code of the
State and amended from time to time. Following criteria have been suggested
for selection of voltage level in the distribution system for ready reference
of the solar
suppliers.
Plant Capacity
Up to 10 kW
i.
ii.
iii.
Connecting voltage
240V-single phase or 415V-three
phase at the option of
the consumer
Above 10kW and up to 100
kW
415V – three phase
Above 100kW
At
HT/EHT
level
(11kV/33kV/66kV) as per
DISCOM rules
The maximum permissible capacity for rooftop shall be 1 MW for a single
net metering point.
Utilities may have voltage levels other than above, DISCOMS may be
consulted before finalization of the voltage level and specification
be made accordingly.
For large PV system (Above 100 kW) for commercial installation having
large load, the solar power can be generated at low voltage levels and
stepped up to 11 kV level through the step up transformer. The
transformers and associated switchgear would require to be provided by
the SPV bidders.
15.16.
i.
TOOLS & TACKLES AND SPARES:
After completion of installation & commissioning of the power plant,
necessary tools & tackles are to be provided free of cost by the bidder for
maintenance purpose. List of tools and tackles to be supplied by the
bidder for approval of specifications and make from [NAME OF
THE ORGANISATION]/ owner.
ii.
A list of requisite spares in case of PCU/inverter comprising of a set of
control logic cards, IGBT driver cards etc. Junction Boxes. Fuses, MOVs /
arrestors, MCCBs etc along with spare set of PV modules be indicated,
which shall be supplied along with the equipment. A minimum set of spares
shall be maintained in the plant itself for the entire period of warranty and
Operation & Maintenance which upon its use shall be replenished
15.17.
DANGER BOARDS AND SIGNAGES:
Danger boards should be provided as and where necessary as per IE Act. /IE
rules as amended up to date. Three signage shall be provided one each at
battery –cum- control room, solar array area and main entry from
administrative block. Text of the signage may be finalized in consultation with
[NAME OF THE ORGANISATION]/ owner.
15.18.
FIRE EXTINGUISHERS:
The firefighting system for the proposed power plant for fire protection shall be
consisting of:
a) Portable fire extinguishers in the control room for fire caused by electrical
short circuits
b) Sand buckets in the control room
c) The installation of Fire Extinguishers should confirm to TAC regulations and
BIS standards. The fire extinguishers shall be provided in the control room
housing PCUs as well as on the Roof or site where the PV arrays have been
installed.
15.19.
i.
DRAWINGS & MANUALS:
Two sets of Engineering, electrical drawings and Installation and O&M
manuals are to be supplied. Bidders shall provide complete technical data
sheets for each equipment giving details of the specifications along with
make/makes in theirbid along with basic design of the power plant and
power evacuation, synchronization along with protection equipment.
ii.
Approved ISI and reputed makes for equipment be used.
iii.
For complete electro-mechanical works, bidders shall supply complete
design, details and drawings for approval to [NAME OF THE
ORGANISATION]/owners before progressing with the installation work
15.20.
PLANNING AND DESIGNING:
i.
The bidder should carry out Shadow Analysis at the site and accordingly
design strings & arrays layout considering optimal usage of space, material
and labor. The bidder should submit the array layout drawings along with
Shadow Analysis Report to [NAME OF THE ORGANISATION]/Owner for
approval.
ii. [NAME OF THE ORGANISATION] reserves the right to modify the
landscaping design, Layout and specification of sub-systems and
components at any stage as per local site conditions/requirements.
iii. The bidder shall submit preliminary drawing for approval & based on any
modification or recommendation, if any. The bidder submit three sets
and soft copy in CD of final drawing for formal approval to proceed with
construction work.
15.21. DRAWINGS
CONTRACT
TO
BE
FURNISHED
BY
BIDDER
AFTER
AWARD
OF
i. The Contractor shall furnish the following drawings Award/Intent and
obtain approval
ii. General arrangement and dimensioned layout
iii. Schematic drawing showing the requirement of SV panel, Power conditioning
Unit(s)/ inverter, Junction Boxes, AC and DC Distribution Boards, meters etc.
iv. Structural drawing along with foundation details for the structure.
v. Itemized bill of material for complete SV plant covering all the components
and associated accessories.
vi. Layout of solar Power Array
vii. Shadow analysis of the roof
15.22. SOLAR PV SYSTEM ON THE ROOFTOP FOR MEETING THE ANNUAL ENERGY
REQUIREMENT
The Solar PV system on the rooftop of the selected buildings will be installed for
meeting upto 90% of the annual energy requirements depending upon the
area of rooftop available and the remaining energy requirement of the office
buildings will be met by drawing power from grid at commercial tariff of
DISCOMs.
15.23. SAFETY MEASURES:
The bidder shall take entire responsibility for electrical safety of the
installation(s) including connectivity with the grid and follow all the safety rules &
regulations applicable as per Electricity Act, 2003 and CEA guidelines etc.
16. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS – PROJECTOR SYSTEM
i) Brilliant White perforated Screen to support maximum frame size
ii) DLP Projector with minimum 3000 luminosity (Projector must support HD, SDI–
HDMI and also component, composite) compatible with DG BETA (PAL), HD
Cam Player and Blue Ray Player (5.1 discreet analogue output).
iii) DVD Player, DG Beta, Blue Ray
iv) 35mm and 16mm projector with all accessories
v) Proper audio Sound System
Other specifications and requirement:
a. Light intensity on the screen should be 12 to 14 FL
b. Proper arrangement/installation is to be made for screening.
c. Service Engineer must be deployed in every conference hall during the
screening.
17. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS – OCCUPANCY CUM DAYLIGHT SENSORS
Power Source: 220-240V/AC
Frequency: 50/60Hz
Ambient Light: <3-2000LUX (adjustable)
Delay: Min.10sec±3sec
Power Consumption: approx 0.5W
Rated Load: 1000W Max.2000W
Installation Height: 2.2-4m
Detection Moving Speed: 0.6-1.5m/s
Working Humidity: <93%RH
Detection Range: 360° Power
Detection Distance: 6m max(<24℃)
Working Temperature: -20~+40℃ Time
Max.15min±2min
18. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS – SATELLITE MASTER ANTENNA TELIVISION SYSTEM
(SMATV)
18.1 Scope Of Work
1 The work covered in this section shall include the design, supply, installation,
wiring, testing & commissioning of SMATV system in approved working condition
and provide free maintenance thereafter for a period of twelve (12) months.
2 The sub-contractor shall design, furnish and install the complete system as
specified with all the necessary apparatus and equipment, wiring, etc. required
to ensure on completion, a system of professional quality in excellent working
order.
3 The sub-contractor shall submit detailed calculation and comprehensive
layout and wiring diagrams of the SMATV system. The catalogues of all
equipment used for this project shall be submitted to the consulting engineer.
4 The work to be carried out shall include necessary labour and the whole of the
materials necessary for the completion and performance of the system as
required, whether such be directly mentioned in the specification or not.
18.2 General Requirement
1 The SMATV system shall enable the reception of all local and National TV
channels.
2 All required components of the SMATV system shall consist of the satellite dish,
antennae, lightning surge protector, channelized headed with channelized
amplifiers, power supply unit, distribution amplifiers, splitters, taps, SMATV outlet,
coaxial cable and all necessary attenuators, F-connectors & 75 ohm terminal
blocks.
3 All equipment supplied be modular, easy to install & accessible for
maintenance. The distribution equipment must be of F-connector type, saddle &
clamp type is not acceptable. The equipment shall comply with the standard of
broadcasting.
4 Generally, all the major equipment shall be supplied by one single
manufacturer. Before ordering, all equipment must be approved by the
consulting
engineer
19.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS - DIESEL GENERATOR SET WITH ACOUSTIC
CANOPY
1
GENERAL :
1.1
SCOPE :
This general specification together with the equipment sheets and attachments
defines the minimum requirements the design, performance, inspection, testing
and supply diesel engines for general industrial purposes.
1.2
The construction, design and rating of the diesel engine shall meet fully, the
requirements of the specified driven machine and the Vendor shall select and
provide the requisite ancillaries and controls with the diesel engine for its safe
and satisfactory operation.
1.3
No deviations or exceptions from this specification shall be permitted without
the written approval of the purchaser. Intended deviations supported by
reasons there of shall be separately listed by the vendor and submitted with the
bid for the consideration of the Purchaser.
1.4
Compliance with this specification shall not relieve the vendor of the
responsibility of furnishing equipment and accessories of proper design,
materials and workmanship to meet the specified operating conditions.
1.5
This general specification supplements the specific requirements contained in
the attached equipment data sheets. In the event of any contradiction
between the two, the information contained in the latter shall govern.
1.6
Other attachments of the Material Requisition from a apart of this specification.
1.7
TERMS AND DEFINITIONS :
1.7.1
The Net Calorific value of fuel is defined as the heat resulting from the complete
combustion of a unit quantity of fuel oil and air, without condensation of the
water vapour. A net calorific value of 9,720 Kcal/Kg (As per IS : 1460 Rev.2) shall
be considered while declaring the fuel consumption and for testing purposes.
1.7.2
The unit of horse power as defined in this specification is the metric horse power
equivalent to 4,500 n-Kg/Min. The horse power in F.P.S. system is equal to 1.014
metric horse power.
1.7.3
Other terms used in this specification or in the equipment data sheets are as
defined in the latest edition of British Standard-5514.
2
STANDARD OPERATING CONDITIONS :
2.1
The standard operating conditions shall be defined in the latest edition of
B.S.-5514 unless otherwise mentioned specifically in the equipment data sheet.
3
3.1
RATED POWER OUTPUT AND SPEED :
The diesel engine rating shall be the net output in brake horse power, which the
engine is capable of delivering continuously at the stated crank shaft speed
under the conditions specified under Clause 2.0 above, provided the engine is
maintained in good operating condition and is serviced / overhauled regularly
as per the schedules laid down by the Manufacturer.
3.2
No negative tolerance shall be allowed on the diesel engine rating specified by
the Vendor in the equipment data sheets.
3.3
The engine shall be capable of satisfactorily providing an output 10 percent in
excess of the continuous rating defined above, at the same speed for one hour
in any period of 12 hours consecutive running.
3.4
The normal power requirement of the engine driven radiator fan or the coolant
pump and the battery charging dynamo shall be clearly stated for the engine
which is so equipped.
3.5
Unless otherwise specified in the equipment data sheets, the site rating of the
engine shall be worked out considering the duration’s specified under the latest
edition of B.S.-5514 and the power absorb by all the engine driven ancillaries
shall also be deducted.
4
DESIGN & CONSTRUCTION :
4.1
GENERAL :
4.1.1
The Diesel engine offered shall be of the regular production models of the
manufacturer for industrial applications and already type tested either at the
manufacturer's works or outside. The type test report shall be furnished to the
purchaser for his review if so desired.
In case the proposed engine model has not been type tested, vendor shall
furnish with the offer, a reference list of its existing industrial installation and at
least three of these engines, should have completed, 5,000 houses of running at
site.
4.1.2
Unless otherwise specified in the equipment data sheets, the diesel engine shall
be provided with class A2 governing as per the latest edition of B.S. 5514.
4.1.3
The "Cyclic irregularity" of the diesel engine for direct coupling to an electric
generator, "angular deviation of p73 A.C. generators " driven by diesel engine
for parallel operation, and the "engine governor speed droop characteristics ",
shall be restricted to the values specified under the latest edition of B.S.-5514.
4.1.4
In case diesel engines are required to drive generators in parallel, the governor
fuel injection pumps provided should have identical characteristics and the
speed-load curves shall be made available to the purchaser's inspector for his
scrutiny and approval prior to load testing. The vendor shall maintain proper
record for such curves to ensure additional diesel engines if required in future
with identical characteristics, could be made available to the purchaser. A set
of the said curves shall also be furnished to the purchaser.
4.1.5
The vendor shall be responsible for carrying out torsion analysis of the dynamic
system as specified in the latest edition of British Standard-5514. The results in the
fork of a report shall be submitted to the purchaser for scrutiny and reference, if
desired.
4.1.6
Vendor shall provide the flexible exhaust connection /s to connect the engine
exhaust to the exhaust piping. The required size of the exhaust piping should be
clearly specified by the Vendor.
4.1.7
If specified, the common base plate for mounting the diesel engine and the
driven equipment as well as the flexible coupling, shall be supplied by the
vendor.
4.1.8
Vendor shall indicate in the bid, the ISO Noise Level rating of the diesel engine
with the offered exhaust silencer/s.
4.2
ENGINE STARTING:
4.2.1
Diesel engines shall be capable of starting without the use of cold starting aids
so long the ambient temperature at the site is not below 4 oC. The vendor shall
provide suitable cold starting aids with diesel engine for quick starting below
4oC of ambient and such aids shall be clearly detailed out along with the offer.
4.2.2
Where the diesel engine is specified / offered with battery starting
arrangement, the starter motor shall be capable of starting the engine without
having to disengage the driven machine with the help of a clutch. Where the
diesel engine is equipped with a dual starter the synchronizing switch and the
corresponding wiring / connection with the starter motor shall be provided by
the vendor.
In case of diesel engines driving fire water pumps, besides the engine mounted
dynamo and voltage regulator, the Vendor shall also provide automatic
battery charging equipment suitable for taking power from an alternating
current power source and mounted on a free standing type of a panel.
The battery charger if specified in the equipment data sheet, shall be capable
of delivering a current equal to 100 percent of the 20 hour discharge rate of the
battery and also equipped with charging rate selector device.
4.2.3
Where the diesel engine is specified / offered with compressed air starting, the
Vendor shall also provide the air compressor driven by a diesel engine / electric
motor and equipped with necessary instruments and controls as specified in the
equipment data sheets.
The air receiver supplied by the vendor shall provide batteries and battery
charging equipment (see clause B. above) for operating the electrical controls
of the diesel engine.
4.2.4
If as specified in the data sheets, the diesel engine is required to start / stop
automatically,
the
vendor
shall
provide
the
necessary
controls
(automatic-cum-manual) in the engine panel and the interconnecting wiring
and piping from the panel to the engine and starting equipment. A pilot lamp
shall be provided in the line side of the starting equipment circuit to indicate
that the controller is in the automatic position. In the event the engine does not
start after three attempts have been made, the controller shall stop all further
cranking and operate the audiovisual alarm. AD.C. motor driven per lubrication
pump with timer suitably interlocked with the starting system shall be provided
by the vendor. Whenever the unit is arrange for automatic shut down, a running
period time set for a specific time interval, shall be provided.
4.3
ENGINE COOLING:
4.3.1
When radiator cooled engines are offered, the diesel engine shall be provided
with a radiator for mounting on the common base plate, complete with the
suction / blower fan, temperature control valve and a radiator guard.
4.3.2
Where the engine cooling is achieved by closed circuit cooling water system,
the vendor shall provide the complete jacket water (primary water) circuit,
heat exchanger with the make-up tank and its piping, as well as the raw water
(secondary water) circuit including but not limited to the following :
4.3.2.1 Raw water pump with driver, unless the raw water is required to be obtained
from the discharge of the pump driven by the diesel engine.
4.3.2.2 Raw water piping (prefabricated) and fittings, as specified in the equipment
date sheets.
4.3.2.3 Instruments and controls as specified in the equipment data sheets.
4.4
ENGINE FUEL SYSTEM :
4.4.1
A fuel float (surge) tank if recommended by the manufacturer, shall be
supplied with the diesel engine along with its interconnecting piping / hoses.
4.4.2
The daily service fuel tank shall be equipped with as air breather, shielded level
gauge, strainer and a hand hole of not less than 150 mm diameter, besides the
required fuel connections and a drain plug. The capacity of tank shall be as
specified in the equipment data sheets.
4.4.3
The inside surfaces of the fuel tank and the float tank shall be coated with
Enamel Red or Black of I.C.I. or its equivalent and the outside surface to be
given two coats of the oil resistant primer paint. Both the fuel tank and the float
tank, shall be hydrostatic tested at a pressure not less than 0.35 kg /Cm2.
5
INSPECTION & TESTING :
2
The inspector representing Purchaser shall have entry to the plant while and
wherever work for the equipment is being performed.
5.2
The vendor shall have the responsibility of providing purchaser's inspector with
all requisite facilities / equipment for carrying out satisfactory testing.
5.3
The diesel engines shall be tested in the presence of purchaser's inspector in
accordance with the latest edition of B.S. -5514 or any other equivalent
standard as agreed to with the purchaser before the finalization of order.
5.4
The routine load and fuel consumption test shall be of the following duration :
5.5
Unless otherwise specified, 10% overload provision shall be kept while setting the
fuel stop for the site running.
5.6
The hydrostatic test certificates for the heat exchanger / intercooler , fuel tanks
and other pressure vessels shall be furnished to the purchaser's inspector for his
review and approval at the time of load testing of the diesel engine.
5.7
The engine control panel/s after assembly and wiring, shall be functionally
tested in the presence of the purchaser's inspector.
6
PREPARATION FOR SHIPMENT :
6.1
Immediately upon completion of all tests and inspections, all exposed
machined surfaces shall be cleaned and coated with a suitable rust preventive
by the vendor and the unmachined surface shall be painted by at least two
coats of red oxide primer.
6.2
Diesel engines shall be transported assembled as far as possible.
6.3
All untapped opening shall be provided with 4mm thick metal closures with full
rubber gaskets and bolted by not less than 4 bolts. All connections including
those for instruments, instrument leads, lubricating oil and the like shall be
identified with securely attached tags indicating the type of connection, the
instrument or the line description as applicable.
6.4
The equipment shall be crated for domestic / export shipment as specified in
the data sheets considering for storage at job site for at least 6 months. Lifting
load-out, and handling instructions shall be securely attached to the exterior of
the largest packing in a well marked weather proof container. Upright position
lifting points, weight (including packing and dimensions shall be clearly
identified with item no., serial no., package no., and the names of the
equipment.)
7
PROPOSAL :
7.1
Proposals shall be accompanied with completely filled in Data Sheets. The
vendor shall not use his own data sheets.
7.2
The proposals must include either a specified statement that all equipment is in
accordance with the purchaser's specifications or exceptions, if any, to this
general specification including attachments shall be clearly brought out by the
vendor on separate sheets, supported with suitable reasons thereof for the
consideration of the purchaser.
7.3
Additions or exclusions from the scope of supply shall be clearly brought out on
separate sheets giving reasons for such deviations for the purchaser's approval.
7.4
Rating (HP) curves for the diesel engine for different duties and their
interpretation as per the applicable standard, shall accompany the proposal.
7.5
The drawings and data as listed under "prints with Quote" on the vendor data
requirement sheet attached with this specification, shall be provided.
7.6
The vendor shall also submit a separate proposal for carrying out supervision of
the installation and commissioning of diesel engine/s offered indicating per item
rates, no. of specialists proposed to be deputed, completion time and a list
indicating nature and quantity of consumable/ tools required and any other
terms.
8
SCOPE :
8.1
This specification define the requirements of design, manufacture, testing and
supply of self excited emergency generator complete with automatic voltage
regulator, control panel, generator breaker and other accessories as specified
in the material requisition.
8.2
Unless otherwise specified the emergency generator shall be supplied
complete with
a)
Brush less excitation system complete with AVR.
b)
Electric panel including control cubicle and associated auxiliary devices, relay
panel and generator breaker battery and charger (unless otherwise specified).
c)
Air inlet and outlet for generator cooling (inlet shall be oriented to suit local
plant layout).
d)
Lifting arrangement for the machine.
e)
Foundation frame complete with foundation bolts and base frame.
f)
Lube oil system integral with the prime mover lube oil system.
g)
Spares for commissioning
h)
Spares for two years of operation and maintenance.
i)
Any other part / accessories not specifically mentioned above but considered
necessary for safe and reliable operation.
9
CODES AND STANDARDS :
Unless they are in variance with the clause of this specification the diesel engine
driven generator and their components shall comply with the latest edition of
the applicable standards listed below :
IS : 22534 Designation for type of construction and mounting arrangement of
rotating electrical machines.
IS : 46914 Degree of protection providing by enclosures of rotating electrical
machinery.
IS : 47284 Terminal marking of rotating electrical machines.
IS : 71324 Guide for testing 3 Ph. sysn. Machines.
IS : 54224 Turbine type generators.
IS : 48894
Methods of determination of efficiency of rotating electrical
machines.
IS : 12714 Insulating materials for Electric machinery and apparatus in relation to
their thermal stability service, classification of
IS : 47224 Specification for rotating electrical machines.
IS : 25164 A.C. Circuit breakers.
Other codes shall be : AS2789, BS4999, BS5000, DIN6271, EGSA101P, IEC34/1,
IS4722, ISO3046/1, ISO8528, NEMAMG1-22, SAEJ1349.
10
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS :
10.1
Operative Conditions :
Generators shall be suitable for operating satisfactorily in humid and corrosive
atmosphere found in pump house. Service conditions shall be as specified in
the data sheet. The generator shall operate satisfactorily under sudden load
application. Generator rating indicated in the data sheet shall be the net
output of the set after accounting for all auxiliaries for the prime mover and
generator.
10.2
Transient Voltage performance
The dip or rise in system voltage load variations is dependent on the leakage
voltage drop of the machine which shall be kept to the minimum.
In case of sudden application of full load at rated power factor the voltage
drop shall not exceed 15% of the rated voltage. The rated voltage shall be
restored within 0.5 to 0.8 second depending on the size of the machine.
10.3
Voltage Regulation
The voltage regulation of the machine shall be within +/- 2 % of the nominal
voltage under following conditions :
a).
Between no load and nominal load with p.f. of 0.8 lag to unity.
b).
With the machine cold or warm.
c).
At a speed drop of approximately 3% of the nominal speed.
10.4
Voltage setting range :
The generator terminal voltage shall be adjustable with a continuously variable
potentiometer. The adjustment range shall be +/- 5% of the nominal voltage
with a possible extension to +/- 7%.
10.5
Harmonic Content
The maximum permissible deviation from the sine wave shall be 5%. The
harmonic content of the voltage shall be less than 3% measured between
phases off load and up to nominal rating for a power factor of 0.8 lag to unity
and with symmetrical distortion free consumers in circuit.
10.6
Frequency limits
The Generator shall be suitable for continuous operation at rated load for
frequency variation of +/- 3% of rated value in addition the vendor shall furnish
the short time under-frequency operating limits.
10.7
Overloads :
The generator shall be capable of withstanding without injury the effect of a
10% overload for one hour and 50% overload for one minute.
10.8
Short Circuit Conditions :
The generator shall be capable of withstanding without damage, a three
phase, a line to line, line to earth or two line to earth short circuit for a period of
3 seconds when operating at rated speed and with an excitation
corresponding to 5% over voltage at no load.
10.9
Parallel operation :
Generator sets shall be suitable for parallel operation amongst themselves, or
with other generating sets or with other sources (Grid supply) at operating
voltage and under load conditions up to rated value. The set shall be provided
with Electronic governor system.
10.10 Excitation support system
Excitation system shall be provided with short circuit support equipment (Series
compounding) to maintain three times the rated current for three seconds in
case of short circuit to ensure proper fault clearance in outgoing feeders.
11
DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION :
11.1
The generator design shall meet the requirement specified in data sheet and
shall be suitable for the site conditions specified therein.
11.2
The generator shall be mounted on a common base frame together with the
prime mover unless otherwise agreed. The generator shall be provided with
necessary lifting hooks and two earth terminals for connection to main earth
grid.
11.3
The generator winding shall be class "F" insulation with temperature limitation for
class "B" the windings and overhangs shall be braced to withstand the short
circuit forces. For machines rated 1000 KW and above shall have six no. RTDs
suitably distributed in stators winding.
11.4
The stators windings shall be brought out to six insulated terminals in two
separate terminal boxes. The alternator shall, therefore, be provided with three
separate terminal boxes i.e. for the line and neutral stators connections and for
control connections. The terminal box for the line terminals shall have sufficient
space for the termination of cable size specified in data sheet. The neutral box
shall in addition to space for neutral earthing cable have sufficient room for
current transformers used for protection of generator. Star connection shall be
formed in the neutral side terminal box. The terminal box for control cables shall
contain properly marked terminals for all internal equipment e.g. embedded
temperature detectors etc. All terminals shall be stud type. The terminal boxes
shall be complete with lugs and double compression cable glands. Current
transformers shall be as specified in data sheet.
11.5
All parts and accessories shall be suitable to withstand stresses due to over
speed / overload / short circuit conditions specified.
11.6
Bearings shall be double shielded and relubricated. Grease in the bearing
enclosure shall provide additional lubrication to bearing as well as provide
sealing against dust and moisture.
11.7
The generator shall be air cooled unless otherwise agreed generator enclosure
shall be as specified in data sheet.
11.8
The direction of rotation of the rotor of the machine shall be compatible with
that of the prime mover. A clear indication of the direction of rotation shall be
given on either end of the machine.
11.9
Space heaters shall be installed within the enclosure, location and max. surface
temperature of the heaters shall be such that no damage can be caused to
any insulation. Heaters shall suitable for operation on a single phase 240V AC
supply unless otherwise specified.
A suitable double pole switch shall be mounted on or adjacent to the stators
frame or enclosure for the manual switching off of the heaters.
11.10 Field winding shall have class "F" insulation with excellent electrical and
mechanical properties. The field winding shall be capable of operating at a
field voltage of 125% of rated load field voltage for at least one minute starting
from stabilized temperatures at rated conditions.
11.11 All cabling on the generator set skid shall be in GI cable trays/ conduits. All
cables shall be identified close to their termination point. Double compression
type cable glands shall be used for cable termination.
11.12 A rating plate of corrosion resistant material shall be fixed on the generator
frame and shall give the following information:
a)
Manufacturer's name.
b)
Serial Number, Type and frame reference
c)
Rated output in MVA & MW
d)
Rated power factor, frequency and voltage
e)
Rated stators current and speed in Rev. / Min.
f)
Class of insulation
g)
Phase rotation (CW or CCW)
h)
Customer's indent no.
i)
Year of manufacture
j)
Weight rotor and stators in KG.
12 EXCITATION SYSTEM :
The generator shall be provided with brush less type solid state excitation system
with automatic voltage regulator. The excitation system shall include the
automatic voltage regulator, AC exciter and rotary rectifier. The field of the
exciter shall be fed from the stators winding through a suitable transformer and
AVR. AC Voltage generated in the AC exciter shall be rectified by the rotary
rectifier assembly and fed to the main field circuits. The rotor windings of the AC
exciter, the rectifier assemble, main field winding of the generator and other
accessories on rotor part shall be rigidly fastened to the shaft and the
connection with different items shall be anti-loosening type.
The exciter capacity shall be at least 20% more than the maximum requirement
at any time. The exciter winding shall be insulated with class "F" insulation.
Automatic solid state voltage shall be provided with the following features as a
minimum.
-
Under frequency protection.
-
short circuit protection.
-
Manual voltage control switch with adjuster.
-
Cross current compensation for parallel operation.
-
Voltage build up circuitry.
-
Stators current limited.
-
Field current limited.
The Current and potential transformers required to feed the AVR from the
generator terminal shall be adequately rated.
13
SYSTEM OPERATION
The emergency generator set shall normally be in an unattended area. The
Control system shall operate in fail safe mode and shall include all controls and
protection necessary for the safe operation of the package. The generator set
shall function as per one of the following schemes:
-
Auto main failure scheme (AMF).
-
Manual start in service mode.
-
Manual test mode.
14
GENERATOR CONTROL PANEL :
14.1
The Local generator control panel for the generator set shall comprise of the
following unless otherwise specified in the attached data sheet.
(a)
Automatic Voltage Regulator.
(b)
Protection and metering equipment’s.
(c)
Indicating instruments.
(d)
Local breaker for DG set (Siemens / Schneider)
(e)
Control gear for generator set auxiliaries.
Any other accessory require to make the generator set operational as a
package shall be included in scope of supply. If required the generator control
panel shall be split into various functional sections viz. protection, metering and
control, regulation etc.
The generator break shall also be part of the control panel unless otherwise
specified. The breaker rating shall be as specified in the drawing. The protective
relays in the Gen. Control panel shall act to trip this breaker on fault conditions
unless otherwise specified. This breaker also serves the purpose of local
isolation.
All motor starters for generator set auxiliaries shall be DOL type.
Unless otherwise specified , the DC control supply required for relays , controls,
closing/tripping of generator breaker, annunciation circuit and for any other
purpose shall be met by a DC system consisting of battery and battery charger
of suitable capacity to be supplied by the generator set manufacturer . The
battery shall be sized for two hours load cycle a maximum. Battery charger shall
be of the constant voltage type with current limiting feature and facilities for
automatic and manual, normal and quick charging of batteries. Charger shall
be sized for boost charging of batteries with 10 to 14 hours.
14.2
The panel shall be free standing , metal enclosed, dust and vermin proof type
with a hinged door and having a degree of protection IP 52 as per IS:51 as per
IS:2147 unless otherwise specified . Power and control equipment shall be
segregated inside the panel as far as practicable. The maximum light of the
operation handle/switches shall not exceed 1000 mm. and the minimum height
not below 300 mm. All hardware shall be corrosion resistant and bolts, nuts and
washers shall be made of galvanized zinc passivated of cadmium plated
high quality steel. Unless otherwise specified the panel shall be suitable for
bottom cable entry. Necessary glands shall be provided with the panel.
All auxiliary devices for control, indication, measurement and alarm such as
push buttons control/selector switches, indicating lamps, metering instruments,
annunciation’s etc. shall be mounted on the front door of the panel. Adequate
number of potential free contacts shall be provided in the control panel for
any remote control, monitoring of the generator set.
14.3
All switches shall be load - break, heavy duty type. All fuses shall be
non-deteriorating HRC cartridge pressure filled, link type. The contractor shall be
air-break type having AC-3 duty rating. Thermal overload relays shall be three
element, positive acting, ambient temperature compensated type with adjustable setting range and built in protection feature against single phasing. All
indicating instruments shall be moving iron, flush mounting type and of 96 mm x
96 mm square pattern. All control / selector switches shall be rotary back
connected type having a cam-operated contact mechanism with knob type
handle. "STOP" push buttons shall be stay put type.
14.4
Wiring for power, control and signalling circuits shall be done with PVC insulated
copper conductors having 660 / 1100 V grade insulation. Minimum size of
control wires shall be 2.5 mm "ELEMEX" type terminals shall be acceptable for
wires up to 10mm2 size and for conductors larger than 10 mm2 bolted type
terminals with crimping lugs shall be provided. A minimum of 10% spare
terminals shall be provided on each terminal block.
14.5
An adequately sized earth bus shall be provided in the panel for connection to
the main earth grid. All non current carrying metallic parts of the mounted
equipment’s shall be earthed. Doors and movable parts shall be earthed using
flexible copper connections.
14.6
Engraved nameplates shall be provided for all devices mounted on the front of
the panel. Nameplate or polyester adhesive stickers shall be provided for each
equipment mounted inside the panel.
15
PAINTING, PACKING AND TRANSPORT:
12
All metal surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned of scale, rust and grease etc.
prior to painting. Cleaned surfaces shall be given two coats of primer and
prepared for final painting. Final finish shall be free from all sorts of blemishes.
15.2
The equipment shall be shipped to site suitably packed to prevent any
damage. Each package shall have labels to show purchaser's name, purchase
order and equipment no. suitable lifting lugs etc. shall be provided and lifting
points shall be clearly marked on the package. Packing shall be suitable for
storage at site for a minimum period of 6 months.
16
TESTS AND INSPECTION :
The owner or his authorized representative may visit the works during
manufacture of equipment to assess the progress of work as well as to ascertain
that only quality raw materials are used for the same. He shall be given all
assistance to carry out the inspection.
Detailed test procedure along with the facilities available at vendors works shall
be furnished along with the bid Owner's representative shall be given minimum
four weeks advance notice for witnessing the final testing. Test certificates
including test records and performances curves etc. shall be furnished by the
vendor.
Tests
Equipment shall be tested to conform to the appropriate standards and the
following tests shall be conducted in the presence of purchaser's:
Functional tests, continuity tests and high voltage test on control panel to
establish the performance called for in the specification.
Power frequency voltage test on switch gear and mechanical / electrical
operational check.
Routine tests for alternator as per IS : 4722.
Over speed test (1.2 times the rated speed for 2 minutes)
Transient response tests for sudden application and rejection of loads of 25%,
50%, 75% and 100% of rated capacity.
Wave form test (type test results are acceptable)
Phase sequence test.
Vibration test
Noise level test.
Dimensional and alignment test.
String test.
17 TECHNICAL DATA FOR EQUIPMENTS :
A.
PRIME MOVER FOR D.G. SET
1.
Prime mover
Diesel Engine
2.
Qty, required
One No. for each alternator.
3.
Service
4.
Horse power
Prime mover for generating set.
5.
RPM
1500 RPM
6.
Type
Radiator cooled set.
7.
Flywheel
Require
8.
Vibration damper
Require
9.
Fuel pump air cleaner
10.
Fuel pump
Require
11.
Radiator
Require – HEAT EXHANGER TYPE
12.
Oil filter, fuel
Require
filter etc.
Require
13.
Lub oil pump
Require
14.
24 V DC V electrical
system
Require
15.
Safety controls
Require
16.
Silencer
Require
17.
Coupling
Require
18.
Instrument panel consist of :
a)
Starter switch
b)
Lub. oil temp. gauge
c)
Water temp. gauge
Require
d)
Oil pressure gauge
Require
e)
Meter
Require
f)
Tachometer
Require
Require
Require
19
Fuel tank
Require
20
Battery charger
Require
21.
Engine testing
a)
At shop
b)
At site
22.
Tool kits
23.
Literature
a)
Operation & maintenance manual
b)
Parts catalogue/list
Require
Require
Require
Note :
1.
The engine HP. should be selected so as to achieve required KW rating to be
generated considering derating of engine due to altitude, temp. humidity etc.
2.
The engine test shall be witnessed by the client's representative.
ALTERNATOR
DATA SHEET - B
1.
Make
:
2.
Rating
:
1 x 500kVA & 1 x 200kVA
3.
Power factor
:
0.8
4.
Rated voltage
5.
Voltage regulation
6.
Rated current
7.
Speed
:
1500 RPM.
8.
Frequency
:
50 Hz.
9.
Field current at rated
:
to be specified by tenderer
:
to be specified by tenderer
regulation
:
Self
Class of insulation
:
A) Starter - F with temp.rise of Cl.B
output and power factor
10.
12.
:
415 V
As required
:
Field voltage at rated
output and power factor
11.
:
Method of excitation and
B) Rotor - F
13.
Degree of protection
14.
Base plate
:
:
--- do ------
Screen protected, drip proof.
The Engine & alternator shall
be mounted and alignedon a
common base plate fabricated
from steel.
15.
Control Panel AMF
:
Consist of
1.
ACB
with
O/L,
E/F
and
shunt
trip
releases
2. On/off indicator.
3. Auxiliary switch.
4. Ammeter & Voltmeter with assessors
5. KWH meters with CTs.
6. Over voltage relay
7. Under Voltage relay
8. Reverse & Forward Power relay.
9. Over & Under frequency Relay
10. KVA meter
11.Frequency meter.
12. Annunciation windows.
13. LED Lamp indicator.
16.
Change over switch
AUTO SYNCHORNISING WITH PLC AND BUS
COUPLERS.
20.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS – HT SUBSTATION
1
GENERAL :
1.1
SCOPE :
Design, supplying, testing and commissioning
of 11 kV/415 volts substation
complete with all the accessories and fittings for efficient and trouble free
operation.
1.0
CODE & STANDARDS:
a.
All equipment and material shall be designed manufactured and tested in
accordance with the latest applicable Indian Standard / IEC standard.
b.
Equipment and material confirming to any other standard which ensures
equal or better quality may be accepted. In such case copies of English
version of the standard adopted shall be submitted.
c.
The electrical installation shall met the requirement of Indian Electricity Rules as
amended up to date relevant IS code of practice and Indian electricity act.
d.
The Sub-station shall in general comply with the latest issues including
amendments of the following standards but not restricted to it.
Title
Indian Standards
11 kV Switchgear cubicles
IS:13118, IS:3427,
IEC:694.
IEC:298
Ring main unit 11 kV grade
IS:9920, IEC:265
Code of practice for selection, installation and maintenance of
IS:10118
Switchgear
Distribution Transformer
IS: 2026
Colour for ready mix paints
IS:5
Enamel synthetic, exterior a)Undercoating b) finishing
IS:2932
L.T. Fuseboard Panel
IS:5039
Indian Electricity Rules
1956
Indian Electricity Act
1910
1.2 11KV NON-EXT RMU WITH VACUUM CIRCUIT BREAKER
The requirement of 11kv SF6 insulated Ring Main Unit is as under.
a.
SF6 Gas filled Non-extensible Ring Main Units with Vacuum Circuit Breaker
comprising of following accessories enclosed in single stainless steel tank as
indicated below:
b.
SF6 Gas filled Non-extensible Ring Main Units with Vacuum Circuit Breaker
comprising of 2 panels as indicated below:
c.
Panel No.01 - One number SF6 insulated direct cable arrangement with one
cable box accessible from the front.
Panel No.2 – Vacuum Circuit Breaker complete with operating mechanism,
protection system and One Number of cable box accessible from the front
d.
The above 11kV switchgears, busbars should be mounted inside a
robotically welded sealed for life inside stainless steel tank of 3 mm thick
sheet metal. The tank should be filled with SF6 gas at adequate pressure. The
degree of protection for gas tank should be IP67.
e.
The Circuit Breaker is required to control 11kV/433 volts distribution
Transformer of rating as per BOQ and relay settings shall be selected
accordingly.
f.
Circuit Breaker must have 10 nos full short circuit (21KA) operations & 2000
mechanical operations under normal conditions
g.
General Finish: Totally enclosed, metal clad, vermin and dust proof suitable
for tropical climate use as detailed in the specifications.
h.
Ratings: The busbars shall have continuous rating of 630 Amps. The isolator
shall have a continuous rating of 630 amps, Circuit Breaker shall have a
continuous rating of 630 Amps. in accordance with relevant IEC standard
i.
Breaking & Making Capacity: The isolators shall be capable for breaking
rated full load current. Circuit Breaker shall be capable of having rupturing
capacity of 21kA symmetrical at 11KV.
j.
Busbar: Switchgear shall be complete with all connection, bus-bars etc.
Copper busbars continuous rating shall be 630 Amps. The busbars should be
fully encapsulated by SF6 gas inside the steel tank.
k.
Remote Operation: Remote operation of the RMU’s Isolators & Breaker CB
shall be possible using Motors fitted to the operating mechanism (Optional if
asked). It shall be possible to fit the motors either directly in manufacturing
plant or on site as & when required. Installation on site shall be possible
1.3 ON-LOAD ISOLATORS :
The Isolators offered shall conform to IEC60129. The isolator shall be triple
pole, spring assisted, hand operated, non-automatic type with quick break
contacts. The operating handle shall have three positions ‘ON’, ‘OFF’ and
‘EARTH’ which shall be clearly marked with suitable arrangement to padlock
in any position.
Each isolator should be provided with series earthing switch for suitable
earthing of HT cables only when isolator is in ‘OFF’ position
A self interlocking safety arrangement shall be provided in each on-load
isolating switch with corresponding earthing switch such that the operation
shall be prevented from ‘ON’ position to ‘EARTH’ position or vice versa in a
single operation, i.e earthing switch cannot be made ’ON’ until & unless
isolating switch is turned ‘OFF’ & vice versa. This feature is must for safety of
operator to work on HT cable.
1.4 SWITCHGEAR:
a.
The RMU shall be Sealed for life, the enclosure shall meet the “sealed
pressure system” criteria in accordance with IEC: 298 (a system for which no
handling of gas is required through out service life of approximate 25 years.)
There shall be no requirement to ‘top up’ the SF6 gas. In addition,
manufacturer should confirm that maximum leakage rate of gas is lower
than 0.1% per year. It shall provide full insulation, making the switchgear
insensitive to the environment. Thus assembled, the active parts of the
switchgear unit shall be maintenance free.
b.
The switchgear & switchboard shall be designed so that the position of
different devices is visible to the operator on the front of the switchboard &
operations are visible as well. The switchboard shall be designed so as to
prevent access to all live parts during operation without the use of tools.
c.
RMU should be tested for internal arc fault test.
1.5 T-OFF VACUUM CIRCUIT BREAKER:
a. The Unit shall consist Tee-off spring assisted three position, three pole
Vacuum circuit breaker, with off-load isolator in series & also integral
fault making/dead breaking earthing switch.
The function/operation shall be fully interlocked to prevent the main
CB, off-load isolator & earth switch from being switched ‘ON’ at the
same time & the CB not allowed to trip in ‘Earth On’ position. The
selection of the main/earth switch lever on the panel, which is allowed
to move only if the main or earth switches in the off position. The lever
shall be able to be pad locked in either the main or earth position.
b. The manual operation of the circuit breaker shall not have an effect on
the trip spring. This should only be discharged under a fault (electrical)
trip condition, the following manual reset operation should recharge
the trip spring & reset the CB mechanism in ‘main off’ position.
c. Protection Relays: The CB shall be fitted with microprocessor based self
powered relay inside the front cover to avoid any tampering. The relay
should be 2 Over Current + 1 Earth Fault, self powered type, fed by
protection CTs mounted in the cable box.
1.6 CABLE BOX & COVERS:
a.
Every isolator & Vacuum Circuit Breaker shall be provided with suitable and
identical cable boxes in front for connecting 3 core, 11kV cable from
vertically below. The cable boxes shall be so located at convenient height
to facilitate easy cable jointing work.
The height available for cable
termination should be minimum 500 mm the Cable termination shall be
done by Heat shrinkable Termination method so adequate clearances shall
be maintained between phases for Termination.
The most importantly each cable box cover should be provided with selfinterlocking mechanism with corresponding earth switches, i.e when
earthing switch is in ‘ON’ position then only cable covers can be opened for
cable maintenance & vice versa this feature is must for operator’s security.
b.
Locking Arrangement: Suitable padlocking arrangements shall be provided
as stated below.
a)
b)
c)
CB manual operating handle in the “OFF” position.
Each feeder Panel operating handle in ‘Closed’ ‘Open” or
‘Earth’ position.
Each isolator operating handle in ‘Closed’, ‘ Open’, or ‘Earth’
position.
Ratings:
Non-Extensible ring main unit with VCB
3.8.1
Switchgear Data
a)
Service
Outdoor but inside Enclosure
b)
Type
Metal clad
c)
Number of phases
3
d)
Voltage
11000V
e)
Rated Frequency
50 Hz
f)
Rated Current
630 Amp (isolator)
g)
Short Circuit rating
i) Breaking
ii)
21 kA rms for Breaker
Short
time
21 KArms
withstand for 3 Sec.
h)
iii) Rated S/c making
52.5 kA peak for Breaker
Short duration pwer
28 kV
freq.
i)
Insulation Level
75 KVpeak
j)
System earthing
Solidly earthed at substation
3.8.2
Breaker
a)
Type
VCB in SF6 tank
b)
Rated voltage
11kV
c)
Breaking current
i) Load breaking
21 KA
d)
Making current
52.5 KA peak
e)
Rated current
630 Amps.
f)
No. of poles
3
g)
Operating
Trip
mechanism.
mechanically operated indication & pad
free
&
free
handle
type
locking.
h)
Short circuit operations
10 nos
(21KA)
i)
2000 nos
Mechanical
operations
(rated
current)
3.8.3
a)
b)
d)
Isolators
Type
Load breaking and fault making in SF6 tank
Rated current
Rated
breaking
630 Amps.
630 Amps
with
capacity
e)
Fault making capacity
f)
No. of poles
g)
Operating mechanism
52.5 KA peak
3
Operating
handle with
ON, OFF, Earth
positions with arrangement for padlocking in
each position.
3.8.4
Busbars: ( If any)
a)
Material
Copper
b)
Type
SF6 insulated
c)
Rated Current
630 Amps
i.
Tests for RMU: Each type of 11kV Switchgear shall be completely assembled,
wired, adjusted and tested at the factory as per IEC: 265, IEC: 298.
ii.
Routine Tests: The tests shall include but not necessarily limited to the
following.…
a)
Operation under simulated service condition to ensure accuracy
of wiring, correctness of control scheme and proper functioning
of the equipment.
b)
All wiring and current carrying part shall be given appropriate
High Voltage test.
4.0
Distribution Transformer
1.6 Oil filled Transformer:
a.
Requirement: 11000/433 Volt Oil immersed, 800 kVA ONAN cooled suitable
for installation at outdoor in Enclosure for ground mounting. The transformer
should be hermitically sealed & should be with corrugated wall design
b.
Voltage Ratio: No load voltage 11000/433 volts within tolerance as stipulated
in IS:2026.
c.
Rating: The transformer shall have a continuous rating as specified at any of
the specified tapping position and with the maximum temperature rise
specified.
d.
Temperature Rise: The maximum temperature rise at the specified maximum
continuous output shall not exceed 35°C by thermometer in the hottest
portion of the oil or 45°C measured by resistance of winding above ambient
temperature, not exceeding 40°C daily average or 55°C maximum in open
execution.
e.
Type of Load: The transformer shall be suitable for carrying load within
temperature rise indicated in the Indian Standard specification IS:6600
‘Guide for loading of oil immersed Transformer’.
f.
Overloads: The transformers shall be suitable for carrying overload within
temperature rise indicated in IS:6600 ‘Guide for Loading of oil immersed
Transformer’.
g.
Connections: H.V. Delta and L.V Star connected with neutral brought out on
the secondary side for connection to earth; Vector group DYn11 of IS:2026.
1.6.1
Tapping :
a.
Each transformer shall be provided with tap switch so as to provided for a
voltage adjustment on H.V. from +5% to –5% of rated voltage of 11000 volts
in 4 equal steps (5 position) to obtain rated voltage of 433 volts on LV side.
1.6.2
Cleaning & Painting :
a) All steel surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned by sand blasting or chemical agents,
as required to produce a smooth surface free of scales, grease and rust.
b) The internal surfaces in contact with insulating oil shall be painted with heat
resistant insulation paint which shall not react & be soluble in the insulating liquid
used.
c) The external Surfaces, after cleaning, shall be given two coats of high quality
epoxy based rust resisting primer as per IS: 2074 followed by filler coats.
d) The transformer shall be furnished with coats of weather resisting battleship gray
epoxy based enamel paint as per IS: 2932 specially recommended for transformer
use.
e) The paints shall be carefully selected to withstand tropical heat rain, effect of
proximity to the sea etc. The paint shall not scale off or crinkle or be removed by
abrasion due to normal handling.
f) Special care shall be taken by the manufacturer to ensure against rusting of nuts,
bolts and fittings during operation. All bushings and current carrying parts shall be
cleaned properly after final painting.
g) Both H.V. and L.V. bushings shall have creep age corresponding to very heavily
polluted atmosphere.
i. Oil: New transformer oil used shall be according to IS: 335.
ii. Phase Marking & Danger Plate: Phase markings in fluorescent paint on
small non-corrodible metallic tags shall be permanently fixed for H.V.
and L.V sides. Phase markings tags shall be properly fixed with proper
alignment.
1.6.3
Core and Coil :
i. Core: The core shall be constructed from high grade, cold rolled, non-ageing,
low loss, high permeability, grain oriented, cold-rolled grain oriented
silicon steel laminations. The transformer shall be so designed as to have
minimum humming noise. The percentage harmonic potentials with the
maximum flux density under any conditions shall be such that capacitors
connected in the system shall not be overloaded.
ii. The core and coil assembly shall be securely fixed in position so that no shifting
or deformation occurs during movement of transformer. The core and
coil assembly shall be capable of withstanding without injury, the thermal
and mechanical effects of short circuit at the terminals of any winding as
per IS:2026.
iii. Impedance Volts: The Percentage impedance value at 75 Deg. C shall
be as per the IS & percentage tolerances shall be as specified in IS:
2026. The value of the impedance volts at each tapping over the
specified range shall be specified in the bid.
iv. Regulation: The regulation at 75° C at full load at unity and 0.8 power
factor subject to the usual tolerance as per IS:2026 shall be specified in
the bid.
v. Power Freq. High Voltage & Insulation Level (Impulse voltage): The
distribution transformer shall be designed so that they are capable of
withstanding high voltage & impulse voltages as per IS:2026 and as
given below:
a) Impulse Voltage for 11kV winding: 75 kV (1.2/50 Microsecond wave shape).
b) High Voltage: 28kV rms.
1.6.4.
Miscellaneous:
RATINGS (Summary) :
1
Application
OFFICE BUILDING
Service
Outdoor
Step down
2
Type
Oil immersed corrugated tank
3
Cooling system
ONAN
4
No. of Phases
3
5
No. of winding per phase
2
6
Rated output (MVA)
AS PER BOQ
With ANAN cooling
7
Rated voltage in KV (Line to Line
HV-11 kV
LV-0.433 kV
8
Rated frequency
50 Hz
9
Temperature rise above 40°C
10
In winding by resistance
35°C
11
In Oil by thermometer
45°C
12
Insulation level
13
H.V. Power Freq. KV rms
28 kV
14
H.V. (kVpeak ) Impulse
75 kV
15
L.V. (kV)
-
16
Vector Group
Dyn11
17
Parallel operation
Yes
18
Type of taps provided
Off Load full capacity
19
Taps provided on
H.V. winding
20
Range of taps
±5% in steps of 2.5% (4 steps, 5
position)
21
Method of Tap Change control
Tap Switch
22
Manual load
Yes ‘Off Circuit’
23
Percentage impedance at 75 Deg.
As Per IS
C
24
System earthing
25
H.V.
Solidly earthed
26
L.V.
Solidly earthed
27
Terminal arrangement
H.V.
From H.V. Bushing on Top.
L.V.
From L.V. Bushing on Top.
L.V. Neutral
From L.V. Neutral Bushing on
Top.
28
29
Transformer-bushing voltage class
a) H.V. (kV)
12 kV class
b) L.V. (kV)
1.1kV class
sec.
Short circuit withstand capability 2
duration
1.6.5
Fittings & Accessories For Corrugated Tank Transformer :
1.
The following accessories conforming to IS: 3639 shall be provided for 11 kV/0.433 kV,
800kVA distribution transformer.
2.
Two earthing terminals with copper lugs. The lugs shall be provided in such a way that
they shall not obstruct the movements of rollers. The earthing continuity for all the
connected equipments shall be properly done.
3.
Two lifting lugs for complete transformer as well as enclosure.
4.
Off circuit tapping switch shall be, 3 pole gang operated, top mounting type only. Tap
switch shall be suitable for rated current considering 20% overloading & operating
voltage. Switch shall be provided with externally operating hand wheel handle with
indicator and locking device, with direction changing facility and locking
arrangement.
5.
Rating plate and diagram plate of durable non-corroding metal giving information as
required under IS: 2026. Rating plate shall also include Transformer Actual %Z, No-Load
Loss & Full-Load Loss at 75°C along with details like Purchase Order Number, date. The
name plate marking shall be done with fluorescent colour. Each equipment shall carry
individual name-plate with proper instructions & affixed with screws.
1.6.7 TESTS
-
All routine tests including partial discharge test as per IS2026-1977 /
IS:11171-1985 which is applicable shall be carried out at the factory and
copies of test reports shall be submitted for approval and records.
-
Heat Run Test shall be carried out at an approved test lab as per IS:20261977 at no extra cost.
-
Impulse test shall be carried out at an approved test lab as per IS:2026-1977
-
Measurement of winding resistance.
-
Ratio polarity and phase relationship.
-
Impedance voltage.
-
Load Losses.
-
No-Load losses and no-load current.
-
Insulation resistance.
-
Induced over voltage with-stand.
-
Temperature Rise Test
1.7
11 KV XLPE cables
a
11KV cables shall be of aluminum conductor, cross-linked,
polyethylene insulated, steel armoured construction. Conductors shall
be made from electrical purity aluminum of 3/4 H or H temper
conforming to IS: 813. The conductors shall be sector shaped standard.
Cables shall conform to IS: 7098.
b
XLPE insulation of high purity shall be extruded on the conductor with
screen. A layer of semi-conducting material shall be applied over the
XLPE insulation to prevent partial discharge at the surface of
insulation. This shall be following by metallic copper tape screen. The
core shall be discharge tested. The Built up cores shall then be laid up
and filler cores added. The combined cores shall be provided with
heat resistant PVC sheathing by extrusion. The cable is then armoured
with steel wires or strips and finally sheathed overall with special heat
resistant PVC.
5
FACTORY ACCEPTANCE TEST FOR ALL BOUGHT OUT ITEMS
client, his consultant and their authorized representative shall have the right
to inspect and test or get inspected and tested the goods at the works of the
Seller or its sub suppliers any time during manufacture and prior to dispatch
and to inspect within a reasonable time after arrival of goods at the ultimate
destination and during and after erection, testing and commissioning. The
goods shall not be deemed accepted until after the said inspection, testing
and commissioning and signing of the Acceptance Certificate. Failure to
make any inspection of or payment for or acceptance of goods shall in no
way impair client right to reject non-conforming goods or to avail itself of any
other remedies to which client may be entitled, notwithstanding client
knowledge of the nonconformity, its substantiality in the case of its discovery.
In the event of failure of Seller to remove the rejected goods within the time
allowed, client shall have the right to dispose of the same at the seller’s risk
and cost. During the time the rejected goods lie with client awaiting removal
by the seller, they will so lie at the seller’s risk. All goods rejected by client after
receipt at the destination shall be removed by the seller within a reasonable
time allowed by client, not exceeding 30 (thirty) days at seller’s expense and
risk.
The Seller will permit client Inspectors, Consultant and their authorized
representatives free access during normal working hours to his works,
godown, storage or loading spot etc. and will give them all necessary
assistance to perform their task including free use of all accessories, testing
and control instruments. The seller shall ensure that the same facilities are
granted by his sub-suppliers.
Unless specifically stated to the contrary in the order, all expenses relevant to
the preparation and performance of testing, inspection and preparation of
any test reports or certificates shall be borne by the Seller EXCEPT for the
salaries, fees, traveling, lodging and boarding expense of the Consultant’s /
client’s representatives. However, if the visit duration of Consultant’s / client’s
representatives is extended for the reasons not attributable to Consultant /
client, the cost of the extended period of visit shall be borne by the seller.
The sellers shall carry out tests related to performance tests as described in the
specifications and specified in the order. All such performance tests shall be
at supplier costs. Supplier shall also provide all the tests certificates and
documents as demanded by the Inspector for his satisfaction that the order
has been executed as per PO specifications. All such certificates, documents
in original shall be submitted to the Client before dispatch of material. The
goods shall be dispatched from suppliers shop only after written confirmation
from clients / or its authorized representative.
The contractor shall consider all cost towards inspection of goods by
consultant / EIC at factory / manufacturers works prior to shipping for 2
persons. (travelling (Air / 1st AC) / stay etc complete)
6.
SAFETY CODE
1.
Suitable scaffolds shall be provided for workmen for all work that cannot safely
be done from the ground, or from the ground, or from solid construction except
such short period work as can be done safely from ladders. When a ladder is
used an extra labour shall be engaged for holding the ladder and if the ladder
is used for carrying materials as well suitable footholds and handhold shall be
provided on the Ladder and the ladder shall be given an inclination not steeper
than 1/4 to 1 (1/4 horizontal and 1 vertical).
2.
Safe means of access shall be provided to all working platform and other
working places. Every ladder shall be securely fixed. No portable single ladder
shall be over 9 meters in length. Width between side rails in a rung ladder shall
in no case be less than 30 cm. for ladders upto and including 3 meters in
length. For longer ladders this width shall be increased atleast 6 mm. for each
additional 30 cm. of length. Uniform step spacing shall not exceed 30 cm.
Adequate precautions shall be taken to prevent danger from electrical
equipment. No materials on any of the sites shall so stacked or placed as to
cause danger or inconvenience to any person or the public. The contractor
shall provide all necessary fencing and lightest to protect public from
accidents and shall be bound to bear expenses of defines of every suit, action
or other proceedings at law that may be brought by any person for injury
sustained owing to neglect of the above precautions and to pay any
damages and costs which may be awarded in any such suit, action or
proceedings to any such person or which may with the consent of the
contractor be paid to compromise any claim by any such person.
3.
Demolition : Before any demolition work is commenced and also during the
process of the work:a)
All roads and open areas adjacent to the work site shall either be closed
or suitably protected.
b)
No electric cable or apparatus, which is liable to be a source of danger
over a cable or apparatus used by operator, shall remain electrically
charged.
c)
All practical steps shall be taken to prevent danger to persons
employed, from risk or fire or explosion or flooding. No floor, roof, or other
part of a building shall be so overloaded with debris or any materials as
to render it unsafe.
4.
All necessary personal safety equipment as considered adequate by the
Engineer-in-charge shall be available for use of persons employed on the site
and maintained in a condition suitable for immediate use; and the contractor
shall take adequate steps to ensure proper use of equipment by those
concerned.
a)
Those engaged in handling any material, which is injurious to eyes, shall
be provided with protective goggles.
b)
Those engaged in welding works shall be provided with welder's
protective-shields.
c)
Stone breakers shall be provided with protective goggles and protective
clothing and seated at sufficiently safe intervals.
d)
The contractor shall not employ male or female labour below the age of
18 years.
5.
When work is done near any place where there is risk of drowning, all necessary
equipment shall be provided and kept ready for use and all necessary steps
taken for prompt rescue of any person in danger and adequate provision
made for prompt first aid treatment of all injuries likely to be sustained during
the course of the work.
6.
Use of hoisting machines and tackle including their attachments, anchorage
and supports shall confirm to the following:
a)
i. These shall be of good mechanical construction, sound material and
adequate strength and free from patent defects and shall be kept in good
repair and in good working order.
ii. Every rope used in hoisting or lowering materials or as a means suspension
shall be of durable quality and adequate strength, and free from patent
defects.
b)
Every crane driver or hoisting appliance operator shall be properly qualified
and no person under the age of 21 years shall be in charge of any hoisting
machine including any scaffold winch or give signals to operator.
c)
In case of every hoisting machine and of every chain ring hook, shackle swivel
and pulley block used in hoisting or lowering or as means of suspension, safe
working load shall be ascertained by adequate means. Every hoisting machine
and all rear referred to above shall be plainly marked with safe working load. In
case of a hoisting machine having a variable safe working load, each safe
working load and the conditions under which it is applicable shall be clearly
indicated. No part of any machine or of any gear referred to above in this
paragraph shall be loaded beyond safe working load except for the purpose
of testing.
d)
In case of a departmental machine, safe working load shall be notified by the
Engineer-in-charge. As regards contractor's machines the contractor shall
notify safe working load of each machine to the Engineer-in-charge whenever
he brings it to site work and get it verified by the Engineer-in-charge.
7.
Motors gearing, transmission, electric wiring and other dangerous parts of
hoisting appliances shall be provided with efficient safeguards; hoisting
appliances shall be provided with such means as will reduce to the minimum
risk of accidental decent of load adequate precautions shall be taken to
reduce to the minimum risk of any part of a suspended load becoming
accidentally displaced. When workers are employed on electrical installations,
which are already energized, insulating mats working apparel such as gloves,
sleeves and boots as may be necessary, shall be provided. Workers shall not
wear any rings, watches and carry keys or other materials, which are good
conductors of electricity.
8.
All scaffolds, ladders and other safety devices mentioned or described herein
shall be maintained in a safe condition and no scaffold, ladder or equipment
shall be altered or removed while it is in use. Adequate washing facilities shall be
provided at or near places of work.
9.
These safety provisions shall be brought to the notice of all concerned by
display on a notice board at a prominent place at the work spot. Persons
responsible for ensuring compliance with the safety code shall be named
therein by the contractor.
10.
To ensure effective enforcement of the rules and regulations relating to safety
precautions, arrangements made by the contractor shall be open to inspection
by the Engineer-in-charge or his representatives and the Inspecting Officers.
11.
Notwithstanding the above conditions 1 to 14 the contractor is not exempted
from the operation of any other Act or Rule in force.
12.
If the height at which the contractor is working is more than 12 feet then the
staff should wear safety helmet and tie himself with softy belt, client/ architect
have all right to ask the contractor to stop wire if the safety condition are not
fulfilled.
7
TESTING OF INSTALLATION
8.0
SCOPE
This chapter describes the details of tests to be conducted in the completed internal
electrical installations, before commissioning.
8.1
GENERAL
8.1.1
Tests
1)
2)
3)
4)
On completion of installation, the following tests shall be carried out:Insulation resistance test.
Polarity test of switch.
Earth continuity test.
Earth electrode resistance test.
8.1.2
Witnessing of tests
Testing shall be carried out for the completed installations, in the presence of and to
the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge by the contractor. All test results shall be
recorded and submitted to the Department.
8.1.3
Test instruments
All necessary test instruments for the tests shall be arranged by the contractor if so
required by the Engineer-in-charge.
8.2
INSULATION RESISTANCE
8.2.1
The insulation resistance shall be measured by applying between earth and the whole
system of conductors, or any section thereof with all fuses in place, and all switches
closed, and except in earthed concentric wiring, all lamps in position, or both poles of
the installation otherwise electrically connected together, a direct current pressure of
not less than twice the working pressure, provided it need not exceed 500 volts for
medium voltage circuits. Where the supply is derived from a three wire D.C, or a
polyphase A.C. system, the neutral pole of which is connected to earth either directly
or through added resistance, the working pressure shall be deemed to be that which
is maintained between the phase conductor and the neutral.
8.2.2
The insulation resistance shall also be measured between all the conductors
connected to one pole, or phase conductor of the supply, and all the conductors
connected to the neutral, or to the other pole, or phase conductors of the supply with
all the lamps in position and switches in "off' position, and its value shall be not less
than that specified in sub-clause 16.2.3.
8.2.3
The insulation resistance in mega ohms measured as above shall not be less than 12.5
mega ohms for the wiring with PYC insulated cables, subject to a minimum of 1 mega
ohm.
8.2.4
Where a whole installation is being tested, a lower value than that given by the
formula, subject to a minimum of 1 mega ohm, is acceptable.
8.2.5
A preliminary and similar test may be made before the lamps etc. are installed, and in
this event the insulation resistance to earth should not be less than 25 mega ohms for
the wiring with PYC insulted cables, subject to a minimum of 2 mega ohms.
8.2.6
The term "outlet" includes every point along with every switch, except that a switch
combined with a socket outlet, appliance or lighting fitting is regarded as one outlet.
8.2.7
Control rheostats, heating and power appliances and electric signs may, if required,
be disconnected from the circuit during the test, but in that event the insulation
resistance between the case or frame work, and all live parts of each rheostat,
appliance and sign, shall be not less than that specified in the relevant Indian
Standard Specifications, or where there is no such Specification, shall be not less than
one mega ohm.
8.3
POLARITY TEST OF SWITCH
8.3.1
In a two wire installation, a test shall be made to verify that all the switches in every
circuit have been fitted in the same conductor throughout, and such conductor shall
be labeled or marked for connection to the phase conductor, or to the non-earthed
conductors of the supply.
8.3.2
In a three wire or a four wire installation, a test shall be made to verify that every nonlinked single pole switch is fitted in a conductor which is labeled, or marked for
connection to one of the phase conductors of the supply.
8.3.3
The installation shall be connected to the supply for testing. The terminals of all
switches shall be tested by a test lamp, one lead of which is connected to the earth.
Glowing of test lamp to its full brilliance, when the switch is in "on" position irrespective
of appliance in position or not, shall indicate that the switch is connected to the right
polarity.
8.4
TESTING OF EARTH CONTINUITY PATH
The earth continuity conductor, including metal conduits and metallic envelopes of
cables in all cases, shall be tested for electric continuity. The electrical resistance of
the same along with the earthing lead, but excluding any added resistance, or earth
leakage circuit breaker, measured from the connection with the earth electrode to
any point in the earth continuity conductor in the completed installation shall not
exceed one ohm.
8.5
MEASUREMENT OF EARTH ELECTRODE RESISTANCE
8.5.1
Two auxiliary earth electrode, besides the test electrode, are placed at suitable
distance from the test electrode (see figure 14). A measure current is passed between
the electrode' A' to be tested and an auxiliary current electrode 'C', and the potential
difference between the electrode' A' and auxiliary potential 'B' is measured. The
resistance of the test electrode 'A' is then given by:
R=V/I
Where,
R
Resistance of the test electrode in ohms,
V
Reading of the voltmeter in volts.
I
Reading of the ammeter in amps.
8.5.2
(i)
Stray currents flowing in the soil may produce serious errors in the measurement
of earth resistance. To eliminate this, hand driven generator is used.
(ii)
If the frequency of the supply of hand driven generator coincides with the
frequency of stray current, there will be wandering of instrument pointer. An increase
or decrease of generator speed will cause this to disappear.
8.5.3.
At the time of test, the test electrode shall be separated from the earthing system.
8.5.4
The auxiliary electrodes shall be of13 mm diameter mild steel rod driven upto 1 m into
the ground.
8.5.5
All the three electrodes shall be so placed that they are independent of the
resistance area of each other. If the test electrode is in the form of a rod, pipe or
plate, the auxiliary current electrode 'c' shall be placed at least 30 m away from it,
and the auxiliary potential electrode' B' shall be placed mid-way between them.
8.5.6
Unless three consecutive readings of test electrode resistance agree, the test shall be
repeated by increasing the distance between electrodes A and C upto 50 m, and
each time placing the electrode B midway between them.
8.5.7
On these principles, "Megger Earth Tester", containing a direct reading ohm-meter, a
hand driven generator and auxiliary electrodes are manufactured for direct reading
of earth resistance of electrodes.
8.6
TEST CERTIFICATE
On completion of an electrical installation (or an extension to an installation), a
certificate shall be furnished by the contractor, countersigned by the certified
supervisor under whose direct supervision the installation was carried out. This
certificate shall be in the prescribed form as given in Appendix 'E' in addition to the
test certificate required by the local Electric Supply Authorities.
8
FORM OF COMPLETION CERTIFICATE
I/We certify that the installation detailed below has been installed by me/us and
tested and that to the best of my/our knowledge and belief it complies with Indian
Electricity Rules, 1956, as well as the C.P.W.D. General Specifications of Electrical Works
2004.
Electrical installation at _________________________________
Voltage and system of supply_____________________________
1. Particulars of work:
a)
Internal Electrical Installation
No.
Total Load:
Type or
system of wiring
i)
Light point
ii)
Fan point
iii)
Plug point
b)
a)
3 pin 5 Amp.
b)
3 pin 15 Amp.
others
Description
Hp/KW
Type
of
Starting
a)
Motors:
i)
ii)
iii)
b)
Other plants:
c)
If the work involves installation of overhead line and/or underground
cable.
d)
i)
Type & description of overhead line.
ii)
Total length and no. of spans.
b)
iii)
No. of street lights and its description.
i)
Total length of underground cable & its size.
ii)
No. of joints:
End joint:
Tee joint:
St. through joint:
II)
III)
Earthing
i)
Description if earthing electrode.
ii)
No. of each electrodes.
iii)
Size of main earth lead.
Test results:
a)
Insulation resistance
i)
Insulation resistance of the whole system of
Conductors to earth
ii)
Mega ohms
Insulation between the phase conductor and neutral
Between Phase R and neutral
-
-
Mega
Between Phase Y and neutral
-
-
Mega
Between Phase B and neutral
-
-
Mega
ohms
ohms
ohms
iii)
Insulation resistance between the phase conductors
in case of polyphase supply.
a.
Between Phase R and Phase Y
-
-
Mega ohms
Between Phase Y and Phase B
-
-
Mega ohms
Between Phase B and Phase R
-
-
Mega ohms
Polarity test
Polarity of won linked single pole branch switches.
b.
Earth continuity test
Maximum resistance between any point in the earth continuity conductor
including metal conduits and main earthing ………………Ohms
c.
Earth electrode resistance
Resistance of each earth electrode
i)
-
-
-
-
Ohms
ii)
-
-
-
-
Ohms
iii)
-
-
-
-
Ohms
iv)
-
-
-
-
Ohms
d. Lighting protective system
Resistance of the whole of lighting protective system to earth before any
bonding os effected with earth electrode and metal in/on the structure………
Signature and name of
Signature and name of the
Junior Engineer (E) / AE (E)
Contractor
SECTION – 5
SUB SECTION – 4
FIRE FIGHTING AND FIRE ALARM SERVICES
2.0
APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS:
All equipment, supply, erection, testing and commissioning shall comply with the
requirements of Indian Standards and code of practice given below as amended upto
the date of submission of Tender. All equipment and material being supplied shall
meet the requirements of BIS and other relevant standard and codes.
MS Tube upto 150mm
-
IS:1239
MS Tubes above 150mm
-
IS:3589
Malleable Iron Fittings
-
IS:1239 - 1982 (Part-I&II)
Cast Iron Sluice Valves
-
IS: 780 - 1984
Check Valves
-
IS:5312 - 1975
External Fire Hydrant Valve
IS: 908 - 1975
Internal Fire Hydrant Valve
IS:5290 - 1983
Rubberized Fabric Lined Hose
-
IS: 636
Couplings, Branch Pipe, Nozzles
-
IS: 903
First Aid Fire Hose (Rubber)
-
IS:5132 - 1969
First Air Hose Reel
-
IS: 884 - 1969
3.0
QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY CONTROL:
3.1
The work shall conform to high standard of design and workmanship, shall be
structurally sound and aesthetically pleasing. Quality standards prescribed shall form
the backbone for the quality assurance and quality control system.
3.2
At the site, the Contractor shall arrange the materials and their stacking/ storage in
appropriate manner to ensure the quality. Contractor shall provide equipment and
manpower to test continuously the quality of material, assemblies etc. as directed by
the Client’s Representative. The test shall be conducted continuously and the result
of tests maintained. In addition the Contractor shall keep appropriate tools and
equipment for checking alignments, levels, slopes and evenness of surface.
3.3
The Client’s Representative shall be free to carry out such tests as may be decided
by him at this sole direction, from time to time, in addition to those specified in this
Document. The Contractor shall provide the samples and labour for collecting the
samples. Nothing extra shall be payable to the Contractor for samples or for the
collection of the samples.
3.4
The test shall be conducted at the site laboratory that may be established by Client’s
Representative or at any other Standard Laboratory selected by Client’s
Representative. Contractor shall keep the necessary testing equipment such as
hydraulic testing machine, smoke testing machine, gauges and other necessary
equipment required.
3.5
The Client’s Representative shall transport the samples to the laboratory.
3.6
Testing charges shall be borne by the Client’s Representative.
3.7
Testing may be witnessed by the Contractor or his Authorised Representative.
Whether witnessed by the Contractor or not, the test results shall be binding on the
Contractor.
3.8
Prior to shipment, complete unit shall be tested under actual load conditions for
performance and proper functioning of component parts.
EXCLUSIONS:
1. Civil Works for UG Water Tank
4.0
FIRE PUMPS:
4.1
SCOPE:
4.1.1
Contractor shall furnish all labour, materials, equipment for supply, installation testing
and commissioning of complete fire pumping system. In general, the item of works
shall include but not limited to the following:
a) Electrically operated hydrant and sprinkler pumps, diesel engine driven pump and
jockey pump.
b) Complete electrical system for pumps.
4.2
FIRE AND JOCKEY PUMPS (ELECTRIC DRIVEN):
4.2.1
Contractor shall provide and install electrically operated fire pumps of capacity and
head indicated in the Drawings/Bill of Quantities.
4.2.2
Pumping sets shall be single/multi stage horizontal split casing centrifugal type. The
delivery pressure at pump outlet shall be not less than 3.5 Kg/cm2 at terrace level in
any case.
4.2.3
Pumps shall be capable of giving a discharge of not less than 150% of the rated
discharge at a head of not less than 65% of the rated head. The shut off head shall
be within 120% of rated head.
4.2.4
The pump casing shall be of cast iron of grade FG 200 to IS:210 and parts like
impeller, shaft sleeve, wearing ring etc. shall be of non-corrosive metal like
bronze/brass/gun metal. The shaft shall be of stainless steel.
4.2.5
Bearing of the pump shall be effectively sealed to prevent loss of lubricant or entry of
dust or water.
4.2.6
The pump shall be provided with a plate indicating the suction lift, delivery head,
discharge, speed and number of stages.
4.2.7
The pump casing shall be designed to withstand 1.5 times the working pressure.
4.3
MOTORS FOR ELECTRIC DRIVEN PUMPS:
4.3.1
Motor:
The motor shall be squirrel cage A.C. induction type suitable for operation on 415
volts 3 phase 50 Hz. System. The motor shall be totally enclosed fan cooled type
conforming to protection clause IP 21 vide I.S. 4691. The class of insulation shall be
B. The synchronous speed shall be 1500/3000 RPM as specified. The motor shall be
rated for continuous duty and shall have a horse power rating necessary to drive the
pump at 150% of its rated discharge with at least 65% rated head. The motor shall
conform to I.S. 325 – 1978.
4.3.2
Motor Starter:
The motor starter shall be direct on line type conforming to IS : 1822 – 1967. The unit
shall include suitable current transformer and ammeter of suitable range on one line
to indicate the current. The starter shall not incorporate under voltage no voltage trip
overload or SPP.
4.4
The starter assembly shall be suitably integrated in the power and control panel for
the wet riser system.
JOCKEY PUMP (ELECTRIC DRIVEN):
4.4.1
The discharge of the Jockey Pump shall be 10% of rated discharge of the main fire
pump. The pump shall be horizontal split casing / End Suction type single stage or
multi stage as specified. The pump casing shall be cast iron and parts like impeller,
shaft sleeve, wearing ring etc. shall be non-corrosive metal like bronze, brass or gun
metal. The shaft shall be of stainless steel. Bearings of the pump shall be effectively
sealed to prevent loss of lubricant or entry of dust/ water.
4.4.2
The pump casing shall be designed to withstand 1.5 times the working pressure.
4.5
MOTOR FOR ELECTRIC DRIVEN PUMP:
4.5.1
Motor:
The motor shall be squirrel cage A.C. induction type suitable for operation on 415
volts 3 phase 50 Hz. System. The motor shall be totally enclosed fan cooled type
conforming to protection clause IP 21 of IS : 4691. The class of insulation shall be B
or E, the later being preferred. The synchronous speed shall be 3000 RPM / 1500
RPM as specified. The motor shall conform to IS 325 – 1978 and rated for continuous
duty.
4.5.2
Motor Starter:
The motor starter shall be direct online type with overload trip, but without under
voltage / no volt trip. An independent single phasing preventor shall be provided for
each motor. The unit shall include ammeter of suitable range on the one line to
indicate the current with current transformer as necessary. Starter shall conform to IS
1822 – 1967. The starter shall be integrated in the power and control panel for the
wet riser system.
4.6
FIRE PUMP (DIESEL ENGINE DRIVEN):
4.6.1
Pumping sets shall be single/multi stage horizontal split casing centrifugal type. The
delivery pressure at pump outlet shall be not less than 3.5 Kg./cm2 at terrace level in
any case.
4.6.2
Pumps shall be capable of giving a discharge of not less than 150% of the rated
discharge at a head of not less than 65% of the rated head. The shut off head shall
be within 120% of rated head.
4.6.3
The pump casing shall be of cast iron of grade FG 200 to IS:210 and parts lime
impeller, shaft sleeve, wearing ring etc. shall be of non-corrosive metal like
bronze/brass/gun metal. The shaft shall be of stainless steel.
4.6.4
Bearing of the pump shall be effectively sealed to prevent loss of lubricant or entry of
dust or water.
4.6.5
The pump shall be provided with a plate indicating the suction lift, delivery head,
discharge, speed and number of stages.
4.6.6
The pump casing shall be designed to withstand 1.5 times the working pressure.
4.7
DIESEL ENGINE:
4.7.1
Environmental Conditions:
4.7.2
The engine shall be required to operate under the conditions of environment as
specified the place of installation.
Engine Rating:
The engine shall be cold starting type without the necessity of preliminary heating of
the engine cylinders or combustion chamber (for example, by wicks, cartridge, heater
plugs etc.). The engine shall be multi cylinder / vertical 4 stroke cycle, water cooled,
diesel engine, developing suitable HP at the operating speed specified to drive the
fire pump. Continuous capacity available for the load shall be exclusive of the power
requirement of auxiliaries of the diesel engine, and after correction for altitude,
ambient temperature and humidity for the specified environmental conditions. This
shall be at least 20% greater than the maximum HP required to drive the pump at its
duty point. It shall also be capable of driving the pump at 150% of the rated discharge
at 65% of rated head. The engine shall be capable of continuous non-stop operation
for 8 hours and at least 3000 hours of operation before major overhaul. The engine
shall have 10% overload capacity for one hour in any period of 12 hours continuous
run.
The engine shall accept full load within 15 seconds from the receipt of signal to start.
The diesel engine shall conform to BS 649/IS 1601/IS 10002, all amended upto date.
4.7.3
Engine Accessories:
The engine shall be complete with the following accessories:a) Fly wheel dynamically balanced.
b) Direct coupling for pump and coupling guard.
c) Radiator with hoses, fan, water pump, drive arrangement and guard.
d) Corrosion Resister.
e) Air cleaner, oil bath type / dry type.
f)
Fuel service tank support, semi-rotary pump and fuel oil filter with necessary pipe
work.
g) Pump for lubricating oil and Lub. Oil filter.
h) Elect. starting battery (2 x 12 v).
i)
Exhaust silencer with necessary pipe work.
j)
Governor.
k) Instrument panel housing all the gauges, including Tachometer, hour meter and
starting switch with key (for manual starting).
l)
Necessary safety controls.
m) Winterization arrangement, where specified.
4.7.4
Cooling System:
4.7.5
The engine cooling system shall be radiator water cooled system. The radiator
assembly shall be mounted on the common bed plate. The radiator fan shall be
driven off the engine as its auxiliary with a multiple fan belt. When half the belts are
broken, the remaining belts shall be capable of driving the fan. Cooling water shall be
circulated by means of an auxiliary pump of suitable capacity driven by the engine in
a closed circuit.
Fuel System:
The fuel shall be gravity fed from the engine fuel tank to the engine driven fuel pump.
The engine fuel tank shall be mounted either over or adjacent to the engine itself or
suitably wall mounted on brackets at a height not less than 60 cm above the fuel
injection pump. The fuel filter shall be suitably located to permit easy servicing.
All fuel tubing to the engine shall be with copper, with flexible hose connections where
required. Plastic tubing shall not be permitted.
The fuel tank shall be of welded steel construction (3mm thick) and of capacity
sufficient to allow the engine to run on full load for at least 8 hours. The tank shall be
complete with necessary floor mounted supports, level indicator (protected against
mechanical injury) inlet, outlet, overflow connections and drain plug and piping to the
engine fuel tank. The outlet should be so located as to avoid entry of any sediment
into the fuel line to the engine.
A semi rotary hand pump for filling the daily service tank together with hose pipe 5
mtr. long with a foot valve etc. shall also form part of the scope of work or as specified
in Bill of Quantities.
4.7.6
Lubricating Oil System:
Forced feed Lub. Oil system shall be employed for positive lubrication. Necessary
Lub. oil filters shall be provided, located suitably for convenient servicing.
4.7.7
Starting System:
The starting system shall comprise necessary batteries (2 x 12 v), 24 volts starter
motor of adequate capacity and axle type gear to match with the toothed ring on the
fly wheel. By metallic relay protection to protect starting motor from excessively long
cranking runs suitably integrated with engine protection system shall be included
within the scope of the work.
The capacity of the battery shall be suitable for meeting the needs of the starting
system.
The battery capacity shall be adequate for 10 consecutive starts without recharging
with cold engine under full compression.
The scope shall cover all cabling, terminals, initial charging etc.
4.7.8
Exhaust System:
The exhaust system shall be complete with silencer suitable for outdoor installation,
and silencer piping including bends and accessories needed for a run of 5 meter from
the engine manifold. (Adjustment rates for extra lengths shall also be given). The total
back pressure shall not exceed the engine manufacturer’s recommendation. The
exhaust piping shall be suitably lagged.
4.7.9
Engine Shut Down Mechanism:
This shall be manually operated and shall return automatically to the starting position
after use.
4.7.10 Governing System:
The engine shall be provided with an adjustable governor to control the engine speed
within 5% of its rated speed under all conditions of load upto full load. The governor
shall be set to maintain rated pump speed at maximum pump load.
4.7.11 Engine Instrumentation:
Engine instrumentation shall include the following:a) Lub. Oil pressure gauge.
b) Lub. Oil temperature gauge.
c) Water pressure gauge.
d) Water temperature gauge.
e) Tachometer.
f)
Hour meter.
The instrumentation panel shall be suitably resident mounted on the engine.
4.7.12 Engine Protection Devices:
Following engine protection and automatic shut down facilities shall be provided:a) Low lub. oil pressure.
b) High cooling water temperature.
c) High lub. oil temperature.
d) Over speed shut down.
4.7.13 Pipe Work:
All pipe lines with fittings and accessories required shall be provided for fuel oil, lub.
oil and exhaust system, copper piping of adequate sizes shall be used for lub. oil and
fuel oil. M.S. piping will be permitted for exhaust.
4.7.14 Anti Vibration Mounting:
Suitable vibration mounting duly approved by engineer-in-charge shall be employed
for mounting the unit so as to minimize transmission of vibration to the structure. The
isolation efficiency achievable shall be clearly indicated.
4.7.15 Battery Charger:
Necessary float and boost charger shall be incorporated in the control section of the
power and control panel, to keep the battery under trim condition. Voltmeter to
indicate the state of charge of the batteries shall be provided.
4.8
AIR VESSEL FOR FIRE PUMPS:
Provide on air vessel fabricated from 10mm M.S. sheet with dished ends and suitable
supporting legs, air vessel shall be provided with a 100mm dia flanged connection
from pump, one 25mm dia drain with valve, one gunmetal water level gauge and
25mm sockets for pressure switches. The vessel shall be 450mm x 2000mm dia.
high and tested to 10.0Kg/Sq.cm pressure.
4.9
The fire pumps shall operate on drop of 1 Kg/Sq.cm pressure in the mains. The pump
operating sequence shall be arranged in a manner to start the pump automatically but
should be stopped manually by starter push buttons only.
CONTROL PANEL:
4.9.1
Cubical Panel:
The main switch board cubicle panel shall be of floor mounted type, totally enclosed,
dust and vermin proof made from 14 SWG M.S. sheet of suitable size duly painted
with one coat of anti-corrosive paint and two coats of synthetic enamel paint of
approved make and shade with stove enameled finish. The cubical shall comprise of
the followings:
a) Incoming main M.C.C.B unit of required capacity.
b) Outgoing M.C.C.Bs one for each motor.
c) Aluminium busbar of suitable capacity.
d) Fully Automatic “DOL” starter suitable for the motor H.P. with Push Buttons and
ON/OFF indicating light one for each motor for all pumps.
e) Single phasing preventors one for each motor.
f)
96 mm2 panel type Ampere meters - one for each motor complete with CTs.
g) 150 mm2 voltmeter on incoming main with rotary selector switch to read voltage
between phase to neutral and phase to phase.
h) Three neon phase indicating lamps.
i)
Rotary switch for manual/auto operation.
j)
All colour coded internal and inter-connecting wiring from incoming main to
busbar, switch board panel and power/control cables from switch board cubicle to
motors, engine and batteries etc. complete in all respect.
All switchgears and accessories shall be approved make to relevant IS codes and to
the satisfaction of Client’s Representative/Consultant and rating of all equipment must
match the KW of motors included and as per TAC rules. All electrical work to be
carried out as per TAC and CPWD rules/specifications.
4.9.2
Earthing:
4.9.2.1 There shall be two independent earthing stations atleast 3 meters away from the
pump room. Each earth electrode shall consists of GI earth plate
600mmx600mmx6mm thick including accessories and masonry enclosure with cover
plate having locking arrangement. All electrical apparatus, cable boxes and
sheath/armour clamps shall be connected to the main bar by means of branch earth
connection of 25mm x 5mm copper strip. All joints in the main bar and between main
bar and branch bars shall have the lapping surface properly tinned to prevent
oxidation. The joints shall be rivetted and sheathed. The main earthing strip shall be
25 x 5mm copper in 40mm dia G.I. pipe from earth electrode as required.
4.9.2.2 Earth plates shall be buried in a pit 1.2 x 1.2m at minimum depth of 3 meters below
ground. The connections between main bar shall be made by means of these 10 mm
studs and fixed at 100mm centers. The pit shall be filled with coke breeze, rock salt
and loose soil. A G. I pipe of 29mm dia with performations on the periphery shall be
placed vertically over the plates to reach ground level or watering.
4.9.2.3 A brick masonry man hole 30x30x30cms size shall be provided to surround the pipe
for inspection. A bolted removable link connecting main bar outside the pit portion
leading to the plates shall be accommodated in this manhole for testing.
4.9.2.4 Earthing shall be done complete as per TAC and CPWD specifications.
4.9.3
Cabling:
4.9.3.1 All cables from switch board panel to the motors shall be PVC insulated and PVC
sheathed armoured aluminium conductor power cables of 650/1100 V grade
conforming to IS:1553. The cables of required size shall be suitable for laying on
surface of wall or in flooring with suitable clamps. Necessary cable trays shall
deemed to be included in this item as per site requirements.
4.9.3.2 The termination shall be with brass compression glands suitable for PVC sheathed
armoured aluminium conductor cable of 1.1 KV `A’ grade of the required size.
4.10
INSTALLATION:
Pump shall be installed as per manufacturer’s recommendations. Pump sets shall be
mounted on machinery isolation cork or any other equivalent vibration isolation fitting.
Concrete floating foundation shall be provided by the Owner as per approved shop
drawings and specifications. The isolation pads, foundation bolts etc. shall be
supplied by the Contractor. Contractor shall however ensure that the foundation bolts
are correctly embedded.
Pump sets shall preferably be factory aligned, whenever necessary, site alignment
shall be done by competent persons. Before the foundation bolts are grouted and the
couplings are bolted, the bed plate levels and alignment results shall be submitted to
the Client’s Representative.
4.11
TESTING:
Tenderers shall submit the performance curves of the pumps supplied by them. They
shall also check the capacity and total head requirements of each pump to match his
own piping and equipment layout.
On completion of the entire installation, pumps shall be tested, wherever possible, for
their discharge, head, flow rate, B.H.P.
Discharge, head and B.H.P. (as measured on the input side) shall be field tested.
Test results shall correspond to the performance.
4.12
MEASUREMENT:
4.12.1 Pumping sets, and switch board cubicle shall be measured by number and shall
include all item necessary and required and given in the specifications.
4.12.2 Earthing and power/control cabling shall not be measured separately but included in
switchgear cubicle and shall include all items necessary and required to complete the
work as per specification and relevant IS to the satisfaction of Client’s Representative.
4.12.3 Pressure switches and pressure gauges shall not be measured separately, but
included in respective pumping sets and shall include all items necessary and
required to complete the work to the satisfaction of Client’s Representative.
5.0
FIRE HYDRANT SYSTEM:
5.1
SCOPE:
Work under this section shall consist of furnishing all labour, materials, equipment
and appliances necessary and required to completely install wet riser fire hydrant
system as required by the drawings and specified hereinafter or given in this Bill of
Quantities.
Without restricting to the generality of the foregoing, the fire hydrant system shall
include the following:
a) Black mild steel (heavy class) mains including valves, hydrants and
appurtenances.
b) Black steel pipe fire risers within the building.
c) Landing valves of 63mm diameter canvas hose pipes, hose reels, hose cabinets
63mm diameter fire brigade connections, connections to pumps, appliances and
pressure reducing devices, 20mm diameter gunmetal nozzle for hose reel.
d) Excavation, anchor blocks and valve chamber.
e) Underground pipe protection.
f) Connections to Underground water storage tanks for fire.
5.2
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:
All materials shall be of the best quality conforming to the specifications and subject
to the approval of the Client’s Representative.
Pipes and fittings shall be fixed truly vertical, horizontal or in slopes as required in a
neat workmanlike manner.
Pipes shall be fixed in a manner as to provide easy accessibility for repair and
maintenance and shall not cause obstruction in shafts, passages etc.
Pipes shall be securely fixed to walls and ceilings by suitable clamps at intervals
specified. Only approved type of anchor fasteners shall be used for RCC ceilings and
walls.
Valves and other appurtenances shall be so located that they are easily accessible
for operations, repairs and maintenance.
5.3
INTERNAL FIRE HYDRANT SYSTEM:
5.3.1
Scope:
Work under Internal Fire Hydrant System shall consist of furnishing all labour,
materials, equipment and appliances necessary and required to completely install wet
riser, fire hydrant system as required by the drawings and specified hereinafter or
given in the Bill of Quantities.
Without restricting to the generally of the foregoing Internal fire hydrant system shall
include the following:
5.3.2
a) Black mild steel (heavy class) mains including valves, hydrants and
appurtenances.
b) Black mild steel fire risers within the building.
c) Landing valves, canvas hose pipes, hose reels, hose cabinets, connections to
pumps.
Pipes and Fittings:
a) All pipes within the building in exposed locations and shafts including connections
burried under floor shall be black steel tubes conforming to IS:1239-1979 (heavy
class) with screwed flanged or welded joints as specified by the Client’s
Representative.
b) Pipes (exposed) shall be given one primary coat of red oxide paint and two or
more coats of synthetic enamel paint to give an even look (fire red, shade No. 536
as per IS:5).
c) Fittings for M.S. pipes shall be approved type malleable iron (forged fittings) for
tapered screwed joints. Fittings shall be approved type steel fittings conforming to
IS:1239-1982 Part - II for screwed joints and welded.
d) All fittings such as bends, tees, etc. for 50mm below shall be standard forged
fittings. Cast iron fittings and fabricated fittings shall not be accepted.
e) All piping laid shall be as follows:
Pipe Size
Material
Joints & Fittings
Sealing Material
Up to 50mm
E.R.W., M.S. Screwed Fittings
Non-Hardening
Pipe
Unions
Lubricant
Heavy Class
Raised face Slip- 3mm, 3-ply
IS:1239/1979
on Flanges
Rubber insertion
75mm to 150mm
E.R.W., M.S. Welded Fittings
----Pipe
Raised face SlipHeavy Class
on Flanges
-----
-----
3mm, 3-ply
Rubber insertion
Welded
-----
IS:1239/1979
200mm to 300mm
E.R.W.
Welded
Pipes
Heavy Class
Raised face Slip- 3mm, 3-ply
on Flanges
Rubber insertion
------
-----
Welded
-----
IS:3589/1981
350mm and Over
E.R.W.
Welded
Pipes
IS:3589/1981
Raised face Slip- 3mm, 3-ply
on Flanges
Rubber insertion
------
f)
-----
Pipes shall be provided with electrical resistance welding. Jointing shall be butt
welded between pipe and pipe and fittings.
g) Joints between C.I. and M.S. pipes shall be made by provided a suitable flanged
tail or sockets piece and M.S. flanges on the M.S. pipe shall have appropriate
number of holes and shall be fastened with nuts, bolts and 1.5mm thick
compressed asbestos gaskets.
h) Tee off connections shall be through reducing tees. Drilling and tapping of the
main walls of the main pipe shall not be allowed.
5.3.3
i)
All equipment and valve connections shall be through flanges (Welded or screwed
for mild steel).
j)
All welded piping is subjected to the approval of the Client’s Representative and
sufficient number of flanges and unions shall be provided.
Piping Installation:
Tender drawings indicate schematically the size and location of pipes. The
Contractor on the award of the work, shall prepare detailed working drawings,
showing the cross-section, longitudinal sections, details of fittings, locations of
isolating and control valves, drain valves and all pipe support, structural supports.
He must keep in view the specific openings in buildings and other structures through
which pipes are designed to pass. Drawings to be got approved from Local Fire
Authorities.
Contractor shall submit the Hydraulic calculation for the system in accordance with
Fire Authority by Laws.
Piping shall be properly supported on or suspended from stand clamps, hangers as
specified and as required. The Contractor shall adequately design all the brackets,
saddles, anchors, clamps and hangers, and be responsible for their structural
sufficiency.
Pipe supports shall be of steel, adjustable for height and primer coated with rust
preventive paint and finish coated back. Where pipe and clamps are of dissimilar
materials a gasket shall be provided in between. Spacing of pipe supports shall not
exceed the following:
Pipe Size
Spacing between Supports
3 to 12 mm
19 to 25 mm
32 to 150 mm
150 mm & over
1.22 meter
1.83 meter
2.44 meter
3.05 meter
Vertical risers shall be parallel to walls and column lines and shall be straight and
plumb. Risers passing from floor to floor shall be supported at each floor by clamps
or collars steel structural supports attached to pipe and with a 15 mm thick rubber pad
or any resilient material. Where pipes pass through the roof floor, suitable flashing
shall be provided to prevent water leakage. Risers shall have a suitable clean out at
the lowest point and air vent at the highest point. The Contractor shall coordinate with
structural.
Pipe sleeves, 50 mm larger diameter than pipes, shall be provided wherever pipes
pass through walls and slabs, and annular space filled with fire proof materials like
putty, fire seal etc.
Piping work shall be carried out in a workmen like manner, causing minimum
disturbance to the existing services, buildings, roads and structure. The entire
piping work shall be organized in consultation and coordination with other agencies
work so that particular area work shall be carried out in one stretch.
Piping layout shall take due care for expansion and contraction in pipes.
All pipes using screwed fittings shall be accurately cut to the required sizes and
thread in accordance with IS: 554 and burrs removed before lying. Wherever
reducers are to be made, eccentric reducers shall be used.
Air valves shall be provided at all high points in the piping system for venting. Valves
shall be of the double float type, with G.M. /C.I. body, vulcanite balls, rubber seating
etc. Air valves shall be the sizes specified and shall be associated with equal sizes
specified and shall be associated with an equal size gate valve with rising spindle.
Discharge from the air valves shall be piped through an equal sized M.S. pipe to the
nearest drain or floor waste or as shown.
Drain shall be provided at all low points in the piping system and shall be of the
following sizes:
Mains
Upto 300mm dia
Over 300mm dia
5.3.4
Drains
25mm dia
38mm dia
Vibration Elimination:
Piping installation shall be carried out with vibration elimination fittings wherever
required.
5.3.5
Valves:
Gate Valves:
Gate valves shall be provided as required or as shown in the applicable shop
drawings conforming to the following specifications:
Pipe Size
Material
Joints & Fittings
Sealing Material
Seat - The Resilient lining
moulded
black
nitile
rubber.
Disc - SG iron to IS:1865
SG 400/12 and bs:2789
Gr 420/12
Nylon coated.
Gate valves shall conform to IS:780/1969, Flanges to IS:1536 or as required. Valves
shall have non-rising spindles unless otherwise specified and shall be suitable for 21
Kg/Sq.cm test pressure.
Sluice valves of sizes 80mm and above shall be cast iron double flanged solid wedge,
outside screw, non rising stem, yoke type bonnet and two piece gland construction.
The valves shall have renewable screwed body seat rings. Flanges shall have raised
faces and serrated face finish and shall conform to IS:780-1984.
Check valves:
Check valves shall be provided as required or as shown on the drawings and conform
to the following specifications:
Size
12mm to 65mm
75mm to Over
Connection
Gunmetal
Gunmetal/C.I.
Ends
Screwed Female
Flanged
Swing check valves shall normally be used in all water services. Lift type valves may
be used in horizontal runs. Air release and clean out plugs shall be provided
whenever required Valves shall be suitable for 21 Kg/Sq.cm test pressure.
Butterfly Valves:
All the isolation valve 50cm and above on the equipment and water lines, where
specified or shown on drawings shall be wafer type butterfly valves. They shall be
designed to fit without gaskets, the water tight seal being obtained by EPDM seat
projection at the faces compressed between the flanges. The valves shall be supplied
inclusive of M.S. pipe flanges and high tensile steel bolts of dimensions
recommended by suppliers of valves. The valves shall comply with following
specifications:
a) Test Pressure
: Body 24 Bar, Seat 16 Bar
b) Valve Component
: Material of Construction
i)
Body
: Cast Iron, Gr. FG 260, IS:210
ii) Disc
: Nylon or Epoxy powder coated high
duty iron, Gr, FG 260
iii) Stem
II.
: Stainless Steel or carbon steel - IS:1570, Part-
iv) Seat
: EPDM
v) Hand Lever
(Mechanical Memory Stop)
: Cast Iron
vi) Bearings
: PTFE or Nylon covered S.S. bush
bearings at stem and pivot.
vii) Primary Seal
: Reinforced PTEE slide bearings
viii) Temperature
: 80 Degree C (max.)
Installation:
•
•
•
•
•
5.3.6
Valve shall be install in a manner that allows future removal and service of the
valve.
Packing and gasket shall not contain asbestos.
The valve shall be of the same size as the pipe to which they are install.
Valve above 150mm diameter shall be self locking warm gear type water proof
and protory lubricated.
Provide chain operators w/chain cleats on all valves more than 2.4 meter above
floor.
Pressure Gauges:
Pressure gauge shall be not less than 100mm dia dial and of appropriate range and
be complete with shut off gauge valve etc. duly calibrated before installation.
Pressure gauge shall be provided at the following locations and as indicated on the
drawings and Bill of Quantities. Care shall be taken to protect pressure gauges during
pressure testing.
5.3.7
Internal Hydrants:
Contractor shall provide on each landing and other locations as shown on the
drawings one single headed gunmetal landing valve with 63mm dia, outlets and
80mm inlet (IS:5290-1983) with individual shut off valves and cast iron wheels.
Landing valves shall have flanged inlet and instantaneous type outlet as shown on
the drawings.
Instantaneous outlets for fire hydrants shall be standard pattern approved and
suitable for fire brigade hoses.
Contractor shall provide for each internal fire hydrant station two numbers of 63mm
dia, 15 metre long rubberized fabric lined hose pipes with gunmetal male and female
instantaneous type coupling machine wound with CI wire (Hose to IS:636 type 2 and
couplings to IS:903 with IS certification), fire hose reel, gunmetal branch pipe with
nozzle IS:903 and fireman’s axe.
Each hose box shall be conspicuously painted with the letters “FIRE HOSE”.
5.3.8
Fire Hose Reels:
Contractor shall provide standard fire hose reels with 20mm dia, high pressure rubber
hose of 36 metres length with gunmetal nozzle with 5mm bore, and control valve,
connected wall mounted on circular hose reel of heavy duty mild steel construction
and cast iron brackets. Hose reel shall conform to IS:884-1969. The hose reel shall
be connected directly to the pipe riser through an independent connection.
5.3.9
Orifice Flanges:
Provide orifice flanges fabricated from 6mm thick stainless steel plate to reduce
pressure on individual hydrants to restrict the operating pressure to 3.5 Kg/sqmt. The
design of the orifice flanges shall be given by the Contractor as per the location and
pressure conditions of each hydrants/hose reel and get approved from Client’s
Representative before installation.
5.3.10 Fire Hose Cabinets:
Provide hose cabinets for internal hydrants fabricated from 16 gauge MS sheet with
single or double glass front door and locking arrangement with breakable glass key
access arrangement, duly painted red with stove enameled paint fixed to wall or self
supported on floor as per site conditions. The cabinet shall also have a separate
chamber to keep the key with breakable glass as per approved design. Hose
cabinets shall be stove enameled fire red paint with “FIRE HOSE” written on it
prominently. Samples of hose cabinet for internal and external works be got approved
from Client’s Representative before installation at site.
Fire hose cabinet suitable to accommodate 1 No. landing valves or as given in Bill of
Quantities, 2 Nos. 15 metres long R.R.L. hoses, 1 No. first aid reel, 2 Nos. branch
pipe and 2 Nos. fire extinguishers.
5.3.11 Drain Valve:
Provide 50mm dia, MS pipe to IS:1239 (heavy class) with 50mm gunmetal full way
valve for draining any water in the system in low pockets same to be extended to the
nearest drain point as directed by Client’s Representative.
5.3.12 Air Valves:
Provide 25mm dia, screwed inlet spring type single acting brass air valve on all high
points in the system or as shown on drawings on top of air cushion tanks.
5.3.13 Flow Meter:
Provide “Venturi Type” flow meter on each pump test. The flow eliment shall be as
venturi tube, fibreglass reinforced polyester plastic body with stainless steel
connections. The flow indicator shall be well type mercury manometer suitable for
closed valve pressure of the pump.
Provide over scale fluid check valve, three way manifold, vent plugs, shut off valves,
and all other necessary trimings.
Allow for at least five (5) diameters of struig pipe upstream and down stream of the
venturi tube flanges.
The flow meter indicator shall be positioned in a suitable location to enable easy
reading and in any case shall not be installed more than 1.8 metre above finished
floor level.
The flow meter shall be factory mutual approved.
5.3.14 Testing:
All piping shall be tested to hydrostatic test pressure of 15 Kg/Sq.cm or twice the
design pressure whichever is higher for a period of not less than 24 hours. All leaks
and defects in joints revealed during the testing shall be rectified to the satisfaction of
the Client’s Representative.
Piping required subsequent to the above pressure test shall be re-tested in the same
manner.
System may be tested in sections and such sections shall be securely capped.
The Client’s Representative shall be notified well in advance by the Contractor of his
intention to test a section of piping and all testing shall be witnessed by the Client’s
Representative.
The Contractor shall make sure that proper noiseless circulation of fluid is achieved
through the system concerned. If proper circulation is not achieved due to air bound
connections, the Contractor shall rectify the defective connections. He shall bear all
the expenses for carrying out the above rectification including the tarring-up and refinishing of floors, walls etc. as required.
The Contractor shall provide all materials, tools, equipment, instruments, services and
labour required to perform the test, and shall ensure that the plant room and other
areas are cleaned up and spill over water is removed.
The Contractor shall give the pressure test of head for external yard hydrant at
ground level and also for hydrant at terrace level.
5.3.15 Painting:
All pipes in exposed locations shall be painted with one coat of red oxide primer and
two or more coats of synthetic enamel paint of approved shade after the Hydrostatic
test pressure of the internal hydrant piping network.
5.3.16 Measurement:
Mild steel pipes shall be measured per linear meter of the finished length and shall
include all fittings, welding, jointing, clamps for fixing to walls or hangers, anchor
fasteners and testing.
Sluice valves with orifice flanges, check valves and full way valves shall be measured
by numbers and shall include all items necessary and required for mixing and as
given in the Specifications/Bill of Quantities.
Landing valves, hose cabinets, rubberized fabric linen fire hose pipes. First-aid fir
hose reels (with gunmetal port way valves) and gunmetal branch pipes shall be
measured by numbers and shall include all items necessary and required for fixing as
given in the Specifications/Bill of Quantities.
Suction and delivery headers shall be measured per linear meter of finished length
and shall include all items as given in the Bill of Quantities. Painting shall be included
in the rate of headers. Painting of pipes shall be included in the rate for pipes and no
separate payment shall be made.
No additional payment shall be admissible for cutting holes or chases in walls or
floors, making connections to pumps, equipment and appliances.
6.0
SPRINKLER SYSTEM (INTERNAL ONLY):
6.1
SCOPE:
Work under this section shall consist of furnishing all labour, materials, equipment
and appliances necessary and required to completely install the sprinkler system as
required by the drawings and specified hereinafter or given in this Bill of Quantities.
a) Sprinkler mains, branch and connection from external piping complete with
valves, alarm, hangers, appurtenances and painting.
b) Sprinkler heads with spare sprinklers.
c) Connections to risers, pumps and appliances.
d) Flow switches, installation valve
e) Vertical drain pipes.
6.2
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:
All materials shall be of the best quality conforming to the specifications and subject
to the approval of the Client’s Representative.
Pipes and fittings shall be fixed truly vertical, horizontal or in slopes as required in a
neat workmanlike manner.
Pipes shall be fixed in a manner as to provide easy accessibility for repair and
maintenance and shall not cause obstruction in shafts, passages etc.
Pipes shall be securely fixed to walls and ceilings by suitable clamps at intervals
specified. Only approved type of anchor fasteners shall be used for RCC ceilings and
walls.
Valves and other appurtenances shall be so located that they are easily accessible
for operations, repairs and maintenance.
6.3
PIPES AND FITTINGS:
Pipes for sprinkler system network shall be mild steel (black) confirming to IS:1239
(heavy class) with screwed/welded joints having flanges at regular intervals not
exceeding 24 M.
Fittings for steel pipes shall be of heavy class forged steel having tapered pipe
threads. For pipe sizes 50mm and above, fabricated fitting shall not be accepted.
6.4
JOINTING:
Joints for mild steel pipes and fittings shall preferably be metal to metal tapered
thread joints. A small amount of red lead may be used for lubrication and rust
prevention. Joints shall not be welded or caulked. Joints for 50mm dia and above,
however, may be of butt-welded type using heavy class butt welded fittings. However,
sprinkler heads shall be screwed with Teflon or equal bonding tape.
Joints between CI or black steel pipes and valves and other appurtenances, pumps
etc. shall be made with CI or MS flanges with appropriate number of bolts. Flanged
joints shall be made with 3mm thick compressed synthetic rubber insertion gaskets.
All flanges shall confirm to IS:6392-1971 Table 17/18 with regards to material,
thickness as well as dimensions.
6.5
PIPE SUPPORTS:
All pipes shall be adequately supported at a maximum interval of 3 M from roofs or
walls from existing inserts if available, by structural clamps fabricated from MS
structurals e.g. rods, channels, angles and flats to the prior approval of Consultant. All
clamps shall be painted with one coat of red lead and two coats of black enamel paint
of approval quality. Where existing inserts not available, the Contractor shall provide
anchor fasteners.
Pipes shall be measured by linear metre and shall include all fittings, flanges, jointing,
clamps, hangers, and all other material necessary and required whether specified or
not to complete the system including painting, testing and commissioning.
6.6
PIPE PROTECTION:
All pipes above ground and in exposed locations shall be painted with one coat of red
oxide primer and two or more coats of synthetic enamel paint of approved shade.
6.7
VALVES:
6.7.1
Sluice Valves and Non Return Valves:
Sluice valves of sizes 80mm and above shall be cast iron double flanged with non
rising spindle and gunmetal inner. Sluice valve below ground shall be provided with
caps suitable for operations by a key. Sluice valves in exposed location e.g. pump
house, etc. shall be provided with cast iron wheels. Sluice valve shall conform to
IS:780 Class-I.
Check valves shall be cast iron double flanged conforming to IS:5312-1984 with cast
iron steel body 13% chrome steel disc, hinge pin and body seat ring.
Valves on MS pipes 65mm and below shall be heavy pattern gunmetal valves with
cast iron wheel conforming to IS:778-1984 (Class-II).
6.7.2
Butterfly Valve:
All the isolation valve 50cm and above on the equipment and water lines, where
specified or shown on drawings shall be wafer type butterfly valves. They shall be
designed to fit without gaskets, the water tight seal being obtained by EPDM seat
projection at the faces compressed between the flanges. The valves shall be supplied
inclusive of M.S. pipe flanges and high tensile steel bolts of dimensions
recommended by suppliers of valves. The valves shall comply with following
specifications:
a) Test Pressure
: Body 24 Bar, Seat 16 Bar
b) Valve Component
: Material of Construction
i)
: Cast Iron, Gr. FG 260, IS:210
Body
ii) Disc
: Nylon or Epoxy powder coated high
duty iron, Gr, FG 260
iii) Stem
: Stainless Steel or carbon steel
IS:1570, Part-II.
iv) Seat
: EPDM
v) Hand Lever
(Mechanical Memory Stop)
: Cast Iron
vi) Bearings
: PTFE or Nylon covered S.S. bush
bearings at stem and pivot.
vii) Primary Seal
: Reinforced PTEE slide bearings
viii) Temperature
: 80 Degree C (max.)
Installation:
6.7.3
•
Valve shall be install in a manner that allows future removal and service of the
valve.
•
Packing and gasket shall not contain asbestos.
•
The valve shall be of the same size as the pipe to which they are install.
•
Valve above 150mm diameter shall be self locking warm gear type water proof
and protory lubricated.
•
Provide chain operators w/chain cleats on all valves more than 2.4 meter above
floor.
Drain Valve:
Provide 50mm diameter MS pipe to IS:1239 (heavy class) with 50mm gunmetal full
way valve for draining any water in the system in low packets same to be extended to
nearest drain point as directed by Client’s Representative.
6.7.4
Air Valve:
Provide 25mm diameter screwed inlet spring type single acting brass air valve on all
high points in the system.
6.8
GLOBE VALVES FOR TESTING & DRAINING:
The Contractor shall provide 15mm dia Gun-metal globe valve with GI pipe as per
IS:1239 heavy class for testing and draining any water in the system in low pockets
wherever required. This item shall be measured by numbers and shall include 15mm
dia, globe valve, 15mm dia GI pipe (max. 6 M length), fittings, tees, elbows, unions,
supports, hangers and all other items necessary and required to complete the work.
6.9
AIR VESSEL/AIR CUSHION TANK:
Air vessel (air cushion tank) shall be of size and capacity indicated in Bill of
Quantities. It shall be provided at the top most point/points or in pump house (as
specified). The tank shall be complete with 20mm dia brass air valve (Ball type), stop
valve (20mm dia), drain valve (20mm dia) and pressure gauge including 20mm dia
mild steel galvanised pipes and fittings, unions, etc. as required to complete the work
as per site conditions.
Air Cushions tank shall be measured by numbers and shall include air valve,
pressure gauge, globe valves for testing and draining, M.S. clamps, pipes, fittings,
tees, elbows, union and all other items required to complete the work.
6.10
SUPERVISORY SWITCH:
Provide a supervisory switch attached to each supervised valve. The supervisory
switch shall monitor the valve position and signal valve tempering. The switch shall
consist of a single pole, double throw switch with a roller type switch actuator and a
spring loaded plunger. The switch shall be U. L. listed and F. M. approved.
6.11
SPRINKLER HEADS:
Sprinkler heads shall be provided at regular spacing so as to cover 9 Sq.metre per
sprinkler head. The spacing shall however be in conformity with the drawings and
properly coordinated with electrical fixtures, ventilation ducts and grills and other
services along the ceiling. Sprinkler head shall be of brass quartz bulb type with a
temperature rating of 68 Deg. C. Sprinkler heads shall be of pendent type.
Alternatively sprinklers may be of side wall type with fusible link for operation.
Sprinkler heads shall be approved by the Underwriters Laboratories (U.L.) or Fire
Officers Committee (FOC), Tarrif Advisory Committee (TAC). The finish shall be as
specified in Bill of Quantities.
Contractor shall install cabinet fabricated from 16 gauge MS sheet with lockable glass
shutters. Shelves for keeping spare sprinklers and spanner at locations approved by
the Client’s Representative and given in the Bill of Quantities.
6.12
INSTALLATION CONTROL VALVE:
Installation control valve for sprinkler system shall consist of a vertical alarm valve
complete with 50mm dia drain and 15mm test valve with a provision to install water
operated turbine alarm. A cast iron sluice valves shall be provided on upstream of
alarm valve. The size of alarm valve and sluice valve shall be as indicated in BOQ.
One water operated turbine alarm motor with gong to be provided for each sprinkler
installation control valve on the sprinkler main. The alarm shall operate and sound a
gong on the drop of pressure and flow of water in the mains. Turbine alarm shall be
approved by the Client’s Representative and installed at approved locations. The
alarm shall be provided with suitable test cock. Both alarm valve and turbine alarm
must have TAC/FOC/UL/FM approval/listing.
Installation control valve shall be measured by numbers and shall include upstream
C.I. sluice valve, alarm valve, alarm motor and gong, drain valve, test valve, drain
piping (50mm dia G.I. upto 5 M) and all fittings including 2 Nos. pressure gauges
required to complete the work.
6.13
TESTING:
All piping in the system shall be tested in the presence of Consultant/ Client’s
Representative to a hydrostatic pressure of 14 Kg./Sq.cm or twice the design
pressure (whichever is higher) without any drop in pressure for at least 2 hours and
thereafter the entire system shall be hydraulically tested at 3.5 Kg/Sq.cm above the
pump shutoff pressure or 12 Kg/Sq.cm (whichever is higher) for 24 hours without any
drop in pressure.
Contractor shall rectify leakage, if any and replace all defective components and
retest the system as per above requirements to the satisfaction of and
Consultant/Client’s Representative.
If required by Client’s Representative, at least 10% of all the welded joints shall be
radio-graphically tested by the Contractor and half the joints radio-graphed shall be
field joints. It will be Contractors responsibility to arrange radiography and other NDT
test also.
Contractor shall give the water flow test of pumps as required by the Client’s
Representative.
6.14
MEASUREMENTS:
Black steel pipes shall be measured per linear meter of the finished length and shall
include all fittings (except flanges), welding, jointing, clamps for fixing to walls or
hangers and testing.
Flanges shall be measured per numbers and shall include 3mm thick insertion rubber
gasket, nuts and bolts and testing.
Sluice valves, check valves and full way valve and flow indicating switches shall be
measured by numbers and shall include all items necessary and required for fixing as
given in specifications.
Cabinet spare sprinkler heads with spanners shall be measured as per actual item
given in the Bill of Quantities.
Sprinkler heads shall be measured by numbers.
No additional payment shall be admissible for cutting holes, or chases in the wall or
floors, making connections to pumps, equipment and appliances.
7.0 COMMISSIONING OF FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM:
7.1
SCOPE:
Work under this section shall consist of pre-commissioning, commissioning, testing
and providing guarantees for all equipment, appliances and accessories supplied and
installed by the Contractor under this contract.
7.2
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:
Work under this section shall be executed without any additional cost. The rates
quoted in this tender shall be inclusive of the works given in this section.
Contractor shall provide all tools, equipment, metering and testing devices reqd for
the purpose.
On award of work, Contractor shall submit a detailed proposal giving methods of
testing and gauging the performance of the equipment to be supplied and installed
under this contract.
Contractor shall get the thread test between the Fire Department Hose and service
connections.
7.3
PRE-COMMISSIONING:
On completion of the installation of all pumps, piping, valves, pipe connections,
electrical wiring, motor control panels and water level controlling devices the
Contractor shall proceed as follows:
Testing of M.C.C.:
Tests to be carried out for motor control centres shall be:
i) Insulation resistance test with 500 volt megger, before and after high voltage test,
on all power and control wiring.
ii) High voltage test at 3000 Volts A. C. for one minute on all power and control
wiring.
iii) Low voltage continuity test (6 volts) on power wiring of each feeder, between bus
bars and outgoing terminals with switches and contactors in closed position.
iv) Low voltage continuity test (6 volts) on all control wiring.
v) Operation test for all feeders with only control supply made “ON” to ensure
correctness of control wiring, operation of the various equipment used, such as
push buttons, protective devices, indicating lamps and relays, etc. All contactors
shall be checked for the earth bus provided in the M.C.C.
vi) Operation of all instruments and meters provided on the M.C.C.
7.4
FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM:
i) Check all hydrant valves and close if any valve is open. Check that all suction and
delivery connections are properly made.
ii) Test run and check rotation of each motor and correct the same if required.
7.5
PIPE WORK:
i) Check all clamps, supports and hangers provided for the pipes.
ii) Fill up pipes with water and apply hydrostatic pressure to the system as given in
the relevant section of the specifications if any leakage is found. Rectify the same
and retest the pipes.
7.6
COMMISSIONING AND TESTING:
Fire Hydrant System:
i) Pressurize the fire hydrant system by running the main fire pump and after
attaining the required pressure shutoff the pump.
ii) Open bye pass valve and allow the pressure to drop in the system. Check that the
jockey pump cuts in and cuts out at the pre-set pressures. If necessary adjust the
pressure switch for the jockey pump. Close bye pass valves.
iii) Open hydrant valve and allow the water to flow into the fire water tank in order to
avoid wastage of water. The main fire pump should cut in at the present pressure
and should not cut out automatically on reaching the normal line pressure. The
main fire pump should stop only by manual push button. However, the jockey
pump should cut out as soon as the main pump starts.
iv) Switch off the main fire pump and test check the diesel engine driven pump in the
same manner as the electrically driven pump.
v) When the fire pump have been checked for satisfactory working `ON’ automatic
controls open fire hydrant valves simultaneously and allow the hose pipes to
discharge water in to the fire tank to avoid wastage. The electrically driven pump
should run continuously for 8 hours so that its performance can be checked.
vi) Diesel engine driven pump should also be checked in the same manner as given
in para above by running for 8 hours.
vii) Check each landing valves, male and female coupling and branch pipes for
compatibility with each other. Any fitting which is found to be incompatible and
does not fit into the other properly shall be replaced by the Contractor. Landing
valves shall also be checked by opening and closing under pressure.
7.7
SPRINKLER SYSTEM:
i) Start the sprinkler pump and develop the right pressure in the sprinkler pipes.
ii) Open the test valve to check the automatic starting of the pump. If necessary
make adjustments in the setting of the pressure switch. The sprinkler fire alarm
should also operate when the test valve is open.
iii) After satisfactory operation of the pump the Contractor shall set up mock fire and
test the system.
7.8
HANDING OVER:
i) All commissioning and testing shall be done by the Contractor to the complete
satisfaction of the Client’s Representative/consultant, and the job handed over to
the client.
ii) Contractor shall also hand over to the client all maintenance and operation
manuals and all items as per the terms of the contract.
iii)
Contractor shall arrange the inspection from Local Fire Authority to inspect the
systems installed by him. Contractor shall arrange to get the system completion and
satisfactory working certificate from the local Fire Authority after the inspections
conducted by the Local Fire Authority.
8.0
HAND APPLIANCES:
8.1
SCOPE:
Work under this section shall consist of furnishing all labour, material, appliances and
equipment necessary and required to install fire extinguishing hand appliances.
Without restricting to the generality of the foregoing the work shall consist of the
following:
Installation of fully charged and tested Fire Extinguishing Hand Appliances CO2,
Foam, Dry chemical powder type as required by these specifications and drawings.
8.2
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:
8.2.1
Fire extinguishers shall conform to the following Indian Standard specifications and
shall be with BIS approved stamp as revised and Amended upto date.
a) CO2 Type
b) Foam Type
c) Dry Powder Type
: IS:2878-1986
: IS:933-1989
: 2171-1985
8.2.2
Fire extinguishers shall be installed as per Indian Standard Code of practice for
selection, installation and maintenance of portable first aid appliances IS:2190-1979.
8.2.3
Hand appliances shall be installed in readily accessible locations with the Appliance
brackets fixed to wall by suitable anchor fasteners.
8.2.4
Each appliances shall be provided with an inspection, testing, change of charge and
other relevant data.
8.2.5
All appliances shall be fixed in a true workman like manner truly vertical and at
current locations.
8.3
MEASUREMENTS:
Fire extinguishers shall be measured by numbers and include installation and all
items necessary and required and given in the Bill of Quantities.
9
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM:
This performance specification provides the minimum requirements for the
Fire Detection and Alarm System. The system shall include, but not limited to all
equipment, materials, labor, documentation
and services necessary to
furnish and install a complete, operational system to include but not limited to the
following functions:
Smoke and fire detection
Fire suppression system monitoring
Smoke control
Releasing Service
Two-way voice communication notification system
Materials
Equipment
&
All equipment and components shall be the approved manufacturer’s current
model. The materials, appliances, equipment and devices shall be listed by a
internationally recognized approvals agency like UL864/EN54/VDS for use
as part of a protected premises protective signaling (fire alarm) system and
smoke control system. The authorized representative of the manufacturer, to be
designated as the contractor, shall be responsible for the satisfactory installation
of the complete system. The contractor shall provide, from the acceptable
manufacturer's current product lines, equipment and components, which comply,
with the requirements of these specifications. Equipment or components, which
do not provide the performance and features, required by these specifications
are not acceptable, regardless of manufacturer. Strict conformance to this
specification is required to ensure that the installed and programmed
system
will function as designed, and will accommodate the future
requirements and operations of the building owner. All specified operational
features must be met without exception. All equipment and components shall be
the manufacturer's current model. The contractor shall be responsible for the
satisfactory installation of the complete system. All control panel assemblies
and connected field appliances shall be provided by the same system supplier,
and shall be designed and tested to ensure that the system operates as
specified. The system shall utilize electronically addressable, microprocessorbased detectors as described in this specification. The equipment to be supplied
will be considered only if it meets all sections of the performance specification.
The supplier shall submit a point-by-point statement of compliance for all sections
in this specification. The statement of compliance shall consist of a list of all
paragraphs within these sections. Where the proposed system complies fully with
the paragraph, as written, placing the word "comply" opposite the paragraph
number shall indicate such. Where the proposed system does not comply with
the paragraph as written, and the supplier feels the proposed system will
accomplish the intent of the paragraph, a full description of the function as well
as a full narrative description of how its proposal will meet its intent shall be
provided. Any submission that does not include a point-by-point statement of
compliance
as described herein shall be disqualified.
Where
a
full
description is not provided, it shall be assumed that the proposed system does
not comply. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, services and materials
necessary to furnish and install a complete, functional fire alarm system
(System). The System shall comply in respects with all pertinent codes, rules,
regulations and laws of the Authority, and local jurisdiction. The System shall
comply in all respects with the requirements of the specifications, manufacturer's
recommendations and UL864/EN54/VDS listings.
It is further intended that upon
Owner/Consultant be provided with:
completion
of
this
work,
the
a.
Complete information and drawings describing and depicting the
entire system(s) as installed, including all information necessary for maintaining,
troubleshooting, and/or expanding the system(s) at a future date.
b.
Complete documentation of system(s)
testing. c.
Certification of the entire
system(s)
PANEL
COMPONENTS
FUNCTIONS
&
The control panel(s) shall be a multi-processor based networked system
designed specifically for fire, one-way and two-way emergency audio
communications, smoke control, extinguishing agent releasing system if
necessitated,
with integration modules for BMS or any third party
control/annunciation. The control panel shall be UL/EN
54/VDS listed. The control panel shall include all required hardware, software
and site
specific system programming to provide a complete and operational system.
The control panel(s) shall be designed such that interactions between any
applications can be configured, and modified. The control panel(s) operational
priority shall assure that life safety takes precedence among the activities
coordinated by the control panel.
The control panel shall include the following
capacities:
-The Control Panel shall have processor redundancy or shall perform all
functions through loop cards in case of processor failure including receipt of
signals and activation of life safety services associated with loop card.
-Support required Devices per Loop and consider 10% spare in
each loop
-Support multiple communication ports
protocols
-Support
maximum
chronological
events.
and
The network of control panels shall include the following
features:
-Ability to download all network applications and firmware from the
configuration computer from a single location on the system.
-Addressing of detectors and devices by means of electronic way / dip
switches /
rotatory
switches.
Provide an operator interface control/display that shall annunciate, command
and control system functions.
Provide an internal audible signal with different programmable p a t t e r s to
distinguish between alarm, supervisory, trouble and monitor conditions.
Provide a discreet system control switch provided for reset, alarm silence, panel
silence, drill switch, previous message switch, next message switch and details
switch.
Provide system reports that provide detailed description of the status of
system parameters for corrective action or for preventative maintenance
programs. Reports shall be displayed by the operator interface or capable of
being printed on a printer.
The control panel shall contain a standby power supply that automatically
supplies electrical energy to the system upon primary power supply failure.
The system shall include a charging circuit to automatically maintain the
electrical charge of the battery.
Operator's
Interface
The system shall be designed and equipped to receive, monitor, and annunciate
signals from devices and circuits installed throughout the building. Standard
LED annunciator may be combined in common enclosures provided that the
groups of LED's comprising each
of
the
required
annunciator
are
separated from one another (Detection, Supervisory, Status, and Security)
and clearly labeled. A minimum 640-character LCD display shall be part of
the main control panel for easy alarm reading and understanding.
Receipt of alarm, trouble, and supervisory signals shall activate integral audible
devices at the control panel(s) and at each remote annunciation device. The
integral audible devices shall produce a sound output upon activation of not
less than
65 dB (A) and not more than 105 dB (A) when measured at distance of 1.5
meters.
The annunciator shall contain the following system status
indicators: LCD character Backlit Liquid Crystal Display
System
Normal
Indicator
System Common Alarm Indicator
System Common Trouble Indicator
System
Common
Supervisory
Indicator System Ground Fault
Indicator
System
Common
Security
Indicator
System
Disabled
Point(s)
Indicator
System Reset Switch with
Indicator
System Alarm Silence Switch with
Indicator System Trouble Silence Switch
with Indicator System Message Queue
Scroll Switches.
Digit Keypad to Enable/Disable System and
Functions.
Audi
o
The system shall be capable of delivering multi-channel audio messages
simultaneously over copper and/or fiber media. All audio messages and live
pages shall originate at the one-way audio control unit. The one-way audio
These
control unit shall store pre-recorded audio messages digitally.
messages shall be automatically directed to various areas in a facility under
program control. The system shall support remote cabinets with zoned
a m p l i f i e r s t o r e c e i v e , a m p l i f y a n d s e n d m e s s a g e s through
s p e a k e r s o v e r supervised circuits. The o n e -way emergency audio
control switches to direct paging messages as
control
shall p r o v i d e
follows:
"All Call" to direct the page messages to all areas in the facility, overriding all
other messages and tones.
"Page to Evacuation Area" to direct the message to the evacuation area(s),
overriding all other messages and tones.
"Page to Alert Area" to direct page messages to the area(s) receiving the alert
message and tones, overriding all other messages and tones.
"Page to Balance Building" to direct page messages to the areas) in the
facility NOT
receiving either the evacuation area or alert area
messages.
"Page by Phone" switch to select the firefighter’s telephone system as the
source for paging.
The system shall be capable of delivering multiple audio messages
simultaneously over copper and / or fiber media. All audio messages and live
pages shall originate at the one-way emergency audio control unit. The one-way
emergency audio control unit shall store pre-recorded audio messages digitally.
These messages shall automatically direct to various areas in a facility under
program control.
The system shall support remote panels with zoned
amplifiers to receive, amplify and distribute messages through
speakers over supervised circuits. The two-way voice communications control unit
shall provide two-way communications between remotely located phones and
the command center. The control unit shall provide the ability to individually
select and display each two-way voice communication circuit support up to five
(5) remote telephones in simultaneous two-way voice communications.
Audio
Amplifiers
Channel)
(Multi-
Provide as minimum one twenty (20) watt (Maximum capacity should be decided
as per site requirement) audio amplifier per paging zone. The system software
shall be capable of selecting the required audio source signal for amplification.
Audio amplifiers shall be power limited and protected from short circuits
conditions on the audio circuit wiring. Each amplifier output shall include a
dedicated, selectable 25/70 Vrms output. Provide a standby audio amplifier that
will automatically sense the failure of a primary amplifier, and replace the function
of the failed amplifier.
Power
Supply
System power supply(s) shall provide multiple powers limited 24 VDC output
circuits as required by the panel. Upon failure of normal (AC) power, the affected
portion(s) of the system shall automatically switch over to secondary power
without losing any system functions. Each system power supply shall be
individually supervised. Power supply trouble signals shall identify the specific
supply and the nature of the trouble condition.
All standby batteries shall be continuously monitored by the power supply. Low
battery and disconnection of battery power supply conditions shall immediately
annunciated as battery trouble and identify the specific power supply affected.
All system power supplies
shall b e c a p a b l e
of r e c h a r g i n g
their
associated
batteries, from a f u l l y discharged condition to a capacity
sufficient to allow the system to perform consistent with the requirements of this
section, in 48 hours maximum.
All AC power connections shall be to the building’s designated emergency
electrical power circuit and shall meet the requirements of NFPA 72. The power
circuit disconnect means shall be clearly labeled FIRE ALARM CIRCUIT
CONTROL and shall have a red marking. The location of the circuit disconnect
shall be labeled permanently inside the each control panel the disconnect
serves.
Power supply for all input & output devices to be driven from main Fire Alarm
Panel.
Report
s
The system shall provide the operator with system reports that give detailed
description of the status of system parameters for corrective action, or for
preventative maintenance programs. The system shall provide these reports via
the main LCD, and shall be capable of being printed on any system printer.
The system shall provide a report that gives a sensitivity listing of all detectors
that have less than 75% environmental compensat ion remaining.
The
system shall provide a report that provides a sensitivity (% Obscuration per
foot) listing of any particular detector.
The system shall provide a report that gives a listing of the sensitivity of all
on any given panel in the system, or any given
of the detectors
analog/addressable device loop within any given panel.
The system shall provide a report that gives a chronological listing of up to the
last 1740 system events.
The system shall provide a listing of all of the firmware revision listings for all
of the installed network components in the system.
Graphic Command Workstation
The command
center shall function as the center point for all
operational
and administration functions required for the systems provided
within the specification. The command center shall contain a console that will
display and house any equipment necessary for system operation. Console
space shall be provided for other equipment provided under other sections of the
specifications. A single graphical workstation shall be provided that will
enable primary control of the systems provided by t h i s specification.
An operator shall not have to operate multiple workstations to receive, view,
process and record system events for each system provided. The graphical
command workstation(s) shall display a different color text for each message
type and color graphic diagrams/floor p l a n s . Each detector has to be
mapped in graphical workstation diagrams/floor plans. The graphical workstation
diagrams/floor plans should have
the
each
detector
mapped.
The
graphical
command
workstation
shall simultaneously
display
the
following
system
event views; system
event display, graphical
diagram display, detailed event message/instructions, and user event log.
The workstation shall be an latest personal computer which can support
the all software& have enough memory to handle the data. The makes will be
as per attached list. The workstation(s) shall be capable of annunciation and
control of all fire detection and smoke control points. The computer shall be
minimum of an Pentium Grade Pentium Processor 2.4 Ghz or higher with a
533Mhz front side bus or higher, 512 MB RAM or higher, 320 GB Hard Drive,
and 21” LCD monitor. Installation of the computer or monitor can be either
desktop or floor mounting or rack/panel mounting.
The workstation (software) shall be capable of storing over 100,000 network
events in a history file. The history buffer allows the operator to view events in
a chronological order. A filter shall be available for displaying chronological
events by operator, date, time, fire alarms, troubles (including security,
supervisory and system/device), disabled points/zones, system programming,
operator response and operator log in/log out.
The software shall include the ability to display system information in a
graphical (floor plan) form. Each view, created using standard Windows bitmap
files, shall include icons created for intelligent devices. These icons shall blink
and change to the appropriate programmed icon when an event occurs. When
the device has been acknowledged, the icon shall become steady. Once the point
has returned to normal, the normal icon is displayed. In addition to the graphical
representation of the device, the user shall be able to link pictures, documents
and sound files to the device.
The software shall have a flexible way of assigning operator passwords. There
shall be an unlimited number of possible operators, each with specific levels of
control. Each operator shall have his/her own password. Operator password
and control selection shall be available to a high level "administrator” who shall
have complete control over levels of control.
The software shall provide multitasking type environment that allows the user
to run several applications simultaneously. The operating program shall run
within a 32-bit operating system such as Windows® XP or equivalent. These
Windows applications shall run simultaneously with other programs. The mouse
or Alt-Tab keys shall be used to quickly select and switch between multiple
applications. The operator shall be able to
work in Microsoft Word, Excel and other Windows based software
packages,
while concurrently annunciating on-line alarms and monitoring
functions.
Equipment included in the command center shall
include: System annunciation and controls for.
Fire detection.
Fire
pump
status
Emergency one-way voice communications.
Standby generator status indication and controls.
Automatic transfer switch status indication and
controls Public intercom
Public
telephone
Elevator monitor, status and
controls
The graphic display screen shall organize and structure system events for
easy user comprehension. The workstation display shall use four relational
quadrants. When any event occurs:
The "list of events area" shall display the address of the alarm or off-normal
point with type and description and time of the event in a prioritized colorcoded event list. Highlighting an event in the event list area shall automatically
cause the display of a graphical map and other three areas (described below)
to display information relating to the highlighted event. The "map area" shall
display color graphical representation of the area location in which the alarm or
off-normal device is located. It shall be possible for the operator to manually
zoom down to any portion of a vector-based graphic without aliasing, artifacting,
or p i x i l a t i o n o f t h e i m a g e .
Preset z o o m l e v e l s s h a l l n o t b e
considered equal. The "event action area" shall display a customized set of
written operator instructions for every state (alarm, trouble, restore, etc.) of
each point. An event log shall record all events and operator actions to history
for future review. An operator's log shall record operator's comments for each
event in system history with time and date. The "image area" shall display a
stored image of the device relating to the event highlighted in the event list
area.
When processing
workstation:
fire alarm events the graphic
Shall be capable of acknowledging, silencing, and resetting all fire alarm
functions.
Shall be capable of manually activating, deactivating, enabling, and disabling
individual fire alarm points.
Shall be capable of generating status, maintenance and sensitivity reports for
fire alarm components.
Receipt of a fire alarm shall activate an audio WAV file over the workstation
speakers alerting the operator.
INTELLIGENT DETECTORS:
The smoke detector shall have inbuilt microprocessor and shall be capable of
taking an independent alarm decision. Minimum to 125 intelligent smoke
detectors should connect to one loop. Each intelligent addressable smoke
detector's sensitivity shall be capable of being programmed electronically from
Control Panel without any extra tools as most sensitive, more sensitive, normal,
and less sensitive or least sensitive. In addition to the five sensitivity levels the
detector shall provide a pre-alarm sensitivity setting, which shall be settable in 5%
increments of the detector's alarm sensitivity value. The detector should continue
to give TRUE alarms even if the loop controller on the main panel fails.
Each detector shall incorporate indicator “LED” at the detector which shall blink
during normal condition and light up on actuation of the detector to locate the
detector which is operated. The detector shall not be affected by the failure of
the response indicator lamp. The LED shall be give 360 degree view from all
possible points.
The detectors shall provide a test means whereby they will simulate an alarm
condition and report that condition t o the control panel. Such a test may be
initiated at the detector itself (by activating a magnetic switch) or initiated
remotely on command from the control panel.
An alternate alarm sensitivity level shall be provided for each detector, which
can be set to any of the five (5) sensitivity settings manually or automatically
using a time of day event. In addition to the five alternate sensitivity levels
the detector shall provide an alternate pre-alarm sensitivity setting, which shall
be settable in 5% increments of the detector's alternate alarm sensitivity value
The detector shall be able to differentiate between a long drift above the prealarm threshold and fast rise above the threshold.
The detector's sensing element reference point shall automatically adjust,
compensating for background environmental conditions such as dust,
temperature, and pressure. Periodically, the sensing element real-time analog
value shall be compared against its reference value.
The detector shall
provide a maintenance alert signal that 75% to
99% compensation has been used. The detector shall provide a dirty fault
signal that
100% or greater compensation has been
used.
The system shall allow for changing of detector types for service replacement
purposes without the need to reprogram the system. The replacement detector
type shall automatically continue to operate with the same programmed
sensitivity levels and functions as the detector it replaced. System shall
display an off-normal condition until the proper detector type has been installed
or change in the application program profile has been made.
INTELLEGENT THERMAL DETECTOR:
The heat detector shall have a thermal sensing element /circuit. The detector
shall have inbuilt microprocessor, not microcontroller and shall be capable of
taking an independent alarm decision. Detectors shall be rated at 15°F (9°C)
per minute rate-of- rise and 135°F (57°C) fixed temperature The detector
shall be capable of being addressed electronically from control panel without
any extra tool. The choice of alarm reporting as a fixed temperature detector or a
combination of fixed and rate-of-rise shall be made in system software and be
changeable at any time without the necessity of
hardware replacement.
SMOKE DETECTOR – PHOTOELECTRIC
The detectors shall be use the photo electric (l i g h t scattering) principal to
measure smoke d e n s i t y .
Provide a n a l o g /addressable
photoelectric
smoke d e t e c t o r s
at t h e locations shown on the drawings. The detector
shall have the ability to set the sensitivity and alarm verification of each of the
individual detectors on the circuit. It shall be possible to automatically change the
sensitivity of individual analog/addressable detectors for the day and night
periods.
Each smoke detector shall be capable of transmitting pre-alarm
and alarm signals in addition to the normal, trouble and need cleaning
information. It shall be possible to program control panel activity to each level.
Each smoke detector may be individually programmed to operate at any one of
five (5) sensitivity settings.
Each detector microprocessor shall contain an
environmental compensation algorithm that identifies and sets ambient
environmental thresholds approximately six times an hour. The microprocessor
shall monitor the environmental compensation value and alert the system
operator when the detector approaches 75% and 100% of the allowable
environmental compensation value.
ADRESSABLE BEAM DETECTOR:
The addressable optical beam detector or projected beam smoke detector shall
be used for detection in large volumes and double heights. The set shall consist
of a transmitter, receiver and control electronics. The transmitter shall project a
modulated infrared light beam to the receiver. If there is smoke in the beam path,
the receivers signal shall be reduced by the value proportional to the density of
the smoke. If the signal is reduced to a level between the obscuration threshold
and 93% for 8-10 seconds, the fire alarm relay shall be activated. The alarm
obscuration threshold shall be set at 25%, 35% or
50% obscuration depending on the application. The typical coverage shall be
equal or
more than 100 m x 15.25
m.
MULTI CRITERIA DETECTOR:
The multi-sensor or multi-tech smoke detector which will have both photoelectric
as well as thermal detection elements shall have inbuilt microprocessor, and shall
be capable of taking an independent alarm decision. The scattering of smoke
particles shall activate the photo sensor. Each intelligent addressable s m ok e
detector’s sensitivity shall be capable of being programmed electronically
from Control Panel without any extra tools as: most sensitive, more sensitive,
normal, and less sensitive or least sensitive. In addition to the five sensitivity
levels the detector shall provide a pre-alarm sensitivity setting, which shall be
settable in 5% increments of the detector's alarm sensitivity value. The detector
should continue to give TRUE alarms even if the loop controller on the main
panel f a i l s . Alarm c o n d i t i o n shall b e b a s e d u p o n t h e c o m b i n e d
input f r o m t h e photoelectric, and thermal detection elements. Each detector
shall be capable of transmitting pre-alarm and alarm signals in addition to the
normal, trouble and need cleaning information. It shall be possible to program
control panel activity to each level. Each smoke detector may be individually
programmed to operate at any one of five (5) sensitivity settings. Each detector
microprocessor shall contain an environmental compensation algorithm that
identifies and sets ambient "environmental thresholds approximately six times an
hour. The microprocessor shall monitor the environmental compensation value
and alert the system operator when the detector approaches 75% and 100% of
the allowable environmental compensat ion value. The sensitivity range shall
be 1-4% per feet. The detector shall be capable of work in Heat only alarm
mode and ignore smoke alarm when given a command from control panel. The
detector shall support the use of a relay, or LED remote indicator.
Detector
Bases:
The bases shall be easy to install and mount and shall be of standard type or
isolator base type or sounder base type. The sounder base shall be used where
local or group alarm signaling is required. The sounder base emits an audible
alarm when there is fire. The base shall, contain no electronics and support all
series detector types.
ManualStation
s
The fire alarm station shall be of polycarbonate construction and incorporate an
internal toggle switch. A locked test feature shall be provided. The station
shall be finished in red with silver "PULL IN CASE OF FIRE” lettering. The
addressable MCP shall be double action type and use a key operated testreset lock which shall be designed so that after actual emergency operation,
they cannot be restored to normal use except by the use of a key.
Speaker
s
The low profile speaker shall not extend more than (2.5cm) past the finished
wall surface, and provide a switch selectable audible output of 2W (90dBA),
1W (87dBA),
1/2W (84dBA), or 1/4W (81dBA) at 10 ft. Wattage setting shall be visible with the
cover installed. When the cover is installed, no mounting hardware shall be
visible. In and out screw terminals shall be provided for all wiring.
Addressable
Sounders/Hooters:
Electronic sounders shall operate on 24 VDC nominal. Electronic sounders
shall be field programmable without the use of special tools, at a sound level of
at least 90 dB(A) measured at 10 feet from the device and shall be flush or
surface mounted as shown on plans. They shall produce broad band sound to
guide occupants to safe exists even in complete dar k ness. It shall consist of
inbuilt amplifier which will produce a sound consisting of Low-Mid-High range
of sounds in particular pattern. The noise pattern shall be such that it will be
possible for occupants to find out from where the sound is coming. Equivalent
alternate type will be also acceptable
Intelligent
Modules
The personality of multifunction modules shall be programmable at site to suit
conditions and may be changed at any time using a personality code downloaded
from the Analog Loop Controller.
The modules shall have a minimum of 2
diagnostic LEDs mounted behind a finished cover plate. A green LED shall
flash to confirm communication with the loop controller. A red LED shall flash to
display alarm status. The module shall be capable of storing up to 24 diagnostic
codes, which can be retrieved for troubleshooting assistance. Input and output
circuit wiring shall be supervised for open and ground faults.
Control Relay Module:
The Control Relay Module shall provide one form "C" dry relay contact rated at
2 amps
@ 24 Vdc to control external appliances or equipment shutdown. The control
relay shall be rated for pilot duty and releasing systems. The position of the relay
contact shall be confirmed by the system firmware.
If any external relay or contact required for any remote tripping is in vendor
scope.
Isolator
Module:
Provide intelligent fault isolators modules. The Isolator Module shall be
capable of isolating a fault from a class A data circuit while allowing the
remaining data loop to continue operating. The isolator module shall limit the
number of modules or detectors that may be rendered inoperative by a short
circuit fault on the SLC loop segment or branch. If a wire-to-wire short
occurs, the isolator module shall automatically open- circuit (disconnect) the
SLC. When the short circuit condition is corrected, the isolator module shall
automatically reconnect the isolated section. The isolator module shall not require
address-setting, and its operations shall be totally automatic. It shall not be
necessary to replace or reset an isolator module after its normal operation.
Monitor
Module:
The Monitor Module shall be factory set to support one (1) supervised
Class B Normally-Open Active Non-Latching Monitor circuit.
Water
Module:
flow-Tamper
The Water flow/Tamper Module shall be factory set to support two (2)
supervised Class B input circuits. Channel A shall support a Normally-Open
Alarm Delayed Latching Water flow Switch circuit. Channel B shall support a
Normally-Open Active Latching Tamper Switch.
Power
Supply
Standby power supply shall be an electrical battery with capacity to operate the
system under maximum supervisory load for 48 hours and capable of operating
the system for thirty (30) minutes of evacuation alarm on all devices, operating at
maximum load. The system shall include a charging circuit to automatically
maintain the electrical charge of the battery. The system shall automatically
adjust the charging of the battery to compensate for temperature.
Sequence
Operations
General
–
Condition)
of
Audio
(Fire
Upon alarm activation of any area smoke detector, heat detector, manual pull
station, sprinkler water flow, the following functions shall automatically occur:
The internal audible device shall sound at the control panel or command
center.
Display the alarm event on the graphical workstation. The LCD Display shall
indicate all applicable information associated with the alarm condition including:
zone, device type, device location and time/date. All system activity/events
shall be documented on the system printer. Any remote or local annunciator
LCD/LED's associated with the alarm zone shall be illuminated.
The following audio
simultaneously:
messages
and
actions
shall
occur
An evacuation message shall be displayed in risk area and adjacent zones
as per cause & Effect Matrix, approved by consultant / client. The intent of
message is to advise occupants hearing this message that they are near danger
and should leave the building via the stairs (nearest exit) immediately.
Activate visual strobes on the fire floors (zones) immediately above and below
(adjacent to) the fire floor (zone), as per approved cause & effect matrix. The
visual strobe shall continue to flash until the system has been reset. The
visual strobe shall not stop operating when the "Alarm Silence" is pressed. An
alert message shall be sounded on the remainder of building. It is the intent of
this message to advise occupants to prepare for evacuation if necessary. An
instructional message shall be sounded in the stairwells instructing occupants to
move carefully and quickly down the stairs to exit the building and to exit to a
safe floor if you encounter smoke in the stairwell.
An instructional message shall be sounded in the elevator cabs. It is the intent of
this message to advise elevator occupants that an emergency exists, the elevator
has been directed to the ground floor, and that occupants should quickly exit
the building. An instructional message shall be sounded in the lobby. It is the
intent of this message to advise lobby occupants to leave the lobby and clear the
area for arriving firefighters. An instructional message shall be sounded in the
concourses connected to the building's lobby. It is the intent of this message to
prevent new entries into the lobby by advising occupants not to attempt to enter
the lobby of the affected building.
Provide selective paging to each individual floor (zone).
In addition to the
message/channels detailed above, a dedicated page channel shall be capable of
simultaneously providing live voice instructions without interrupting any of the
messages listed above shall be provided.
Transmit signal to the building automation
system.
Transmit signal to the central station with point
identification. Activate automatic smoke control
sequences.
All automatic events programmed to the alarm point shall be executed
and the associated outputs activated.
All stairwell/exit doors shall unlock throughout the
building.
All self-closing fire/smoke doors held open shall be
released.
Direct the closed circuit TV cameras to the alarm event and start video
recording
The system shall be double knock alarm system. The system shall provide
default time to allow investigation to be undertaken. The default time shall be
adjustable. The default time shall be overridden in case of activation of
second device. There shall be no provision for investigation on actuation of
manual call point and system shall go directly in alarm mode, when MCP is
activated.
The maximum elapsed time between actuation of any initiating device and its
indication on FACP shall not be more than 10 seconds.
Supervisory
Operation
Upon supervisory activation of any sprinkler valve supervisory switch, fire
pump off- normal, clean agent fire suppression system trouble, the following
functions shall automatically occur:
Visible and audible indication of self-restoring supervisory signals and visible
indication to their restoration to normal shall be automatically indicated within 90
seconds.
The internal audible device shall sound at the control panel or command
center. Display the event on the graphical workstation and display a
pictorial image.
The LCD display shall indicate all applicable information associated with the
supervisory condition including; zone, device type, device location and time/date.
All system activity/events shall be documented on the system printer.
Any remote or local annunciator LCD/LED's associated with the supervisory
zone shall be illuminated. Transmit signal to the central station PC with point
identification.
Trouble
Operation
Upon activation of a trouble condition or signal from any device on the system,
the following functions shall automatically occur:
Trouble signal and their restoration to normal shall be indicated within 200
seconds. The internal audible device shall sound at the control panel or
command center. Display the event on the graphical workstation and display
a pictorial image.
The LCD keypad display shall indicate all applicable information associated
with the trouble condition including; zone, device type, device location and
time/date. All system activity/events shall be documented on the system printer.
Any remote or local annunciator LCD/LED’s associated with the trouble zone
shall be illuminated. Transmit signal to the central station PC with point
identification.
NOTIFICATION
APPLIANCE
CIRCUITS
All notification appliance circuits shall have a minimum circuit output rating of:
2 amps
@ 24 vdc; 50 watts @ 25V audio, and 35 watts @ 70V audio. The notification
circuits shall be power limited. Non-power limited circuits are not acceptable
Network
Wiring
The system supplied under this specification shall utilize node-to-node,
direct-wired multi-priority peer-to-peer network operations. The backbone shall
be multi-core wiring or commercial CAT5/6 cable or Single mode, multimode fiber
cable depending on application. A Minimum of 64 ten loop panels shall be
capable of being networked together and each panel shall have capability of
addressing 2500 points .The system shall utilize independently addressed,
smoke detectors, heat detectors and input/output modules as described in this
specification. The peer-to-peer network shall contain multiple nodes
consisting of the command center, main controller, remote control panels,
LCD/LED annunciation nodes, and workstations. Each node is an equal, active
functional node of the network, which is capable of making all local decisions and
generating network tasks to other nodes in the event of node failure or
communications failure between a nodes. When a network is wired in a Class
B configuration, a single break or short on the network wiring isolates the
system into two groups of panels. Each group continues to function as a peerto-peer network working with their combined databases. When wired using a
Class A configuration, a single break or short on the network wiring causes
the system to isolate the fault, and network communication continues
uninterrupted, without any loss of function.
Should multiple wiring faults
occur, the network re-configures into many sub-networks and continues to
respond to alarm events from every panel that can transmit and receive
network messages The remote control panel/network nodes shall meet the
same requirements as described in control panel section and shall contain
Common control switches with minimum 640 character LCD display, as
required with Integral power supply(s) with secondary stand- by power. It shall
also have signaling line circuits for communications with analog/addressable
devices, as required, Audio amplification, as required, Notification appliance
circuits, as required and Auxiliary function circuits and operations, as
required.
The network communication shall be based on a Local Area Network (LAN).
The network shall use a deterministic token-passing method. Collision
detection and recovery type protocols are not acceptable substitutes due to life
safety requirements. In addition, there shall be no master, polling computer,
central file computer, display controller or other central element (weak link)
in the network which, on failure, may cause complete loss of network
communications or cause major degradation of network capability. There shall
be no cascading of CPUs or master-slave relationships at the network level to
facilitate network communications. Failure of any node shall not cause failure or
communication degradation of any other node or change the network
communication protocol among surviving nodes located within distance limitations.
Each node/panel shall communicate on the network as per the NFPA response
requirement (10 second).
SYSTEM OPERATION
PRODUCTS
– FUNCTIONAL
SPECIFICATIONS
&
General: The system shall be integrated into a comprehensive system, to
provide the functional performance described as follows:
The fire detection and alarm system shall monitor and display the activation
of each device in the system, such as heat detector, smoke detector, manual
break-glass unit, sprinkler water flow switch, sprinkler valve tamper switch,
hose reel water flow switch and hose reel valve tamper switch or any other input
device which may be required.
The system shall initiate output functions such as automatic alarm
annunciation via speakers, fans shutdown, automatic notification to the Fire
main control PC and activation of audible hooters/directional sounders/strobes.
The system shall be of the addressable intelligent type, completely
supervised, such that a break in any wire (loop) shall not prevent any device from
operating. The system shall be of the type such that each device connected to
the system shall be provided with unique address and separately identified at
the Main control panel (MCP).
The wiring shall be monitored against faults such as opens, shorts, earth’s
or data transmission failure. Detection addressable loops, capable of handling
minimum of 250 addressable points shall return to the control panel.
Emergency Paging And Voice Alarm
The system shall permit communication in the form of paging from the main
control panel and telephone switchboard to any floor or group of floors
simultaneously. The system shall be capable of manual operation or automatic
operation initiated by the fire alarm system. Speakers shall be located as
required to achieve acceptable audibility in all Communication addressable
loops will be supervised and therefore return to the control panel.
Emergency Telephone
The emergency telephone system shall provide two way communications
capability between the main control panel and jacks for emergency telephone
handsets. The emergency telephone handsets shall be furnished as part of the
overall system.
Scop
e
The Main control panel shall be located in the main control room now called the
Fire Command Centre (FCC) as located in the drawings. The appropriate
authorities shall approve the exact location.
A active & networkable remote repeater panel shall also be installed at
designated places and shall repeat all alarm functions displayed at the main
control panel.
Graphics software shall be loaded on the PC in the FCC and capable of
displaying all information graphically. It shall be capable of uploading drawings in
the AutoCAD format and pop up alarms or silence them.
Photoelectric type smoke detector shall be with integral microprocessor and
shall be capable of taking an independent alarm decision. In case of the failure of
the main loop controller the detector shall be capable of operating in
standalone mode or degrade mode and continue to take decisions
Heat detectors of the fixed temperature (57 deg.C) type or rate of rise of
temperature type shall be used in areas environmentally unsuited for smoke
detectors.
Pull in type manual fire alarm stations shall be located on the occupied side of
the door to each exit stair and at intermediate locations as required (Maximum
distance between pull stations shall not exceed 60 m). .
Sprinkler, Hose reel water flow switch and valve tamper switch shall be provided
at each sprinkler system valve location (the flow and tamper switches shall
be generally furnished and mounted by the sprinkler system installer and wired
by the fire detection alarm system installer).
Magnetic hold open devices shall be provided where required for the automatic
release of smoke / fire doors.
System
Operation
The system shall be arranged for categories of alarm inputs and provide
output functions appropriate to each of the categories;
Supervisory Monitor input:
The following
supervisory monitoring functions:
inputs
shall
be considered
a.
Sprinkler system shut off valve tamper
switch. b. Hose Reel cabinet tamper switch
c. Removal of a smoke detector from its base.
d.
Fire / Sprinkler pump status (i.e. power available,
malfunction). e. Wiring faults.
Activation of a supervisory monitoring device shall provide the following
indications:
a.
The Main Control Panel and remote annunciators shall indicate shall
indicate an audible and visual “SUPERVISORY” condition. In addition,
t h e “Supervisory alarm” shall be displayed on the graphic display unit for
the type of alarm.
b. Printer shall print clear next message on the event log indication the device,
which initiated a trouble alarm.
c. An alarm signal shall be automatically sent to the local control room as
well as REMOTE control room if designed This may be accomplished
by means of an web server /Netcom/ digital dialer.
In case of fire all lift call and door buttons and signals shall become
inoperative, lifts serving that floor shall be signaled to immediately return to
the ground floor or as designated by the local Fire department and be held
for the exclusive use of the Fire Brigade. Should such an alarm occur on the
ground floor / designated floor, the lifts shall be signaled to return to an
alternate floor which is not in alarm.
Signals shall be sent directly to heating, ventilating and air conditioning fan
motor controllers for status monitoring circuits to confirm the operation of the fan
systems.
The details of the fan control sequence shall be as follows (in compliance with
approved cause & effective matrix):
All fans serving the areas affected by the alarm condition shall
shutdown. Smoke extraction fan system shall have to be started
Stair pressurization fans shall be
started.
Signals shall be transmitted to the paging system to display zone in
alarm.
The printer shall print a clear text message on the event log printer
The
printer shall print the device information indicating clearly in plain language
which device is in alarm, the time, and the date associated with the alarm.
The printer shall print all follow-up information regarding this alarm, such as
acknowledge, reset etc.
All access control doors shall be released in case of fire condition shall allow
graphics for more than one floor at a time to be displayed on the screen.
The automatic voice evacuation alarm shall be initiated from the fire alarm system
upon activation of an alarm. The alarm shall consist of a “slow whoop”
alarm tone for a maximum of fifteen (15) seconds followed by an automatic
preselected voice evacuation message. At the end of each message the ‘slow
whoop’ shall continue for fifteen (15) seconds followed again by the automatic
voice evacuation signal. This sequence of alarm shall sound until the signal
silence switch is operated at the main fire alarm control panel or the fire
alarm has been reset as described previously. The voice evacuation signal
shall be distinct, authoritative without any inflection and shall be repeated in
several languages as agreed with the fire brigade.
The alert tone shall consist of an introductory pulse tone for fifteen (15)
seconds followed by an alert message to advise that this floor is not in alarm
but the floors that are in alarm shall be stated. The message shall also state that
the occupants shall be prepared to evacuate the building when the evacuation
alarm is given.
The alert tone shall be distinctly different from that of the
evacuation alarm.
Each stairwell shall receive a voice message without a fire alarm tone. The
message shall state that there is an emergency in the building anyone
presently in the stairwell shall not re-enter any floors but should proceed
immediately to the ground floor exit level. Zone circuits shall be designed for
this activity
During the automatic transmission of the fire alarm and alert tones, it shall be
possible at the main fire alarm panel to permit selective voice paging. Upon
activation of manual controls switches and the microphone push-to-talk switch, it
shall be possible to transmit
a message to the selected areas. The activation of any such switches and
microphone switch shall initiate the “slow whoop’ alarm tone for fifteen (15)
seconds followed by an announcement or message. The message shall follow
the ‘slow whoop and the person making the announcement be cued when to
start the announcement by a red indicator located adjacent to the microphone.
When the microphone button is released, the “slow whoop’ shall sound for fifteen
(15) seconds, after which the system shall return to the automatic voice
evacuation or alert mode until reset as mentioned above.
It shall be possible to load a variety of prerecorded message plus combinations
of floor fire alarms prerecorded message, which shall all be selected by the
system software. Amendments to the prerecorded message and any
reprogramming of the operating system shall be accomplished by front panel
operated push buttons, selector switches and a keypad.
It shall be possible to transmit an alarm tone to speakers in one zone while
sending a voice message to another zone while the rest of the building is
receiving alert tone, all at the same time.
Each speaker zone (with dual circuits) shall be connected to its own amplifier.
It shall therefore be possible to have as many channels as there are speaker
zone. A minimum of three (3) channels shall be supplied; an ALERT channel,
an EVAC channel and a PAGE channel.
Zoning of speaker circuit shall be as indicated in the
drawings.
Each level should have minimum two zone. One for common areas and one
for other area.
The emergency evacuation and voice alarm system amplification equipment
shall be sized to accommodate the total quantity of speakers for each channel
(total of three) plus 25% spare reserve capacity in each channel.
The system shall be provided with redundant amplifiers arrange in such a manner
that failure of an amplifier shall not result in loss of acceptable audibility in any
area of the building.
Emergency Telephone System:
All remote emergency telephones will
communicate with the emergency telephone control panel at the main control
room:
The insertion of any telephone handset into its jack will cause the appropriate
phone location indicator to flash and a distinctive audible pulsing sound to be
heard in the fire command centre. The subsequent picking-up of the master
phone and operation of that phone selector switch will silence the pulsing tone,
cause the phone location.
The emergency telephone system will provide the capacity to handle
simultaneous use of multiple remote phones (minimum five). All phone jacks
will be annunciated and monitored against fault or tampering (i.e. supervised).
The removal of all remote telephone handsets from their jacks will cause the
restoration of all normal supervisory functions. If any remote phone is not
removed, then the appropriate phone zone indicator will flash and the pulsing
tone will resume in the fire
command
centre.
Cable
s
Cabling for Fire Alarm System shall be FRLS armoured / un-armoured . Unarmoured cables should be laid thru metal conduits. Unarmored cables will
be confirm by consultant / client.
All wiring for Fire Alarm System shall be copper conductor armored and/or unarmored cable of 600/1000V (for armored) and 300/500V (for un-armored).
The armored cable shall be in compliance with BS: 7846 (latest edition) and unarmored cable shall be in compliance with BS: 7629-1(latest edition).
The cable (armored / unarmored) should meet enhanced Fire resistance/survival
test as per clause of BS 5839-1(26.2e) for Enhanced Fire Resisting cables
when tested in accordance to BS 8434-2
The cables used shall be exclusively for Fire Detection System. The multi-core
cables shall not be shared for other low voltage or high voltage circuits.
The cables connected to detectors shall be given S –loop on both the sides
of the detectors which shall be properly clamped to the ceiling. Loop shall also be
left where cables connects sounders, panels, dampers etc. Appropriate glands
shall be provided where the cables enters the junction box.
Cables shall be laid by skilled and experienced workmen. Care shall be
taken while laying cables to avoid kinks. At all the changes in direction
(vertical and horizontal planes) the cables shall be bent smooth with a radius as
recommended by the manufacturers.
No joints shall be allowed between two points. The sleeve at joints shall be
shaved off like a pencil and shall not be cut square to avoid cutting of
conductors.
Cabling scope shall be supply and laying of cables of core sizes minimum
size 2 core
1.5 sq mm copper conductor FRLS Cables. Depends on the length of the
loop, contractor has to select the core sizes. However the core sizes should not
be less than
1.5
Sq.mm
dia.
All cable shall be listed and/or approved by a recognized testing agency for use
with a protective signaling system. Loop wiring shall be of 1.5 sq mm 500 Volts.
All initiating, and supervisory circuit wiring shall be not less than 1.5mm2 (500V
for un- armored and 1100V for armored).
Fire Alarm System and PA speaker cables should not have the same color code.
Both should have separate colors to identify easily.
All field wiring shall be completely supervised. No cables more than two nos.
should be saddled directly in to wall /ceiling. Contractor should use cable
tray/trunking for wherever more than two cables are to be layed.
All speaker and telephone circuits shall be not less than 2.5mm2, 500 /
1100 volts
copper
conductor
FRLS
cables.
Cabling shall be completely installed, field connections made and tested for
stray voltage, short circuits, and ground faults prior to connection to the intelligent
modules.
All loop cabling shall be identified by ins and outs. It is defined as coming
from the panel
Red and Black must be used for 24 VDC panel power circuit. Audio visual
indicating circuits shall be colour coded. Colour code shall not be duplicated in
the same panel.
No voltage supply from any other source than the primary power 230 VAC
and the panel 24 VDC power supply shall be utilized.
Intelligent loop circuits shall be labeled at all junction locations by the panel
number and loop number.
Intelligent loop circuits shall be provided with adequate junction boxes be
expandable and provide a means for connecting to the loop in the junction box.
Control and other panels shall be mounted with sufficient clearance for
observation and testing. Fire alarm junction boxes shall be clearly marked for
distinct identification..
All fire alarm junction boxes should be mounted in approved locations for ease of
maintenance from floor level.
All junction boxes shall be made up in a uniformly and orderly
manner.
Fire Alarm Control Panels and GA (GRPAHICS node) – OPERATIONAL
SPECS
Each network FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANLEL now called FACP shall contain a
microprocessor-based
central processing unit (CPU). The FACP shall
communicate with and control the following types of equipment used to
make up the system: intelligent detectors, addressable modules, local and
remote
operator
terminals, printers,
annunciators,
emergency
voice
communication
systems,
public
address system, building management
system, and other system controlled devices. The Fire Alarm System shall
include all required hardware and system programming to provide a complete and
operational system, capable of providing the protected premises with the following
functions.
Modular systems manufacture with a layered application concept,
including
an “operational layer” and a “human interface layer”, to allow
maximum flexibility at the system with a minimum physical size requirement.
All system operational software is to be stored in FLASH
memory.
System response to any alarm condition must occur within 3 seconds,
regardless of the size and the complexity of the installed system.
Each FACP on the network shall perform the following
functions:
Supervise and monitor all intelligent/addressable
detectors and modules
connected to the system for normal, trouble and alarm conditions.
Supervise all initiating signaling and notification circuits throughout the facility.
Voice evacuation speakers to be monitored by the public address system.
Detect the activation of any initiating device and the location of the alarm
condition. Operate all notification appliances and auxiliary devices as
programmed.
Visually and audibly annunciate
any trouble, supervisory
or alarm,
condition on operator's terminal, panel display, and annunciators Visually display
sprinkler valve and water flow detectors. Visually display status of emergency
power.
Shall have controls for unlocking stairway
doors. Graphically display all zones.
Trouble alarm for public address system.
Trouble Alarm for Building Management System.
System status LEDs for Test status, CPU Fail status, Ground Fault status,
Disable status
Common control switches for reset, Alarm silence, panel silence, drill silence.
Other operator control switches such as previous message switch.
message switch, and more details switch.
Next
Each FACP node shall include a full featured operator interface
control and annunciation panel which shall include individual, colour coded
system status LEDs, and an alpha-numeric keypad for field programming and
control of the node.
All programming or editing of the existing programming in the system shall be
achieved without special equipment or interrupting the alarm monitoring functions
of the fire alarm control panel.
Each FACP node shall be capable of providing the following
features: Block Acknowledge for Trouble Conditions
Rate Charger Control
Control-By-Time (Delay, Pulse, time of day, etc.)
Automatic Day/Night Sensitivity Adjust (high/low)
Environmental Drift Compensation (selectable ON or
OFF) Smoke Detector Pre-alarm Indication at Control
Panel NFPA 72 Smoke Detector Sensitivity Test
System Status Reports
Alarm Verification, by device, with tally
Multiple
Printer
Interface
Multiple CRT Display Interface
Non-Fire
Alarm
Module
Reporting Automatic NFPA 72
Detector Test
Programmable
Trouble
Reminder
Upload/Download
Computer
One-Man
Test
Smoke
Alert
Security
Points
System
Database
to
PC
Walk
Detector
Maintenance
Monitor
Alpha-numeric
Interface
Pager
On-line
or
programming
Off-line
Interface with security system, Building Management System public address
system. Ground fault detection.
Fire Alarm Central Processing
Unit
"The proposed Fire Alarm System shall be from a
manufacturer for complete compatibility of the proposed
networked system. Master- Slave network will not be
occupant shall have its own Fire Alarm Control Panel
Network complete with its own Network.
single UL listed
large peer-to-peer
acceptable. Each
as a Node in the
Peer-to-Peer Fire Alarm Network
Peer-to-Peer Fire Alarm Network is the interface with allows intelligent Fire
Alarm Control Panels to form a network. Each local control panel (network node)
maintains its own area of protection, while monitoring and controlling other
areas (other network nodes).
Local information shall be displayed at each network node. In areas such as a
security office, where the entire network must be monitored, network
annunciators shall be required.
Network Control Annunciator (Repeater Panel)
The Network Control Annunciator (NCA) shall be a 168 or higher- character
backlit LCD display with operator keypad for the network.
As a remote
node on a network, it provides both system control and display capabilities for
all network nodes.
The NCA shall have display for the fire control panels. When mounted in the
control cabinet and connected to a stand-alone panel, it provides system
control and display capabilities for a stand-alone panel. When connected to
a networked panel as a primary display, it can provide network control and
status/history display capabilities.
BACnet/MODBUS/LONWORKS Gateway
The BACnet/eqv Gateway shall provides an interface between fire panel network
and a network using the BACnet/IP/eqv communication protocol.
BACnet
protocol is an American National Standard (ANSI/ASHRAE 135-1995). With
the Gateway interface, devices on fire alarm control panels are represented as
BACnet objects to the BACnet client. The user subscribes to Event Notification
objects per FACP, and the BACnet device receives events from objects on the
subscription.
FACP
as
a
result
of
this
Loop Controller (LC)
Loop Control boards shall be provided to monitor and control each of the Signaling
Line Circuit (SLC) loops in the network node. The loop Control board shall contain its
own microprocessor and shall be capable of operating in local mode in the case of
a failure in the main CPU of the control panel. In local mode, the loop interface board
shall detect alarms and activate output devices on its own SLC loop.
The LIB shall not require any jumper cuts or address switch settings to initialize
SLC Loop operations.
The loop interface board shall provide power to, and communicate with, all of
the intelligent detectors and addressable modules connected to its SLC Loop over
a single pair of wires. This SLC Loop shall be capable of operation as NFPA Style
7.
The loop interface board shall receive information from all intelligent detectors and
shall process this information to determine whether normal, alarm, or trouble
conditions exist for that particular detector. The loop interface board software shall
include software to automatically adjust and compensate for dust accumulation to
maintain detector performance as it is affected by environmental factors. The
analog information may also be used for automatic detector testing and for the
automatic determination of detector maintenance requirements.
The LCB shall communicate with each intelligent addressable detector and
addressable module on its SLC loop and verify proper device function and status.
Enclosures
Control panels shall be housed in FM/UL-listed or BS/IEC Standards cabinets
suitable for surface or semi-flush mounting. Cabinets shall be corrosion protected,
given a rust- resistant prime coat, and the manufacturer's standard finish. The
back box and door shall be constructed of 1.5mm steel with provisions for
electrical cable connections into the sides and bottom. The door shall provide a
key lock and include a transparent opening for viewing all indicators. For
convenience, the door shall have the ability to be hinged on either the right or lefthand side. The control unit shall be modular in structure for ease of installation,
maintenance, and future expansion.
Field Programming
The system shall be programmable, configurable and expandable in the field without
the need for special tools or electronic equipment and shall not require field
replacement of electronic integrated circuits.
All local FACP node programming shall be accomplished through the FACP
keyboard or through a portable laptop.
All field defined programs shall be stored in non-volatile
memory.
The programming function shall be enabled with a password that may be defined
specifically for the system when it is installed. Multi-levels of password protection
shall be provided in addition to a key-lock cabinet. One level is used for status level
changes such as zone disable or manual on/off commands. A second (higherlevel) is used for actual change of program information.
Specific System Operation
Smoke Detector Sensitivity Adjust: Means shall be provided for adjusting the
sensitivity of any or all intelligent detectors in the FACP node from each system
keypad or from the keyboard of the video terminal. Sensitivity range shall be within
allowed UL limits.
Alarm Verification: Each of the intelligent addressable detectors in the system
may be independently selected and enabled for alarm verification. Each FACP
shall keep a count of the number of times each detector has entered the
verification cycle. These counters may be displayed and reset by the proper
operator commands.
System Point Operations
All devices in the FACP node may be enabled or disabled through the local
keypad or video terminal.
Any FACP node output point may be turned on or off from the local system
keypad or the video terminal.
Point Read: The FACP node shall be able to display the following point
status diagnostic functions without the need for peripheral equipment. Each point
shall be annunciated for the parameters listed:
Automatic Detector Maintenance Alert: Each FACP node shall automatically
interrogate each intelligent system detector and shall analyze the detector
responses over a period of time.
If any intelligent detector in the system responds with a reading that is below or
above normal limits, then the system shall enter the trouble mode, and the particular
intelligent detector shall be annunciated on the system display, network display and
printed on the optional system printer. This feature shall in no way inhibit the
receipt of alarm conditions in the system, nor shall it require any special
hardware, special tools or computer expertise to perform.
Batteries and External Charger
Battery
Batteries shall be 12 volt, Cd type or better and shall not be hazardous to
humans or environment
The batteries are to be completely maintenance free. No liquids are required. Fluid
level checks for refilling, spills and leakage shall not be required.
Battery shall be heavy duty type of life span of minimum 5
years.
Installation
Installation shall be in accordance with the IFC, NEC, NFPA 72, local codes, as
shown on the drawings, and as recommended by the major equipment
manufacturer.
All cables ,junction boxes, cable supports and hangers shall be concealed in
finished areas and may be exposed in unfinished areas. Smoke detectors shall
not be installed prior to the system programming and test period. If construction is
ongoing during this period, measures shall be taken to protect smoke detectors
from contamination and physical damage.
All fire detection and alarm system devices, control panels and remote
annunciators shall be flush mounted when located in finished areas and may be
surface mounted when located in unfinished areas.
Manual Pull Stations shall be suitable for surface mounting or semi flush mounting
as shown on the plans, and shall be installed not less than 1 m nor more than 1.2
m above the finished floor.
Typical Operation
Actuation of any manual station, smoke detector, heat detector or water flow
switch shall cause the following operations to occur unless otherwise specified:
Activate all programmed speaker circuits in a zone or throughout.
Actuate strobe units until the panel is reset in a zone or throughout.
Light the associated indicators corresponding to active speaker
circuits.
Release all magnetic door holders to doors to adjacent zones on the floor from
which
the alarm was initiated.
Where required, return all elevators to the primary or alternate floor of
egress.
A smoke detector in any elevator lobby shall, in addition to the above functions,
return all elevators to the primary or alternate floor of egress.
Smoke detectors in the elevator machine room shall return all elevators in to the
primary floor. Heat detectors installed to shut down elevator power shall do so in
accordance with ANSI A17.1 requirements and be coordinated with the
electrical installation. Smoke detectors at the primary level elevator lobby shall
return elevation to an alternate level.
Activation of any sprinkler system low pressure switch, on valve tamper switch,
shall cause a system supervisory alarm indication.
Commissioning
Commissioning
and punch list.
shall include pre-testing, troubleshooting,
acceptance testing,
The service of a competent, factory-trained engineer or technician authorized by
the manufacturer of the fire alarm equipment shall be provided to technically
supervise and participate during all of the adjustments and tests for the system.
The Contractor shall pre-test the system before the final acceptance testing and
shall submit a pretest report to the Engineer:
Before energizing the cables and wires, check for correct connections and test for
short circuits, ground faults, continuity, and insulation.
Close each sprinkler system flow valve and verify proper supervisory alarm at
the
FACP.
Verify activation of all flow switches.
Open initiating device circuits and verify that the trouble signal
actuates. Open signaling line circuits and verify that the trouble
signal actuates.
Open and short notification appliance circuits and verify that trouble signal
actuates
Open and short (wire only) network communications and verify that trouble signals
are received at network annunciators or reporting terminals.
Ground initiating device circuits and verify response of trouble
signals. Ground signaling line circuits and verify response of
trouble signals.
Ground notification appliance circuits and verify response of trouble signals.
Check alert tone and prerecorded voice message to all alarm notification
devices.
Check installation, supervision, and operation of all intelligent smoke detectors
using smoke test.
Each of the alarm conditions that the system is required to detect should be
introduced on the system. Verify the proper receipt and the proper processing of
the signal at the FACP and the correct activation of the control points.
When the system is equipped with optional features, the manufacturer's manual
should be consulted to determine the proper testing procedures. This is intended
to address such items as verifying controls performed by individually addressed
or grouped devices, sensitivity monitoring, verification functionality and similar.
Check each zone smoke control sequence under “automatic,” “on” and “off”
operation. Perform the following tests for the public address/fire alarm system:
Simulate a fire condition using each of the following initiating devices in each
zone: 1)
manual pull station – water flow switch 2) area smoke detector - projected beam
smoke
3) heat detector - detector 4) duct smoke
detector
After alarm verification time has exceeded ensure that proper voice institution
messages are transmitted to the proper zone.
Simulate live voice announcements in all zones using All Call, All Call Minus, Page
to Evac., and Page to Alert functions to ensure that proper voice instruction
messages are transmitted to the proper zones. Stairways shall be on an
independent zone separate from all other zones.
Test & Inspection
All intelligent analog addressable devices shall be tested for current address,
sensitivity, and user defined message. All wiring shall be tested for continuity, shorts,
and grounds before the system is activated. All test equipment, the installing
contractor, shall make instruments, tools and labor required to conduct the tests
available.
The system including all its sequence of operations shall be demonstrated to the
Owner, his representative, and the local fire inspector.
In the event the
system does not operate properly, the test shall be terminated. Corrections
shall be made and the testing procedure shall be repeated until it is
acceptable to the Owner, his representatives and the fire inspector.
At the final test and inspection, a factory-trained representative of the
system manufacturer shall demonstrate that the system functions properly in
accordance with
these specifications.
The representative shall provide technical supervision,
and participate during all of the testing for the system.
A letter from the Contractor certifying that the system is installed entirely in
accordance with the system manufacturer's recommendations and that the
system is in proper
working order.
10.0
TECHNICAL DATA:
Contractor should furnish technical data as mentioned below, of the equipment and
accessories offered by him as per scheme given in schedule of equipment and Bill of
Quantities.
S.No.
Description
10.1
Pump Sets:
FIRE HYDRENT PUMP
1.1
Manufacturer
1.2
Type
1.3
Model
1.4
Capacity
1.5
Head (Ft.)
1.6
Efficiency (%)
1.7
Pump R.P.M
1.8
B.H.P.
1.9
Motor H.P.
1.10
Motor Make (Manufacturer)
1.11
Insulation Class
1.12
Full Load Current (Amps)
1.13
Current Characteristics
1.14
Starting Current (Amps)
1.15
Type of Starter
1.16
Starter Make (Manufacturer)
1.17
Impeller Material
1.18
Impeller Diameter (mm.)
1.19
Suction/Discharge Dia (mm.)
1.20
Type of Bearing/Mechanical Seals
1.21
Vibration Isolation
1.22
Operation Weight (Kg.) Approx.
1.23
Size:
I mm
Unit
Condition of Services
W mm
H mm
S.No.
Description
10.2
Pump Sets:
DIESEL ENGINE DRIVEN PUMP
1.1
Manufacturer
1.2
Type
1.3
Model
1.4
Capacity
1.5
Head (Ft.)
1.6
Efficiency (%)
1.7
Pump R.P.M
1.8
B.H.P.
1.9
Motor H.P.
1.10
Motor Make (Manufacturer)
1.11
Insulation Class
1.12
Full Load Current (Amps)
1.13
Current Characteristics
1.14
Starting Current (Amps)
1.15
Type of Starter
1.16
Starter Make (Manufacturer)
1.17
Impeller Material
1.18
Impeller Diameter (mm.)
1.19
Suction/Discharge Dia (mm.)
1.20
Type of Bearing/Mechanical Seals
1.21
Vibration Isolation
Unit
Condition of Services
1.22
Operation Weight (Kg.) Approx.
1.23
Size:
I mm
W mm
H mm
S.No.
Description
10.3
Pump Sets:
SPRINKLER PUMP
1.1
Manufacturer
1.2
Type
1.3
Model
1.4
Capacity
1.5
Head (Ft.)
1.6
Efficiency (%)
1.7
Pump R.P.M
1.8
B.H.P.
1.9
Motor H.P.
1.10
Motor Make (Manufacturer)
1.11
Insulation Class
1.12
Full Load Current (Amps)
1.13
Current Characteristics
1.14
Starting Current (Amps)
1.15
Type of Starter
1.16
Starter Make (Manufacturer)
1.17
Impeller Material
Unit
Condition of Services
1.18
Impeller Diameter (mm.)
1.19
Suction/Discharge Dia (mm.)
1.20
Type of Bearing/Mechanical Seals
1.21
Vibration Isolation
1.22
Operation Weight (Kg.) Approx.
1.23
Size:
I mm
W mm
H mm
S.No.
Description
10.4
Pump Sets:
JOCKEY PUMP
1.1
Manufacturer
1.2
Type
1.3
Model
1.4
Capacity
1.5
Head (Ft.)
1.6
Efficiency (%)
1.7
Pump R.P.M
1.8
B.H.P.
1.9
Motor H.P.
1.10
Motor Make (Manufacturer)
1.11
Insulation Class
1.12
Full Load Current (Amps)
1.13
Current Characteristics
1.14
Starting Current (Amps)
Unit
Condition of Services
1.15
Type of Starter
1.16
Starter Make (Manufacturer)
1.17
Impeller Material
1.18
Impeller Diameter (mm.)
1.19
Suction/Discharge Dia (mm.)
1.20
Type of Bearing/Mechanical Seals
1.21
Vibration Isolation
1.22
Operation Weight (Kg.) Approx.
1.23
Size:
I mm
W mm
H mm
11.0
MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT - APPROVED MAKES:
All materials and equipment shall conform to the relevant standards and shall be of approved
make and design. The list of approved manufacturers/vendors is given in clause herein below.
List of approved makes for Equipment and materials:
S. NO.
DESCRIPTION
MAKES
Wet Riser/Fire Hydrant/Fire Extinguishers:
1.
Fire Pump
: Kirloskar/ Mother & Platt
2.
Electrical Motors
: Kirloskar/Siemens/ABB/ Crompton
3.
Diesel Engine
: Ashok Leyland/ Kirloskar/ Cumins/
Greaves/ KOCL
4.
Main Control Panel
: Tricolite/ System Power Control
5.
M.S. Black/G.I Pipes
: Jindal Hissar/ Prakash Surya
6.
Malleable Iron Fittings
: UNIK/ Zoloto
7.
Sluice Valve (CI)
: DANFOSS/Kirloskar/Indian
Co.
8.
Non Return Valves (CI)
: DANFOSS/ Kirloskar
9.
Landing Valves (CI)
: Minimax
10.
Fire Brigade Inlets
: Minimax
11.
F.A. Hose Reel (Drum and Bracket)
: Minimax
12.
Rubber Hose for above
: Padmini
13.
G.M. Gate/Globe/Check Valves
: Zoloto/ C&R/CIM
14.
Flax Canvas Hose
: Indian Rayon/C&C
15.
Butterfly Valves
: C&R/SKS/Zoloto
16.
Ball Valves
: Zoloto/ CIM/ C&R
17.
Anticorrosive
: Pypkote/ Mlote
Valve
18.
C.P. Hose
: Indian Rayon/CRC
19.
R.R.L Hose
: Indian Rayon/CRC
S. NO. DESCRIPTION
MAKES
20.
Ho s e
No zz le s
( G.M .)
Co up l i n gs B r a n ch
:
C R C/I nd ia n
21.
Pressure Switches
: Danfoss/Switches
22.
Pressure Gauge
: H. Guru/Fiebig
23.
Annunciation Panel for Sprinkler System
: AGNI Alarm
24.
Pipe Hanger
: Chily/ Hilti
25.
Alarm Valve and Hydraulic Alarm Motor with GONG
Grinnell/GEM/Viking/HD
: Ascoa Spraysafe
26.
Water Type (Gas Pressure) Portable Extinguishers :
27.
CO2 Portable and Trolley Mounted Extinguishers : Minimax
28.
Dry Powder (Cartridge Type) Extinguishers
29.
Portable Foam Type Chemical Portable Extinguishers
30.
Portable ABC-Powder Type Fire Extinguishers
: Minimax
31.
Welding Electrodes
: Fusion
Minimax
: Minimax
:
Minimax
P ip e &
Ra yo n
S
.
1.
Fire Alarm Panel
UTC
Notifier
Siemens
Tyco
Honeywel
l Schrack
2.
Detectors & Devices
UTC
Notifier
Siemens
Tyco
Honeywel
l Schrack
3.
Wires & Cables
Polycab
Finolex
Batra Henley
Fusion Polymer
4.
Metal Conduit & Accessories
BEC
AKG
5.
PVC FRLS Conduit & Accessories
6.
7.
Equipment/Material
Approved Manufacturer Name
BEC
AKG
Polypac
k
Precisio
Accessories for Supporting system
Hilti
Fishe
r
Shakt
Authorized System Integrators for : SRP Automation
Fire Alarm Systems
Schneider
Electric
Honeywell
UTC
L&T
Percept Devices Marketing
Sterling & Wilson
LIST OF APPROVED MATERIAL IN ORDER OF PREFERENCE
S.
Description
Makes
LT Panels
System and Power Control / Madhu
N
o.
1.
Electricals / Adlec/ Advance
2.
Moulded Case Circuit Breakers
L&T/Siemens/ Merlin Gerin/ ABB
3.
MCB/MPCB
Legrand / Hagger / Merlin Gerin / ABB
4.
Digital Meter
Enercon /Ducati/Secure
5.
Selector Switches
Kaycee/Salzer
6.
Current Transformers (Cast Resin)
Automatic Electric/ Kappa
7.
Indication lamps and push buttons
BCH/L&T/Telemecanique/Siemens
8.
Push Buttons
L&T/BCH/Siemens/Telemecanique
9.
Contactors
L&T/Telemecanique/Siemens
10.
Timers
L&T /Siemens/BCH
11.
Relays
Alstom/L&T
12.
Capacitors (MPP type)
Siemens/L&T
13.
APFCR
L&T/Siemens
14.
Bus Bar Aluminium
Jindal/Indalco/Century
15.
Wires (F.R.L.S)
Lapp Kables /Finolex / Skyline
SECTION 5 PART 5
HVAC SYSTEM
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
CONTENTS
CLAUSE
TITLE
1.0
TREATED FRESH AIR UNIT.
2.0
FANS & VENTILATION SYSTEMS.
3.0
AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
4.0
DX SYSTEM
1. TREATED FRESH AIR HANDLING UNIT:
SCOPE
The
scope of this section, comprises the
supply,
erection, testing
and
commissioning of double skin construction air handling units, conforming to these
Specifications
and
in accordance with requirements of drawings and of the
Schedule of Quantities.
TYPE
The
air handling units shall
be double
skin
construction, draw-thru type
comprising of various sections, filter section, coil section and fan section, mixing
box, (wherever the return air and fresh air are ducted) as shown on drawings and
included in schedule of quantities.
CAPACITY
The air handling capacities, maximum motor horse power and static pressure shall be
as shown on Drawings and in Schedule of Quantities.
CASING
Double skinned panels shall be
48 mm thick made
of galvanized steel,
pressure injected with foam insulation (density 40 kg/m3) with K factor not
exceeding 0.02 Watt/Mc shall be fixed to 1.5 mm thick aluminium alloy twin box
section structural framework with stainless steel screws. Outer sheet of panels
shall be made of
pre painted / powder coated GI sheet of 0.63 mm thick and inner
sheet of 0.63 mm thick plain G.I. Sheet.
The entire framework shall be mounted on an aluminum alloy or galvanized steel
(depending on size) channel base as per manufacturer’s recommendation. The panels
shall be sealed to the framework by heavy duty `O’ ring gaskets held captive in the
framed extrusion. All panels shall be detachable or hinged. Hinges shall be made of
die cast aluminium with stainless steel pivots, handles shall be made of hard
nylon and be operational from both inside and outside of the unit. Units supplied
with various sections shall be suitable for onsite assembly with continuous foam
gasket. All fixing and gaskets shall be concealed.
Units shall have hinged, quick opening access door in the fan section and also in filter
section where filters are not accessible from outside. Access doors shall be double
skin type.
Condensate drain pan shall be fabricated from 18 gage stainless steel sheet with
all corners welded. It shall be isolated from bottom floor panel through 25 mm heavy
duty TF expanded polystyrene or urethane foam.
MIXING BOX
AHU’s requiring mixing boxes as specified in Schedule of Quantities shall be
complete with fresh and return air dampers.
THERMAL BREAK PROFILE
TFA units, shall be provided with thermal break profile class 2 as indicated in
schedule of quantities. Also these TFA’s shall be provided with 46 mm thick panel.
DAMPER
Dampers shall be opposed blade type. Blades shall be made of double skinned aero
foil aluminum sections with integral gasket and assembled within a rigid extruded
aluminum alloy frame. All linkages and supporting spindles shall be made
of
aluminium or nylon, turning in inimi bushes. Manual dampers shall be provided
with a bakelite knob for locking the damper blades in position. Linkages shall be
extended wherever specified
for inimize operation. Damper frames shall be
inimize d on to inimize blade warping. Air leakage through dampers when in
the closed position shall not exceed 1.5% of the maximum design air volume flow
rate at the maximum design air total pressure.
MOTOR AND DRIVE
Fan motors shall be 415±10% volts, 50 cycles, three phase, totally enclosed fancooled class F, with IP-55 protection. Motors shall be especially designed for quiet
operation and motor speed shall not exceed 1440 rpm. Drive to fan shall be provided
through belt-drive arrangement. Belts shall be of the oil-resistant type.
FAN
Fans shall be backward inclined. Fans shall be selected for minimum efficiency of
75% Fan casing shall be made of Minimize d steel sheet. Fan wheels and pulleys
shall
be
individually tested and
precision
balanced dynamically. Fan motor
assembly shall be statically and dynamically balanced to G6.3 grade as per relevant
ISO/AMCA standard. Computerized fan selection print outs shall be submitted
along with the offer.
Motors shall be mounted inside the AHU casing on slide rails for easy belt
tensioning, and be totally enclosed, fan cooled, to be class `F’ insulation. Motors
shall drive heavy duty V-belt, constant pitch, drive selected at 110% of motor
horsepower.
Both fan and motors assemblies shall be mounted on a deep section aluminium
alloy.
Combination spring and rubber anti vibration mounts shall be provided for isolating
the unit casing. Frame retardant, waterproof silicone rubber impregnated flexible
connection shall be provided at the fan discharge.
COOLING COILS
Face and surface areas shall be such as to ensure rated capacity from each unit
and such that the air velocity across the coil shall not exceed 150 meters per
minute. The coil shall be pitched in the unit casing for proper drainage. The coil shall
have copper header with DX Refrigerant piping
supply & return connections
protruding out of AHU casing by minimum 150 mm and fitted with dielectric
coupling for connection with MS pipes. All TFA AHU’s shall be provided with
minimum 8 row cooling coil. Computerized cooling coil selection output shall be
submitted. Coil rating shall be as per ARI-410/2006.
FILTERS
Each unit shall be provided with a factory assembled filter section containing
washable synthetic type air filters having minimize aluminium frame. The filter
shall have minimum 90% efficiency down to 10 microns . The media shall be
supported with HDP mesh on one side and aluminium mesh on other side. Filter
banks shall be easily accessible and designed for easy withdrawal and renewal of
filter cells. Filter framework shall be fully sealed and constructed from aluminum
alloy.
ISOLATORS
Vibration isolators shall be provided with all Treated Fresh air handling units.
Vibration isolators shall be cushy foot mounting type. Minimum vibration isolation
efficiency shall be 90%.
PAINTING
Shop coats of paint that have become marred during shipment or erection shall be
cleaned off with mineral spirits, wire brushed and spot primed over the affected
areas, then coated with paint to match the finish over the adjoining shop painted
surface.
PERFORMANCE DATA
Air handling unit shall be selected for the
lowest operating noise level of the
equipment. Fan performance rating and power consumption data, with operating
points clearly indicated shall be submitted and verified at the time of testing and
commissioning of the installation.
TESTING
Cooling capacity of various air handling unit models be computed from the
measurements of air flow and dry and wet bulb temperatures of air entering and
leaving the coil. Flow measurements shall be by an anemometer and
temperature
measurements by accurately calibrated mercury-in-glass thermometers.
Computed
results shall conform to
the specified capacities and quoted ratings. Power
consumption shall be computed from measurements of incoming voltage and input
current.
2. FANS & VENTILATION SYSTEM.
SCOPE:
The scope of this section comprises the supply, erection, testing and commissioning of
fans conforming to these specification and in accordance with the requirement of bill of
quantities.
INLINE FAN:
Type:
Inline exhaust fan shall be complete factory assembled, tested and
approved manufactures.
Housing:
Casing shall be of heavy gauge galvanized sheets, ribbed and reinforced
with access provided by hand holes and casing panels.
Motor:
Fans shall be driven by an electric motor as specified in the BOQ. Fan
requires higher capacity motor. Motor rating shall be at least 5% over
transmission losses. Fan shall have limit switch with Aluminum wire
guard to shut off the fan.
PROPELLER FAN:
Fans shall be of the ring-mounted type and the blades constructed from heavy gauge
metal. An aerodynamically designed bell mouth constructed from heavy gauge metal
shall be provided. The fan speed shall not exceed 1400 RPM at 50Hz operation.
Propeller fans shall be direct driven type, the motor either a single-phase capacitor startrun or a three-phase squirrel cage induction type. The motor shall have inbuilt inherent
protection against overloading. Motor with shaded pole or centrifugal switch type is not
acceptable.
Bearings shall be maintenance free permanently lubricated type. Fans shall be complete
with wire guards. External grilles, fan chambers and volume control damper shall be
provided where indicated in the specification drawings.
CENTRIFUGAL FAN:
Type:
Fans shall be single / double inlet, non overloading type centrifugal fans.
The fan CFM, Static pressure, class, arrangement, width, direction of
rotation, mode of discharge etc. shall be as indicated in the Drawings,
Schedule of Quantities or as required.
Housing:
Fan housing shall be constructed of at least 14 gauge sheet steel with angle
stiffeners and base angles to ensure freedom from drumming and shall be
suitable for operation at the maximum static pressure of the system.
The fan scroll shall be attached to the side plates by means of continuous
lock seam or welded seam construction.
An access door with quick locking tension handle and neoprene gasket
for inspection and cleaning shall be fitted to the scroll casing in an
accessible position. It shall be of the full width of the impeller. 18 gauge
wire mesh insect screen of 50 mm selves shall be provided at the fan
suction, whenever the suction side is not ducted.
The fan-wheel shall be multi-blade type, backward curved nonoverloading type with blades of riveted or welded construction.
Impeller shall be keyed to the shaft and the impeller with shaft shall be
statically and dynamically balanced.
Fan outlet velocity shall not exceed 600 Mtrs / minute.
Fan shaft shall be constructed of SAE 1040 steel, turned ground and
polished. Fan shaft shall provide excellent shaft to race fit for increased
bearing life. Shaft shall not pass through first critical speed through the
full range of specified fan speeds.
Shaft bearings of belt driven single inlet fans shall be truly aligned and
rigidly mounted on a pedestal common to both bearings.
Double inlet double width fans should have a pedestal mounted bearing
at each side of the fan. Bearings shall be ring oiling sleeve / ball / roller
type designed for quite operation and shall be self aligning grease
packed pillow block type.
Fans shall be provided with adjustable outlet dampers as a standard accessory.
Fans shall be provided with factory assembled heavy-duty outlet dampers
mounted in a separate frame, wherever required. Kitchen exhaust fan
shall SISW Centrifugal direct or belt driven type (Bearing & drive setup
outside air flow path) OR DIDW Centrifugal (Bearings & drive setup out
side airflow path). If fan is open to atmosphere, Fans shall be with Pure
polyester powder coating for minimum thickness of 60 microns.
Motor:
Fans shall be driven by squirrel case including motor. Motor ratings
are only tentative and where a fan requires a higher capacity motor,
the Contractor shall clearly point out the requirements and make his
offer accordingly. Motor ratings shall be at least 15% over limit load
plus transmission losses.
Belt driven fans shall be provided. The drive shall be fitted with pulleys
suitable for V - belts. Pulleys shall be secured to the motor shaft by keys
fitted into mechanical key-ways. Pulleys shall be keyed to the fan shaft
in the overhung position. Keys shall be easily accessible and shall be
accurately fitted so that the jib head does not protrude beyond the end
of the shaft. Drive shall be complete with belts, sheaves and belt guards.
Fan shall be provided with eyebolts and other lifting equipment to be used.
Exhaust fans handling corrosive fumes shall be made of non corrosive
materials or coated with corrosion resistant paint with epoxy or
chlorinated rubber base point or FRP as required.
Vibration isolation base shall be provided for all fans. Base for both fan
and motor shall be built as an integral part of fan if required and shall
be mounted on vibration isolating springs. The entire assembly shall be
rested on PCC pads minimum 50 mm thick.
Heavy concrete foundations shall be provided if so recommended by
manufacturers for purpose of dampening the vibrations. Prior
approval of Engineer-in-Charge shall be obtained before ordering
equipment if heavy concrete foundations are required.
Fan inlet and outlet connections shall be by means of strong double
Rexine cloth or double canvas connection as approved by Engineer-inCharge.
All fans handling hot air shall have double layers of asbestos cloth connections.
Fans shall be tested for the performance and test results shall tally with
the offered rating. Following test shall be carried out inside factory/ at
site
(witnessed
by
the Engineer-in-charge
or
his
authorized
representative)
1.
Fan capacity in CFM
2.
Static and total pressure at fan suction and discharge side.
3.
Fan speed.
4.
Fan motor power consumption.
Fan shall be factory painted from inside and outside with two coats of
plastic emulsion paint of approved colour containing mildew inhibitor
over two coats of primer. If the paint is scratched off in transit and
installation, the same shall be repainted after proper treatment to the
affected areas.
Each centrifugal fan shall be complete with shroud, impeller, shafts,
bearing, belt drive, motor, base plates, vibration isolators, painting,
dampers, flexible connection etc.
Each centrifugal fan shall also include necessary R.C.C. foundation
wherever specified in the schedule or the sections of these
specifications.
All fans should withstand the temperature of 250OC for at least 2 hours of o
operation.
AXIAL / TUBE AXIAL FAN
Scope: The impeller shall be constructed of Steel or Die Cast Aluminum Alloy. The
blades shall be fastened to the Hub and statically and dynamically balanced after
assembly. Alternatively, the Blades and the Hub shall be one piece.
The Fan shall be driven by squirrel cage induction motor, single phase or three phase as
directed. TEFC type with class "H" insulation conforming to IP55 or higher as per
application.
Motor: Motor shall be fitted with combination ball and roller bearings with limit
lubricator.
Electrical termination shall be brought from the motor, through conduit to a terminal box
welded on the fan casing. Two earth terminals shall be provided for each motor. The
starting torque shall match with the load torque and starting current shall not exceed three
times the full load current.
The fan assembly shall be bolted inside a circular heavy gauges steel casing, hot dip
galvanized prior to assembly, Inspection doors shall be fitted in the fan casing. Inlet /
outlet bells / cones shall be provided as required.
The fan shall be selected to give maximum efficiency when handling the specified duty
and shall have non-over loading and non-stalling characteristics. The peak power shall
occur within the range of normal operating pressures.
Propeller fans may be ring mounted, or diaphragm mounted in a casing as required.
Where they are mounted in casing, the casing shall be longer than the length of fan and
motor. The casing shall be of steel, shall have flanged ends and shall incorporate an
inspection door.
A terminal shall be mounted externally on the casing. The tip speed of fans shall not
exceed 20m/s.
Fans shall be provided with gravity louvers unless otherwise specified.
Fan drive shall be Three Phase unless otherwise specified in the Schedule of Equipment
and shall be complete with power cable at least 2 m long.
Fan shall be factory painted with 2 coats of emulsion paint over 2 coats of primer.
SMOKE EXTRACTION FAN:
Smoke extract fan units shall be capable of extracting smoke at a temperature for 300°C
for a minimum of 1 Hours or 200°C for 2 Hours.. Smoke extract fan units shall be
suitable for roof or indoor mounting with the extracted gases being discharged vertically
or horizontally via the
air operated/gravity return shutters. The smoke extract fan units shall have a unit case
manufactured in aluminum alloy or polyester painted zinc coated steel. Non rusting
fixings shall be used throughout. Bird guards shall be provided which shall automatically
be displaced in the event of fire debris blocking the airway. Each unit shall have a high
performance axial flow impeller, balanced and dynamically checked to ensure smooth
even running. Electrical input connections shall be provided by a connector box mounted
on the outside of the unit and powered to the motor with heat resisting cable. Fan units
shall be fitted with internally mounted electrical isolators fitted behind a guide release
panel. Roof mounted extract units shall be primed and painted in polyester powder paint
finish to a BS colour to be agreed with the Engineer. The Fan shall be driven by squirrel
cage induction motor, single phase or three phase as directed. TEFC type with class "H"
insulation conforming to IP55 or higher as per application.
Electric Motor and Motor Mount: The ceiling mounted fans shall be suspended from
R.C.C. ceiling through adequately size expansion / anchor bolts and steel housing
supports. The fan shall be mounted on rubber cushions and vibration mounting designed
to insulate the mechanical vibrations of the fan at specified running speed.
The floor-mounted fans shall be installed on Rubber cushion, anti - vibration mountings
shall be designed to insulate vibrations of the fan at the specified speed.
All electrical equipment shall be provided with two separate earth connections. Size of
earth lead for small motors shall be equal to the size of the supply conductor, but not less
than 10 gauge G.I. wire, or as specified.
Flexible connections shall be provided to all motor terminals wherever the motor is
mounted on slide rails and belt drive is adopted. Even in the case of direct drive motors,
the connection shall be flexible enough to prevent transmission of vibrations.
All motors, starters and the framework shall be factory painted with two coats of suitable
paint of approved colour, and at the time of handling over the equipment, shall be
repainted if so required by Engineer-in-charge.
Fans shall be tested after installation for the performance and the following test results
shall be witnessed by the Engineer-in-charge or his authorized representative.
1.
Air delivered
-
cfm
2.
Static pressure at supply end
-
mm WG
3.
Rated current of motor
-
Amps
4.
Static Pressure at Discharge End
-
mm WG
5.
Actual current of Motor
-
Amps
PERFORMANCE DATA
All fans shall be selected for the lowest operating noise level. Capacity ratings, power
consumption, with operating points clearly indicated, shall be submitted and verified at
the time of testing and commissioning of the installation.
TESTING
Capacity of all fans shall be measured by an anemometer. Measured air flow capacities
shall conform to the specified capacities and quoted ratings. Power consumption shall be
computed from measurements of incoming voltage and input current.
3.0
AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM:
CODES AND STANDARDS
Ducts shall be made of either Galvanized sheets or Aluminum sheet and confirm to IS:
655.
The Galvanized steel sheet shall confirm to IS: 277. Aluminum sheet shall confirm to
IS: 737. The duct construction shall be as follows :
RECTANGULAR DUCT CONSTRUCTION:
Thickness G
Max. Side
Type of joint
Up to 750
GS
A
S
L
24
22
25
mm
Bracing
QSS
None
flanges
25 mm x 3 mm
751 to 1500
22
20
MS angle
MS
25 mm x 3 mm
angle flange.
1501 to 2250
20
MS angle
2251 and above
18
MS angle
18
16
40 mm x 3 mm
40 mm x 3 mm
MS
at
angle flange.
centers.
40 mm x 3 mm
40 mm x 3 mm
MS
at
angle flange.
centers.
1.25
1.25
HANGERS FOR DUCT:
Duct size
Spacing
Size of MS angle
Size of Rod dia.
(mm)
(m)
(mm x mm)
(mm)
Up to 750
2.5
40 x 40 x 3
10
751 to 1500
2.5
50 x 50 x 3
15
m
m
1501 to 2250
2.5
50 x 40 x 3
15
SPIRAL DUCT CONSTRUCTION:
All spiral duct and fittings shall be manufactured by a company, whose primary
business
is
the
manufacture of spiral duct and fittings, using the original Machinery of SPIRO
INTERNATIONAL S.A., Switzerland. All spiral duct and fittings shall be
manufactured by the same firm and shall be as shown in the Shop Drawings prepared
by Contractor. All spiral duct and fittings shall be manufactured from G-60 galvanized
steel meeting ASTM-A924 and A653 requirements.
No variation of duct configuration or sizes other than those of equivalent or lower loss
coefficient is permitted except by written permission.
Size round ducts installed in
place of rectangular ducts in accordance with ASHRAE table of equivalent rectangular
and round ducts.
1. Machine made spiral lock-seam duct with light reinforcing corrugations.
Corrugations shall be applicable as per SMACNA Standards. Fittings: Welded seam
construction, manufactured of at least two gages heavier metal than duct.
2. All branch connections shall be made as a separate fitting.
3. All elbows shall be fabricated with a centerline radius of 1.5 times the diameter. 90º
and
45º elbows in diameters 3" round through 12" round shall be stamped or pleated
elbows. All
Other elbows shall be of the gored type, fabricated in accordance with the
following:
DEGREE OF ELBOW NUMBER OF GORES
DEGREE OF ELBOW
NUMBER OF GORES
less than 36°
2
37 thru 71°
3
72 thru 90°
4
4. Circumferential and longitudinal seams of all fittings shall be a continuous weld or
spot welded and sealed with mastic. All welds shall be as per the HVCA
Specification DW/144 and Painted to prevent corrosion.
5. All field joints for round ducts up to and including 36" diameter shall be made with
a 2" slip-fit or slip coupling.
A. Metal gauges for single wall round and flat oval ducts shall be as follows:
B. Round Ducts for positive pressure up to +4" W.G.
DUCT DIAMETER SPIRAL DUCT LONGITUDINAL SEAM DUCT
DUCT DIAMETER
SPIRAL DUCT
100 mm to 400 mm
0.6 mm
401 mm to 900 mm
0.8 mm
901 mm to 1250 mm
1.0 mm
PRE INSULATED DUCT :
Pre-Insulated Ducting shall be fabricated from 20 mm thickness air duct panel sheet
having dimensions of 3000 (Length) mm by 1200 (Width) mm and produced and
Sandwiched with Polyisocyanurate (PIR) first quality insulating Foam having 48 Kg / m3
density. The Ducting Sheet shall have Lacquered & Embossed Aluminium facing on both
sides.
Insulating foam material shall be Expanded Rigid Polyisocyanurate foam having Closed
cell content not less than 95%, CFC/ HCFC free, Non Toxic, Non combustible, zero
ozone depletion, Zero Global Warming Potential and Non ignitable.
Ducting panels shall comply with following or equivalent standards and manufacturer
should produce M1 & F1 certification for Fire & Toxicity test results.
1. BS 476: PART 6--Fire Propagation for Products
2. BS 476: PART 7--- Surface Flame Spread (Class 1)
3. Class O Fire Rating as per Building Regulation requirements.
4. Thermal Conductivity Coefficient at 100C--0.022 W/m. K
5. Smoke Opacity Index—less than 10
6. Rigidity class: 200000 Nm m2/mm
7. Water vapour permeability of laminations = 0
All required accessories; Connecting Flanges, Invisible Bayonet, Adhesive, Sealant, Duct
Supports shall be part of ducting work for fabrication of the HVAC ducting in Square,
rectangle, radius, offset construction etc., appropriate sizes of Aluminium flanges with
self-adhesive good quality gasket shall be provided as a joinery or connection of duct
pieces.
Excellent quality Silicon Neutral Sealant of Approved make along with fire rated PVC
corners shall be used for sealing of all joints & corners.
Complete ducting shall be installed incorporating duct supports such as galvanized
angles, threaded rods, self adhesive brackets, Etc.
Thermal insulation characteristics shall be as follows:
Insulating material: Close cell rigid expanded polyurethane foam, CFC free, density 45
to 48 Kg/m3, material physiologically and chemically inert and insoluble, vermin proof,
fungus proof, non metabolisable. Thermal conductivity: 0.022 W/mK or better. Water
absorption shall be less than 0.5% by 24 hours immersion test. Water vapour diffusion:
M= infinity resistance.
The aluminium foil covering the panel to be maintained intact after installation to ensure
vapour barrier continuity. All the panels to be used should be labelled by authorized
international fire laboratories.
The panel manufacturer shall comply with Fire Mideast Product Listing (MPL) and
Factory Production Control Certificate (FPC), by authorized international laboratories.
Joint System: The joints between the ducts shall be using polymer invisible flanges
(Class O rated) and slide-in-channel to be used and to be connected by special cover
corners, having a holding pin, which goes inside the flange and the insulation, to avoid
any field connection and to give the system more strength.
Installation shall be supervised & certified by the manufacturer’s representative,
Manufacture certified copy needs to be attached with Technical submittal.
KITCHEN EXHAUST DUCTING:
Kitchen Exhaust Ducting shall be rectangular/round fabricated out of CRCA sheets
conforming IS 4030-1973.
Ducts shall be fabricated as follows:
Maximum Size or
Maximum
Transverse Joints
Reinforcement
Dia. Of Duct.
Thickness
Up to 750 mm
1.20 mm
50 x 50 x 6 C.F
50 x 50 x [email protected] 750 cc
Over 750 mm
1.50 mm
50 x 50 x 6 C.F
50 x 50 x [email protected] 750 cc
Longitudinal joints shall be lapped & revitted or spot welded at 75 centre to centre. All
joints shall be rendered leak tight by welding or High temperature tape.
DUCT INSTALLATION:
All ducts shall be fabricated and installed in workman like manner, generally confirming
to IS: 655: 1963 updated. Round duct shall be die- formed for achieving perfect circle
configuration. Ducts shall be straight and smooth on the inside with neatly finished joints.
All joints shall be made airtight. All exposed ducts within conditioned spaces, shall have
slip joints - no flanged joints. The internal ends of slip joints shall be in the direction of
air flow. Ducts and accessories within ceiling spaces, visible from air-conditioned areas
shall be provided with two coats of mat black finish paint. Changes in the dimensions and
shape of ducts shall be gradual. Air-turns shall be installed in all vanes, arranged to
permit the air to make the turn without appreciable turbulence.
Ducts shall be fabricated as per details shown on drawings. All ducts shall be rigid and
adequately supported and braced where required standing seams, teas, or angles, of ample
size to keep the ducts true to shape and to prevent buckling, vibration or breathing.
All sheet metal connections, partitions and plenums required to confined the flow of air
to and through the filters and fans, shall be constructed of 18 G GSS / 16 G Aluminum,
thoroughly stiffened with 25mmx25mmx3mm angle iron braces and fitted with all
necessary inspection doors as required to give access to all parts of the apparatus. Doors
shall be not less than 45 cm x 45 cm in size.
Plenums shall be panel type and assembled at the site. Fixing of MS angle, iron flanges
on duct pieces shall be with rivets heads from inside and riveting shall be done from
outside.
The contractor shall provide and neatly erect all sheet metal work as may be required to
carry out the intent of this specifications and drawings. The work shall meet with the
approval of the engineer In-charge at site in all it parts and details. The contractor for
beams, pipes, or other obstructions in the building shall make all necessary provisions
and allowances, whether or not the same are shown on the drawings. Where necessary to
avoid beams or other structural work, plumbing or other pipes, and / or conduits, the
ducts shall be transformed, divided or curved to on a side, (the required area being
maintained) all as per the site requirements.
If a duct cannot be run as shown on the drawings, the contractor shall install the ducts
between the required points by any path available, in accordance with other services and
as per approval of site engineer.
All ductwork shall be independently supported from building construction. All horizontal
ducts shall be rigidly and securely supported, in an approved manner, with trapeze
hangers formed of MS rods and angle iron. Ducting over furred ceiling shall be supported
from beams, after obtaining approval of site engineer. In no case shall any duct be
supported from false ceiling hangers or be permitted to rest on false ceiling. All metal
work in dead or furred down spaces shall be erected in time to occasion no delay to other
contractors work on the building.
Where metal ducts or sleeves terminate in woodwork, tight joints shall be made by means
of closely fitting heavy flanged collars. Where ducts pass through brick or masonry
openings, wooden frame work shall be provided within the opening and crossing of ducts
provided with heavy flanged collars on each side of the wooden frame work, so that duct
crossing is made leak - proof.
All ducts shall be totally free from vibration under all conditions of operation. Wherever
duct work is connected to fans, air handling units or blower coil units that may cause
vibrations in the ducts, ducts shall be provided with two flexible connections, located
close to the unit, in mutually perpendicular directions, flexible heavy canvas sleeve at
least 10 cm long securely bonded and bolted on both sides. Sleeve shall be made smooth
and the connecting ductwork rigidly held by independent supports on both ends. The
flexible connection shall be suitable for pressures at the point of installation and shall be
of approved make.
DAMPERS:
All dampers shall be louver dampers of robust 16 G GSS construction and tight fitting.
The design, method of handling, and control shall be suitable for the location and the
service required.
Dampers shall be provided with suitable links, levers, and quadrants as required for their
proper operation, control or setting devices shall be made robust, easily operable and
accessible through suitable access doors in the ducts. Every damper shall have an
indicating device clearly showing the damper position at all the times. Dampers shall
have an external locking manual quadrant. On duct systems with external insulation, the
quadrant shall be installed with a standoff bracket to clear the insulation. Reinforce all
blades to prevent vibration, flutter, or other noise. Construct dampers in multiple sections
with mullions where width is over 48 inches.
Use rivets or tack welds to secure
individual components; sheet metal screws will not be accepted. Provide operators with
locking devices and damper position indicators for each damper; use an elevated platform
on insulated ducts. Provide end bearings or bushings for all volume damper rods
penetrating ductwork constructed to a 3" w.g. pressure class or above.
Dampers shall be placed in ducts at every branch supply or return air duct connection,
whether or not indicated on the drawings, for the proper volume control and balancing of
the system.
BACK DRAFT DAMPERS:
Multiple-blade, parallel action gravity balanced, with [centre-pivoted] blades of
maximum 150-mm width, with sealed edges, assembled in rattle-free manner with 90degree stop, steel ball bearings, and axles; adjustment device to permit setting for varying
differential static pressure.
•
Frame: 1.6-mm- thick extruded aluminum, with welded corners and mounting
flange.
•
Blades: 1.2-mm- thick aluminium sheet.
•
Blade Seals: Neoprene.
•
Blade Axles: Galvanized steel.
•
Tie Bars and Brackets: Galvanized steel.
•
Return Spring: Adjustable tension.
Back draft dampers shall be installed on following occasions unless specified otherwise:
1. Ahead of Toilet Extract Fans.
2. For any 2 AHUs / Ductable Units which are connected to a common duct / plenum &
serving as working + standby basis.
3. All extract fans
Back draft damper shall open with pressure in case of fan start-up & shall shut-off when
the fan is in OFF mode.
FIRE & SMOKE DAMPERS:
All supply and return air ducts at AHU room crossing and at all floor crossing shall be
provided with Approved Make Motorized Smoke & Fire dampers of at least 1.5 hour fire
rating as per UL 555. Damper shall meet the requirements of NFPA 80, 90A,92A,92B &
shall be classified as leakage class I smoke dampers in accordance with latest version of
UL555S.
Fire damper blades shall be single / multi piece folded high strength galvanized steel
construction of 16 G & fitted with extended sleeves of 18 G. In normal position, these
blades shall be gathered and stacked at the frame head, providing maximum air passage
and preventing passing air currents from creating noise or chatter. The blades shall be
held in position by solenoid valve. All fire dampers shall be smoke sensor actuated (no
fusible links) and solenoid valve operated. Ionization type smoke sensors shall be
provided in the return air paths.
In case of fire, the intrinsic energy of the folded blades shall be utilized to close the
openings. The thrust from closing of the damper shall operate a limit switch mounted in
the bottom frame of fire damper within the duct. Closing of this limit switch shall cut off
the power supply to the AHU fan. Stopping all air flow instantaneously. No hinges or
blade linkages shall be permitted which may give way under heat or air pressure. The
thrust of suddenly released tension shall instantly drive the blade down and keep it down
without the use of springs, weights or other devices subject to failure.
Damper shall be provided with its own control panel, mounted on the wall & suitable for
240 VAC Supply. The panel shall be suitable for spring return Actuator & shall have at
least following features.
1. PFC contacts for AHU Fan ON/OFF & remote alarm condition.
2. Accept signal from external smoke / fire detection system for tripping the electrical
Actuator.
3. Test & reset facility.
4. Indicating lights / contacts to indicate the following status.
5. Power Supply On
6. Damper open & close position.
It shall be HVAC Contractor’s responsibility to co-ordinate with the fire Alarm system
contractor for correctly hooking up the Motor operated damper to Fire detection system.
All necessary materials for hooking up shall be supplied and installed by HVAC
Contractor under close co-ordination with the fire protection system contractor. HVAC
Contractor shall demonstrate the testing of all Dampers and its control panel after
necessary hook up with the fire protection / fire management system is carried out by
energising all the smoke detectors with the help of smoke. HVAC Contractor shall
provide Fire retardant cables wherever required for satisfactory operation and control of
the Damper.
HVAC Contractor shall strictly follow the instructions of the Damper Supplier or avail
his services at site before carrying out testing at site.
Fire damper sleeves and access doors shall be provided within the ducts in accordance
with the manufacturers recommendations.
The contractor shall also furnish to the owner, the necessary additional spare actuators &
temperature sensor (a minimum of 5% of the total number installed), as recommended by
manufacturer, at the time of commissioning of the installation.
SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR REGISTERS:
Supply and return air Registers shall be of anodized Aluminum section construction with
individual adjustable bars as shown on drawings and indicated in Bill of quantities.
Supply air register shall be generally double deflection type, with removable key
operated volume control dampers. Return air Registers shall be generally similar to
supply air resister but without dampers. All supply and return Registers behind wooden
grilles shall be single deflection type with one-way bars only, the supply air registers
being provided with removable key operated volume control dampers.
All Registers shall be selected in consultation with site engineer. Different spaces shall
require horizontal or vertical face bars and different width of margin frames.
All Registers shall have a soft, continuous rubber gasket between the periphery of the
register and the surface on which it has to be mounted. The effective area of the registers
shall not be less than 75 % of gross face area. Resister shall be adjustable pattern as each
grille bar shall be pivotable to provide pattern with 0 to ± 50° horizontal arcs and up to
30° deflections downwards. Bars shall hold deflection settings under all conditions of
velocity and pressure. Excluded Aluminum registers shall have fixed bars. All duct
collars terminating on to a grille or diffuser shall be given two coats of black paint for a
length of 300 mm.
SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR DIFFUSERS:
Supply and return air diffusers shall be of approved make as shown on the drawings and
/or indicated in the Bill of quantities. Anodized Aluminum section diffusers.
Round or Rectangular Diffuser: Shall be anodized Aluminum section construction,
square, rectangular, or round diffusers with flush fixed pattern. Diffusers for different
spaces shall be selected in consultation with site engineer. Supply air diffusers may be
equipped with fixed air distribution grids, removable key operated volume control
dampers, and anti-smudge rings as required in specific applications, all as per
requirements of Bill of quantities. Supply air diffusers shall be equipped with fixed air
distribution grids, removable key-operated volume control dampers, and anti-smudge
rings as required in specific applications, and as per requirements of schedule of
quantities. All extruded aluminium diffusers shall be provided with removable central
core and concealed key operation for volume control damper.
Linear Diffuser: Shall be anodized Aluminum section construction, one or two-way
blow linear Diffusers. Supply air diffusers shall be provided with volume control /
balancing dampers within the supply air collar. Diffusers for different spaces shall be
selected in consultation with site engineer and provided as per requirement of Bill of
quantities. All linear / square / round diffusers shall have volume control dampers of AL
construction.
Louvers (For Fresh Air & Exhaust): The Louvers shall be of extruded aluminium /
formed aluminium sections and shall have the maximum free area (minimum 50% of
nominal size) & with minimum pressure drop for each type. The frame shall be
manufactured from heavy gauge / thickness aluminium & with powder coated
weatherized finish. The slats shall be inclined at least 45 deg. From horizontal and
overlap a minimum of 1”. Slats over 48” shall have intermediate supports. An integral
rain channel shall be formed with the slats. Louvers shall include a ½” ~ ¾” mesh
galvanized steel / aluminium bird screen. Louvers shall be compatible with the adjacent
substrate.
The louvers shall be custom ordered as per site requirements.
METHOD OF MEASUREMENTS FOR AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
Sheet Metal work:
Duct Length Shall be measured along the centre line from flange face to face unless
otherwise stated. Ductwork shall be measured on the basis of external surface area
(length as measured above, multiply by duct perimeter) of ducts including the joints for
each duct section. Duct measurement shall be taken before application of the insulation.
For taper section average perimeter shall be used for measurement. For special pieces like
bends, reducers, branches, and collars, mode of measurement shall be identical to as
described above using the length along the centre line. The quoted unit rate for external
surface of ducts shall include all wastage allowances, flanges and gaskets for joints, nuts
and bolts, hangers and angles, and angles/flats with double nuts for supports, felt strip
between duct and support, vibration isolation, inspection chamber / access panel, splitter
damper with quadrant and lever for position indication, turning vanes, straightening
vanes, and all other accessories required to complete the duct installation as per the
specifications. These accessories shall not be separately measured nor paid for.
Duct Accessories: Shall be measured by the cross section area perpendicular to air flow.
Grilles and diffusers: Width multiplied by height, excluding flanges, volume control
dampers shall form part of the unit rate for registers and shall not be separately
accounted.
Diffusers: Cross-section area for airflow at discharge/capture area, excluding flanges.
Volume control dampers shall form part of unit rate for supply air diffusers and shall not
be separately accounted.
Linear diffusers: Shall be measured by linear measurements only not by cross sectional
areas, and shall exclude flanges for mounting of linear diffusers. The supply air plenum
for linear diffusers shall be measured with ducting as described earlier.
Fire Damper: Shall be measured by their cross sectional area perpendicular to the
direction of airflow. Quoted rates shall include the necessary collars, and flanges for
mounting, inspection pieces with access door, solenoid valves etc. No special allowances
shall be payable for extension of cross section outside the air stream.
Flexible connection: Shall be measured by their cross sectional area perpendicular to the
direction of airflow. Quoted rates shall include the necessary mounting arrangement,
flanges, nuts and bolts and treated-for-fire requisite length of canvas cloth.
Testing and Balancing: After the installation of the entire air distribution system is
completed in all respects, all ducts shall be tested for air leaks by visual inspection. . The
air balancing activity with digital flow measuring hoods of appropriate size, Pitot tube,
anemometers, digital thermometers, sling pyschrometer, pitot tubes etc. to be carried out
in timely manner. After all adjustments are made, the air readings shall be recorded on the
drawings vis-à-vis the space conditions. All dampers after adjustment shall be set and
locked in position. All air and static pressure measurements shall be done through probe
type meters. Vane type meter readings are not considered reliable.
The entire duct work shall be leak pressure tested with smoke test & leakages found shall
be rectified & sealed properly with the specified sealant as above.
The entire air distribution system shall be balanced using anemometer. Measured air
quantities at fan discharge and at various outlets shall be identical to or less than 5 % in
excess of those specified and quoted. Branch duct adjustments shall be permanently
marked after air balancing is completed so that these can be restored to their correct
position if disturbed at any time. Complete air balance report shall be submitted for
scrutiny and approval, and four copies of the approved balance report shall be submitted
along with the completion documents.
INSULATION:
SCOPE: The scope of this section comprises the supply and fixing of insulation
conforming to these specifications and in accordance with requirement of Bill
of quantities.
DUCT INSULATION:
Duct acoustic lining:
Acoustic material shall Nitrile rubber with Sound Absorbing capacity of specified
density and Thickness as per BOQ. Acoustic duct lining shall be applied inside the
duct for a minimum distance of 4 meter or as shown in the drawing from the outlet of
Air handling units or as specified in drawings or as indicated in Bill of quantities.
The material shall have a thermal conductivity not exceeding 0.047 W/m.K @ 20 Deg. C
The material shall withstand maximum surface temperature of +850C and minimum surface
temperature of -200C. The material shall conform to Class 1 rating for surface spread of Flame in
accordance to BS 476 Part 7 & UL 94 (HBF, HF 1 & HF 2) in accordance to UL.The insulation shall
pass Air Erosion Resistance Test in accordance to ASTM Standard C 1071-05 (section 12.7), from an
independent accredited testing agency.
Acoustical duct lining shall be applied as follows:
i)
The inside surface of the duct shall be cleaned and covered with cold
setting adhesive compound.
ii)
Depending on size of duct fit min. 2 or more rows of insulation fixing pins
to each face of duct at every 300 mm center distance. Pins shall be selfAdhesive, bond on type.
Carefully position insulation over the pins, pressing firmly so that pins
penetrate through the insulation. Fit spring clip or lock washer over pins
pushing them down until they are tight against insulation. Snip off any
excess shank from pin. Seal all joints and openings with self adhesive tape.
Or
iii)
The aluminum perforated sheet shall be screwed along with G.I nut to give
smooth inside surfaces. Use of nails shall not be permitted.
Thermal insulation on HVAC ducts shall be with:
Duct Insulation with class O Anti-Microbial Type Nitrile rubber having following Specification.
Insulation material shall be closed cell Elastomeric Nitrile rubber. Density of
material
shall be between 40 to 60 kg/m3. Thermal conductivity of elastomeric Nitrile
rubber
shall not exceed 0.033 W/mk at mean temperature of 0°c. Insulation material
shall
have anti-microbial product as an integral part of insulation that can be washed
off or
worn off. It shall give enhanced level of protection against harmful microbes
such as
bacteria, fungi. The Insulation materials should be with self adhesive type & with
Al.
foil faced to protect against mechanical damage.
Dry scrubbers :
Scrubbers shall be based on Electrostatic precipitation technology, designed to
remove Oil, Smoke & fumes from the Kitchen exhaust air. Construction: Made of 16
gauge galvanized sheet, High bake epoxy powder coated. Pre Filter: Washable type
aluminum mesh pre-filter. Post Filter: Washable type aluminum mesh.
Ionizer: Stainless steel spiked ionizers to create high voltage DC field.
Collector Plate: aluminum collector plates which should be alternatively charged
positive & negative with large collecting area with 14” deep cell, to work as magnet
for charged smoke & oil particles
Average efficiency of 90-95% in single pass as per DOP test method.
Electrostatic Precipitator should be able to charge particles from 0.01 micron to 10
micron through solid state power supply
Collector cell should be of permanent type and slide out facility for easy removal for
cleaning.
System should be fitted with interlock switch for safety and shall work on 220V/1Ph/
50Hz power supply. Power and control cabling shall be included in unit rates of dry
scrubbers.
4. DX SYSTEMS:
SPECIFICATION OF CONDENSING UNITS for AIR HANDLING UNITS +
DUCTABLE UNITS.
AIR COOLED CONDENSER:
Casing: Condenser casing shall be made of corrosion resistant heavy gauge steel
finished with enamel paint. If specified it shall be epoxy painted or powder coated.
Compressor: Compressor shall be Scroll type. Compressor shall be complete with
required accessories such as pipe flanges, suction strainers, muffler, suction and
discharge pressure gauges, oil heaters, oil pressure gauge, HP - LP cutout, OP cutout,
overload for motor protection etc. Compressor shall be suitable to operate on 3 phase,
400/440 volts, 50 cycles AC supply and shall be designed to withstand voltage
fluctuation of 15 %.
Condenser coil: Condenser coil shall be of copper tube having aluminium fins firmly
bonded to tubes. Tube dia. shall be between 12.5 to 15 mm.; min. 24 g wall thickness
and fin spacing shall be 5 fins per cm. Condenser coil shall be three rows deep. Each coil
shall be factory tested at 21 kg./Sq.cm. test pressure.
The coil shall have integral sub-cooling circuit. The air volume and coil face area shall
be adequate for the capacity. Air velocity across the coil shall not exceed 150 m/min.
Air volume of the condenser shall be minimum 25 cu.m. /min. per ton of refrigeration
capacity. If specified the coil shall be made out of tinned copper tubes and tinned copper
fins.
Fan: Fans shall be propeller axial type. One or more fans shall be provided for the
required capacity.
Fan motor : Fan motor shall be TEFC, squirrel cage, induction motor suitable to
operate on 3 phase, 50 cycles, 400/440 volts, 50 cycles, AC supply and provided with
pulley, v belt set or direct drive flexible coupling with guards. Motor shall have class
"B" insulation and shall be provided with weather protection.
Connections with valves:
Condenser shall have the followings.
(i) Refrigerant gas inlet connection, Liquid refrigerant outlet connection.
(ii) Pressure relief valve, drain valve and air-vent valve.
Installation: Entire air-cooled condenser assembly shall be installed on MS channel
stand through vibration isolators and at the place as indicated in drawings. If specified
spring isolator and Hot dip galvanized / epoxy painted structure shall be provided.
Entire Evaporator assembly shall be through MS rods of required mm and suspended
from the slab and at the place as indicated in drawings.
Painting: All the equipment including base frame etc. Shall be factory painted with two
coats of a suitable enamel paint of approved color over a rust resistant primer. Paint
that have become marred during shipment or erection shall be cleaned off with mineral
spirit, wire brushed and spot primed over the affected areas, then coated with enamel
paint to match the color shade of original painted surface.
Testing: All safety controls like HP cut out, LP cut out, line flow switches/differential
pressure switches shall be checked for their functioning and setting and record of all
the settings shall be submitted to consultant/client. The procedure for testing and
commissioning shall be as approved by the consultants. The contractor shall provide all
testing and measuring instruments.
Units shall use R407C & R-410 as Refrigerant / Equivalent Refrigerant gas.
REFRIGERANT PIPING
a.
All refrigerant pipes and fittings shall be hard drawn copper tubes and
wrought copper / brass fittings suitable for connection with silver solder /
phos-copper.
b.
All joints in copper piping shall be sweat joints using low temperature
brazing and / or silver solder. Before jointing any copper pipe or fittings, its
interiors shall be thoroughly cleaned by passing a clean cloth via wire or
cable through its entire length. The piping shall be continuously kept clean
of dirt etc. while
constructing the
joints. Subsequently, it shall be
thoroughly blown out using carbon dioxide / nitrogen.
c.
Refrigerant
lines shall be sized to limit pressure
drop between
evaporator and condensing unit to less than 0.2 kg per sq.cm.
the
d.
Sight glass with moisture indicator and removable type combination dryer
cum filter with MS housing and brass wire mesh / punched brass sheet
shall be installed in liquid line of the refrigeration system incorporating a
three valve by pass. After ninety days of operation, liquid line drier cartridges
shall be replaced.
e.
Heat exchanger shall be MS heavy duty pipe in pipe type and without any
joint in the inner pipe.
f.
Horizontal suction line shall be pitched towards the compressor and no
reducers shall be provided for proper oil return.
g.
After the refrigerant piping installation has
been completed,
the
refrigerant piping system shall be pressure tested using Freon mixed
with nitrogen / carbon dioxide at a pressure of 20 kg per sq. cm (high
side) and 10 kg per sq. cm (low side). Pressure shall be maintained in the
system for a minimum of 12 hours. The system shall then be evacuated to a
minimum vacuum of 70 cm of mercury and held for 24 hours. Vacuum shall
be checked with a vacuum gage.
h.
All refrigeration piping shall be installed strictly as per
the
instructions
and recommendations of air conditioning equipment manufacturer.
TECHNICAL DATA
All the Equipment data sheets to be submitted by the builder for review from the Services
Consultant. Low side material and accessory details to be submitted by the HVAC
Contractor.
a)
AIR HANDLING UNIT / FCU:
1.1
Framework /Casing / Fans:
a)
b)
c)
Manufacturer
Model no.
Material/Gauge
:
:
:
d)
e)
f)
Frame work Material
Inner sheet casing
Outer sheet casing / thermal break
:
:
:
g)
h)
i)
j)
k)
l)
m)
1.1
1.2
n)
Fans
Fan curves attached
Details of Insulation (Material/Thickness)
Type of Bearing
Dia of Fans (mm.)
No. of Fans
AHU Size
- L mm.
- D mm.
- H mm.
Operating Weight (Kg.)
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
o)
Type of Vibration isolators
:
p)
Drain pan material, gauge, insulation
:
Coils:
a)
b)
c)
Make
Face Velocity (FPM)
Material of tubes/fins
d)
e)
f)
g)
Pr. drop across coils (mm WG) –
Dia of tubes (inch)
Rows deep for recirculation
Fins/Inch
Air Flow :
:
:
:
Filters:
a)
Make :
b)
Filter medium :
c)
Material of Frame Work:
d)
Filter face velocity (FPM)
e)
Pressure output rated Air quantity (mm
WG)
1.3
:
:
:
:
Motors:
a)
Manufacturer
:
:
b)
c)
d)
Motor HP
Type
Class of Insulation
:
:
:
e)
f)
g)
h)
Electrical Characteristics
Starting Current (Amps)
Full Load Current (Amps)
Motor Speed RPM
:
:
:
:
i)
Method of Starting
Starter manufacturer
:
j)
4.
:
Air Handling Units / FCU’s (Operating Data):
AHU/
Coil FaceCoil
Fan Outlet
Air Qty
FCU
Area
Vel.
Vel.
(Sqft.) ((FPM) (FPM)
b)
Fan of
Rows
Opt.
(RPM)
(CFM)
No.
AHU/FCU Mixing Valve
No. of
Fan Speed
Motor Hp
of Coil
Fan curves and selection
AHU noise data sheet attached
AHU noise level at 1m (dBA)
AHU noise level at 3m (dBA)
mm dia
C value
Wt.
:
:
:
:
FANS:
Duct Mounted Inline Fans for Fresh & Exhaust air
S.No
Type
.
Outlet
Static Pr. Motor
Vel.
mm. wg.
HP.
FPM
Manu
factur CFM
er
R
P
M
Type
Of
Driv
e
Noise
Level
DB
Axial /Centrifugal Fans for Smoke Extraction
Manufact
Type
urer
S.No.
C
F
M
Fan curves and selection
Stati
c Pr.
mm.
wg.
Outl
et
Mo
tor
Vel.
FPM
HP.
:
R
P
M
Typ
e
Of
Driv
e
Noise
Level
DB
c)
d)
Fan noise data sheet attached
Fan noise level at 1m (dBA)
Fan noise level at 3m (dBA)
:
:
:
SOUND ATTENUATOR:
a)
Attenuator Selection attached
:
b)
Connecting duct size:
:
c)
Attenuator size:
:
d)
Noise at Inlet to the Attenuator (dBA)
:
e)
Noise at Outlet of the Attenuator (dBA)
:
f)
Pressure drop across the attenuator (mm of w.g.)
- L mm. x D mm x H mm
:
Ducting
INSULATION
Acoustic
Piping
Lining
e)
f)
Manufacturer
:
Materials
Density
:
:
Mean `K' value at 50oC ambient
Mean `K' value at 35oC ambient
:
:
DAMPERS
(Make, Material & Gauge)
Fire & Smoke Dampers
:
Splitter Dampers
Volume Control Dampers
Motorized Volume Control Damper
:
:
:
GRILLES/ DIFFUSERS
(Make, Material & Gauge)
L Bar Grills
:
Grilles
:
Diffusers
Air Distributors
Slot Diffusers
:
:
:
g)
LOUVERS
(Make, Material & Gauge)
h)
DAMPER ACTUATOR MOTORS
(Make, Material & Gauge)
i)
MOTORISED MODULTING DAMPER
Submit Catalogue, Selection and
Control wiring diagram
1.0
BASIS OF DESIGN OF VRF :
Location
Application
System
:
:
Haryana
Variable Refrigerant Flow Air – Conditioning
and Ventilation System.
Area & Construction detail
:
Ambient Design conditions
:
As per Architectural details
available & enclosed drawings.
DBT °F
2.0
WBT °F
Summer
110 °F
Inside Design conditions
75°F and RH less than 60% but not limited
to During Monsoon.
75°F
VARIABLE REFRIGERANT FLOW SYSTEM EQUIPMENT:
SCOPE
The Scope of this section comprises the supply, erection, testing and commissioning of
Variable Refrigerant Flow Air conditioning unit, conforming to these Specifications and in
accordance with requirements of drawings and of the bill of Quantities.
VRF SYSTEM
The system selected is a modular system, with number of indoors connected to
centrally located outdoor units, as per detail designing given in the tender. The outdoor
units for all the system shall be air cooled type and mounted on the same floor of the
building. Indoor units in various areas shall be as per enclosed drawings / Bill of
Quantities.
All the VRF air conditioners shall be fully factory assembled, wired, internally piped
& tested. The outdoor unit shall be pre charged with first charge of R 410A
refrigerant. Additional charge shall be added as per refrigerant piping at site. All the
units shall be suitable for operation with 415 V + 10%, 50 Hz + 3%, 3 Phase supply
for outdoor units & 220 V + 10%, 50 Hz + 3%, 1 Phase supply for in door units.
The VRF system shall provide stable, trouble free & safe operation, with flexibility of
operating desired indoor units. The outdoor units must be capable of delivering exact
capacity proportional to the number of indoor units switched on & the heat load in the
air conditioned area. The proportional operation shall be achieved by varying speed of
the compressor in the outdoor units / charge in compressor configuration or capacity as
per load.
SPECIFICATION OF OUTDOOR UNITS
Out doors units of the VRF system shall be compact air cooled type.
All the compressors of the out door units must be All Inverter hermetically sealed
scroll / Rotary type. Each module of outdoor unit must have separate inverter
compressor, suitable to operate at heat load proportional to indoor requirement / or by
change in compressor configuration or capacity as per load.
“Anti Corrosive” treatment (Blue Fins) for Al fins of Condenser Coils is mandatory.
The treatment should be suitable for areas of high pollution and salt laden air.
Bidder has to furnish the Rated / Derated capacity of the Indoor units, considering the
refrigerant piping of respective outdoor units.
Back up operation, in case of failure of one of the compressors of outdoor unit, for
single module outdoor units or failure of one of the modules in case of multiple
module outdoor units shall be possible. The VRF outdoor unit shall always be
supplying at least 33% of back up operation, of the full load capacity.
The outdoor units shall be suitable to operate within an ambient temperature range of
+5 Deg C to + 43 Deg C, in cooling mode.
The entire operation of Outdoor units shall be through independent remotes of indoor
units. No separate Start/ Stop function shall be required.
Starter for the Outdoor Unit compressor shall “Direct on Line” type. Inverter
compressor / or equivalent system of the unit shall start first & at the minimum
frequency / capacity, to reduce the inrush current during starting.
Refrigerant control in the outdoor unit shall be through Electronic Expansion Valve.
Complete refrigerant circuit, oil balancing/ equalizing circuit shall be factory
assembled & tested.
The inverter if used, shall be IGBT (insulated gate bipolar transistor) type for efficient
and quiet operation. All outdoor units shall have multiple steps of capacity control to
meet load fluctuation and indoor unit individual control. All parts of compressor shall
be sufficiently lubricated. Forced lubrication may also be employed.
Noise level of outdoor units shall not exceed 60 DB measured horizontally 1 m away
and 1.5 m above base level.
Out door units shall be complete with following safety devices:
High pressure switch
Fan driver overload protector
Over current relay
Inverter Overload Protector / Digital Protector
Fusible Plug
Unit shall be supplied with
Installation manual
Operation Manual
Connection Pipes
Clamps
Units will use R-410 as Refrigerant / Equivalent Refrigerant gas.
SPECIFICATIONS FOR INDOOR UNITS
CASSETTE TYPE INDOOR UNITS
These units shall be installed between the bottom of finished slab & top of
false
Ceiling. The maximum allowable height for the cassette type units shall be 288
mm.
The unit must have in built drain pump, suitable for vertical lift of 750 mm.
The unit casing shall be Galvanized Steel Plate.
Unit must be insulated with sound absorbing thermal insulation material
Polyurethane foam. The noise level of unit at the highest operating level shall not
exceed 42 dB (A), at a vertical distance of 1.5 m from the grille of the unit.
Unit shall have provision of connecting fresh air without any special chamber
& without increasing the total height of the unit (288 mm maximum).
The unit shall be supplied with suitable decorative panel.
The unit shall be supplied with Resin Net filter with Mold Resistance. The filter
shall be easy to remove, clean & re install.
The unit will be connected in series to a suitable outdoor unit & it must be
possible to operate the unit independently, through corded/ cordless remote
specified in the “Bill of quantities”.
WALL MOUNTED UNITS
Wall mounted units must be compact & stylish design that does not detract from
the décor of the room.
Each indoor unit must have electronic expansion valve operated by
microprocessor
Thermostat based temperature control to deliver cooling/ heating as per the
heat
load of the room.
The unit must have provision of adding drain pump kit if required & specified.
The drain pump must be suitable to lift drain up to 1000 mm from the bottom
of the unit.
Unit must be insulated with sound absorbing thermal insulation material,
Polystyrene/Polyethylene foam. The noise level of unit at the highest
operating
level shall not exceed 46 dB (A), at a vertical distance of 1.5 m from the grille
of the unit.
The unit shall be supplied with Resin Net filter with Mold Resistance.
The filter shall be easy to remove, clean & re install.
The unit grille must be washable with soap solution.
It shall be possible to set minimum 5 steps of discharge angle by remote
controller.
It shall be possible to fit drain pipe from either side of the unit (Left or right)
The unit will be connected in series to a suitable out door unit & it must be
possible to operate the unit independently, through corded / cordless
remote specified in the bill of quantities.
CEILING MOUNTED DUCT TYPE UNITS
These units shall be ceiling suspended with suitable supports to take care of
operating weight of the unit, without causing any excessive vibration &
noise.
The cold air supplied by these units will be supplied to the area
to be air conditioned, through duct system specified in the tender.
Each indoor unit must have electronic expansion valve operated by
microprocessor
thermostat based temperature control to deliver cooling/ heating as per the heat
load of the room.
The unit casing shall be Galvanized Steel Plate.
Unit must be insulated with sound absorbing thermal insulation material, Glass
Fiber. The noise level of unit at the highest operating level shall not
exceed 49 dB (A), at a vertical distance of 1.5 m below the units with
duct connected to the unit.
The unit must be able to develop external static pressure of 25 mm, at the
specified air quantities.
Unit must have Thermal Fuse for fan motor protection, in case of motor
heating.
The unit will be connected in series to a suitable out door unit & it must be
possible to operate the unit independently, through corded/ cordless remote
specified in the bill of quantities.
All units shall have adequate insulation or Lining to avoid condensation.
FLOOR MOUNTED DUCT TYPE UNITS
These units shall be Floor Mounted Vertical with suitable supports to take care
of operating weight of the unit, without causing any excessive vibration &
noise. The cold air supplied by these units will be supplied to the area to be air
conditioned, through duct system specified in the tender.
Each indoor unit must have electronic expansion valve operated by
microprocessor thermostat based temperature control to deliver cooling/
heating as per the heat load of the room.
The unit casing shall be Galvanized Steel Plate.
Unit must be insulated with sound absorbing thermal insulation material, Glass
Fiber. The noise level of unit at the highest operating level shall not exceed 49
dB (A), at a vertical distance of 1.5 m below the units with duct connected to
the unit.
The unit must be able to develop external static pressure of 25 mm, at the
specified air quantities.
Unit must have Thermal Fuse for fan motor protection, in case of motor
heating.
The unit will be connected in series to a suitable out door unit & it must be
possible to operate the unit independently, through corded/ cordless remote
specified in the bill of quantities.
All Indoor units shall have adequate insulation or Lining to avoid
condensation.
SPECIFICATION FOR CONTROLS SYSTEM FOR VRF AIR CONDITIONING
SYSTEM
WIRED REMOTE CONTROLLER
Wired remote controller shall be supplied as specified in the “Bill of
Quantities”
The controller must have large crystal display screen, which displays complete
operating status.
The digital display must allow setting of temperature with 1 Deg C interval.
Remote shall be able to individually program by timer the respective times for
operation start and stop within a maximum of 72 hours.
Remote must be equipped with thermostat sensor in the remote controller that
will make possible more comfortable room temperature control.
The remote shall be able to monitor room temperature & preset temperature by
microcomputer & can select cool/ heat operation mode automatically.
The remote must constantly monitor malfunctions in the system & must be
equipped with a “self diagnosis function” that let know by a message
immediately when a malfunction occurs.
It shall be possible to wire the remote up to 500 RMT.
WIRELESS REMOTE CONTROLLER
Wireless remote controller shall be supplied as specified in the “Bill of
Quantities”
The same operation modes & settings as with wired remote controllers must be
possible.
Compact light receiving unit to be mounted into wall or ceiling shall be
included.
Units shall be supplied with followings :
a.
Operation Manual
b.
Installation Manual
c.
Paper Pattern for installation
d.
Drain hose / Clamp metal / Insulation for fitting / Sealing Pads /
Clamps / Screws
CENTRAL REMOTE CONTROLLER (Option if Specified in BOQ):
A multi-functional centralized controller (central remote controller) shall be supplied
as an optional accessory.
The controller shall be able to control up to min. 64 zones of 64 group (each group
consisting of max. 16 units) or 128 nos. of indoor units with the following functions.
-
Temperature setting for each zone, or group, or indoor unit.
-
On/Off as a zone or individual unit.
-
Indication of operating condition.
-
Select ON of all operation modes for each zone.
-
The controller shall have wide screen liquid crystal display and shall be wired
by a non polar 2 wire transmission cable to a distance of 1000m away from
the indoor unit.
-
The controller shall be integrated to BAS system thru software for monitoring
& controlling of all above parameters including start/ stop of each indoor /
outdoor unit. All necessary interface cards / units should be supplied as a part
of the system to integrate to the BAS Software
TECHNICAL DATA
All the Equipment data sheets to be submitted by the Contractor for review from
the Services Consultant.
SR.NO.
TECHNICAL
TENDER
DEVIATIONS
PARTICULARS
REQUIREMENTS
OUTDOOR UNIT
1.
MAKE
2.
MODEL
3.
Capacity in TR at 40 °C
Outdoor DBT,23°C & 50%
RH Indoor condition, at
100% indoor load
4.
Power consumption at 40 °C
Outdoor
DBT, 24 °C & 55% RH
Indoor condition, at
100% Indoor Load
75% Indoor Load
50% Indoor Load
25% Indoor Load
5
6
Overall Dimensions - W x D x
H - mm
Overall weight - Kg
7
GA drawings
8
Capacity of ODU in TR.
9
Maximum indoor to outdoor
connectivity for operation.
10
Maximum indoor to outdoor
connectivity
only
for
installation
11
Maximum rated continuous
operating hours for ODU.
12
Maximum rated continuous
operating
hours
for
compressor.
13
Maximum rated idle hours
require before next start of
compressor.
14
Number of variable speed
digital scroll compressors per
ODU.
15
Capacity of variable speed
digital scroll compressors in
TR
16
Number of fixed
compressors per ODU
speed
17
Capacity
speed
of
fixed
compressors in TR
Noise level at 1m from unit
(dBA)
18
HANDING OVER OF THE VRF SYSTEM
Following reading/ data shall be generated as a part of handing over of the VRF air
conditioning system, apart from the handing over data for air side & indoor design
conditions.
OUT DOOR UNITS
Inlet temperature
Discharge pipe temperature
Suction pipe temperature
Oil pressure
Condensing Pressure
Evaporating Pressure
Power supply voltage
Inverter compressor frequency
Inverter current
Fan operating current
Total ODU current
INDOOR UNITS
Indoor unit operation – On/ off from remote
Indoor unit operation – On/ off from thermostat
Remote control presser temperature
Suction temperature
Indoor liquid pipe temperature
Indoor gas pipe temperature
Electronic expansion valve opening
Fan operating current
NOTE: (1)
Bidders are requested to submit power consumption details separately
for
Indoor & outdoor units
HVAC : MAKES OF MATERIALS
SN
ITEM
MAKE
1.
VRF UNIT
DAIKIN / MITSUBISHI / SAMSUNG /
OGENERAL / LG
2.
AIR HANDLING UNITS
EDGETECH/ZECO/SYSTEMAIR
3.
FACTORY
DUCT
DUSTECH/ZECO/ECODUCT
4.
INLINE
CABINET
CIRCULAR
CENTRIFUGAL FANS
5.
JET FAN / AXIAL FAN
/CENTRIFUGAL FAN
GREEN HECK / AIRFLOW / SYSTEMAIR
6.
FILTERS
THERMADYNE / AAF / FINE AIR SYS
7.
GI SHEET
TATA / SAIL / JINDAL
8.
DIFFUSERS
DAMPERS
9.
FLEXIBLE DUCT
CARYAIRE / SPHERE/PINEAIR/AIRFLOW
10.
INSULATION - PIPE
ARMACELL / K-FLEX /ALP
11.
INSULATION - DUCT
ARMACELL / K-FLEX /ALP
12.
PRE INSULATED DUCT
PAL / ASAWA
13.
TFA / AHU
WAVES / ZECO / EDGETECH
14.
COPPER PIPES
MANDEV / PARASMANI / RAJCO
15.
PVC PIPES
ASTRAL / SUPREME / FINOLEX
FABRICATED
/
GRILLS
/
/
/
GREEN HECK / AIRFLOW / SYSTEMAIR
CARYAIRE / AIRFLOW/
SECTION-5
SUB SECTION – 6
HORTICULTURE
&
LANDSCAPING
65
HORTICULTURE & LANDSCAPING
1
a)
The Codes, Standards and Technical Specifications applicable to horticulture and landscaping and any
related construction and infrastructural layout are
Haryana PWD specification,
b). Haryana Schedule of Rates.
c) GRIHA Norms
a)
In the absence of any specific provision on any particular issue in the aforesaid Codes or Specifications
read in conjunction with the Specifications and Standards contained in this Manual, the following
Standards shall apply in order of priority:
Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS)
b)
Any other specifications/ standards proposed by the Contractor and reviewed by the engineer incharge.
c)
The authority to give relaxation in specifications, to promote time tested local practice and usage of
local material, shall rest with HSIIDC.
2
BEFORE COMMENCEMENT OF CONSTRUCTION
i)
Prior to commencement of any plantation, landscaping and construction activity for horticulture works,
the contractor shall prepare and obtain approved detailed landscape design for the particular area with
required layout plans, sections, details of all landscape elements, list of species, density of plantation
,irrigation system layout, etc.
ii).
The contractor shall finalize an implementation plan for the execution (“execution Plan”) and obtain
approval from the designated authority.
3 DURING EXECUTION OF HORTICULTURE WORKS
The Contractor shall:
1 Strictly follow the approved landscape design plan.
2.
Take the necessary precautions to minimize accidents due to spillage of earth on roads and respond to
Emergency as quickly as possible; and take precautions to avoid inconvenience to, damage to,
destruction of or disturbance to any third party rights and properties;
3.
Ensure adequate safety of the personnel deployed at the Project Site which would include measures for
the safety such as the provision and maintenance of barricades, caution signage and illumination during
night;
4. Being compliance with the Applicable Laws and Permits obtained for the works;
5.
Adhere to the execution plan during execution Period;
6.
Deploy adequate number of qualified and competent personnel having relevant experience and skills for
implementation of the horticulture works and interaction with the HSIIDC.
7.
The Contractor shall be responsible for:
a)
The correctness of the positions, levels, dimensions and alignment of all parts of the horticulture and
landscape works;
b)
The provision of all necessary instruments, appliances and labour in connection with the
foregoing responsibilities.
8.
If, at any time during execution of the works, any engineering / design error is noticed in any part of the
Construction Works, the Contractor, on being asked to do so by the engineer in-charge / designated
authority, shall at his own cost, rectify such errors to the satisfaction of the engineer in-charge /.
9.
The checking of any setting-out or of any line or level by the engineer in-charge shall not in any way
relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for the accuracy thereof and the Contractor shall carefully
protect and preserve all benchmarks, sight rails, pegs and other materials used in setting-out the works.
10.
Various quality control tests would be undertaken for the Project as per the standards prescribed by
Haryana PWD/Bureau of Indian Standards and conforming to Quality Assurance Plan.
11.
A copy of the results of tests conducted by the Contractor shall be sent by the Contractor to the
engineer in-charge / TPE andthe designated authority.
12
No part of the Works shall be covered up or put out of view before the same has been examined by the
engineer in-charge .
14The engineer in-charge may from time to time require:
a)
removal from the Site, within such time as may be specified in his instructions, any material, equipment,
machinery or plant which, in its opinion, do not meet the standards specified in the project
Requirements;
Substitution/ replacement of such improper material, equipment, machinery or plants;
b)
c)
Re-execution, of any or part of the Works which in the opinion of the engineer in-charge / do not meet
the approved design and / or standards set out in the Construction Requirements;
The Contractor to make boreholes or to carry out exploratory excavation for the Project.
d)
15
The Contractor shall arrange for all the material requirements for the Project and disposal of all material
wastes. The Applicable Permits in this regard would have to be obtained by the Contractor. All excess
and unsuitable excavated materials shall be piled at appropriate designated places and disposed of by
the Contractor in consultation with the engineer in-charge / TPE and applicable municipal regulations.
16.
The Contractor shall take all measures to mitigate any disruptive effects of works execution such as
noise, dust pollution, threat to the property and functioning of the operating industries or any other
disruption.
After Completion of Construction
i
)
.
Upon completion of construction horticulture works the Project Site shall be cleared of all
construction equipment, surplus earth, debris and temporary installations, all holes in ground,
ditches and pits, etc. shall be filled adequately and surface finished, and shall be left in tidy and
an aesthetically pleasing appearance to the satisfaction of the engineer in-charge /
ii.
The Contractor shall submit to the engineer in-charge for future records the following
documents:
a)
"As Built" drawings of the Project - detailed, accurately scaled and sequentially numbered,
covering all relevant engineering features;
b)
Copies of all geo-technical, hydro-geological, quality test and borehole reports
obtained by the Contractor, if any.
4 PLANTATION SPECIFICATIONS
a.
Providing at least 225 mm garden soil/red earth for lawn area & Farmyard manure as
per the Horticulturist recommendations.
b. Procuring and using Tree / Shrub / Creeper / Hedge plant as per the approved landscape plantation
plan.
c.
Uprooting weeds from the trenched area after every 10 to 15 days of its flooding, this is
by water including disposal of uprooted weeds.
d. Fine levelling the ground to levels specified.
e. Mixing earth, sand and manure in required proportion and thickness.
f. Providing and spreading manure or / and good earth in required thickness.
g.
Treating the soil with chemicals, this shall be either Pesticide or Fungicide, to control soil pests.
h.
i.
Providing and planting Korean / buffalo / Doob grass including watering and maintenance of the
lawn until the grass forms a thick lawn free from weeds and fit for moving including good earth
if needed.
Preparation of beds for hedging and shrubbery by excavating to required depth. Trenching the
excavated base to a further depth of 300 mm. Refilling the good earth after breaking clods and
mixing With manure in the ratio as required, flooding with water, filling with earth if
necessary, watering and finally fine dressing, levelling etc. including stacking and disposal of
materials declared unserviceable and surplus earth by spreading and levelling.
j.
Digging pits in ordinary soil and refilling the same with the good earth mixed with manure
k.
a)
in the ratio as required, flooding with water, dressing, including removal of rubbish and surplus
earth if any, etc.
Tree shall be planted in a pit of size 60cm dia. and 60 cm. deep
b)
Tree shall be staked properly.
l.
Supplying best quality container grown healthy trees / plants specified height. All trees
shall be approved before planting
SECTION –6
BILL OF QUANTITIES
Section 6 General Abstract of Cost
Sn
Description
1
Construction of Municipal Corporation Office Complex
Health,
Amount
including Public Rs. 430329857.00
Services, Electrical Installations,Lifts, HVAC, Fire fighting
protection works , Landscaping and horticulture ,
and
Boundary wall, Site
Development and all other works contingent thereto, Sector 3, Sonipat,
Haryana .
Total Rs
Say
Rs. 430329857.00
Rs. 43.03 Crores
Name of Work : Construction Of Municipal Office Complex, Sector 3, Sonipat
Abstact of cost of construction of Municipal Office Complex
SR.
NO.
Head
1
Sub work 1
Civil Works and External Development Works
2
Subwork 2
Public Health Services (Internal and estate services
3
Subwork 3
Electrical Works, Lifts and Low Voltage details
4
Subwork 4
HVAC (Air conditioning)Services
5
Subwork 5
Fire Fighting and Fire Protection Works
6
Subwork 6
Landscaping and HorticultureWorks
DESCRIPTION
AMOUNT [Rs.]
28,41,83,284
21,625,570
57,026,037
45,084,479
12,090,174
10,320,313
TOTAL
430329857.00
Total
Rs. 43.03 Crores
Note:The defect noticed during the 15 months defect liability period shall be set right by the contractor at his own
cost. All defects/repair/replacement of part or parts, during this period, shall be removed by the firm within 24
hours of its occurrence failing which penalty amounting to Rs.20000/- per day will be levied on firm.In case of
failure within 15 days, the actual cost of repair with 14% departmental charges and actual cost as per the D.C
rates for man power deployed with 14% department charges and penalty calculated as per above shall be
recovered from the agency. The maintenance and defect liability certificate is the certificate issued by Engineerin-Charge after the defect liability period has ended and upon correction to defects by the contractor to the
satisfaction of competent authority.
77
BOQ for Civil Works of Construction of M.C. Office in Sec-3, Sonepat
Sr. No.
Description
Qty.
Unit
Rate to be
quoted by the
agency
1
1
2
Earth work excavation in ordinary soil
exclusive of compensation of earth- (HSR 6.2
a)
3
4
5
Kassi work undressed involving an average
horizontal throwupto 2 metres, and an
average vertical lift upto 0.5 metre including
breaking of clods.
6480
cum.
Relaying of Earth, Qty. same as per item
no.1
Basement with over all lead upto 8Km.
(HSR 4.1a+5.2a)
Earth work in excavation in foundations,
trenches, etc. in all kinds of soils, not exceeding 2
metres depth including dressing of bottom and
sides of trenches, stacking the excavated soil,
clear from the edge of excavation and subsequent
filling around masonry, in 15 cm. layers with
compaction, including disposal of all surplus soil,
as directed with in a lead of 30 metres. The
subsequent filling around masonry shall be done
with imported sand having FM minimum 1.5
(HSR 6.6)
6480
cum.
8802
cum.
2523.05
cum.
87.59
cum.
1852.69
cum.
4.96
118.40
216.27
214.26
135.89
128.58
97.84
cum.
cum.
cum.
cum.
cum.
cum.
cum.
a
b
c
2
3
Earth filling under floors with surplus soil,
excavated from foundation and taken only from
outside the building plinth, in 15cm layer
including ramming watering and consolidating
lead up to 30meters (HSR 6.13a)
4
Cement concrete 1 : 4 : 8 with stone aggregate 40
mm Nominal size in foundation and plinth.
(HSR- 10.39)
5
Cement concrete 1:2:4 with stone aggregate 20
mm nominal size in first storey upto 4 mtrs above
plinth level (HSR 10.59)
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
g)
Basement
1st Storey
2nd Storey
3rd Storey
4th Storey
5th Storey
6th Storey
Amount
h)
6
a
b
c
d
e
f
7
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
8
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
7th Storey
Cement concrete 1:2:4 with stone aggregate 20
mm nominal size for reinforced concrete work in
shelves excluding steel reinforcement, but
including centering and shuttering, laid in
position, complete in all respects.(HSR 10.81)
7.43
cum.
1st Storey
2nd Storey
3rd Storey
4th Storey
5th Storey
6th Storey
Cement concrete 1:1:2 with stone aggregate 20
mm nominal size for reinforced concrete work in
slabs with inclination not exceeding 25 degree
with horizontal, excluding steel reinforcement,
but including centering and shuttering , laid in
position, complete in all respects. (HSR
10.82+10.95b)
1st Storey
2nd Storey
3rd Storey
4th Storey
5th Storey
6th Storey
7th Storey
Cement concrete 1:1:2 with stone aggregate 20
mm nominal size for reinforced concrete work for
walls exceeding 20 cm thickness (straight and
curved) beams, girders, stairs, columns, (square
or rectangular) battens and lintels etc. excluding
steel reinforcement but including centering and
shuttering, laid in position, complete in all
respects. (HSR 10.86)+10.95b)
2.33
4.36
7.24
5.99
5.99
1.25
cum.
cum.
cum.
cum.
cum.
cum.
1315.99
464.17
430.30
295.28
303.73
215.45
26.20
cum.
cum.
cum.
cum.
cum.
cum.
cum.
1st Storey
2nd Storey
3rd Storey
4th Storey
5th Storey
1144.99
497.02
481.42
436.27
334.68
cum.
cum.
cum.
cum.
cum.
6th Storey
7th Storey
243.34
94.30
cum.
cum.
9
a
b
c
d
e
10
11
12
13
Cement concrete 1:1:2 with stone aggregate 20
mm nominal size for reinforced concrete work in
fascias parapets and other thin vertical sections,
not covered by Item Nos. 10.82, 10.86 to 10.88
not exceeding 10 cm thickness excluding steel
reinforcement but including centering and
shuttering, laid in position, complete in all
respects. (HSR - 10.89. + 10.95b)
1st Storey
2nd Storey
3rd Storey
4th Storey
5th Storey
Cement concrete 1:1:2 with stone aggregate 20
mm nominal size for reinforced concrete work in
footings, strips, foundations, beams, rafts,
pedestals and approach slabs of bridges etc.,
excluding steel reinforcement but (HSR 10.90 +
10.95b)
Cement concrete 1:1:2 with stone aggregate 20
mm nominal size for reinforced concrete work for
walls (10 cm to 20 cm thickness) straight and
curved excluding steel reinforcement but
including centering and shuttering, laid in
position, complete in all respects. (HSR 10.87 +
10.95b)
Cement concrete 1:1.5:3 with stone aggregate 20
mm nominal size in pavements, roads, taxi-tracks
and runways, laid to required slope and camber,
including consolidation, finishing and tamping
complete. (HSR 10.132+10.95a)
22.00
22.00
22.00
22.00
cum.
cum.
cum.
cum.
22.00
2040.87
cum.
cum.
268.39
cum.
509.50
cum.
Guniting or concrete/brick work using step
10279.84
ladder/scaffolding as supplied on hire erected by
the contractor using compressor guinting drum
gun and piping as supplied by the contractor on
hire charges operating charges using drum mixed
cement/screened sand in proportion 1:3 as per IS
9018 (1938) at 2.1
to 2.8 kig/per Sq centimeter (av) 40 mm th. to
columns, slabs, beams, chhajjas, i.e finishing the
surface with sand faced plaster as per specs and
for thickness as directed & 3 coats of white wash,
colour wash, cement paint, oil bound distemper,
plastic emulsion as per specs, and as directed after
curing, guniting surface for 7 days i/e of
replacement of windows etc. during guniting and
disposal of debris- (HSR 10.138)d
Sqm
14
Providing and fixing 80mm thick M35
Interlocking blocks complete (HSR 10.159)
5242.00
15
First class brick work laid in cement sand mortar
1:6 in foundation and plinth. (HSR - 11.2)
106.17
16
First class brick work laid in cement sand mortar
1:6 in first storey upto 4 metres above plinthlevel.
(HSR - 11.7)
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
G
17
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
18
A
B
C
D
E
F
19
In Basement
In 1st storey
In 2nd storey
In 3rd storey
In 4th storey
In 5th storey
In 6th storey
In 7th storey
11.43 cm thick brick wall with every fourth
course, reinforced with hoop-iron, laid in 1:4
cement sand mortar in super-structure. (HSR
11.46)
In Basement
In 1st storey
In 2nd storey
In 3rd storey
In 4th storey
In 5th storey
In 6th storey
Providing & laying Autoclaved Aerated (cellular)
concrete light weight blocks (As per IS: 2185,
part 3) masonary in non load bearing walls using
blocks of size 625mm X 250mm X 200m with
cement sand morter 1:6 in superstructure
complete in all respect. (HSR 11.105)
In 1st storey
In 2nd storey
In 3rd storey
In 4th storey
In 5th storey
In 6th storey
Terracing consisting of tiles 22.86 cm X 11.43
Cm X 3.81 cm laid over 87.50 mm mud filling on
a layer of 25 mm mud plaster and on other layer
of mud mortar for laying the tiles, including two
coats of bitumen laid hot at 1.65 kg per sqm on
top of R.C.C slab including grouting with cement
sand mortar 1:3 and top surface to be left clean
etc. (HSR 13.13)
Sqm
297.40
224.61
286.89
219.81
211.61
207.29
154.72
109.29
cum.
cum.
cum.
cum.
cum.
cum.
cum.
cum.
1290.44
126.25
444.98
462.90
245.21
239.65
95.89
Sqm
Sqm
Sqm
Sqm
Sqm
Sqm
Sqm
199.75
202.14
179.65
160.52
124.13
155.91
cum.
cum.
cum.
cum.
cum.
cum.
In 7th Storey
280.06
Sqm
32.00
Nos.
20
Top khurra 0.6 m x 0.6 m for rain water pipe in
25 mm thick cement concrete 1:2:4 over 50 mm
thick cement concrete 1:8:16 (HSR 13.50)
34.65
Mtr.
21
Supplying and fixing in position G.I. pipe Class
‘B’ spouts in chajjas and cantilevers (HSR
13.55e) 50mm i/d
32.00
Nos.
22
Bottom khurra on ground 1.2 m X 0.6 m
consisting of brick-on-edge laid in cement mortar
1:3 over 75 mm cement concrete 1:8:16 including
12 mm thick cement plaster 1:3 (HSR 13.57)
930.45
Mtr.
23
Providing and fixing PVC Rain water pipe 6 kg
pressure of ISI mark in cement mortar during
masonry work (HSR 13.89a) 100mm dia PVC
pipe
24
Providing and fixing PVC Bend ISI marked (HSR
13.90a) 100mm dia PVC bend
51.00
Nos.
9465.95
Sqm
25
Providing & fixing False Ceiling without grooves
with 12mm to 15mm thick, 600mm X 600mm
best quality mineral fiber tiles of approved make
fixed on M.S Steel runners frame i/c coast of
screws angles, cleats, rawel plugs, with taping
and painting etc. complete in all respect as
approved by the Engineer-in-Charge. (HSR
13.93)
On Roof (Slab)
On wall
Terracing consisting of 19mm thick heat resistant
tiles for roof insulated, 300mm x300mm laid in
on 20mm thick 1:3 cement course sand mortar i/c
grouting with heat white cement over avg. 75mm
thick screed of 1:8:16 i/c two coats of bitumen
laid hot at 1.65Kg per.sqm. on top of RCC slab &
cleaning of top surface complete. The tiles shall
be made of white cement blended with fibrous
polymer having flextural stress value of
>150kg/cum & thermal conductivity value
<0.18w/m.k. (HSR 13.97+Note)
2909.70
3583.68
Sqm
Sqm
In 4th storey
In 5th storey
995.61
124.34
Sqm
Sqm
A
26
a
b
27
A
B
P & F extruded polystyrene (XPS) foam 50mm
thick of density 32Kg /cum for thermal insulated
with cramps og GI strip 25mm wide x3mm thick
fixed with screw /nail for holding the walls on
exterior face at regular intervals in walls complete
in all respect. (HSR 13.96)
C
D
28
29
30
A
B
31
a
b
c
d
e
f
32
A
B
In 6th storey
In 7th storey
Base course of floors consisting of 100 mm thick
cement concrete 1:8:16 and 100 mm sand or stone
filling. (HSR 14.1)
457.52
1332.22
31.86
Sqm
Sqm
Sqm
Precast chequered tiles of 20 mm thickness In
ordinary grey cement without chips laid on 20
mm thick bed of cement coarse sand mortar 1:3
with neat cement slurry between joints and over
the base in floors, treads of steps and landings.
(HSR 14.45)
799.49
Sqm
In 1st storey
In 2nd storey
Providing and fixing vitrified tiles of size 600 X
600 mm or above size of approved make in
flooring laid in any pattern as specified over base
of 20 mm thick cement coarse sand mortar 1:3
and jointed with white cement slurry mixed with
pigment to match the shade of tiles.
Note: Tile shall be premium quality (first quality)
of reputed manufacturer like Nitco, Kajaria,
Somani, Orient, Johnsaons & Rak) (HSR 14.89)
1481.99
245.71
Sqm
Sqm
1st storey
2nd storey
3rd storey
4th storey
5th storey
6th storey
Providing and fixing vitrified tiles of size 600 X
600 mm or above size of approved make in
skirting/Dado laid in any pattern as specified
over base of 20 mm thick cement coarse sand
mortar 1:3 and jointed with white cement slurry
mixed with pigment to match the shade of tiles.
Note: Tile shall be premium quality (first quality)
of reputed manufacturer like Nitco, Kajaria,
Somani, Orient, Johnsaons & Rak) (HSR 14.90)
439.91
2422.64
2649.88
1256.52
1130.90
826.87
Sqm
Sqm
Sqm
Sqm
Sqm
Sqm
In 1st storey
In 2nd storey
47.92
242.26
Sqm
Sqm
Dholpur stone tiles 25 mm thick in wall facing
(lining) laid in anypattern as specified on 12 mm
thick cement coarse sand mortar 1:3 and jointed
with neat cement slurry mixed with pigment to
match the shade of stone including rubbing and
labour for fixing cramps, pins and dowels etc.
(HSR 14.60)
C
D
E
F
33
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
34
A
B
C
C
D
E
F
G
35
A
B
In 3rd storey
In 4th storey
In 5th storey
In 6th storey
Providing and fixing 1" quality ceramic glazed
wall tiles confirming to IS 15622 (thickness to be
specified by the manufacturer) of approved make
in all colors shades except burgundy bottle green,
black of any size as approved by Engineer-inCharge in skirting risers of steps and dados over
12 mm thick bed of cement mortar 1:3 coarse and
jointed with grey cement slurry inluding pointing
in white cement mixed with pigment of matching
shades complete. (HSR- 14.92b+NOTE) Size 300
X 450 mm
264.99
125.65
113.09
82.69
Sqm
Sqm
Sqm
Sqm
In 1st storey
In 2nd storey
In 3rd storey
In 4th storey
In 5th storey
In 6th storey
In 7th storey
Kotah stone flooring 34 mm to 40 mm thick in
any pattern as specified over 12 mm thick base of
cement coarse sand mortar 1:3 laid and jointed
with neat cement slurry mixed with pigment to
match the shade of stone including rubbing and
polishing. (HSR 14.62)
647.92
843.82
440.52
440.52
440.52
349.16
95.92
Sqm
Sqm
Sqm
Sqm
Sqm
Sqm
Sqm
In Basement
In 1st storey
In 2nd storey
In 3rd storey
In 4th storey
In 5th storey
In 6th storey
In 7th storey
Kotah stone 20 mm thick in skirting risers of
steps, dados and wall facing (lining) and pillars
laid on 12 mm thick cement coarse sand plaster
1:3 laid and jointed with neat cement slurry,
mixed with pigment to match the shade of stone
including rubbing and polishing including labour
for fixing cramps, dowels and pins etc. (HSR
14.66)
233.95
774.60
569.86
116.80
116.80
116.80
91.60
58.40
Sqm
Sqm
Sqm
Sqm
Sqm
Sqm
Sqm
Sqm
In Basement
In 1st storey
46.80
49.60
Sqm
Sqm
C
D
E
F
G
G
36
37
A
B
C
C
D
E
F
G
38
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
G
49.60
49.60
49.60
49.60
46.80
44.00
1362.40
Sqm
Sqm
Sqm
Sqm
Sqm
Sqm
Mtr.
In Basement
In 1st storey
In 2nd storey
In 3rd storey
In 4th storey
In 5th storey
In 6th storey
In 7th storey
Laying and fixing Granite stone in all shades
15mm to 18mm thick in skirting/dado, riser of
steps pillar & wall facing, laid in any pattern as
specified over base of 12 mm thick cement coarse
sand mortar 1:3 and jointed with white cement
slurry mixed with pigment to match the shade of
granite i/c labour for fixing cramps pins and
dowels etc.
(ex-cluding the cost of granite stone) (HSR
14.95)
86.00
279.54
804.61
578.44
578.44
578.44
378.99
84.27
Sqm
Sqm
Sqm
Sqm
Sqm
Sqm
Sqm
Sqm
In Basement
In 1st storey
In 2nd storey
In 3rd storey
In 4th storey
In 5th storey
In 6th storey
In 7th storey
7.07
21.03
73.53
21.03
21.03
21.03
17.27
12.17
Sqm
Sqm
Sqm
Sqm
Sqm
Sqm
Sqm
Sqm
In 2nd storey
In 3rd storey
In 4th storey
In 5th storey
In 6th storey
In 7th storey
Extra for nosing in treads of steps of Kotah Stone
slab. (HSR 14.65)
Laying and fixing Granite stone in all shades
15mm to 18mm thick in flooring, laid in any
pattern as specified over base of 12 mm thick
cement coarse sand mortar 1:3 and jointed with
white cement slurry mixed with pigment to match
the shade of granite stone. (Excluding the cost of
granite stone) Notes:- i) Above rates are based
on present day rates.ii) No extra premium is
allowed on these new items. (HSR 14.96)
39
A
B
C
D
E
F
40
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
G
41
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
42
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
43
44
6 mm thick cement plaster 1:3 on under side &
ceiling (HSR 15.1)
In 1st Storey
In 2nd storey
In 3rd storey
In 4th storey
In 5th storey
In 6th storey
12 mm thick cement plaster 1:6 (HSR - 15.7)
In Basement
In 1st storey
In 2nd storey
In 3rd storey
In 4th storey
In 5th storey
In 6th storey
In 7th storey
15 mm thick cement plaster 1:6 on the rough side
of single of half brick wall (HSR - 15.12)
In Basement
In 1st storey
In 2nd storey
In 3rd storey
In 4th storey
In 5th storey
In 6th storey
In 7th storey
10 mm thick cement plaster 1:4 (HSR 15.52)
In Basement
In 1st storey
In 2nd storey
In 3rd storey
In 4th storey
5th storey
6th storey
7th storey
Preparation of ply wood surface for painting
including sand papering the surface and applying
filling with approved quality filler consisting of
white lead, linseed oil, varnish and chalk mitti
including finishing the surface to required finish
complete. (HSR 16.1)
Applying pink primer or aluminium priming coat
on wood work including preparation of surface,
knotting and stopping etc.(HSR 16.2)
46.63
87.20
144.77
119.77
119.77
25.06
Sqm
Sqm
Sqm
Sqm
Sqm
Sqm
1047.03
1458.13
2655.20
2620.42
2332.74
2100.90
1933.68
441.45
Sqm
Sqm
Sqm
Sqm
Sqm
Sqm
Sqm
Sqm
1047.03
2257.21
3463.76
3339.02
2973.74
2597.42
2557.32
441.45
Sqm
Sqm
Sqm
Sqm
Sqm
Sqm
Sqm
Sqm
10134.69
7067.52
5597.35
5809.80
4799.29
3810.49
2783.11
602.21
218.12
Sqm
Sqm
Sqm
Sqm
Sqm
Sqm
Sqm
Sqm
Sqm
218.12
Sqm
261.74
Sqm
45
Painting two coats excluding priming coat with
synthetic enamel paint in all shades on new wood
work or metallic or plastered or concrete surfaces
to give an even shade. (HSR 16.3)
611.40
Sqm
46
Applying priming coat with metal primer on New
steel or iron work including preparation of surface
(HSR 16.9)
611.40
Sqm
47
Painting two coats excluding priming coat with
ready-mixed paint for metallic surfaces in all
shades on new steel or iron work. (HSR 16.17)
33266.51
Sqm
48
Applying priming coat with cement primer in all
shades on newly plastered or concrete exterior
surfaces.(HSR 16.25)
P & L Birla Putty (HSR 16.81)
Providing two coats of exterior acrylic emulsion
paint first quality (HSR 16.79b)
33266.51
1392.77
Sqm
Sqm
109.06
Sqm
51
Cost of aluminium fitting complete for doors and
windows, such as tower bolts, handles, etc., and
screws for these fittings (excluding sliding bolt)(HSR - 17.72)
52
Providing and fixing sliding bolt with nuts and
screws etc. complete- (HSR - 17.83)b i
43.00
Nos.
1.45
cum.
53
Chowkats of commercial hard wood such as
hillock, champ, chikrassy, and chaplash, etc.,
(Non-coniferous timber other than teak
conforming to I.S. specification no. 1003 kiln
seasoned), of doors and windows including iron
hold fasts, corner straps, screws, bolts for hold
fasts, etc., complete fixed in position. (HSR
17.12)
Cupboard shutters of commercial hard wood Such
as hollock, champ chikrassy and Chaplash, etc.
(non coniferous timber other than teak
conforming to I.S specification no. 1003, kiln
seasoned) excluding chowkat but with
commercial plywood panels or faced one one side
including iron hinges and screws fixed in position
(excluding the cost of hand-les, tower bolts, hasp
with staple, but including the labour for fixing the
same- (HSR 17.32) b
356.43
Sqm
26.00
Nos.
55
Providing and fixing 150 mm hasps and Staples
with necessary screws, etc., complete- (HSR
17.78 b)
56
Providing and fixing 50 mm cup board or ward
robe knob- (HSR 17.84 b)
286.00
Nos.
49
50
54
57
58
59
60
61
B
Providing and fixing 65 mm X 35 mm special
quality brass cup-board locks, six levers, of
reputed firms such as Godrej or equivalent,
including necessary screws, etc., complete. (HSR
17.85)
143.00
Nos.
Providing and fixing plastic laminated sheets
thickness, not les than 1.5 mm (conforming I.S
specifications) , including cost of Approved
adhesive complete- (HSR 17.88) a. natural finish
356.43
Sqm
Factory manufacture solid flush door and
Shutters, with block board core as per I.S. No.
1659-1969 bonded with water poof type phenol
formal dehyde synthetic resin, hot-pressed,
conforming to I.S. 2202 part I and II, fixed in
positon includeing iron hinges, screws,
chocks/cleats and stops etc. (excluding the cost of
any fittings other than specified above, but
including labour for fixing the same in position)(HSR - 17.93)
109.06
Sqm
P & F Alu. Partition consisting of 12mm thick
prelaminated particle board (HSR 17.97 e ) & in
bottom portion and 4mm thick glass in upper
portion. The Alu. Shall be polyester powder
coated of 50 micron. ( Rate based on HSR
items)
3058.00
Sqm
6770.09
10358.65
Kg
Kg
Providing and fixing Aluminium work for doors,
windows ventilators and partitions with extruded
built up standard tubular sections / appropriate
Z sections and other sections of approved make
conforming to IS 733 and IS 1285 fixed with raw
plugs and screws or with fixing clips or with gaps
at junctions at top bottom, and sides with
required neoprene felt etc. aluminium sections
shall be smooth rust free straight mitered and
jointed mechanically wherever required including
cleat angle, Aluminium snap beading for glazing
paneling CP brass stainless steel screws, all
complete (HSR 17.95+Note 2) Fixed Portion
Chowkhat of section 80x40mm
Using simple Alu.
Providing and fixing Aluminium work for doors,
windows ventilators and partitions with extruded
built up standard tubular sections / appropriate
Z sections and other sections of approved make
conforming to IS 733 and IS 1285 fixed with raw
plugs and screws or with fixing clips or with
expansion hold fasteners including necessary
filling up of gaps at junctions at top bottom and
sides with required neoprene felt etc. Alu. section
shall be smooth, rust free straight mitered and
jointed mechanically wherever required including
cleat angle, aluminium snap beading for
glazing/paneling CP brass stainless steel screws
etc complete shutters of doors windows and
ventilators including providing and fixing hinges
/ pivots and making providing for fixing of fittings
wherever required including the cost of PVC
neoprene gasket required including aluminium
fitting. (HSR 17.96)
13120.13
Kg
Providing and fixing 12 mm thick prelaminated
particle board flat pressed three layer or graded
wood particle board conforming to IS 128 23
grade I Type II is paneling fixed in aluminum
doors windows shutters and partition frames with
brass/ stainless steel screws etc complete. (HSR
17.97)
Providing and fixing glazing on aluminum door
windows ventilator shutter and partitions etc. with
PVC , neoprene gasket etc complete (cost of
aluminum snap beading shall be paid in basic
items) (HSR 17.98) With Float glass panes of 5.0
mm thickness
270.08
Sqm
802.32
Sqm
Extra for using Ecosense Enhance Marine blue
6mm th SH 38/37 tempered glass of make AIS
or equivalent as per approval of architect
522.03
Sqm
P & F double action hydraulic floor spring of
approved brand and MFG. IS:6315 marked for
doors i/c coast of cutting floor as required
embedding in floor & cover plate with brass pivot
and single piece MS sheet outer box. (HSR
17.99)b
176.00
Nos.
522.03
Sqm
66
Providing Alu. Jaali of thickness 7mm thick with
opening 75mmx75mm of i/c Anodizing & fixing
in frame with cost of screws etc. complete (HSR
17.100)
6424.00
Nos.
67
P & F Alu. Casement window fastener of required
length for Alu. Windows with necessaries screws
with complete in all respect. (HSR 17.101)
62
63
64
A)
65
68
69
70
(b)
(c)
71
72
P & F double glazing consisting of glass 6mm
(toughened) & annealed plain glass i/c 12mm air
gap i/c cost of structural silicon sealant & weather
sealant (DC795/DC789) & double sided acrylic
foam tape in structural glazing works upto 4th
storey. The outer glass shall have U value < 1.8
solar factor < 0.35 Light transmission > 49% of
make Blue essence EH 46/35 Ecosense essence
AIS or equivalent as per approval (HSR 17.104)
2158.05
Sqm
Wrought iron and mild steel (using angles, flats
square bars, tees and channels) ladders, grills,
grating frames, window guards, iron doors
openable or fixed stair case or parapet or any
other type of railing, gates and tree guards etc.,
including cost of screws and welding rods or bolts
and nuts complete fixed in position. (HSR 18.12)
263.26
Qtl.
54.00
4.00
Sqm
Nos.
14426.34
Qtl.
16633.26
Sqm
8505.16
Sqm
Supplying and fixing rolling shutters, of approved
make, M.S. laths, interlocked together through
their entire length, and jointed together, t the end,
by end locks mounted on specially designed pipe
shaft, with brackets, side guides 27.5 cm long
wire spring grade no. 2 and arrangement for
inside and out-side locking with push and pull
operation complete, including top cover 0.80 mm
thick (payment is to be made for the exact size of
opening where rolling shutter is to be fixed):(HSR 18.18 b)
with 80 mm X 1.25 mm M.S. Laths
Providing and fixing ball bearing, for push and
pull type rolling shutters, from 9.20 to 12 sqm
area.
Cold twisted deformed (:ribbed/tor steel) bars for
R.C.C. works, where not included in the complete
rate of R.C.C including bending, binding and
placing in position complete. (HSR 18.22)
Wall painting with acrylic emulsion paint, having
VOC (Volatile Organic Compound ) content less
than 50 grams/ litre, of approved brand and
manufacture, including applying additional coats
wherever required, to achieve even shade and
colour. (Two coats) (DSR 13.82.2)
73
Extra for smooth shuttering of Slab (Note in
chapter 9 of HSR)
A
In 1st Storey
In 2nd Storey
In 3rd Storey
In 4th Storey
In 5th Storey
In 6th Storey
In 7th Storey
Extra for smooth shuttering of Slab (Note in
chapter 9 of HSR)
3094.44
2868.66
1968.50
2024.84
1436.30
174.66
Sqm
Sqm
Sqm
Sqm
Sqm
Sqm
1st Storey
2nd storey
3rd storey
4th storey
5th storey
6th storey
7th storey
Supply of 20mm thick Jet Black Granite
complete in all respect. (N.S)
4642.74
1905.75
1826.55
1792.62
1268.73
668.36
135.23
3919.15
Sqm
Sqm
Sqm
Sqm
Sqm
Sqm
Sqm
Sqm
3583.68
Sqm
76
Providing & Fixing 4mm thick ACP panel on
walls , inclusive of aluminum framework and
hardware on exposed surface of the building,
complete in all respect (N.S)
4007.81
Sqm
77
Supplying and fixing 6mm thick marine blue
toughened glass in glazing Marine blue SH 38/37
Ecosense enhance (solar control glass) of make
AIS or equivalent complete in all respect (N.S )
Design supply fabrication installation position
tubular space frame structure for entrance to with
stand a wind pressure as per IS codes using
members and node connectors providing and
fabricating space frame member (SPME/SPPM)
of different types of member (N.S)
306.18
Sqm
Supplying and fixing 6 mm thick multiwall
polycarbonate sheet roof cladding at all levels as
per pattern for skylight roof cladding and specials
with necessary aluminum extrusions with EPDM
gasket, cutting fabricating erection at all levels
with painting (N.S)
306.18
Sqm
Providing and fixing stainless steel (304 Grade)
railing consisting of hand rail of 40 mm dia S&S
tube and three nos 20 mm dia SS bar running
horizontally and S&S balustrade of 40 mm dia.
Including embedding in stair steps and landings
etc. complete in all respect. (N.S)
592.92
Mtr.
Etching of glass (NS Item)
107.00
Sqm
B
C
D
E
F
G
74
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
75
78
79
80
81
Providing & fixing alu. Sheet, 150 x2mm on
expansion joint with nail complete in all
respected. N.S
419.28
Mtr.
Providing & Fixing Shafts for services,
ventilation consisting of MS frame of
40x40x6mm MS angel finished with 19mm
prefinished fiber board etc. as per design
complete. (N.S)
Extra for Tremix flooring (N.S)
Providing & fixing interlocking HDPE grass
paver blocks complete fixed at site. (N.S)
1213.80
Sqm
2830.56
2238.00
Sqm
Sqm
Providing & fixing Glass fiber reinforced
concrete (GRC) lattice screen of thickness for
40mm or as per manufacturer blocks complete
fixed at site. (N.S)
260.76
Sqm
Providing & fixing 700mm wide Hor. Shading
fins consisting of M.S. pipe 65x38mm covered
with aluminum composite panel 4mm thick on
both side as per drawing complete fixed at site.
(N.S)
Providing & fixing Day Light reflective panel
consisting 25mm square pipe of M.S frame
covered with ACP in bottom & fixing of 5.5mm
thick mirror mounted on asbestos sheet complete
fixed at 2.15 mtr high where ever required. (N.S)
689.55
Sqm
470.05
Sqm
Providing & fixing acoustic wall paneling
consisting of GI frame as per manufacturer
specs& covered with mineral fiber board panels
for acoustic insulation in all respects as per
GRIHA certified and compliance (N.S)
263.87
Sqm
1.00
Nos.
90
Providing & fixing sky walk consisting of 12mm
thick toughen glass in frame of 50x50mm square
pipe of stainless steel complete with necessary
clips & Gasket etc. (N.S)
91
Construction of sedimentation pit for washing of
wheels as per guide lines griha (N.S)
36.00
Sqm
Barricading of G.I. sheet 3Mtr high around the
working space as per prevailing instructions
(N.S)
Providing/ fixing glass bricks of size 200 mm x
200 mm in roof of basement for daylighting with
necessary sealants (NS)
918.60
Sqm
5.76
sqm
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
92
93
50
units
95 Providing and fixing vertical blinds made of
vinyl fabric and Aluminum sliding hardware as
per design , shade and pattern approved by
architect , of make wintek or vista
1140
sqm
96 Supplying and fixing, installing and
commissioning Automatic Boom Barriers for
efficient security at exit and entry points with
electrical control panels and sensors for auto
access controls thru push button and manual
operation in case of power failure ; Boom length
6.0 m , torque 600 Nm of make Godrej or
equivalent , complete in all respects
3
nos
94
Providing and fixing toilets cubicle modules of
partitions made up of 12 mm th Phenolic resin
HPL panel as per drawing as per size 1950 mm
x 1000mm x 1500 mm in middle units and 1950
mm x 1500 x 1500 as end units with doors and
hardware in Stainless steel , complete in all
respects
BILL OF QUNANTITIES OF PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICES FOR MUNICIPAL CORPORATION OFFICE COMPLEX, SECTOR
3. SONIPAT
OFFICE COMPLEX, SECTOR 3 , SONIPAT.
SN
1
2
3
HSR
Refren
ce no
28.24
28.26
6.8
Item Description
Unit
Qty.
Cutting holes up to 23 cm square for pipes in
floor & roofs of cement concrete reinforced
concrete or reinforced brick work & making good
including repointing, replastering replacing
bitumen and colour or white washing where
required.
(a) 11.43 cm thickness of walls
(b) 22.86 cm thickness of walls
Each
Each
30.00
20.00
Each
20.00
%cu
m
3.00
Cutting holes upto 23 cm square for pipes in floor
& roofs of cement concrete reinforced concrete
or reinforced brick work & making good including
repointing, replastering replacing bitumen and
colour or white washing where required
c) 150 mm thickness of floor or roof
Excavation for pipelines running under pressure
in trenches and pits in open areas, where disposal
of surplus earth is done along with the alignment
including trimming & dressing sides, levelling of
beds of trenches to correct grade, cutting joint
holes, cutting trees and bushes, etc. Refilling
consolidation and watering of refill in 15cm layers
and restoration of unmetalled or unpaved surface
to its original condition, including the cost of
dewatering of rain water, diversion of traffic,
night signals, fixing caution boards, watching,
fencing etc. And outside the town in ordinary
soil:(a)
Without timbering and shoring upto 1.5
mtrs.Depth
Rate to
be
quoted
by
contract
or
Amount
4
5
6.10
HSR
29.93
a
b
c
30.114
6
Excavation of trenches in streets, lanes or in open
areas for storm sewers running by gravity and
manholes to full depths as shown in drawings
including shoring timbering or poling boards
frame system type, dressing to correct sections
and dimensions, according to templates and
levels, dewatering, provision for diversion fo
traffic, cutting trees and bushes, etc. Night
signals, profiles, pegs, sight rails, boning rods,
crossing over trenches for access to the houses,
watching, fencing, etc. Fixing and maintenance of
unmetalled or unpaved surface to original
condition and removal of surplus soil from side or
work upto a lead of 1 Km in ordinary soil
(a)For depth of excavation not exceeding 3 mtrs.
Below level
Providing, lowering , laying cutting and jointing
with rubber rings IS 5382, testing of spigot and
socketed RCC NP2 class S/S R.C.C. pipes marked
with IS 458-1988 and specials with collars
jointing with stiff mixture of cement mortar in the
proportion of 1:2 (1 cement : 2 fine sand)
including curing, testing of joints etc.
200 mm dia R.C.C pipe
250 mm dia R.C.C pipe
300 mm dia R.C.C pipe
P/F in position Gully traps fixed in cement
concrete 1:4:8 with HCI grating 150x150mm CI
cover weighing approximately 7.26 kg & frame
clear opening 300 x 300mm and outside size
330mm x 330mm and chamber including cost of
all brick work 1:5 cement concrete 1:8:16 in
foundations and C.C. 1:2:4 in coping around CI
cover and frame etc. with 3 coats of black
bitumastic paint of approved manufacture on all
CI work as per standard design, minimum depth
of water should be 150mm with a minimum seal
50mm.
a) 100mm internal diameter S.W. gully traps
%cu
m
1.00
RM
RM
RM
30.00
30.00
30.00
Each
11
7
29.84
Constructing brick masonry inspection chamber
sizes as given below up to 0.6 mtr. Average depth
in cement mortar in foundation cement concrete
1:2:4 benching, 12 mm thick cement plaster 1:2
with a floating coat of 1 mm thick of neat cement
R.C.C. 1:2:4 slab 100 mm thick/C.C. Topping 50
mm thick with 455 mm x 455 cm x 610 mm inside
light duty C.I. inspection chamber cover and
frame Wight as per I.S.I. specification painted
with 3 coats black bit mastic superior paint
complete as standard design.
(a) Size 450 mm x 450 mm inside
(b) Size 450 mm x 600 mm inside (with 455
mm x 610 mm cover and frame single seal
pattern (weighing 38 Kg. With C.C. topping )
8
9
29.85
(c) Size 600 mm x 900 mm inside (with 455 mm
x 455 mm cover and frame light duty single seal
(weighing 20 Kg. With R.C.C. slab)
Extra for every 0.30 mtr. Depths of inspection
chamber
(a)
450 mm x 450 mm
(b)
450 mm x 600 mm
(c)
600 mm x 900 m
30.2
Providing and fixing in position best Indian make
(to the approval of the Engineer - in - charge)
ORISA or ORYA water closet suite for sinking in to
floor with raised foot treads complete with 100
mm dia HCI 'P' trap with of without vent of as
required and suitable joint for closet inlet
consisting of
ii. 12.5 liters capacity mosquito proof CI flushing
cistern of approved make complete in all respect
with all fitting and fixtures and including R.S.or
C.I. brackets and cutting and making good the
wall and floor and painting of brackets as per
satisfaction of Engineer-in-Charge
iii) 32 mm dia telescopic 1.25mm thick galvanised
inside and outside steel flush pipe with clips
Each
4.00
Each
2.00
Each
6.00
Per
0.30
Mtr.
Dept
h
Per
0.30
Mtr.
Dept
h
Per
0.30
Mtr.
Dept
h
2.00
1.00
4.00
(B)
10
11
12
13
30.29
30.31
(ii)
30.32
(ii)
30.40.
(b)
(II)
(ii)
14
30.42
White size 630 mm
PROVIDING AND FIXING IN POSITION BEST
INDIAN MAKE STALL URINALS 1150 MM HIGH
IN VITREOUS CHINA-WARE WITH TWO NOS.5
LITRES CAPACITY BEST INDIAN MAKE C.I.
AUTOMATIC FLUSHING CISTERN WITH FITTINGS
AND FLUSH PIPE ETC., 40 mm CP brass domical
waste, C.P. caste brass bottle trap CP flush pipe
with spreader & other necessary fittings including
C.P. brass hexnipple; elbow; unions, washers,
cap, C.P. nuts, bolts etc making holes in walls,
floors & making good, complete .
Single colour
PROVIDING AND FIXING IN POSITION BEST
INDIAN MAKE A RANGE OF THREE STALL
URINALS 1150 MM HIGH IN VITREOUS CHINAWARE WITH TWO NOS.5 LITRES CAPACITY BEST
INDIAN MAKE C.I. AUTOMATIC FLUSHING
CISTERN WITH FITTINGS AND FLUSH PIPE ETC.,
COMPLETE AS FULLY DESCRIBED IN ITEM NO
30.29 ABOVE.
Range of THREE urinals
Single colour
PROVIDING AND FIXING IN POSITION BEST
INDIAN MAKE A RANGE OF FOUR STALL URINALS
1150 MM HIGH IN VITREOUS CHINA-WARE
WITH TWO NOS.5 LITRES CAPACITY BEST INDIAN
MAKE C.I. AUTOMATIC FLUSHING CISTERN WITH
FITTINGS AND FLUSH PIPE ETC., COMPLETE AS
FULLY DESCRIBED IN ITEM NO 30.29 ABOVE.
Range of four urinals
Single colour
Providing and fixing 25 mm thick marble
partitions for the different type of urinals.
VITREOUS CHINAWARE PARTITION PLATE
LARGE SIZE 835mm x 355 mm
Single colour
Providing and fixing in position best Indian make
with full anti splash rim in vitreous chinaware
lavatory suites consisting of
Lavatory in vitreous chinaware size as given
below (to the approval of the Engineer-in-Charge)
including china plug for tap hole where
necessary;
R.S. or C.I. brackets for building into wall
including painting;
Each
2.00
Each
4.00
Each
11.00
Each
10.00
15
Each
Each
Each
Each
10
10
65.00
32 mm C.P. brass waste with C.P. brass chain and
rubber plug;
15 mm C.P. brass screw down pillar tap with jam
nuts or couplings best design (as approved by the
Engineer-in-Charge)
All fitting best Indian make and ; to the approval
of the Engineering-in-Charge
All brass work chromium plated and complete in
all respects including cutting and making good
the walls, floors and painting of fittings etc.
(vii)
15
16
30.44
30.46
(a)
30.53.
17
(a)
30.59.
18
(a)
30.65
20
30.66.
21
Single color
Size 630 mm x 500 mm with one no. tap.
Each
86.00
Each
15.00
Each
4.00
Providing and fixing in position best Indian make
Pedestal fitting of vitreous chinaware complete
(as required by the Engineer-in-Charge)
(i)
Single color
Providing and fixing in position best Indian make
C.P. brass basin mixer complete instead of one no
pillar tap.
PROVIDING AND FIXING IN POSITION BEST
QUALITY STAINLESS STEEL SINKS WITH
COMPLETE FITTINGS AS FULLY DESCRIBED IN
ITEM NO. 30.51 ABOVE.
600 mm x 450 mm x 200 mm
Each
Each
Providing and fixing in position best quality
stainless steel Sink built in draining board of size
600 mm x 450 mm Complete as described in
item no.30.53 and 30.58 above.
Each
Sink size 600 x 450 x 200 mm
Each
PROVIDING AND FIXING IN POSITION BEST
INDIAN MAKE VITREOUS CHINAWARE DRINKING
FOUNTAIN Consisting of:15 MM SELF CLOSING NON-CONCLUSIVE INLET
VALVES WITH REGULATING DEVICE WASTE
COPULING WITH FLUSH GRATING BOTTLE TRAP
WITH 32 MM SEAL INLET COUPLING NUT
SCREWED AND INCLUDING CUTTING AND
MAKING GOOD THE WALLS AND FLOORS ETC.
WITH 322 MM LEAS WASTE PIPE UPTO FLOORS
LEVEL.
Single colour
PROVIDING AND FIXING IN POSITION BEST
INDIAN MAKE SHOWER WITH 15 OR 20 I/D
INLET.
4.00
4.00
Each
Each
30.00
(d)
C.P brass telephonic shower.
extra for low flow faucet for GRIHA compliance
30.67
Providing and fixing in position best Indian make
paper holders fixed into wall with C.P. brass
screws complete in all respects including cutting
& making good the walls etc.
(a)
30.68
C.P. brass
Providing and fixing in position best Indian make
Towel rails fixed in with rawl plugs embedded in
walls with C.P. brass screws complete in all
respects including cutting and making good the
walls etc.
a) 25 mm dia C.P. brass adjustable
ii) 600 mm long
Providing and fixing C.P brass liquid soap
container of best quality (as required by the
Engineer-in-charge)
Providing and fixing in position best Indian make
bevelled edge 5.5 mm thick mirror mounted on
asbestos sheet ground fixed in position by means
of 4 nos. Chromium plated brass screws and
washers over rubber washers and rawl plug
embedded in the wall or chromium plated brass
clamps with C.P. brass screws (as required by the
Engineer-in-Charge) complete including & making
good the walls etc.
(a) Indian make
(ii) 550 mm x 400 mm
22
23
30.77
24
30.71
25
(a)
30.75
Providing and fixing in position 15 mm internal
dia CP brass bib cocks o best quality as approved
by Engineer-in-charge.
(c)
30.76
Bib cock
Providing and fixing in position C.P. brass stop
cocks (As approved by Engineer-in-charge)
(a)15 mm stop cocks
(ii) Concealed stop cocks with flange
26
27
30.83
28
30.88
29
Providing and fixing in position best Indian make
CP brass inlet connection 15mm with 375 mm
pipe and CP brass nuts
Providing and fixing in position M.S. or heavy flat
iron clamps made out of M.S flat not less than 5
mm of the approved design to fixing PVC soil
waste vent or anti pipes to walls complete in all
respects including cutting and making good the
walls and floor etc. And painting
(a) For 100 mm internal diameter pipes
(b)For 75 mm internal diameter pipes
Each
Each
6.00
6.00
Each
98.00
Each
20.00
Each
62.00
Each
98.00
Each
98.00
Each
196.00
Each
294.00
Each
Each
70.00
70.00
30.91
30
(a)
1
4
16
22
(b)
1
4
17
18
30.95
31
Providing and fixing HCL specials for soil, waste,
vent or anti –symphonize pipes to ISI marked
including cutting & wastage etc. Cutting holes in
walls, roofs or floors etc, and making good to its
original condition but excluding cost of lead
jointing
For 100mm I./D pipes
Heal rest bend
Single junction with door 100 mm x 100 mm x
100mm
Cowls
Collars
For 75mm I/d pipes
Heal rest bend
Single junction with door 75mm x 75mm x 75mm
Cowls
Collars
Size 75mm x 75mm
(b)
(iii)
30.119
32
(i)
(ii)
33
(a)
28.50
15.00
Each
15.00
Each
Each
15.00
90.00
Each
Each
Each
Each
8.00
8.00
8.00
32.00
Runn
ing
mete
r
600.00
Each
10.00
Each
Each
4.00
10.00
Cutting chase in brick wall in cement or in floor
for embedding G.I or HCL pipe lines and making
good the same to its original condition
(a)
30.110
Each
Providing and fixing in position automatic brass
ball valves in tanks
With plastic ball
25mm internal diameter
Providing and fixing HDPE WATER STORAGE
TANKS of approved make with covers/Lids
marked with IS:12701 on roof Top of buildings
including cost of hoisting and placing in position,
making connections with inlet and outlet pipes,
providing overflow & scour provisions with
suitable plug on scour pipe including cost of
nipples, washers, flanges for connections in tanks
complete in all respects to the satisfaction of
Engineer-in- Charge (except civil work)
5000 litre capacity
2000 litre capacity
Providing and laying Filter Media in Rain
water Harvesting tank
Providing and placing in horizontal layers filtering
media Screened, washed and cleaned as
described below:Top Layer
Cum
Fine sand screened, cleaned and washed and
graded (effective size 0.2 to 0.4 mm with
uniformity coefficient 2.0 to 3.0) from Ghaggar or
other approved source.
(b)
15
cum
Second Layer
Coursed sand screened, cleaned and washed and
graded from 3 mm to 6 mm (from Ghaggar or
approved equivalent quarry)
(c)
15
cum
Third layer
Bajri screended washed and graded from 6 mm
to 20 mm (from Ghaggar or approved equivalent
quarry)
Fourth layer
(d)
Bajri (coursed) screened and washed graded from
20 mm to 25 mm (from ghaggar or approved
equivalent quarry)
15
cum
15
cum
Bottom Layer
(e)
Broken stone, screened, washed and graded from
50 mm to 75 mm (from Ghaggar or approved
equivalent quarry)
20
cum
Non scheduled ITEMS
34
NS
a
b
35
a
b
c
NS
Providing and fixing Chlorinated Polyvinyl
Chloride (CPVC) pipes, having thermal stability
for hot & cold water supply including all CPVC
plain & brass threaded fittings i/c fixing the pipe
with clamps at 1.00 m spacing. This includes
jointing of pipes & fittings with one step CPVC
solvent cement and testing of joints complete as
per direction of Engineer in Charge. (Internal
work Exposed on wall)
32mm nominal outer dia pipes
40 mm nominal outer dia pipes
Providing and fixing Chlorinated Polyvinyl
Chloride (CPVC) pipes, having thermal stability
for hot & cold water supply including all CPVC
plain & brass threaded fittings i/c fixing the pipe
with clamps at 1.00 m spacing. This includes
jointing of pipes & fittings with one step CPVC
solvent cement and the cost of cutting chases and
making good the same including testing of joints
complete as per direction of Engineer in Charge.
(Concealed work including cutting chases and
making good the walls etc.,) of make Aquagold
/supreme
15 mm nominal outer dia pipes
20mm nominal outer dia pipes
25 mm nominal outer dia pipes
Mtr.
Mtr.
150
200
Mtr.
Mtr.
Mtr.
150
800
650
d
36
NS
a
b
c
37
NS
a
b
c
d
e
f
38
NS
a
39
NS
40
42
43
NS
NS
NS
44
NS
32mm nominal outer dia pipes
Mtr.
250
Providing and fixing Chlorinated Polyvinyl
Chloride (CPVC) pipes, having thermal stability
for hot & cold water supply including all CPVC
plain & brass threaded fittings i/c fixing the pipe
with clamps at 1.00 m spacing. This includes
jointing of pipes & fittings with one step CPVC
solvent cement and testing of joints complete as
per direction of Engineer in Charge. (Enternal
work Exposed on Terrace )
32mm nominal outer dia pipes
40 mm nominal outer dia pipes
50 mm nominal outer dia pipes
Mtr.
Mtr.
Mtr.
60
60
800
P & F Ball Cock (IS :1703 Mark) with Rod &
P.V.C. Ball complete :
Brass wt.400 gm,15mm.
Brass wt.750 gm, 20mm.
(-do-) wt.1000 gm, 25mm.
(-do-) wt.1000 gm, 32mm.
(-do-) wt.1200 gm 40mm.:
(-do-) wt.2000 gm 50mm.
Nos.
Nos.
Nos.
Nos.
Nos.
Nos.
10
30
30
15
20
10
Constructing masonry chamber with 75 class
designation brick work in cement mortar 1:5 (1
cement :5 fine sand) for valves cement conc. top
slab 1:2:4 (1 cement :2 coarse sand :4 graded
stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size) necessary
excavation, foundation conc. 1:5:10 (1 cement :5
fine sand :10 graded stone aggregate 40 mm
nominal size) & inside plastering with cement
mortar 1:3 (1 cement :3 coarse sand) 12 mm thick
finished with a floating coat of neat cement
complete as per standard design:
450x450x750 mm size (inside) chamber with C.I.
lockable 300 x 300 mm (inside) with C.I. frame
fixed in cement conc. slab.
Making water connection with existing water
supply line
Supply of brass ferrule 25 mm I/D heavy duty
Providing and fixing C.P. flange (cap)
Supply of iron J- hook complete in all respect
Supply of G.I tank connecting nipple for
connecting tank of 25 mm internal dia with check
nuts
2
Each
1.00
Each
Each
Each
1.00
200.00
500.00
Each
10.00
45
NS
Supply & Wrapping of Hot water pipes with 9
mm thick nitrial foam type tube foam for hot
water concealed piping raping work including
jointing treatment. (Rate to be coated per
meter of pipe length).( Superloan/ Accoflex /
Armaflex Make)
15 mm dia pipes
Mtr
15
Mtr
40
Mtr
Mtr
700
1200
20 mm dia pipes
46
NS
Providing and Fixing Unplasticized Poly Vinyl
Chloride (UPVC) SWR Pipes Type B for sciland
waste discharge system (IS:13592 : 1992 Marked)
of approved quality /make
a
b
75 mm dia
110 mm dia
47
Providing and Fixing Unplasticized Poly Vinyl
Chloride (UPVC) SWR Pipes fittings type B for
sciland waste discharge system (IS:13592 : 1992
Marked) of approved quality /make
NS
47.1
a
b
Coupler (socket)
75mm dia
110mm dia
Each
Each
150
500
47.2
a
b
Single Tee with Door
75mm dia
110mm dia
Each
Each
250
250
47.3
a
b
Single 'Y' with Door
75mm dia
110mm dia
Each
Each
60
150
47.4
a
b
Bend 45 Dg.
75mm dia
110mm dia
Each
Each
150
200
47.5
a
b
Door Bend 87.5 Dg.
75mm dia
110mm dia
Each
Each
25
50
47.6
a
Vent Cowel
110mm dia
Each
100
47.7
a
Nahni Trap with Jali 4”
110mm dia
Each
25
b
c
d
75mm dia
Multi floor trap
110mm dia
47.8
a
Offset
110mm dia
Providing and fixing PVC floor trap ISI marked of
the self-cleaning design with C.P brass hinged
grating with frame with or without vent arm &
including cement concrete 1:2:4 under and
around the floor trap where required upto floor
level complete in all respects including cutting
and making good the walls and floors etc,
minimum depth of water should be 150 mm with
a minimum seal of 50mm
(b)with 75mm internal diameter outlet
48
NS
Each
90
Each
20
Each
300
Each
36.00
NS
Providing and Fixing Unplasticized Poly Vinyl
Chloride (UPVC) SWR Pipes Type B for sciland
waste discharge system (IS:13592 : 1992 Marked)
of approved quality /make Supreme/ kasta
a
b
c
d
e
75 mm dia
110 mm dia
160 mm dia
200mm dia
250mm dia
Mtr
Mtr
Mtr
Mtr
Mtr
30
30
1700
300
250
50.1
a
b
c
Providing and Fixing Unplasticized Poly Vinyl
Chloride (UPVC) SWR Pipes fittings type B for
sciland waste discharge system (IS:13592 : 1992
Marked) of approved quality /make supreme /
kasta
Coupler (socket)
160 mm dia
200 mm dia
250 mm dia
Each
Each
Each
100
30
25
50.2
a
Single Tee with Door
160 mm dia
Each
20
50.3
a
Bend 45 Dg.
160 mm dia
Each
15
50.4
a
Door Bend 87.5 Dg.
160 mm dia
Each
15
49
50
NS
51
NS
a
b
c
d
e
52
NS
a
53
NS
a
54
a
b
NS
Providing and laying cement concrete 1:2:4 mix
(1 cement :2 coarse sand :4 graded stone
aggregate, 20 mm down gauge) 75 mm in bed
and all around CI soil and waste pipes under
floor, including shuttering and centering for: 75 mm dia
100 mm dia
160 mm dia
200 mm dia
250 mm dia
Mtr.
Mtr.
Mtr.
Mtr.
Mtr.
100
200
300
250
Construction of Man hole, in all types of soil,
inner size 1.5 x 1.2 M, with 450mm thick masonry
in CM 1:6, 10 Cm. thick cement concrete 1:5:10 in
foundation, 20mm thick inside plaster in CM 1:6,
finished with floating neat cement, 50 mm thick
M-15 grade C.C. flooring making channels, 80 mm
thick stone slab covering with 40 mm thick M-15
grade C.C. flooring, Ferro Cement cover with
frame of 450mm dia, earthwork etc. complete
including disposal of surplus earth within 50 mtr.
lead as per design :
Depth up to 1.5 M
Each
10
Construction of chamber in all type of soil with 300 mm thick
masonry in CM 1:6 m,10 cm thick C.C. 1:5:10 in foundation,
20mm thick insider plaster in Cm 1:6, finished with floating
neat cement, 50mm thick M-15 grade C.C. flooring ,
earthwork etc. complete as per design including disposal of
surplus earth within a lead of 50 mtr.
-do- size 600 x 450mm depth upto 0.5 M Cement
cover with frame.
Construction of manhole in all type of soil inner
size 90 X 60 Cm. thick masonry in CM 1:6, 10 Cm.
thick cement concrete 1:5 10 in foundation, 20
mm thick inside plaster in CM 1:6, finished with
floating neat cement, 50mm thick M-15 grade
C.C. flooring,making channels, 80mm thick stone
slab covering with 40mm thick M-15 grade
C.C.flooring , 25 Kg. CI cover with frame of 40mm
dia, earthwork etc. complete as per design
including disposal of surplus earth within 50 mtr.
lead.
a) Depth upto 1.5mtr
Add extra over item 3.22.1 for every additional
0.10m depth above 1.5 m depth .
Each
Nos.
Nos.
15
20
20
55
NS
900x900x750 mm size chamber with C.I. cover
(lockable) size 300x300 mm inside with C.I. frame
fixed in cement conc. slab.
a
56
a
b
57
58
59
Constructing masonry chamber with 75 class
designation brick work in cement mortar 1:5 (1
cement :5 fine sand) for valves cement conc. top
slab 1:2:4 (1 cement :2 coarse sand :4 graded
stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size) necessary
excavation, foundation conc. 1:5:10 (1 cement :5
fine sand :10 graded stone aggregate 40 mm
nominal size) & inside plastering with cement
mortar 1:3 (1 cement :3 coarse sand) 12 mm thick
finished with a floating coat of neat cement
complete as per standard design:
NS
Providing and fixing gunmetal equilibrium float
valve with S.S. rod and 2 mm thick copper float,
tested for 10 Kg/Sq.cm complete including
companion flanges, nuts, bolts, washer etc.
complete in all respect.
65 mm dia
50 mm dia
Making sewer connection with existing sewer line
35
Each
Each
Each
Each
3
2
1.00
NS
Providing & fixing wall hung type white/coloured
vitreous china European wall hung water closet
of approved make syphonic wall mounting with
concealed `P' or ‘S’ trap, seat & lid white or as
approved with (heavy duty) with Two Way Bib
Cock with Health fuacet 1.0 Meter Long PVC Tube
& Wall Hook having all internal fittings, dual
flushing cistern , C.P. brass hinges & rubber
buffer with fittings C.I. / M.S. bracktes 40mm
diameter flush bend with fitting & clamps,
overflow arrangment with special and mosquito
proof coipling of approved municipal design
complete including painting of fittings & brackts
cutting & making good the wall or direction of
engineer incharge.
Each
96
NS
Providing & fixing Infra red based electronic
flushing system operated on 6V DC (4AA)
battery for urinals comprising of solenoid
valve, concealed built in strainer & flow
mechanism piping, flush mounted sensors
with all accessories & fittings complete in all
respect in fully operational condition etc
including cutting and making good the wall
Each
77.00
N.S
where required.
60
NS
60A
NS
61
NS
62
NS
NS
63
NS
64
P5
Extra cost for low flow faucets in CP brass
bibcocks and pillar cocks as per GRIHA
compliance
Extra cost for Providing/ fixing sink mixers as per
GRIHA compliance
SITC of WVC counter top wash basin Size 550
mm x 400 mm (1st quality, I.S. : 2556 Mark) of
approved make with C.I. brackets (duly painted
with 2 coats of paint over a coat of primer), 1 No.
15 mm C.P. Pillar cock (IS : 8934 Mark) & , 32mm
C.P. brass waste coupling of standard pattern of
approved make including C.P. cast brass bottle
trap 40 mm with extension piece, rubber
adaptor, wall flange, union, C.P. brass
chainrubber plug painting of fitting and brackets,
supporting, cutting and making good the wall
wherever required.
Extra rate for Over head water tank indicators
Supply,Installation, testing & commissioning
of water cooler (storage type ) fully stainless
steel of 150/150 ltrs capacity as per IS
standards with all accessories. as per site
requirment suitable for operation on 230 V
+/- 10% , 50 Hz, single phase AC supply
complete as reqd. Make Blue Star/ Sidwal/
Usha etc. The work includes PVC connection,
control cable with plug top, drain pipe by
making hole and chase cutting wherever it
required as per site and repair the same with
original finish etc as reqd
Providing and fixing 600x120x5mm glass
shelf with edges round of supported on
anodised aluminium angle frame with C.P.
brass brackets and guard rail complete fixed
with 40 mm long screws, rawl plugs etc.,
complete.
RAIN WATER RECHARGED WELL (3 No.)
Each
86.00
Each
4.00
Each
12.00
Each
14.00
Each
17.00
Each
20.00
65
NS
a
66
NS
a
67
NS
a
b
68
NS
69
NS
70
NS
P6
70
NS
Construction of tubewell up to 100m depth and
above to accomodate housing and assembly pipe
in all types of alluvium strata by rotay drilling
method with "code of practice for construction
and testing of tubewells (IS:2800 (Part-II) : 1991
and IS:2800 (Part-II) :1979 both amended up to
date) with supply of bail plug if necessary.The
work will not include cost of housing pipe and
strainer pipe assembly cost, gravel and
development work. Work would be deemed
completed only after obtaining sound free water
during pumping.
250 mm dia nominal bore
Providing Laying & jointing glazed S.W. pipes
grade `A` (IS;651 marked) of approved make with
spun yarn & stiff mixture of cement mortar 1:1,
excavation & refilling of earth in all types of soil
upto 1.2m depth, S.W. fittings, including testing
of joints etc, complete.
250 mm dia
Supply & fixing Pre-cast RCC Rinngs at the mouth
of recharge shaft of M20 mix with 40 mm
thickness
Diameter 2400 mm
Diameter 1800 mm
Supply & lowering air line of 25mm dia, G.I. pipe
'B' class having perforation 3 to 5mm size all
arrow of G.I. pipe in Zig-Zag fashion & making air
vent at top including the cost of Tee-Nipples,
Elbow, Socket etc.
Supply and lowering vent air pipe 63mm dia rigid
PVC pipe(IS 4985) mark class II (4kg per cm2 )
with required all necessary fittings including
perforation of 3 to 5 mm size all around the pipe
at a distance of 180 to 220mm in zig zag fashion
and making air vent at top complete as per
direction of Engineer incharge.
Providing RCC tank for storage of rain water and
with related pumps , valves and filteration tanks
IRRIGATION SYSTEM (GARDEN HYDRANT
SYSTEM) :
Providing & laying UPVC pressure pipes of
10Kg/Sqcm pressure rating class IV (IS : 49851983) including fittings, tees, bends, clamps,
coupling and adaptors supports, and jointing with
solvent joint, testing and necessary earth work in
excavation, backfilling, disposal of surplus earth
with a lead upto 100m complete, compaction and
consolidation Including laying alround UPVC pipe
including bed concrete and thrust blocks at bends
as per standard design (For garden hydrants).
Rm
300
Rm
300
Rm
Rm
30
30
200
Rm
200
Rm
Litres
500000
a
b
c
32 OD mm.
40 OD mm
50 OD mm
71
Providing and fixing forged brass body quarter
turn lever operated ball valve with forged brass
hard chrome plated ball, disc & gland packing
shall be PTEF tested to 25 Kg/Sq.cm pressure.
NS
RM
RM
RM
350
200
10
10
2
2
a
b
c
25 mm nominal bore
40 mm nominal bore
50 mm nominal bore
Each
Each
Each
metr
e
72
NS
SITC of of LLDPE Drip Tubing 16 mm OD, 4 Kg
rating with all fittings including 100 mm
trenching, backfilling and fixing U Clips.The shrub
plantings shall be irrigated by 16 mm drip tubing
with in-built pressure compensating & self
flushing drippers spaced at regular intervals of 60
cm c/c. The drip tubes shall be placed on the soil
and shall be staked at every 10 mtr intervals to
prevent lateral movement. The drip tubing shall
be laid such that the pre-fixed drippers on drip
tubing shall be facing the ground. The spacing
between the drip tubing rows shall not be more
than 600 mm or as directed by the Engineer-inCharge. For Shrub Area- • spacing between
lateral -0.6 Mtr • Spacing between Drippers -0.4
Mtr • Discharge of Drippers – 4 Lph
NS
Providing & Fixing Pop up sprinkler Irrigation
System in Lawn with ,Tee, Bend, Elbow, Valve box
and all other necessary fittings required for
installation.
68
P7
69
PUMPS & WATER TREATMENT
EQUIPMENTS:
Supplying, installing, testing and commissioning
of centrifugal monoblock water transfer pumps
to overhead water storage tanks (suitable for
positive suction) consisting of the following:
(Location: Lower Basement Plumbing Plant
Room)
500
80
each
70
71
72
NS
NS
NS
Providing, installation, testing and commissioning
of FILTER FEED PUMP . The pump shall have cast
iron casing, Bronze impeller, stainless steel shaft
with mechanical seal, directly coupled with
totally enclosed fan cooled induction motor, 2900
rpm mounted on a M.S. channel base frame
including pressure gauge on delivery line with
gunmetal isolation cock, suitable vibration
elimination pads of approved quality and design,
nuts, botls. Each pump shall be suitable for 415 ±
10% volts 3 phase 50 Hz A.C. Electric supply and
shall be of the capacity as under:
Flow Rate = 4.00 LPS
Head
= 30 Mtrs. (2 Nos. 1W+1S)
Providing, installation, testing and commissioning
of treated water make-up transfer pump to
overhead treated water storage tank at roof for
treated use. The pump shall have cast iron casing,
Bronze impeller, stainless steel shaft with
mechanical seal, directly coupled with totally
enclosed fan cooled induction motor, 2900 rpm
mounted on a M.S. channel base frame including
pressure gauge on delivery line with gunmetal
isolation cock, suitable vibration elimination pads
of approved quality and design, nuts, botls. Each
pump shall be suitable for 415 ± 10% volts 3
phase 50 Hz A.C. Electric supply and shall be of
the capacity as under:
Flow Rate = 4.00 LPS
Head
= 55 Mtrs. (2 Nos. 1W+1S)
SUBMERSIBLE PUMPS:
Nos.
2
Nos.
2
Set
4
Supplying, installing, testing and commissioning
of centrifugal submersible sump pumps, suitable
for 415 ± 10% Volts, 3 phase/230 ±10% volts 50
Hz A.C. power supply. Each pump shall suitable
for automatic/manual operation complete with
control panel as per specification.
Basement Storm Water (Sump) / Sewerage
(2 Nos. 1 W + 1 S)
Flow rate
= 4.0 LPS
Head
= 15 Mtrs.
Solid Handling = 20mm
WATER TREATMENT EQUIPMENTS :
73
NS
Providing, fixing, testing and commissioning of
vertical self supporting dual media filter
fabricated from MS sheet as per IS : 2825,
pressure gauges at inlet & outlet, sample cock, air
vent valve with piping, GI class 'C' face piping
distribution pipe with diffuser on top, CI butterfly
valves Multiport valve and all accessories, with
initial charge of filter media for dual media filter,
painting inside with food grade epoxy paint and
outside with two coat of red oxide primer and
two or more coat of synthetic enamel paint
complete.
Dual Media Filter for Domestic Water Supply :
Filtration rate
74
75
NS
NS
- 14000 LPH (14 m3/hr)
Filter dia (approx.) - 1000 mm
Working pressure - 3.0 Kg/Sq.cm
Test pressure
- 5.5 Kg/Sq.cm
Supply,Installation, testing & commissioning
Set
1
Providing, fixing, testing & commissioning of
metering pump type chemical doser with 100
lits.HDPE/ FRP solution tank, injection fitting
assembly, suction and delivery hose upto the
point of injection, capacity 0-6 lph, complete in all
respects for treated water tank.
Chlorination of Domestic Water :
Supply,Installation, testing & commissioning
Set
1
Providing , fixing, testing and commissioning of
water softener fabricated from MS plate as per IS
: 2825 (shell & thick dished ends) complete with
initial charge of resins, GI class 'C' face piping, CI
butterfly valves, pressure gauge, hydraulic brine
injector, accessories, painting inside with epoxy
paint and outside with two coat of red oxide
primer and two or more coat of synthetic enamel
paint, including suitable PVC/HDPE brine tank of
2 regeneration capacity complete with resins of
approved quality and make.
Hardness
Inlet
- 400 PPM (Approx.)
Outlet
- Commercial zero (<5
PPM)
Capacity
- 14000 LPH (14.4
3
m /hour)
Operating pressure
- 3.0 kg/Sq.cm
Test pressure
- 5.5 Kg/Sq.cm
Suggested Resin Quantity - 450Kg
Suggested dia
- 800 mm
76
NS
77
NS
NS
Supply,Installation, testing & commissioning
Set
Providing, fixing, testing and commissioning of
Electronic Level indicator including sensor,
Display Panel, cabling and all fitting and
accessories (For Underground Water Tank).
Set
R.O. Unit
Design supply testing & commissioning of R.O.
System suitable for tap water complete with 1
no. of TFC membrane of 100 mm dia. and 1 mtr.
length having atleast 50% recovery, suitable
capacity high pressure pumps, double stage SS
filtration upto 5 microns, suitable filtration for
iron and scale removal, high and low pressure
switch and advance electric panel with delay
timer and functional display.The complete system
should be housed in a M.S. powder coated
cabinet.
Make
- Pentair/ Ion Exchange / Thermax
/ Swem Water
Capacity 500 LPH
P8
SEWERAGE TREATMENT PLANT (STP) SBR
Techonology 35KLD
78
NS
Design, Engineering, and providing all equipment
/machinary at site, installation and
commissioning of equipments/ electricals/ piping
inclusive of all types of taxes and duties and
necessary civil work as described in specification
NS
BAR SCREEN
Supplying, installing, testing and commissioning
of bar screen consisting of 1no. of fine screen and
one number coarse shall be provided in front of
the intake works, so as to exclude the large sized
particles with associated set of guide angles in
MS flat of 6.0 mm thick and 50 mm wide kept
inclined at 45 degree to the horizontal at 40mm
c/c with one no. hand rack in GI. bar rack
fabricated from SS- 304 bars to the width of the
screen chamber with a racking arm for manual
operation.
Size : 1000 x 600
a
RAW SEWAGE PUMP
1
3
Set
1
NOS
2
b
c
NS
NS
Supply, installation, testing & commissioning of
Horizontal Centrifugal / Vertical Submersible
sewage pumps with solid handling capacity up to
18 - 20 mm with CI casing & CI impeller complete
with all accessories, motor of required capacity.
The pumps will be complete with Delivery header
with, pressure gauge on delivery line with
isolation level controller (with wiring) to control
the level of Sump automatically . Pumps & Other
associated works & accessories, shall have
following duty:
Duty: 8 m3/[email protected] 10 M head. (2W+1S)
COARSE BUBBLE DIFFUSER
Supply, installation, testing & commissioning of
adequate capacities of coarse air diffusers in
Equalization tank, Treatment tank, Sludge holding
tank & other associated works & accessories
etc.complete of size (to suit SBR) diffusers of
Scogen / Equivalent Make
SET
1
LOT
1
LOT
1
NOS
2
FINE BUBBLE DIFFUSER
d
e
NS
Supply, installation, testing & commissioning of
adequate capacities of fine pore diffusers for SBR
Reactors & other associated works & accessories
etc.complete of size (to suit SBR) - Tubular
Memabrane Type Diffusers
NS
AIR BLOWER
Supply, installation, testing & commissioning of
Twin type rotary air blowers for treatment tanks
for the following capacity and pressure pressure
through"V" belt or directly coupled through
flexible coupling to a TEFC motor of suitable H.P
suitable for 415 ± 10% volts, 3 phase, 50 cycles
A/C supply. The blower & motor will be complete
with base frame, header, valves, pressure gauge
& other associated works & accessories
etc.complete of Kay International Make
Duty:77m3/hr @ 0.5 KG/CM2
SLUDGE TRANSFER PUMP
f
NS
Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of
Submersible / Centrifugal sludge transfer pump
capable of solid handing upto 25mm as per
manufacture specifications & other associated
works & accessories etc.complete
Duty: 6 m3/hr @10 M head. (1W+1S)
g
1
SET
1
LOT
1
NOS
1
NOS
1
FILTER FEED PUMP
NS
Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of
centrifugal self priming filter feed pump & other
associated works & accessories & as per
manufacture specifications below
Duty: 8 m3/hr @30 M head. (1W+1S)
h
NS
i
CHLORINATOR
Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of
electronic metering type of Chlorine dosing pump
& other associated works & accessories
etc.complete
PRESSURE SAND FILTER
NS
Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of
Pressure Sand filter, of MS fabrication suitable for
a loading rate of 8cum/hr/sqm & other
associated works & accessories etc.complete.
800mmX1500mm
ACTIVATED CARBON FILTER
j
NS
Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of
Activated Carbon filter, of MS fabrication suitable
for a loading rate of 8cum/hr/sqm & other
associated works & accessories etc.complete.
800mmX1500mm
k
NS
l
NS
m
SET
SLUDGE HANDLING - BAG FILTER
Supplying, fixing and commissioning of Bag Filter
made of SS suitable for sludge handling, complete
LOT
with all accessories and 20 spare bags suitable for
2 Bag system
DECANT MECHANISM
Supply , installation, testing and commissioning
of 100 NB PLC Controlled automatic decant
mechanism
INTER UNIT PIPING
Supply,and fixing Plant Piping with CPVC / UPVC
10 Kg/sqcm pipes with fittings and approved
make valves, gauges, instrumentation etc., for all
plumbing lines and MS B Class pipeline with
fittings for Blower Air Lines
STP PANEL
1
LOT
1
LOT
1
n
NS
Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of
front operated, front access, totally enclosed,
free standing, dust and vermin proof Panel
(Indoor type) with IP 54 ingress protection,
fabricated from 2 mm thick CRCA sheets, with
hinged, gasketted and lockable doors including
the cost of interconnections, copper crimping
lugs, brass glands, bonding to earth and painting,
suitable for use at 415 volts, 3 phase 4 wire 50 Hz
system with 16 KA rupturing capacity at 415 volts
complete
o
NS
Electrical Motor Control Centre shall be suitable
for all equipments connected to the STP with 3
Nos of spare feeders
p
1
SET
1
Inter unit cabling for all equipments with
necessary armoured/ unarmoured cables with
necessary termination lugs, glands etc complete
LOT
1
STATUTORY APPROVAL
Commissioning and obtaining the statutory
approvals from the concerned
TOTAL OF SEWERAGE TREATMENT PLANT (STP)
LOT
1
CABLES AND CABLE TERMINATIONS
NS
q
Lot
NS
P9
WASTE TO ENERGY CONVERTOR
79
Supplying, installing, testing and commissioning
of Bio Urja, waste to biogas convertor, as per
vendor's own design and drawing as per detailed
specifications and scope of work given.
NS
100KG
TOTAL OF WASTE TO ENERGY CONVERTOR:
P10
SOLAR WATER HEATER SYSTEM
Set
1.00
80
NS
A) Supply, installation and commissioning of 1
nos X 1000 LPD capacity at 60°C Evacuated Tube
Collector (ETC) model solar water heating
systems consisting of 2 manifolds of 500 LPD,
each with 60 Tubes of Dia 47mm and 1500mm
length with MS tank with thickness 8
SWG(4.19mm) with double layer Epoxy coating
insulated storage tank, support stands for both
collectors and storage tanks, gate valves-1 no,
NRV-1 no, temperature gauges-2 nos, water
meter-1 no, strainer-1 no, Air vent -1no, including
system internal piping, with GI pipes B class with
insulation, and civil works including installation
charges as per rate contract specifications and
complete in all respects by using approved make
& quality items
TOTAL OF SOLAR HEATER SYSTEM
GRAND TOTAL
SET
2
BILL OF QUANTITIES OF ELECTRICAL SERVICES FOR MUNICIPAL CORPORATION
OFFICE COMPLEX ,SECTOR 3, SONIPAT, HARYANA
PART A
S.No.
Item
Code
Description
Unit
QTY.
Each
81
Each
150
Each
80
Each
50
Each
50
Each
150
Each
172
Each
20
Each
380
Each
110
Mtr.
11880
Sub Head-1
1
HS
R
31.36
PVC insulated in recessed conduit.
(i)
(a)
(b)
(c)
(ii)
(a)
(b)
(c)
Wiring in 1.5 Sq mm PVC insulated copper
conduct cable in 1.6 m thick conduit pipe.
Fan Point
Short point
Medium Point
long Point
Light Point
Short Point
Medium Point
Long Point
(vii)
3 pin 5 amp. Plug point including earthing the 3rd
(a)
(b)
(c)
(viii)
Short Point
Medium Point
Long Point
3. pin 15 A amp. Plug point with 4 Sq mm PVC
insulated copper conductor cable including
earthing the 3rd pin etc.
Long Point
Supplying and drawing following sizes of FRLS
PVC insulated copper conductor, single core
cable in the existing surface/ recessed steel/ PVC
conduit as required.
2 x 2.5 sq. mm
pin etc.
2
(c)
1.17
3
1.17.
11
31.44
4
HS
R
DS
R
(b)
1.24
1.24.
1
1.24.
Supply and erection of PVC conduit pipe ISI
marked (Medium) recessed in wall/ceiling etc.
Including cost of PVC bends, inspection box and
all other material required to complete the job in
all respect up to the entire satisfaction of
Engineer-in-Charge of work.
25 mm dia
Supplying and fixing following modular switch/
socket on the existing modular plate & switch
box including connections but excluding modular
plate etc. as required.
5/6 amps switch
Mtr.
15000
Each
200
15/16 amp switch
Each
110
Total
Rate
Amount
3
1.24.
4
1.24.
5
1.25
5
DS
R
6
DS
R
1.26
7
DS
R
1.27
8
DS
R
1.27.
1
1.27.
2
1.27.
3
1.27.
4
1.27.
5
1.27.
6
1.28
1.28.
1
1.28.
2
1.28.
3
1.28.
4
1.28.
5
1.28.
6
9
DS
R
2.2
2.2.1
3
3 pin 5/6 amp socket outlet
Each
882
6 pin 15/16 amp socket outlet
Each
110
Supplying and fixing stepped type electronic fan
regulator on the existing modular plate switch
box including connections but excluding modular
plate etc. as required.
Supplying and fixing modular blanking plate on
the existing modular plate & switch box
excluding modular plate as required.
Supplying and fixing following size/ modules, GI
box along with modular base & cover plate for
modular switches in recess etc as required.
1 or 2 Module (75mmX75mm)
Each
311
Each
100
Each
152
3 Module (100mmX75mm)
Each
242
4 Module (125mmX75mm)
Each
3
6 Module (200mmX75mm)
Each
735
8 Module (125mmX125mm)
Each
35
12 Module (200mmX150mm)
Each
34
Supplying and fixing following Modular base &
cover plate on existing modular metal boxes etc.
as required.
1 or 2 Module (75mmX75mm)
Each
152
3 Module (100mmX75mm)
Each
242
4 Module (125mmX75mm)
Each
3
6 Module (200mmX75mm)
Each
735
8 Module (125mmX125mm)
Each
35
12 Module (200mmX150mm)
Each
34
Providing and fixing following rating and
breaking capacity and pole MCCB in existing
cubicle panel board including drilling holes in
cubicle panel, making connections, etc. as
required.
100 Amp, 30KA, FP MCCB
Each
4
10
11
12
DS
R
DS
R
DS
R
2.8
2.8.5
2.8.6
2.8.7
2.8.8
2.10
2.10.
1
2.10.
3
a
2.11
Supplying and fixing following way prewired
TP&N MCB distribution board of steel sheet for
415 volts on surface/ recess complete with loose
wire box, terminal connectors for all incoming
and outgoing circuits, duly prewired with
suitable size FRLS PVC insulated copper
conductor up to terminal blocks, tinned copper
bus bar, neutral link, earth bar, din bar,
detachable gland plate, interconnections, powder
painted including earthing etc. as required.(But
without MCB/ RCCB/ Isolator)
4 way (4 + 12), Double door
6 way (4 + 18), Double door
8 way (4 + 24), Double door
12 way (4 + 36), Double door
Supplying and fixing 5 amps to 32 amps rating,
240/415 volts, "C" curve, miniature circuit
breaker suitable for inductive load of following
poles in the existing MCB DB complete with
connections, testing and commissioning etc. as
required.
Single pole
Each
12
Each
6
Each
10
Each
1
Each
500
Double pole
Each
320
Four Pole
Supplying and fixing single pole blanking plate
in the existing MCB DB complete etc. as
required.
Each
27
Each
28
Mtr.
300
Mtr.
100
Mtr.
ro
Total of Subhead-2
Subhead-3
13
DS
R
4.1
4.1.2
4.1.4
4.1.7
Supplying and installing following size of
perforated pre-painted M.S. cable trays with
perforation not more than 17.5%, in convenient
sections, joined with connectors, suspended from
the ceiling with M.S. suspenders including bolts
& nuts, painting suspenders etc as required.
150 mm width X 50 mm depth X 1.6 mm
thickness
300 mm width X 50 mm depth X 1.6 mm
thickness
600 mm width X 50 mm depth X 2.0 mm
thickness
Subhead-4
14
HS
R
31.22
Maintenance free Gel Earthing with Pipe in
pipe / Pipe in strip technology filled with anti
corrosive conductive compound ( CPRI Tested )
below the ground in 150 - 200 mm dia. earth pit
& surrounding filled with required mineral
filling compound ( MFC should have
hygroscopic property to retain the moisture for
long time to create low resistance zone ) and
C.C. finished chamber covered with hinged type
with locking arrangement C.I. Cover, C.I. Frame
of size 300mm x 300mm complete testing of
earth resistance as required. of following sizes.
With Strip in Pipe Technology with 80 - 100
micron GI Coating
GI pipe 2000 mm long ,63 / 80mm, Inner strip
50 mm x 3 mm copper
S & Laying following size earth wire/strip in
horizontal or vertical run in
ground/surface/recess including riveting,
soldering, saddles, making connection etc. as
required.
8 SWG G.I. ( Hot Dipped ) Wire
32mm x6mm G.I. ( Hot Dipped ) Strip
50mm x6mm G.I. ( Hot Dipped ) Strip
Set
40
Rmt.
4000
Rmt.
150
Rmt.
200
15
DS
R
5.9
Supplying and laying 25 mm X 5 mm G.I strip at
0.50 metre below ground as strip earth electrode,
including connection/ terminating with G.I. nut,
bolt, spring, washer etc. as required. (Jointing
shall be done by overlapping and with 2 sets of
G.I. nut bolt & spring washer spaced at 50mm)
Mtr.
100
16
DS
R
5.11
Mtr.
150
17
DS
R
5.15
Mtr.
150
18
DS
R
5.18
Providing and fixing 25 mm X 5 mm G.I. strip in
40 mm dia G.I. pipe from earth electrode
including connection with G.I. nut, bolt, spring,
washer excavation and re-filling etc. as required.
Providing and fixing 25 mm X 5 mm G.I. strip
on surface or in recess for connections etc. as
required.
Providing and fixing 6 SWG dia G.I. wire on
surface or in recess for loop earthing along with
existing surface/ recessed conduit/ submain
wiring/ cable as required.
Mtr.
200
Mtr.
200
HT CABLE LAYING
19
DS
R
8.1
8.1.1
Laying of one number PVC insulated and PVC
sheathed / XLPEpower cable of 11 KV grade of
following size direct in ground including
excavation, sand cushioning, protective covering
andrefilling the trench etc. as required.
Upto 120 sq. mm
20
21
DS
R
DS
R
9.1
Supplying and making end termination with
brass compression gland and aluminium lugs for
following size of PVC insulated and PVC
sheathed / XLPE aluminium conductor cable of
1.1 KV grade as required. (Copper lugs for
copper Cables)
9.1.3
2
9.1.3
3
9.1.3
4
9.1.2
3
9.1.3
1
9.1.3
2
4 X 10 sq. mm (25mm)
Each
60
4C X 16 sq.mm.28mm)
Each
20
4C X 25 sq.mm. 28mm)
Each
18
3.5C X 70 sq.mm. (38mm)
Each
ro
3½ X 300 sq. mm (70mm)
Each
12
3½ X 400 sq. mm (82mm)
Each
8
1.34
Supplying and fixing brass batten/ angle holder
including connection etc. as required.
Installation, testing and commissioning of ceiling
fan, including wiring the down rods of standard
length (upto 30 cm) with 1.5 sq. mm FRLS PVC
insulated, copper conductor, single core cable,
including providing and fixing phenolic
laminated sheet cover on the fan box etc. as
required.
Numbering of ceiling fan/ exhaust fan/ as
required.
Installation of exhaust fan in the existing
opening, including making good the damage,
connection, testing, commissioning etc. as
required.
Upto 450 mm sweep
Each
32
Each
311
Each
349
Each
38
Extra for fixing the louvers/ shutters complete
with Frame for a exhaust fan of all sizes.
Each
38
Each
7
SET
1
1.45
1.49
1.50
1.50.
1
1.51
NON SCHEDULED ITEMS
22
NS
23
NS
24
NS
Supplying and fixing following size/ modules, GI
box along with modular base & cover plate for
modular switches in recess etc as required.
16 Module
Supplying and fixing 40 amps to 63 amps rating,
240/415 volts, "C" curve, miniature circuit
breaker suitable for inductive load of following
poles in the existing MCB DB complete with
connections, testing and commissioning etc. as
required.
SITC of following item Advance Lightning
Protection System including all necessary fixing
accessories & effective connections complying
the detailed technical specifications given
therein.
a
25
electronic based lightning protection system
working principle on piezoelectric technology,
Complying standards like NF C 17-102:2011,
EN 50164 and UNE 21.186, Air terminal is made
up of stainless steel suitable for every weather
conditions
Protectio radius – 70M
NS
Supply of 1100 V grade aluminium / copper
stranded conductor ( as specified below)
extruded XLPE insulated PVC inner sheath ,
Unarmoured/armoured & outer LSZH PVC
sheathed cable of following sizes & as per
IS:7098-part-I specifications, including
unloading and transportation of cables at site ,
unpacking , complete as required :
NS
4C X 10 sq.mm. A2XFY, Aluminium,
Armoured
4C X 16 sq.mm. A2XFY, Aluminium,
Armoured
4C X 25 sq.mm. A2XFY, Aluminium,
Armoured
3.5C X 300 sq.mm. 2AXFY, Aluminium,
Armoured
3.5C X 400 sq.mm. 2AXFY, Aluminium,
Armoured
Mtr.
400
Mtr.
350
Mtr.
325
Mtr.
100
Mtr.
500
Supply, testing & commissioning of 90 W LED,
IP-65/66 integral Street light fitting, pressure diecast aluminium housing, powder coated light
fitting complete with LEDs, total lumen out put
shall not not less than 9000 lumens , heavy duty
driver, THD less than 10%,100V-265V single
phase AC system, surge protection, totally
enclosed with toughened glass cover, pole
mounting arrangement etc & as per
specifications, complete as required As per
Goldwyn Cat Ref; XS 04 18 New -90W, Bajaj
Ref: EDGE (BRTFG) Series, Philips Ref:
BRP322 LED (7000-12500lm) or Eq. approved
as per list of approved makes
Supply, testing & commissioning of 120 W
LED, IP-65/66 integral Street light fitting,
pressure die-cast aluminium housing, powder
coated light fitting complete with LEDs, total
lumen out put shall not not less than 10100
lumens , heavy duty driver, THD less than
10%,100V-265V single phase AC system, surge
Each
42
Each
57
NS
NS
NS
NS
26
NS
27
NS
protection, totally enclosed with toughened glass
cover, pole mounting arrangement etc & as per
specifications, complete as required Make: Bajaj,
Phillips or Eq.
28
NS
29
NS
30
NS
Supply, installation, testing and commissioning
of following type of LED/CFL fixtures including
all fixing accessories, ballast/driver as required.
All fixtures shall be supplied with lamps.Make:
Crompton Greaves/Wipro/Bajaj/Phillips
30 Watts recessed mounted LED circular down
lighter complete as required with minimum 2800
Lumens output
20 Watts recessed mounted LED circular down
lighter complete as required with minimum 1720
Lumens output
10 Watts recessed mounted LED circular down
lighter complete as required with minimum 840
Lumens output
15 Watts recessed mounted LED circular down
lighter complete as required with minimum 1400
Lumens output
36 Watts recessed mounted LED square down
lighter complete as required with minimum 3600
Lumens output
10 Watts LED wall mounted mirror luminaire
with minimum 900 Lumens output
Supply, installation, testing and commissioning
of Box type LED Tube Light fixture made of
Alluminium sheet channel 22 watts High
efficiency 1900 lumens and high frequency
replacable digital ballast. Make: Crompton
Greaves/Wipro/Bajaj/Phillips
Supply, testing & commissioning of LED
aviation light fitting , powder coated dei-cast
aluminium housing with multiple LED cluster &
heat sink , heavy duty LED driver, polycorbonate
enclouser, mounting arrangement etc & as per
specifications, complete as required As per Bajaj
cat.BGAV 302LED Or Eq. approved as per list
of approved makes
Each
333
Each
118
Each
78
Each
883
Each
56
Each
41
Each
193
Each
1
31
NS
32
33
34
NS
a)
Supply of Hot Dip Galvanised Octagonal steel
pole on RCC foundation as per the design of
manufacturer considiaring wind pressure &
speed, light fixture & pole load, pole shall have
weather proof terminal box with in the pole with
lockable rigid & vandal resistant hinged metal
cover flushed to pole exterior surface & control
MCB 10kA 'C' curve , power terminals for loopin & loop-out arrangment of cable terminations,
gland plate, the terminal box shall at height of
app. 500mm above the base plate, suitable
earthing studs shall be provided in side the pole,
pole shall be in single section & without any
circumferential weld joint, hot dip galvanising
shall be as per latest IS: indian standards &
coating thickness shall not be less than 70
microns. Pole shall be made out HT steel of
grade S355JO, Pole shall have 4Nos. foundation
bolts of EN-8 grade & base plate as per IS226/IS
2062. (Foundation & pole installation is not
included in this item)
Pole & foundation drawings shall be got
approved before commencement. Pole shall be
inspected at the works of manufacturer.The tests
& test certificates shall be provided by the
manufacturer.
Design of pole shall be in references to IS-875,
BSEN 40-3:2000, EN-40-3-3
7Meter long with Single arm (1M size) suitable
for required light fixture mounting & with
arrangement, Bajaj Cat . BOP-9030 or equivelent
approved from the list of makes
Each
57
3 Meter long with Single arm (1M size) suitable
for required light fixture mounting & with
arrangement, Bajaj or equivelent approved from
the list of makes
Each
42
Each
35
Supply, testing & Commissioning of 1200mm
ceiling fan ISI, 5-star rated/certified with copper
wound heavy duty motor in die cast aluminum
housing, three nos. Aluminum blade, double ball
bearings, capacitor, canopies , down rod with
mounting shekel & rope hanger including wiring
the down rod of standard length with 1.5 sq.mm.
FRLS insulated, copper conductor, single core
cable as per specifications & complete in all
respects.
Supply & Fixing of 900 mm sweep High Speed
Ceiling fan with standard down rod, all
accessories Electrical connections. Including
fixing materials required.as per ECBC and
GRIHA compliance
b)
c)
d)
e)
35
36
37
NS
NS
NS
Supply & Fixing of 1050 mm sweep Make High
Speed Ceiling fan with standard down rod, all
accessories Electrical connections. Including
fixing materials required.as per ECBC and
GRIHA compliance
Supply & Fixing of 1200 mm sweep Make High
Speed Ceiling fan with standard down rod, all
accessories Electrical connections. Including
fixing materials required.as per ECBC and
GRIHA compliance
Supply & Fixing of 1400 mm sweep Make High
Speed Ceiling fan with standard down rod, all
accessories Electrical connections. Including
fixing materials required.as per ECBC and
GRIHA compliance
Supply & Fixing of 1500 mm sweep Make High
Speed Ceiling fan with standard down rod, all
accessories Electrical connections. Including
fixing materials required.as per ECBC and
GRIHA compliance
Supplying, testing & commissioning of 1400
RPM, 300MM size heavy duty exhaust fan with
mounting frame, complete with copper wound
motor etc. as req. as per ECBC and GRIHA
compliance
400mm Sweep
230 mm Sweep
P & F of IP65 IK10 protected LED Bollard
fixture with extrusion aluminium housing, LED
8W - 12W, 220V-240V, 50Hz LEDs with
available in quick connecting cable coupled with
various mounting accessories.Driver shall be
high efficiency having efficiency > 85% and in
compliance to IEC standards (Integral with light
fixture). System Power Consumption of 8W 12W ~ 300 - 400 lumens, system life of 25,000
Burning Hours with 70% of initial Lumens
maintained. Light output in Cool white or Warm
White Colour as per engineers choice. Fixtures
shall be CE and KEMA compliance.
0.8 mtr high bollard
P & F of IP 66 protected High Power LED Flood
Light system with extruded aluminium housing,
toughened glass diffuser with suitable lenses on
LED to acheive various beam angles, System
power 40W - 60W 240V, 50 - 400 Lumens
system output of High Power LED lamps
supplied with pre-wired cable of 1 mtr.
Integrated Driver shall be high efficiency having
efficiency > 85% and in compliance to IEC
standards (Price to be quoted with light fixture).
System life of 25,000 Burning Hours with 70%
of initial Lumens maintained. Light output in
Each
23
Each
96
Each
99
Each
58
Each
10
Each
28
Each
40
Red, Green, Blue, Cool white or Warm White
Colour as per engineers choice. Fixtures shall be
CE and KEMA compliance
38
39
NS
NS
40
NS
41
NS
a
b
c
d
42
NS
High Power LED Flood Light 60W
Each
28
Supply, testing & Commissioning of low
intensity avaition ostruction LED light having
35cd in any direction (red color),single emitter,
cast aluminium housig, weather proof IP-65,
painted with corrosion resistant paint, covered by
hard ABS red cover dome, with mounting pole
and other accessories as required
Each
4
Supply and installation GI hexagonal fan box
made out from 1.6mm thick sheet steel with
hook, made out from 12mm dia MS rod & bend
in shape in required length and shape, fan box
painted with two coats of metal prime, knok
outs for conduit entry, earthing etc. complete in
all respects as required
Supply and fixing in position 1000 mm wide 2.0
mm. thick 1100 V grade insulating floor matting
with resin bound required adhesive tested for dieelectric strength & quality as per BIS15652:2006 of approved make and ISI marked.
Each
311
Mtr.
15
Mtr.
50
Mtr.
50
Mtr.
Mtr.
50
200
P / L of Double wall corrugated HDPE pipe
confirming to IS : 14930 P - 1 & 2 with HDPE
Coupler at 1 mtr. Depth below the ground for
laying cable including making the trench and
back filling , compaction of earth as required of
Gemini or IS:14930 marked make. Outer Dia. /
Inner dia.
50/55 mm
90 / 76 mm
110 / 95 mm
300 / 260 mm
Constructing brick masonry manhole in cement
mortar 1:4 ( 1 cement : 4 coarse sand ) with
foundation concrete 1:4:8 mix (1 cement : 4
coarse sand : 8 graded stone aggregate 40 mm
nominal size), inside plastering 12 mm thick
with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse
sand) finished with floating coat of neat cement
and making channels in cement concrete 1:2:4 (1
cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 graded stone aggregate
20 mm nominal size) finished with a floating
coat of neat cement complete as per standard
design :
43
NS
44
NS
Inside size 300x300 mm 400mm deep including
with heavy duty ductile double sealed iron
recessed frame and cover with load rating not
less than 12.5 tonnes & as per Euro norms BS
EN -124
Supply, installation, testing & commissioning of
cubicle type LT Panel compartmentalized floor
mounted free standing with separation system as
per IS:8623 part 1 for 415V, 50HZ, 3phase 4
wire AC supply, moisture, dust and vermin proof
IP-42, L.T.Panel boards, made out from 2mm
thick CRCA sheet steel duly epoxy powder
coated (by seven tank process ) in approved
colour, complete with interconnections / control/
power wiring with FRLSH copper conductor
wires & 2A SP MCBs for control circuits
,communicable meters shall be with software,
high conductivity Aluminium bus bars, earth
bus,Bus bar supports, removable 3mm thick
gland plates on top & bottom, M.V. danger
notice plate , louvers and following incomer and
outgoing feeders (outgoings will be with ON
indication with 2A control MCB) complete as
per specifications and drawings :
Each
6
Main LT PANEL With SYNCHRONIZATION
PANEL
Each
1
INCOMER:
SITC of Fixed / Draw out type 4 pole Air Circuit
Breaker conforming to IS 60947 P - 2 in existing
LT panel suitable for LT installation 440 V, 50
Hz and having adjustable over load short-circuit,
earth fault and microprocessor based release
with separate LED indication for each type of
fault ,LCD display and fault position
acknowledgement mechanism . type ACB shall
have separate indication for service, test,
isolation, maintenance position, Breaking
capacity Icu = Ics = Icw ( 1 sec ), Uimp - 12 KV,
including making connections etc. as required.
Draw out type ( Motorised charging type )
1250 A Rating ,50kA (1Set)
1250 A Rating , 50kA (1Set)
4 pole 35/36kA Motorized ACB with in built
microprocessor release ( O/L, S/C &E/F),
extended rotary handle mechanism, 3N0s. CTs,1
no. CT operated digital Multifunction meter with
minimum main parameters like (V,A,Hz, Pf,
KW, KWH,MD) & communication port &
software, selector switch, control MCBs. 3- Nos.
Phase & ON-OFF indicating LED lights with
control MCBs - 2Set
BUS BAR 1250A, 415V three Phase 4 wire, four equal
ratting colour coded, non-adhesive PVC
insulated electrolytic 'Al' conductor bus bars
OUTGOINGS
630A, FP MCCB, 35kA MCCB protection
release with extended rotary handle mechanism,
ON LED indicating light with control MCB 3Set
400A, FP MCCB, 25kA MCCB protection
release with extended rotary handle mechanism,
ON LED indicating light with control MCB 4Set
40A, FP MCCB, 25kA MCCB protection release
with extended rotary handle mechanism, ON
LED indicating light with control MCB - 4Set
63A, FP MCB, 10 kA 'C' curve protection
release, ON LED indicating light with control
MCB -3Set
32A, FP MCB, 10 kA 'C' curve protection
release, ON LED indicating light with control
MCB -2Set
45
NS
APFC PANEL (300 KVAR)
INCOMER:
630 A 4 pole 35kA MCCB with in built
microprocessor release ( O/L, S/C &E/F),
extended rotary handle mechanism, 3N0s. CTs,&
communication port & software, selector switch,
control MCBs. 3- Nos. Phase & ON-OFF
indicating LED lights with control MCBs - 2Set
BUS BAR -
630A, 415V three Phase 4 wire, four equal
ratting colour coded, non-adhesive PVC
insulated electrolytic 'Al' conductor bus bars
OUTGOINGS
100 A 4 pole 25kA MCCB with in built
microprocessor release ( O/L, S/C &E/F),
extended rotary handle mechanism, 3N0s.125A
CTs,& communication port & software, selector
switch, control MCBs. 3- Nos. Phase & ON-OFF
indicating LED lights with control MCBs -5Set
Each
1
63A,TP MCB, 10 kA 'C' curve protection
release, ON LED indicating light with control
MCB -1Set
25A,TP MCB, 10 kA 'C' curve protection
release, ON LED indicating light with control
MCB -2Set
P & F of 440 Volt 3 pole capacitor (AC 6 B )
duty contactor with 3 no. early make and post
break auxiliary contacts in series with quick
discharge damping resistors/ reactors to limit the
inrush current , conforming to IS:13947-41/IEC:947-4-1, Din rail mounting type including
making connections, testing etc. as required.
suitable for following capacity capacitor bank.
7 to 10 KVAR (2SET)
21 to 30 KVAR(1SET)
50 KVAR (5SET)
Microprocessor based three phase sensing power
factor correction relay having following sensing
capacity secondary current , self analysing auto
c/k setting according to targeted power factor
setting, the relay shall have digit display unit for
display of real power factor, targeted power
factor, lag/lead capacitor switching status, alarm
output for under current, over current,
insufficient compensation, indication of
switching on units, auto/manual status, and shall
have over load protection, no volt release ,
having multi parameter like KW, KVA, KVAR,
metering facility as required.
8 to 10 stage
sensitivity up to 50 milli Amp (1No.)
Ac operated heavy duty 230 /440 Volt power
contactor conforming to IS:13947-4-1/IEC:9474-1 having provision of mechanical interlocking,
auuxilary contacts, Din rail mounting type
including making connections, testing etc. as
required.
3 pole Power contactors with following AC 3
Rating
13 to 25 Amp (2set)
63 Amp. (1set)
100 Amp (5Set)
push button actuators and integral contact block
of dia. 22.5 mm including making connection
etc. as required.
Luminous type Red , Yellow, Green, Amber
(30set)
46
NS
EXTERNAL LIGHTING Feeder Pillar
INCOMER:
Each
1
32A, FP MCB, 10 kA 'C' curve protection
release, ON LED indicating light with control
MCB -9Set
BUS BAR -
32A, 415V three Phase 4 wire, four equal ratting
colour coded, non-adhesive PVC insulated
electrolytic 'Al' conductor bus bars
OUTGOINGS
16 A, FP MCB, 10 kA 'C' curve protection
release, ON LED indicating light with control
MCB - 7Set
NOTES:
1)L.T.Panel shall be suitable to receive all
incoming & outgoing from Top /Bottom
2)MCCB's shall be with extended type Door
operating mechanism with door interlock, phase
barriers & copper spreaders.
3) Ics=100%Icu, for all MCCBs
4)All CT's shall be cast resin type.
5) All Incomers & Bus coupler of main LT panel
shall be interlocked.
6) Floor mounted type panels shall have ISMC
base channel at entire bottem of ISMC100MMsize.
47
NS
a
Transformer & HT Breaker
Each
SITC of 11 KV, 400/630 A, 20kA / 3 sec, Out
door Non Extensible type Ring main unit
(RMU) in suitable RCC foundation with 2 no.
Load break switch & 1 no. VCB with over load,
Earth fault, short circuit relay, copper bus bar,
ring core protection & metering CT, Auxiliary
relay for WTI, OTI ,Bucholz alarm & trip along
with annuciator panel, master trip relay,
mechanical ON / OFF / Earth indication,
Voltage presence indicator, Shunt trip coil, 24 V
DC power pack, with Bus PT panel with 3 Nos
single phase voltage transformers of the ratio
11kV/√3 / 110 V/√3, 25 VA, Class 1.0 with HT
fuses in the primary and MCB on the secondary
side, Voltmeter with selector switch, R Y B
phase indication. etc. as required, Anti reflex
operating handle, right angle boots etc. as
required. as per ECBC compliance and IS
standards
1
48
NS
b
SITC of 800 KVA, 11/0.433 KV Copper Wound
Outdoor
Type Transformer Complete with first filling
Of Transformer Oil & All other Standard
Accessories.
(As per BIS Level-I Specification.) (IS:1180) and
as per ECBC compliance.
Each
1
Each
1
Each
1
Each
1
DG SETS
49
NS
a
b
c
SITC of following ratings Sound Attenuated DG
sets comprising of CUMMINS make engine
coupled to 415 Phase Stamford make alternator
mounted on a common Base frame along with
other accessories i.e. Fuel tank, Batteries with
leads and with AMF cum synchronisation and
load sharing panel.
500 KVA DG SET
250 KVA DG SET
AMF cum synchronisation and load sharing
panel
TOTAL
BILL OF QUANTITIES OF LIFTS FOR MUNICIPAL CORPORATION OFFICE
COMPLEX ,SECTOR 3, SONIPAT, HARYANA
PART A
S.
No.
Item
Code
Description
Unit
QTY.
1
NS
Supply, Installation , Testing, Commissioning and
Handling over of 13
Passenger Elevator (Not less than 884 kg) Gear less
elevator having speed of 1 meter per second Serving
different floors in the existing
lift shaft as per specification of the tender document
complete in all
respect as per Satisfaction of Engineer-in-charge
including obtaining
permission from concerned Govt regulatory/ authority
with following specs
Each
3
IS: 4666. 1968 for electric passenger lifts and shall further
Comply to IS : 1860:1960, IS: 63831,1971, IS: 732: 1963
and Bombay lift act 1943 amended up to date.
Traction steel Hoist ropes / Belt Drive as per relevant ISI
code.
No of floors :Eight levels
Operation : Microprocessor based simplex / duplex
collective full collective
Selective operation with or without attendant
Drive : Variable voltage variable frequency (V3F) with
Regenerative Drive
Doors Automatic Centre / side opening Door panel of
Stainless Steel in Hairline finish
Machine : Gearless Machine to be placed directly above
Hostway
including the cost of machine room and pit as per
manufacturer specs
The guide rails should be steel dually toughened and
ground
section to ensure position tract and smooth runing of the
elevator. Guide rails.
Design of car body Constructed out of Stainless Steel
Hairline finish Car and
Car Doors with Stainless Steel handrail. And Poly vinyl tile
flooring
Car light to be Florescent tube light fitting to have daylight
effect inside the
Car cabin. Fan/blower in the car as per manufacturing
enriched design.
Floor position indicator at all floors along with direction of
travel indicator.
Power supply shall be provided as under:
A. 415 volts, 3 phase, 4 wires 50 Hz
B 230V, Single Phase, 50 Hz for lighting.
C. All electric cables, controls switchgears should be
Rate
Amount
stricty as per ISI.
Signals : (A) Luminous hall buttons at all floors.
(B) Digital hall position indicators at all floors.
(C) Car operating panel with luminous floor buttons
(D) Digital car position & Direction indicator.
(E) AC/ DC VF Door Drive.
(F) Emergency light & emergency alarm through inverter
(Rechargeable batteries).
Spring buffers or as per suppliers design
Defect Liability : 2 years from date of handling over of
lifts as per details
mentioned in terms & conditions attached herewith.
The lift suppliers include Cost of
1
Scaffolding inside the hoist way for erection
2
Cutting of walls with repair
Including all of bolts members indicator and button
boxes etc. in position.
3
Sill angles, fascia plates, machine
Beams and rolled steel section with bearing plates
for
support of the nmachine if required.
4
Door frames.
5.
Pit Ladder
Car safety and Governor to control excessive descending
speed.
Counter balance to promote smooth and economic
operation.
Terminal and final limits.
Terminal buffer.
Controller to control starting speed of elevator motor and
supply brake automatically in case of
application of any of the safety device or power failure.
Steel glides for the car and counter weight.
The elevator should be equipped with the over speed
governor safety system.
Inspection unit shall be provided at the top of car.
Rechargeable battery based Emergency light & alarm.
Fireman's Switch
Door open & Door close button
Full Height Infrared Curtain
Auto On/Off for car light and fan
inclusive of Cost of voltage stablizer (if required) and SMF
Batteries.
Vat,Service tax,excise duty, Freight,octori etc.
Insurance transit and up to handling over of lift.
BILL OF QUANTITIES OF LOW VOLTAGE SERVICES
FOR MUNICIPAL CORPORATION OFFICE COMPLEX,
SECTOR 3, SONIPAT
SUB HEAD B
S.NO Reference DESCRIPTION
B-1 CCTV SYSTEM:
1
NS
2
NS
Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of
IP Network TDN Low-Light IR Rugged Dome
Camera, 1/2.7" CMOS, 2 MP @ 25fps or better,
triple stream,Min. Illumination required 0.01 lux
@ F1.4 (color), 120dB True WDR, Min. Pixels
1920 × 1080, triple stream, 7–22 mm motorized
focus & zoom lens, BLC, HLC, 3DNR, Privacy
Mask, 3 IR LEDs Smart IR with upto 50m IR
distance, Dual channel Audio
G.711a/G.711u/AAC, 128GB SD card support,
Alarm: 2 In/ 1out, PoE, H.264 High Profile and
MJPEG, PoE Class 3 and 12V DC, IP 67, IK 10
vandal proof, Having Operating temp range : –
40°C to 60° C. Certifications: ONVIF Profile S &
Profile G compliant, UL, CSA 60950-22, CE (EN
50130-4 & EN 55022) , FCC Part 15 & RoHS
compliant. Make Honeywell or Pelco or Axis
Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of
IP Network TDN Low-Light IR Bullet/ Box Camera,
1/2.7" CMOS, 2 MP @ 25fps or better, triple
stream, Min. Illumination required 0.01 lux @
F1.4 (color), 120dB True WDR, Min. Pixels 1920 ×
1080, triple stream, 5–50 mm motorized focus &
zoom lens, BLC, HLC, 3DNR, Privacy Mask, 4 IR
LEDs Smart IR with upto 60m IR distance, Dual
channel Audio G.711a/G.711u/AAC, 128GB SD
card support, Alarm: 2 In/ 1out, PoE, H.264 High
Profile and MJPEG, PoE Class 3 and 12V DC, IP
67, IK 10 vandal proof, Having Operating temp
range : –40°C to 60° C. Certifications: ONVIF
Profile S & Profile G compliant, UL, CSA 6095022, CE (EN 50130-4 & EN 55022) , FCC Part 15 &
RoHS compliant. Make Honeywell or Pelco or
Axis
UNIT
QTY
Nos
20
Nos
31
Rate
Amount
3
NS
4
NS
5
NS
6
NS
7
NS
8
NS
9
NS
Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of
IP Network TDN Low-Light IR Long PTZ Camera
with Wiper and auto tracking, 1/1.9" CMOS, 2
MP @ 25fps, triple stream, Min. Illumination
required 0.005 lux @ F1.6 (color) & 0.0005 lux @
F 1.6(B/W), 120dB True WDR, Min. Pixels 1920 ×
1080, triple stream, 6mm –180 mm 30x
motorized focus & zoom lens, BLC, HLC, 3DNR,
Defog, Electronic Image Stabilitzation, Privacy
Mask, IR range with upto 150m IR distance, Dual
channel Audio G.711a/G.711u/AAC, 128GB SD
card support, Alarm: 7 In/ 2 out, PoE, H.264 High
Profile and MJPEG, PoE Class 5 and 12V
DC/24VAC, IP 67, Speed Controlled Wiper for
cleaning rain water and dust,Having Operating
temp range : –40°C to 70° C. Certifications:
ONVIF Profile S compliant, UL, CSA 60950-22, CE
(EN 50130-4 & EN 55022) , FCC Part 15 & RoHS
compliant.Make Honeywell or Pelco or Axis
Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of
Industrial grade HUS Network Video Recorder :
64CH @ 1080P / 128 CH @ 720P HUS NVR, Upto
12 HDD bays with 48TB, RAID 0,1,5,6,10;Hot
Swap, 1 SAS, 2 1000M Ports, ONVIF, N+1
Redundancy, NFR with Camera, Dual Power, Dual
Ethernet Port, 1Gbps throughput Make
Honeywell or Pelco or Axis
Ultrakey Lite, Maxpro Control keyboard with
function key, joystick, LED display Make
Honeywell or Pelco or Axis
Supply, installation, testing & commissioning of
Layer 2 ,24 Port 10/100/1000 Base T POE+ and 2
no of 2G Fiber Port,Manageable Switch with POE
budget of 75W with SFP Module Cost, inclusive
of LIU and LC couplers, plates, mounts, etc
required for commissioning Make Cisco/ Allied/
D-Link/ Enterasys
Supply, installation, Testing & Commissioning of
Armourd cat-6 UTP cable with all accessories
complete as required.
SITC of 2 core*1.5sqmm FRLS unarmoured power
cable with all accessories complete as required.
19" 42U APW President Rack with glass front
door, steel rear door, power supply, MCB, cable
manager, drawer shelves and wiring channels to
accommodate CCTV systems equipment and
accessories as mentioned in the BOQ above and
Nos
3
Nos
1
Nos
1
Nos
20
Mtr.
4000
Mtr.
1000
Nos
5
including all connections and terminations as
required.
10
HSR31.44
(b)
B-2
1
2
3
4
5
Supply and erection of PVC conduit pipe ISI
marked (Medium) recessed in wall/ceiling etc.
Including cost of PVC bends, inspection box and
all other material required to complete the job in
all respect up to the entire satisfaction of
Engineer-in-Charge of work.
25 mm dia
Mtr.
1800
Each
185
Each
185
Each
185
2 pair
Jelly filled armoured (PIJF) Armoured telephone
cable including excavation of 30cmx75cm size
trench, 25 cm thick under layer of sand,IInd
class bricks covering, refilling earth,compaction
of earth, making necessary connection, testing
etc. as required of size.
Mtr.
10500
SUB TOTAL (APPROX.)
EPABX SYSTEM & DATA NETWORKING :
Supplying, Installation, testing and
commissioning of the telephone point with the
followings NS
RJ-11 telephone jack single two line
P & F following size mounting grid plates with
NS
cover plates
NS
1/2 Module
P & F following size hot dip galvanized M.S. box
of 20 SWG with earthing terminal in recess/
NS
surface suitable for modular accessories as
required.
NS
1-2 Module
Supplying and drawing PVC/ Polythene insulated
and PVC sheathed unarmoured/ armoured
telephone cable with 0.5 mm dia. Tinned /
NS
annealed copper conductor taped &confirming
to ITD specification S/WS -113C of approved
make in existing surface or recessed
conduit/casing capping.
NS
NS
Unarmoured Telephone cable in existing surface
or recessed conduit/casing capping.
6
NS
a
NS
20 pair
Mtr.
QR
b
NS
100 pair
Mtr.
QR
7
NS
a
b
NS
NS
8
NS
9
NS
10
NS
11
NS
12
NS
NS
13
NS
P & F Krone module with base frame in the
recess / surface made out of 16 SWG sheet steel
box, front openable, having locking
arrangements duly powder painted.,including
dressing, ferruling and punching of telephone
cable with krone tool etc. as required.
20 Pairs
100 Pairs
SITC of EPABX digital communication system
having 100 extensions, 10 trunk lines,
expandable to 128 ports complete with 1 key
phone: Feature includes: Extensions with clip
facility, direct inward dialing, budgeting, auto call
disconnection, 99 times automatic redial (on
external number) conference
Supply , Drawing and Testing of 4 pair, 24 AWG
UTP Cat 6 Cable as per latest ammendments of
TIA /EIA 568 B.2-1 Specifications in existing
MS/PVC Conduits including making connections
to Information outlets and Patch Panels with
ferruling at both ends for identification with
necessorry tools for punching, stripping,
crimpping and testing required.
Supply and Installation of Information outlets
made of high impact plastic body ABS FR Grade
with spring loaded collapsible shutters in jack
Recess, suitable for Cat 6 application complying
to latest ammendments EIA/ TIA 568 B.2-1
Specifications in existing modular /MS Boxes
along with necessory connections as required.
Supply & fixing of Faceplate for Flush / Surface
Mount Information Outlets Single Aperture with
screw hole covers & Icon Tree Size 86mmX86mm
Supply , Installation, Testing and Comissioning of
Rack mounted 19", Cat 6 UTP,1.5-1.6 MM CRS
chasis , powder coated Modular Patch Panels
with collapsible shutters on jacks to support
latest ammendments of TIA / EIA Cat 6
Specifications in Existing Communication Rack
along with necessory connections of Cat 6 UTP
Cables, With Rear Cable management trays and
clamps.
24 Ports
Supply , Installation, Testing and Comissioning of
Floor Standing Server / Communication rack with
width 800 MM, Depth 1000 MM, front glass
door, rear MS door, side openable panels, min 10
Each
Each
QR
QR
Each
2
Mtr.
10500
Each
160
Each
160
Each
QR
NS
14
NS
15
HSR31.44
a
(b)
socket Vertical Cable manager -02 no, two nos
Vertical Cable managers, 05 nos Horizontal Cable
managers, Keyboard tray-01, 720 mm heavy duty
shelf-03 (for mounting servers & components),
swing handles, lock on both doors, Top and
Bottom Cable entries with gland plates, Coastor
with brakes, 1 no Fan tray with 2 x 230 Volt fans,
Equipment mounting hardware.
42 U Floor Standing Rack
SITC of Managed Layer-2 Intelligent Ethernet
Switch providing 24 x 10/100 Fast Ethernet ports
and with min 2 SFP Giga Ports (provision for Fiber
Giga connectivity) with related LAN Base
Software
Supply and erection of PVC conduit pipe ISI
marked (Medium) recessed in wall/ceiling etc.
Including cost of PVC bends, inspection box and
all other material required to complete the job in
all respect up to the entire satisfaction of
Engineer-in-Charge of work.
25 mm dia
Each
QR
Each
QR
Mtr.
2300
Mtr.
1000
Nos
18
Pcs
1
Pcs
1
Pcs
QR
Pcs
QR
Pcs
Pcs
Pcs
Pcs
Pcs
Pcs
QR
QR
QR
QR
QR
QR
Pcs
QR
Box
QR
SUB TOTAL (APPROX.)
B-3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
MATV SYSTEM :
Supplying and drawing co-axial TV cable RG-6
grade, 0.7 mm solid copper conductor PE
insulated, shielded with fine tinned copper braid
and protected with PVC sheath in the existing
surface/ recessed steel/ PVC conduits as
required.
TV antenna socket outlet
DIGITAL SATELLITE AMPLIFIER (4 SAT) MODEL
9934
Power Supply 15VDC External Model 9933
SAT IF FTTH Optical Transmitter for C-Band
Dishes
IF transmitter to Receiver (Optical to RF
converter)
Dish Antenna 120 cm Ku Band
Optical LNB Quatro
FC to FC patch cable
pig tails FC (SM)
OFC Cable 4 core/6 Core
Optical Splitter 1x12
IP 65 Patch Panel 12 port with loaded 4 FC
connectors
pig tails SC/APC (SM)
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
HSR31.44
(b)
B-4
1
B-5
1
2
3
4
5
6
Optical patch cable SM SC/APC (1 Mtr)
Patch Panel small size (FTH) for room
End Multiswitch(5x8
Optical TO MDU Quatro converter
TV Wall- let (IF+RF)
F-5 Connectors
Other Optical Accessories (SC-APC adaptors etc.)
Lot1
Supply and erection of PVC conduit pipe ISI
marked (Medium) recessed in wall/ceiling etc.
Including cost of PVC bends, inspection box and
all other material required to complete the job in
all respect up to the entire satisfaction of
Engineer-in-Charge of work.
25 mm dia
SUB TOTAL (APPROX.)
OCCUPANCY CUM DAYLIGHT SENSORS :
Supply, installation, testing & commissioning of
Occupancy cum daylight sensor automatic On
OFF lamps light fan etc. Operating voltage: AC
110-250V 50Hz-60Hz Operating temperature: NS
20℃~+50℃ Load capacity: 10A. Maximum 15
drivers per sensor. Detecting distance: 0~7M
(Related to the installation) Detecting angle:
360°(Related to the installation). Light Sensitivity
: Day/Night sensor
SUB TOTAL (APPROX.)
IP -PA SYSTEM BOQ
Supply installation testing and commissioning of
NS
7-zone controller.(Server)
Supply installation testing and commissioning of
NS
15Watts Horn Speaker for car parking area
Supply installation testing and commissioning of
NS
6Watts Ceiling Speaker.
Supply installation testing and commissioning of
NS
system server software.
Supply Installation testing and commissioning of
NS
microphone
Supply Installation testing and commissioning of
NS
Amplifier
AMPLIFIER BREAK UP LOCATION /ZONE WISE
Basement,zone-01, 240 W
Ground floor,zone-02, 240 W
First Floor,zone-03, 240 W
Second Floor,zone-04, 350W
RMT
RMT
Pcs
Pcs
Pcs
Pcs
QR
QR
QR
QR
QR
QR
Pcs
QR
Mtr.
800
Pcs
175
Nos
1
Nos
12
Nos
185
Nos
1
Nos
4
Nos
7
Nos
Nos
Nos
Nos
1
1
1
1
7
NS
10
HSR31.44
(b)
B-6
1
B-7
1
Third Floor,zone-05, 350W
Fourth Floor,zone-06, 350W
Fifth Floor,zone-07, 240W
Supply Installation testing and commissioning of
2Cx1.5 Sq mm Copper cable for PA system
Supply and erection of PVC conduit pipe ISI
marked (Medium) recessed in wall/ceiling etc.
Including cost of PVC bends, inspection box and
all other material required to complete the job in
all respect up to the entire satisfaction of
Engineer-in-Charge of work.
25 mm dia
SUB TOTAL (APPROX.)
MULTIMEDIA PROJECTOR :
Supply, installation, testing & commissioning of
Multimedia Projector with LCD Technology,
NS
Brightness : 3000 ANSI Lumens or higher, Min
Resolution : XGA, Short Throw Lens, Contrast
Ratio: 3000:1, Lamp Life : 10000 Hrs (Eco Mode)
SUB TOTAL (APPROX.)
PHOTO VOLTIC SYSTEM :
Supply, installation, testing & commissioning of
Photovoltic solar system with solar photo voltic
module (120Wp+/-2%), Module mounting
NS
structure, Arry junction box, main junction box,
solar Cu cables, power conditioning unit with
invertor, Dc and AC distribution board, earthing
kit, and all accessories as required.
100 KW System
Nos
Nos
Nos
Mts.
Mtr.
1
1
1
1200
1800
Pcs
4
Qty.
1
SUB TOTAL (APPROX.)
ACCESS
CONTROL
SYSTEM
HID
B-8
1
NS
2
NS
3
NS
Supply , installation, testing & commissioning of
proximity smart card readers as per specification
suitable for mounting on metal surface/metal
frames or wooden frames wall or as required
based on site conditions including all accessories.
Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of
reprogrammable and site printable proximity
cards as per specification.
Supply , installation, testing and commissioning
No.
30
No.
300
No.
15
4
NS
5
NS
6
NS
NS
7
8
NS
9
NS
10
NS
of Push Button for Exit.
Supply , installation, testing and commissioning
of Field Device Controller for Controlling the
above card readers as per specification
mentioned including all accessories. (Tenderer to
mention quantity of controllers based on their
system).
Supply, installation, testing and commissioning
electro magnet (fail safe type) of 15 lb holding
force for the following doors:
a. Single Leaf Door v600 lbs
set
1
No.
18
b. Double Leaf Door (Drop Bolt)
No.
12
Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of
Door Contact.
No.
30
Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of
door open break glass switch for individual
access control door. This shall be located in a
powder coate
No.
d lockable enclosure housed in control room.
Quoted price shall be inclusive of wires running
in 25mm.dia MS conduit between door and this
switch.
Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of
master switch for opening all access control
door. It shall be housed in the enclosure
No.
described in item 8. Quoted price shall be
inclusive of wire in 25 mm dia 2mm thick PVC
conduit between doors and switch.
Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of
software for access control complete as required No.
capable of TCP / IP connectivity.
Supply , laying , testing and commissioning of the
Per
cables in 2mm thick PVC conduits with all
Acces
accessories including glanding and termination.
s
Quoted price shall be considering cabling for
Contr
each door including that from card reader, push
ol
button, between controllers, door strike and
Door
magnetic contact.
SUB TOTAL (APPROX.)
GRAND TOTAL
30
1
1
30
BILL OF QUANTITIES of HVAC Services
in Municipal Office Complex , Sector 3,
Sonipat
S
R
.
N
O
.
UNIT
QT
Y
3.2 TR/1936 CMH Ductable Unit
No
1
4.1 TR/2618 CMH Ductable Unit
No
1
4.65 TR/3.44 CMH Ductable Unit
No
1
5.5 TR/3595 CMH Ductable Unit
No
4
7.14 TR/3595 CMH Ductable Unit
No
4
8.0 TR/3595 CMH Ductable Unit
No
4
11.5 TR/6072 CMH Ductable Unit
No
8
No
24
No
11
No
27
No
5
No
14
DESCRIPTION
1.
0
VRF IDU & ODU
A
INDOOR UNITS OF VRV SYSTEM
1
1.
1
1.
2
1.
3
1.
4
1.
5
1.
6
1.
7
1.
8
1.
9
FLOOR MOUNTED / WALL MOUNTED /
CONCEALED / DUCTABLE TYPE INDOOR UNITS
& HRV UNITS
Supply of Hi Wall mounted type / Ceiling Concealed
type / Floor mounted type /Ductable type indoor units
having galvanized steel plate casing. The unit shall be
insulated with sound absorbing thermal insulation
material, Polystyrene / Polyethylene foam. The unit shall
be supplied with suitable decorative panel & resin net
filter with Mold resistance. The unit shall be supplied
with drain hose, clamp metal, washer fixing plate,
sealing pads, screws, clamps, washer for hanging bracket
& insulation for fitting.
1. TR/495 CMH Cassette Unit (Including cordless
remote controller)
1.5 TR/864 CMH Cassette Unit (Including cordless
remote controller)
2 TR/1031 CMH Cassette Unit (Including cordless
2
remote controller)
2. 2.5 TR/1236 CMH Cassette Unit (Including cordless
1 remote controller)
2. 3.1 TR/1540 CMH Cassette Unit (Including cordless
RATE
TOTAL
AMOUNT
2
2.
3
2.
6
2.
7
2.
8
A
B
1
1.
1
1.
2
1.
3
1.
4
1.
5
1.
6
1.
7
1.
8
1.
9
remote controller)
4 TR/1800 CMH Cassette Unit (Including cordless
remote controller)
1.1 TR / 520 CMH Hi-wall Split Unit (Including
cordless remote controller)
1.5 TR /860 CMH Hi-wall Split Unit (Including cordless
remote controller)
2 TR / 780 CMH Hi-wall Split Unit (Including cordless
remote controller)
No
5
No
69
No
15
No
3
22 HP
No
1
26 HP
No
1
28 HP
No
1
30 HP
No
1
40 HP
No
2
44 HP
No
2
46 HP
No
1
48 HP
No
1
52 HP
No
1
SUB TOTAL FOR INDOOR UNITS OF VRV
SYSTEM
OUTDOOR UNITS OF VRV SYSTEM
Supply of Compact Air Cooled type outdoor units of
VRV system having hermetically sealed scroll type
compressors & separate 1# inverter compressor,
condenser coil fabricated from Seamless Copper tube &
Plate type Al. Fins of Multi Row with “Anti Corrosive”
treatment (Blue Fins), Axial Flow, upward throw
condenser fan, Condenser fan - motor unit, insulated
refrigeration piping, power / control wiring, and
earthing, external wiring between Indoor & Outdoor
units, all system controls-safety. The outdoor unit shall
be pre charged with first charge of R 410A refrigerant.
etc. complete as per Technical Specifications and
drawing.
Each Outdoor units with High Pressure switch, Fan
driver overload protector, Over current relay, Inverter
Overload Protector & Fusible Plug. The unit shall be
suitable for 415 ± 10 % volts, 50 Hz, 3 phase AC supply,
and IP 55 protection.
B
C
1
C
SUB TOTAL FOR OUTDOOR UNITS OF VRV
SYSTEM
CORDLESS REMOTE WITH CENTRAL
CONTROLLER
Centralized Controller for entire system
No
2
SUB TOTAL FOR CORDLESS REMOTE WITH
CENTRAL CONTROLLER
-
TOTAL OF 1.0
-
2
REFRIGERATION PIPING & AIR
. DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
0
REFRIGERATION PIPING & FIRST CHARGE OF
A REFRIGERANT
1
Supply & Installation of suction & discharge Seamless
heavy gauge Copper piping of adequate size duly
insulated with 19mm / 13mm thk. Nitrile Rubber
Insulation. Refrigeration piping will have to be taken in
the piping rack / Support / Cable Tray individually
connecting to all indoor units for the respective floors.
Pipe work shall include Even necessary connections,
tees, reducers, supports, clamps, fittings, valves & ref.
joints (Y joints) where ever required will be included.
6.4mm dia
M
9.5mm dia
M
12.7mm dia
M
15.9mm dia
M
19.1mm dia
M
22.2mm dia
M
28.6mm dia
M
34.9mm dia
M
41.3mm dia
M
36
2
91
8
86
0
52
5
41
0
40
0
26
2
14
4
21
M
8
52
lot
1
M
62
26
50 mm dia.
M
55
0
40 mm dia.
M
40
0
32 mm dia.
M
40
0
25 mm dia.
M
83
6
44.5mm dia
Refrigerant R 410 gas for excess Copper Piping for all
2 circuits for entire system.
4
Supply & Laying of copper shielded armoured
Communication/Control Cabling with end termination
between Outdoor Units & Indoor Units, Communication
cabling between the individual controllers to the main
central controller with PVC conduits or Cable Trays if
required, necessary supports, Plug Top, Earthing
connection etc. as per site requirement in an approved
manner complete as per Technical Specifications and
drawing.
5
Providing and fixing in position the following Rigid
PVC condensate drain pipes cut to required lengths and
necessary elbows, tees and reducers, hanger, supports,
fittings and with 9 mm thk. Nitrile Rubber Insulation as
per drawing. Quoted price shall be inclusive of adhesive,
nitrile rubber tape etc. as per specification and drawing.
5
.
1
5
.
2
5
.
3
5
.
4
A REFRIGERANT PIPING OF VRF SYSTEM
B AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
1
Supply, fabrication, Installation, and testing of sheet
metal ducts complete with all accessories like flanges, all
necessary MS supports with epoxy Painting, suspension
rods , anchor bolts, GI bolts & nuts, canvas connections ,
adjustable splitter , guide vanes including air balancing
with necessary connections etc., in accordance with the
approved shop drawings and as per the specifications :
a 24 G galvanized sheet steel
Sq. 33
Mtr. 00
b 22 G galvanized sheet steel
Sq. 10
Mtr. 6
c 20 G galvanized sheet steel
Sq.
65
Mtr.
d 18 G galvanized sheet steel
Sq.
50
Mtr.
2
Supply, fabrication, Installation and testing of flexible
connections constructed of flexible double canvas sleeve
with necessary mounting arrangement, flanges, nuts and
bolts etc. in accordance with approved shop drawings
and as per the specifications
No.
3
Supply, Installation, testing and balancing of Supply Air
Duct dampers fabricated from G.I Sheet, duly painted
with synthetic enamel paint and to be provided with
suitable links and quadrants for control of volume of air.
in accordance with the approved shop drawings and
specifications.
Sq.
30
Mtr.
22
Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of UL
4 listed Fire & smoke dampers with actuator, transformer,
Panel for the size given under
Upto 0.3 sqm
From 0.3 sqm to 0.6 sqm
From 0.6 sqm to 0.9 sqm
From 0.9 sqm to 1.2 sqm
More than 1.2 sqm
Eac
h
Eac
h
Eac
h
Eac
h
Eac
h
20
15
15
10
5
5
Supply and Installation of GSS Louvers with bird screen,
adjustable damper for fresh air and without damper for
exhaust air complete with aluminum wire mesh bird
screen in accordance with the approved shop drawings
and specifications.
Sq.
Mtr.
6
Supplying, Installing, Testing and Commissioning of
extruded aluminum powder coated exhaust grilles
0/15/45 degree blade angle of approved shade and make
as per specifications including any framework required
for fixing of linear grilles.
Sq.
20
Mtr.
5
Powder coated, extruded aluminium Diffuser in as
7 required and as shown in the drawings.
7
. With Damper
1
7
. Without Damper
2
Sq.
12
Mtr.
Sq.
12
Mtr.
8
Supply, Installation and Balancing of opposed blade box
type volume control dampers in Supply air duct collars
as per approved drawings and specifications.
9
Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of
Constant Airflow Regulator (CAR) as specified suitable
for :
Sq. 10
Mtr. 0
Eac
h
Eac
h
50 CFM - 100 CFM
150 CFM - 250 CFM
15
0
50
B SUB-TOTAL FOR AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
TOTAL OF 2.0
- -
3
.
0
THERMAL AND ACOUSTIC INSULATION
1
DUCT ACOUSTIC LINING
Supply & Fixing of Duct liner/Acoustic (Insulation) of
specified thickness of 10 mm of
ARMA Duct
manafactured as per ASTM E 84 test & which should
also meet NFPA 90A supplementary materials for air
distribution system which should not absorbs less 0.2%
water by volume (ASTM c 209), should not support
microbial growth (ASTM C1071, G21, G22) and should
emit objectionable odors (ASTM C 665) and should
have thermal conductivity of 0.27 ( R - 2.78 in 3.4"
thickness) and water vapor permeance of 0.10. Class -0
material with sound absorbing capacity & density
150 Kg/cum.
2
3
Sq.
Mtr.
10
50
Supply & Installation of Thermal insulation On supply
air ducting externally with 13 mm thick Nitrile
Insulation with Al. foil having density between 40 to 60
kg/m3 as per approved drawing and specifications.
Quoted price shall be inclusive of adhesive, tapes as per
specification
Sq.
Mtr.
22
11
Under-Roof Insulation of the exposed roof shall be
carried out with 20 mm thick panels Pre-insulated
phenolic UL-181 certified fire rated panels with 80/80
microns embossed Alu. Foil on both sides with 55-60
Kg./m3 & 3 gm/m2 lacquered coating.
Sq.
Mtr.
30
00
DUCT THERMAL INSULATION
SUB-TOTAL FOR INSULATION WORK
TOTAL OF 3.0
-
4.
VENTILATION
0
Supply, installing, testing, commissioning & handing
over of Axial Fans (min. efficiency 70%) with MS
Supports structure to suspend from ceiling sound level 70db
(A)
@
3mtr
w/o
silencers
1
(The cost of FAN Motor Starter Panel with BMS
Connectivity
complete with necessary control,
indicating OLP.SPP, ON/OFF push Buttons with ON
indication, 2 nos, Non Polarised NO-NC contacts for
tripping on signal from Fire Dampers/Fire Alarm
Panel with all required accessories should also be
included in the quoted Price with required cable
from starter panel to Fan with max. length of cable
considered up to 15 mtr. with end termination. Extra
length of cable will be paid as per BOQ rate.)
a
Capacity- 10000 CFM - 30 mm TSP
Nos.
b
Capacity- 5800 CFM - 30 mm TSP
Nos.
2
Supply, installing, testing, commissioning & handing
over of Inline Fans with necesssary cabling :
a
1000 CFM, 20 mm SP
Nos
b
700 CFM, 20 mm SP
Nos
c
600 CFM, 20 mm SP
Nos
d
550 CFM, 20 mm SP
Nos
e
400 CFM, 20 mm SP
Nos
f
250 CFM, 20 mm SP
Nos
4
1
5
5
7
5
12
1
-
g
200 CFM, 20 mm SP
Nos
3
Supply, installing, testing, commissioning & handing
over of Propeller Fans with necesssary cabling :
a
200 CFM
Nos
4
Supply, installing, testing, commissioning of CO2 sensor
having sensitivity of 200 ppm to 10,000 ppm. Operating
temperature range from 10-50 degree C.Detection
distance upto 15 meters . Provision of sensitvity
adjustment. Analog and digital outputs.
Nos
1
16
32
VENTILATION
AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
1
Supply, fabrication, Installation, and testing of sheet
metal ducts complete with all accessories like flanges, all
necessary MS supports with epoxy Painting, suspension
rods , anchor bolts, GI bolts & nuts, canvas connections ,
adjustable splitter , guide vanes including air balancing
with necessary connections etc., in accordance with the
approved shop drawings and as per the specifications :
a
24 G galvanized sheet steel
Sq.
Mtr.
b
22 G galvanized sheet steel
Sq.
Mtr.
c
20 G galvanized sheet steel
Sq.
Mtr.
66
d
18 G galvanized sheet steel
Sq.
Mtr.
-
2
Supply, fabrication, Installation and testing of flexible
connections constructed of flexible double canvas sleeve
with necessary mounting arrangement, flanges, nuts and
bolts etc. in accordance with approved shop drawings
and as per the specifications
No.
SUB-TOTAL FOR AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
27
0
74
4
10
TOTAL OF 4.0
-
-
-
-
5.
TREATED FRESH AIR UNIT
0
1
Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of
double skin construction draw thru type TREATED
FRESH AIR UNITS with Thermal Break Profile as per
specification, each complete with filter sections with
associated applicable filters, coil of copper tube &
aluminium fins (min 8 rows (4+4) for chilled water coil,
squirrel cage induction motor with starter panel with
potential free contacts for compatibility with BAS,
aerofoil centrifugal fan drive and vibration isolators,
coil size shall be selected for a maximum face velocity
of 500 feet/minute and static pressure shall be as
indicated. Motor shall be suitable for 415±10% volts, 50
cycles, 3 phase AC supply. Fan motor assembly (as
whole) shall be statically and dynamically balanced to
grade G 6.3 as per ISO-1940/AMCA 204-3. All units
shall be complete with opposed blade volume control
dampers at oulet and fresh air connections.
8000 CFM (34 TR), 50 mm with 8.5 TR x 04 Nos.
Nos.
2
Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of
R410/R407Condensing unit of 8.5 TR.
Nos.
3
Supply & Installation of suction & discharge Seamless
heavy gauge Copper piping of adequate size duly
insulated with 13 mm thick
Rmt
2
8
10
0
SUB-TOTAL FOR TREATED FRESH AIR UNIT
TOTAL OF 5.0
TOTAL (HVAC)
BOQ OF FIRE FIGHTING & FIRE PROTECTION WORK FOR MUNICIPAL CORPORATION OFFICE COMPLEX,
SECTOR 3, SONIPAT
S.
No.
Reference
Description
Unit
Quantity
Each
2
PUMPS & ACCESSORIES
1
NS
2
NS
NS
Supplying, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of Local
Fire authority approved Electric Driven Main fire pump for
Sprinkler / Hydrant applications suitable for automatic
operation and consisting of following details given as A, B,
C, D, E, F and G .
(A) Horizontal Single / Multi stage Centrifugal End suction,
back pull type pump complete for delivery of below
mentioned discharge , with necessary Butterfly valve on the
suction side ( all items to be matching with the suction side
dia of the pump) and pressure gauge ,Butterfly valve and
non return valve on the delivery side side ( all items to be
matching with the delivery side dia of the pump) and
including bypass arrangement for Testing of pump
(B) Material of construction : Pump Casing - Cast Iron,
Impellor - Bronze, Shaft - SS 410, Packing - Mechanical Seal
(C)Pump shall be capable of furnishing not less than 150 %
of rated capacity at a head not less than 65 % of the rated
head. The shut off head shall not exceed 120 % of rated
head
(D) Squirrel cage induction motor suitable for 3 phase, 415
V, 50 HZ, Ac supply 2900 / 1450 RPM T.E.F.C confirming to
IP:55 , of required HP suitable for the above pump ,along
with flexible coupling , coupling guard complete in all
respect .
( E) Common bed plate fabricated from mild steel channel
for installation of pump and Motor
(F) Pump is to be inspected by third party like RITES / PDIL at
manufacturer's premises and inspection report is to be
submitted.
(G) Suitable cement concreat foundation duly plastered
with anti vibration pads.
2280 LPM suitable for 88 Mtr Head, multi stage, 1500 RPM
SITC of Local fire authority approved Diesel Engine driven
Pump suitable for automatic operation as per discharge
defined beolw consisting of the following details given as A,
B, C, D, E and F .
(A) Horizontal Single / Multi stage Centrifugal End suction,
back pull type pump complete for delivery of below
mentioned discharge complete with necessary flexible pipe,
Butterfly valve on the suction side ( all items to be matching
with the suction side dia of the pump) and pressure gauge
,Butterfly valve and non return valve on the delivery side
side ( all items to be matching with the delivery side dia of
the pump) and including bypass arrangement for Testing of
pump
(B) Material of construction : Pump Casing - Cast Iron,
Impellor - Bronze, Shaft - SS 410, Packing - Mechanical Seal
Rate
(Rs.)
Amount
(Rs.)
3
NS
NS
5
NS
NS
6
NS
7
NS
8
NS
NS
NS
(C)Pump shall be capable of furnishing not less than 150 %
of rated capacity at a head not less than 65 % of the rated
head. The shut off head shall not exceed 120 % of rated
head
(D) Radiator cooled Diesel Engine developing suitable BHP
for the below mentioned discharge at 1500 / 1800 RPM,
flexible coupling and coupling guard with the Pump,
common bed plate for mounting of the Engine and
Pump,Antivibration damping arrangement by cushy foot,
Diesel Engine starting Panel for starting of the engine
automatically if the Normal electrical supply fails with a unit
of battery bank of 12/24v,180 Ah, Lead Acid Battery with
Boost / Trickle charger as required for operation of Diesel
engine, Exhaust Pipe of suitable diameter minimum 10 M
length, with muffler, day oil tank of 300 1ts capacity with
first charge and hand operated oil pumping set,
(E) Pump is to be inspected by third party like RITES / PDIL at
manufacturer's premises and inspection report is to be
submitted.
(F) Suitable cement concreat foundation duly plastered with
anti vibration pads.
2280 LPM suitable for 88 Mtr Head, multi stage, 1500 RPM
SITC of Local fire authority approved Vertical multistage
Jockey pump with SS
Body, SS impellor, SS shaft,
mechanical seal coupled with Squirrel cage induction motor
for automatic operation suitable for three phase, 415 V, 50
Hz AC supply with synchronous speed of 2900 RPM ,T.E.F.C
type confirming to IP:55 with flexible coupling and coupling
guard with the pump ,Common bed plate fabricated from
mild steel channel , Suitable cement concreat foundation
duly plastered with anti vibration pads.
180 LPM suitable for 88 Mtr
SITC of pressure switches for Main, Jockey pump and
standby Diesel pumps, including necessary wiring upto
control panel and Ball valve.
Supplying and fixing air vessel of continuous welded
construction for pump room made of 450 mm dia,fabricated
out of 10 mm thick dished ends and 8 mm thick MS sheet,
2000 mm in height with air release valve on top and flanged
connection to riser, drain arrangement with 25 mm dia Gun
Metal wheel valve, with required accessories, pressure
gauge and painting with two coats of Red Oxide and two
coat of post office red enamel paint as required.
Providing, installation, testing and commissioning of
stainless steel strainer of dia given below fabricated out of
1.6 mm. thick stainless steel sheet with 3 mm. dia holes with
stainless steel flange of following sizes.
150 mm dia
Supplying and fixing, testing & commissioning of double
flanged sluice valve of rating PN 1.6 with non rising spindle,
bronze /gun metal seat ISI marked complete with nuts,
bolts, washers, gaskets, conforming to IS 780 of following
sizes as required.
150 mm dia
Each
1
Each
Each
1
3
Each
2
Each
3
Each
3
9
NS
10
NS
NS
SITC of
floor mounted dust and vermin proof
compartmentalised cubical type main fire pump house
panel made out of CRCA sheet , required hardware ,duly
treated for derusting in 7 tank process with dephosphating
and with powder coating on both side of panel in desired
shade The panel having PU/ Neoprene rubber gasket of not
less than 3mm thickness , separate detachable gland plate
M.S. base channel ,hinged door with locking arrangement
for equipment/switchgear . Thickness of sheet shall not be
less than 1.6 mm up to 600 mm length / width of any
compartment and be of 2.0 mm above 600 mm. Load
bearing structure shall be of 2.0 mm thick sheet supported
by base M.S. channel if required . Side walls and cable alley
compartments having bolted type doors and having
accessories ( Group -I ) as below:
Incomer
320 Amp. TPN MCCB (adj.O/L) with Extended ROM, 35 kA,
with Thermal magnetic release,
Digital Ammeter,
Voltmeter, Selector switches,CT, Indicating Lamps, 400
Amps Alum. Bus bar with with heat shrinkable sleeves.
Out going
(a) two no .200 Amp. TPN MCCB(adj.O/L) with Extended
ROM, 35 kA, with Thermal magnetic release, Digital
Ammeter, Voltmeter, Selector switches,CT, Indicating Lamps
for 'ON', 'OFF', 'TRIP' 1 no. star Delta Starter of 75 HP with
thermal over load relay, timer, push buttons, Auto / Manual
selector switch, Single phase preventor - 2 Sets
(b) 63 Amp. TPN MCCB (adj.O/L) with Extended ROM, 25 kA,
with Thermal magnetic release, Digital Ammeter, Voltmeter,
Selector switches, CT, Indicating Lamps for 'ON', 'OFF', 'TRIP'
1 no. Star Delta / DOL Starter of 5 - 15 HP with thermal over
load relay, timer, push buttons, Auto / Manual selector
switch, Single phase preventor - 1 Set
© One no. Diesel Engine Auto Starting kit with Auto .
Manual selector switch & 3 attempt starting device, timers,
relays, Indicating lamp for High / Low Lub. Oil pressure, High
water temperature and engine ON indication, Battery
charger, suitable for 12 V / 24 V DC with trickle / boost
selector switch, DC ammeter & voltmeter
(d) System controller to control Operation Main Electric
pumps, Diesel pump, jockey pump in sequence as per specs.
Consisting of relays, timers, sensors, annuciation window
for fault indication.
S&F following sizes (dia.) of ISI marked medium duty PVC
conduit along with accessories in surface / recessed using
saddles, clamps, fastener as required including cutting the
wall, covering conduit and making good the same as
required.
25 mm
Each
1
mtr.
50
00
11
NS
Providing/Laying P.V.C. / XLPE insulated & P.V.C. sheathed
cable of 1.1 KV grade with aluminium conductor of IS:1554
P-I / IS :7098 P - I of Group 1 of approved make in ground as
per IS:1255 including excavation of 30cmx75cm size trench,
25 cm thick under layer of sand,IInd class bricks covering,
refilling earth,compaction of earth, making necessary
connection, testing etc. as required of size.
a)
b)
12
NS
NS
NS
a)
13
NS
NS
NS
3.5C x 25.0 Sq.mm
3.5C x 120.0 Sq.mm
S & Laying following size earth wire/strip in horizontal or
vertical run in ground/surface/recess including riveting,
soldering, saddles, making connection etc. as required.
8 SWG GI Wire
Supplying, Installation, Testing & Commissioning
submersible type dewatering pump of stainless steel / Noryl
casing & impellor of discharge and head given below
complete with base plate and all accessories suitable for
operation on 230 V, single phase/415 V /3 phase, 50 Hz. AC
supply complete with starter for automatic operation
including water level sensing device / float switch inter
connection with submersible cable etc. as required.
180 LPM with 10 mtr head
TOTAL OF PUMPS & ACCESSORIES
Mtrs.
Mtrs.
75
150
Mtrs.
80
Each
1
Each
30
Each
8
Each
22
Each
2
HYDRANT SYSTEM
14
NS
15
NS
16
NS
17
NS
a)
NS
Supplying and fixing Gun metal single headed Internal /
external yard hydrant valve with 1 No. 63 mm dia
instantaneous Gun metal coupling and cast iron wheel, ISI
marked, conforming to IS 5290 (type A) with blank
Gunmetal cap and chain as required.
Supplying and fixing of Hose Cabinet of size 750 mm x 600
mm x 250 mm made of 1.6 mm thick MS sheet with 6 mm
thick glazed glass doors including necessary locking
arrangement suitable to accommodate external hydrant
with butterfly valve, 2 Nos 15 Mtr. Long Hose pipe, 1 No.
branch pipe, mounted on wall OR raised brick platform &
duly painted with post office red externally and white
internally with synthetic enamel paint complete in all
respect, for external hydrant, as required.
Supplying and fixing of Hose Cabinet of size 2100 mm x 900
mm x 715 mm made of 1.6 mm thick MS sheet with 6 mm
thick glazed glass doors including necessary locking
arrangement suitable to accommodate Internal hydrant
with butterfly valve, 2 Nos 15 Mtr. Long Hose pipe, 1 No.
branch pipe, first aid hose reel drum etc. & mounted on
wall OR raised brick platform & duly painted with post office
red externally and white internally with synthetic enamel
paint complete in all respect, for external hydrant, as
required.
Supplying and fixing Fire Brigade Connection of CI body
with Gun Metal male instantaneous inlet couplings
complete with cap and chain as required for 150mm dia MS
pipe connection, conforming to IS 904 as required of
following way :
2 Way (for Drawout )
b)
NS
4 Way (for Inlet)
Each
2
18
NS
Providing and fixing of 4 way suction coupling for fire
brigade withdrawal of water from fire tank with 150mm
Each
1
dia pipe and foot valve.
19
NS
20
NS
21
NS
22
NS
23
NS
24
NS
i
ii
iii
iv
v
vi
vii
viii
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
25
NS
Supplying and fixing 63 mm dia, 15 mtr. Long RRL hose pipe
with 63 mm dia male and female Gun metal couplings duly
binded with GI wire, rivets etc. conforming to IS 636 (typeA) as required.
Supplying & fixing 63 mm dia Gun metal branch pipe with
20 mm (nominal internal diameter) size nozzle confoming
to IS 903, suitable for instantaneous connection to
interconnect hose pipe coupling as required
Providing & fixing 100mm dia bourden type, Stainless steel
dial type pressure Gauge (0 - 16 Kg ) range, 3 / 8 " BSP
bottom entry on Pump Delivery Line complete with Ball
valve
Supplying and fixing first -Aid hose reel wall mounted
swinging type with MS construction spray painted in post
office Red, conforming to IS 884 with upto date
amendments, complete with the following as required.(A)
30 m long 20 mm (nominal internal) dia water hose
Thermoplastic (Textile reinforced) Type -2 as per IS: 12585
(B)20 mm (nominal internal) dia gun metal globe valve &
nozzle.(C)Drum and brackets for fixing the equipments on
wall.(D) Connections from riser with 40 mm dia stop valve
(gun metal) & M.S. pipe
Supply & Fixing of Fire Man's Axe with heavy Insulated
rubber tested up to 20 KV and confirming to IS ;926
Providing, laying, testing & Commissioning of 'C' class heavy
duty MS pipe conforming to IS 3589 / 1239 for hydrent and
sprinkler applications including fittings like elbows, tees,
flanges, tapers, nuts bolts, gaskets etc. fixing the pipe on the
wall/ceiling with suitable clamps and including painting of
two coats of Red Oxide , painting with two or more coats of
synthetic enamel paint of Post office red shade complete as
required.The installation includes all civil openings
,breakages and making good the same.
25 mm dia
40 mm dia
50 mm dia
65 mm dia
80 mm dia
100 mm dia
150 mm dia
200 mm dia, 6.0 mm thick
Providing, laying, testing & Commissioning of 'C' class heavy
duty MS pipe conforming to IS 3589 and 1239 for hydrent
and sprinkler underground rings including all accessories
such as screwed/ welded flanges, tees, reducers etc.
Conforming to IS : 1239/3589 complete including , welding,
jointing with compressed asbestos gaskets, nuts, bolts etc.
as required. with cleaning,wrapping and coating of the pipe
with 4 mm thick tar based plymaric corrosion protection
tape or equivalent including applying uniform coat of cold
pipekot primer as per IS; 10221 for protection against
corrsion suitable for all kind of soil at 1.0 M depth including
excavation and making good the same as required at site .
Each
60
Each
30
Each
12
Each
22
Each
22
Mtrs.
Mtrs.
Mtrs.
Mtrs.
Mtrs.
Mtrs.
Mtrs.
Mtrs.
2300
1000
1200
400
300
350
550
10
i
ii
26
NS
NS
NS
i
i
i
27
NS
NS
NS
NS
a)
b)
c)
28
NS
NS
NS
NS
29
NS
NS
80 mm dia
150 mm dia
Providing, installation, testing and commissioning of dual
plate non-return valve of following sizes confirming to
IS:5312 complete with rubber gasket, G I bolts, nuts,
washers etc. as required.
80 mm dia
100 mm dia
150 mm dia
Supplying, fixing, testing commissioning of butterfly valve
PN 1.6, with Bronze/ Gunmetal seat duly ISI marked
complete with Nuts, Bolts, washers, gaskets, conforming to
IS 13095, of following sizes as required.
80 mm dia
100 mm dia
150 mm dia
Providing, installation, testing and commissioning of Brass
ball valves of following sizes as required.
25 mm dia.
Providing, fixing, testing & commissioning of 15 mm dia size
,quartzoid bulb sprinkler heads suitable for 68
Mtrs.
Mtrs.
10
600
Each
Each
Each
1
2
2
Each
Each
Each
2
4
16
Each
12
Each
Each
Each
1800
RO
RO
Each
12
Each
24
degree centigrade rating of the following type :
i
ii
iii
NS
NS
NS
Pendant type
Upright type
Sidewall Sprinklers (ordinary)
TOTAL OF HYDRANT SYSTEM
FIRE EXTINGUISHERS
30
NS
31
NS
NS
32
NS
Supply & Fixing ISI marked ( IS : 15683 ) Poratable Fire
Exitnguisher,Trolley mounted Mech. Foam type capacity
09 ltrs with gun-metal cap and nozzle and complete
respects in all respects including initial fill and wall
suspension.
Supply & Fixing ISI marked ( IS : 15683 ) Portable Fire
Exitnguisher, ABC type,finished externally with red enamel
paint, complete in all respects including initial fill and wall
suspension of following capacity.
6 kg
Supply & Fixing ISI marked ( IS : 15683 ) Portable fire
Extinguisher, Carbon-dioxide type flat base including valve,
discharge hose of not less than 10 mm dia. min. 600 mm
long & complete in all respects including initial fill with
C02 gas confirming to IS:307-1966 filled to a filling ratio of
not more than 0.667and wall suspension bracket.
Capacity 4.5 Kg.
TOTAL OF FIRE EXTINGUISHERS
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
10
Each
1
2
3
4
5
6
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
SITC of 4 loop Multi loop Microprocessor based intelligent
and modular, 100% electronically addressable system
where field device addressing is done by panel and not user,
complete touch screen system with peer to peer networking
of 126 network nodes, loop capacity of 200 devices per
loop, built in charger and 2x9AH battery which is sealed lead
scid rechargable maintenance free type that can support
backup upto 24hours idle condition and 15 minutes during
alarm condition, with Zonal LEDs on board, capacity to have
upto 250 logic zones created, Touch LCD screen display with
LED technology, 4 NAC circuits, 3 programmable relays,
dedicated Alarm relay, Integral short circuit, Event history
on 9999 logs, option to load Logo on the main screen, view
live analog level of field devices on the panel screen, option
to download these events log and analog level report from
panel, 3 detector sensitivity levels, option to change the
operating temperature of heat detectors from panel, option
to change the volume and tone of loop powered base
sounders from panel, Alarm verification option, T1/T2 timer
option, field outputs modules programmable with 3 stage
program options, have open path programming software,
capacity to communicate loop mount repeater panels,
optional NAC power supply units that are loop mountable
and 100% supervised from main panel.
SITC of Active repeater panel with function keys flike Reset,
Alarm Acknowledge, Alarm Silence, Trouble Acknowledge
on panel itself etc. as per specification.
SITC of Addressable type manual fire alarm boxes (MCP/Pull
Station ) shall, on command from the control panel, send
data to the panel representing the state of the manual
switch and the addressable communication module status.
Manual fire alarm boxes shall be constructed of Lexan with
clearly visible operating instructions provided on the cover.
The word FIRE shall appear on the front of the stations in
raised letters, 1.75 inches (44 mm) or larger. etc. as
required.
SITC of Addressable 2 wire optical Smoke detector, 100%
soft addressing, single LED that covers 360Deg lightpipe
technology with intensity that can handle upto 5000 Lux,
Discreet design for incorporation into any décor, Common
mounting base, Drift compensation, Removable detector
chamber, Chamber monitoring by panel, option to connect
remote indicator.
SITC of Addressable 2 wire Multimode Thermal heat
detector, 3 operating temperature of detector selectable
from panel, 100% soft addressing, single LED that covers
360Deg lightpipe technology with intensity that can handle
upto 5000 Lux, Discreet design for incorporation into any
décor, Common mounting base, Drift compensation,
Removable detector chamber, Chamber monitoring by
panel, option to connect remote indicator.
SITC of Addressable Ultraviolet Flame detector 2 wire 3
sensitivity levels, dust proof, damp proof and corrosion
proof having IP21 rating. Discreet design for incorporation
into any décor, Common mounting base, Drift
compensation, Removable detector chamber, Chamber
monitoring by panel, option to connect remote indicator.
Nos
1
Nos
1
Nos
35
Nos
363
Nos
152
Nos
3
7
8
9
10
NS
NS
NS
HSR 31.44
(b)
1
NS
SITC of Addressable Wall mount or ceiling mount loop
powered sounder strober. IP33 rating and sound output of
98DB @ 1 Mt.
SITC of Base mount short circuit isolator, to be used as a
detector base. Capability to automatically resume after
short circuit is removed, load ability upto 32 devices.
Chamber monitoring by panel, option to connect remote
indicator.
SITC of 2CORE 1.5SQMM FRLS FLEXIBLE COPPER CABLE
Supply and erection of PVC conduit pipe ISI marked
(Medium) recessed in wall/ceiling etc. Including cost of PVC
bends, inspection box and all other material required to
complete the job in all respect up to the entire satisfaction
of Engineer-in-Charge of work.
25 mm dia
TOTAL OF FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
SAFETY SIGNAGE
Supply & Fixing of signs Auto-Glo, (list of design
attached), based on acrylic, single sided wall pasted
size 12” x 6”
TOTAL OF SAFETY SIGNAGE
TOTAL ESTIMATE
Nos
63
Nos
65
Mtr.
3300
Mtr.
3500
Each
90
Detailed Estimate of Landscaping in Municipal Office Complex , Sector 3, Sonipat
Sr.
No.
1
Description of item
Providing & Laying 60mm thick interlocking paver blocks of
all shapes and colours in design mix cement M-35 over a bed of
25mm thick fine sand complete in all respect. (HSR 10.158)
parking area for two wheelers
Infront of Gate
Qty.
Unit
300.00 Sqm
300.00 Sqm
600.00 Sqm
2
(ii)
3
Grassing with ‘Doob’ grass including watering , cutting , fine
dressing including supplying good earth if needed-and
maintenance of the lawn for 30 days or more till the grass
forms a thick lawn free from weeds and fit for moving
including supplying good earth if needed- (HSR 33.10 ii )
In rows 7.5 cm apart in either direction
In landscaped parks in diffderent pockets
Supplying at site of work well-decayed farm-yardmanure, from
any available source, approved by the Engineer-in-charge
including screening and stacking. (HSR 33.1)
Stacks
D/d 8% for wiods
4
900.00 Cum
-72.00 Cum
828.00 Cum
Spreading of sludge, farm-yard manure or/and good earth in
required thickness (Cost of sludge, farm-yard manure or/and
good earth to be paid for separately) (HSR 33.8)
Qty. same as per HSR 33.1
5
Mixing earth and sludge or farm yard manure in proportion
specified or as directed. (HSR 33.9)
6
Qty. same as per HSR 33.1
Digging holes in all kinds of soil, and refilling the same, with
the excavated earth, mixed with well decayed farmyard manure
(cost of well decayed farm yard manure to be paid separately)(HSR 33.21, I & ii)
hole 1.2 metres dia and 1.2 metres Deep.
i
1500.00 Sqm
1500.00 Sqm
828.00 Cum
828.00 Cum
300.00 Nos
Rate
Amount
ii
7
hole 0.60 metres dia and 0.60 metre Deep.
Planting permanent hedges/ Edge including digging of
trenches, 60 cm wide and 45 cm deep, refilling the excavated
earth, mixed with farm-yard manure, supplied at the rate of
4.65 cum per 100 metres and supplying and planting hedge at
30 cm apart. (HSR 33.19)
300.00 Nos
1211.00 Mtr
8
NON SCHEDULED ITEMS
Supply of New fine Grass selection no 1 (N.S)
7500.00 sqm
9
Providing & fixing precast concrete reinforced chair type
Benches as per item No.23 approved DNIT (N.S)
60.00 Nos
10
Providing tree guard alongwith pit for watering of trees
11
Construction of raised planters with black granite ledge and
wall cladding (surface area of perimeter face to be measured
12
Accent lights for plantation (skipes), wall recessed lights, in
planters, uplighters , refelcetors
13
14
300.00 Nos
7.20 Sqm
100.00 Nos
Providing and fixing pavilions with traditional Red Roof Tiles
on MS tubular structure and steel posts with CC flooring of
size 3.6m x 3.6 m as per plan shape and height 2.7m with
pendent LED lights 32 W
12.00 each
Supplying, installing, testing, Commissioning Stone Rockery
with water cascade with all electrical, pump, civil work
complete 18m long and 3.0 m wide
2.00 each
15
Providing and laying Red sand stone paving as per Annexure 1
item 1.6
400.00 rm
16
Providing & Fixing Pop up Irrigation System in Lawn
232.00 nos
17
Supply and plantation of trees as per description below
including diggging ofpits,plantation of plants ,mixing of gobar
manure, and DAP mamure, antitermite, refilling, watering, and
maintn. For 3-months Complete as per Specification (Plant
must be healthy and well grown, height minimum 3.0 m with
20 cm girth (NS)
01 Albizzia lebeck SIRIS White flower
02 Anthocephalus cadamba KADAMBA White flower
03 Bauhinia variegata KACHNAR Pink
Nos
04 Bauhinia variegata alba KACHNAR Pink
05 Bombax ceiba SEMAL Orange flower
06 Butea monosperma PALASH Orange flower
07 Callistemon citrinus BOLLE BRUSH Red
08 Cassia fistula AMALTASH Yellow flower
09 Cassia javanica BLOOM CASSIA R, White flower
10 Cassia nodosa PINK CASSIA Pink
11 Cassia siamea POP CORN LYellow flower 10
12 Erythrina variegata PARROT FLOWER Red
13 Grevillea robusta SILVER OAK
14 Jacaranda mimosaefolia Blue
15 Kigelia pinnata SAUSAGE TREE Red flower
16 Lagerstroemia speciosa PRIDE OF INDIA
17 Magnolia grandiflora BARA CHAMPA White
18 Melia azederach BAKAN White
19 Mimusops elengi MOLSHRI White flower flower5
20 NYellow flowerctanthus arbor-tristis HARSINGAR White
flower
21 Peltophorum africanum COPPER POD Yellow flower
22 Peltophorum petrocarpum Yellow FLAME TREE Yellow
flower
23 Plumeria alba White flower
24 Plumeria rubra Pink
25 Plumeria obtusa White flower
26 Putranjiva roxburghii LUCKYellow flower BEAN TREE
Yellow Green
27 Ravenala medagascariensis TRAVELLER PALM
28 Saraca asoca SITA ASHOK / GANDHAPUSHPA
29 Spathodea campanulata FLAME OF FOREST Orange
30 Tabebuia argentea TREE OF GOLD Yellow flower 5
31Alstonia Scholarisis tree
32 Azadirachta indica Neem
17
33 Terminalia arjuna ARJUN / KOHA White flower flower
34 Thevetia nerifolia PILI KANER Yellow flower
35 Delonix Regia Gulmohar
36 Polyalthia longifolia
37 Callistemon lanceolatus
Supply and Plantation of Shrubs Height 1 m minimum
Supplied in unit packs and plantation in complete,
digging,manuring , watering, pruning, dressing with
maintenance for 3 months (NS)
01 Allamanda nerifolia BUSH ALLAMANDA
02 Caesalpinia pulcherrima PEACOCK FLOWER
03 Calliandra brevipes PINK POWDEPUFF
04 Calliandra haemotocephala var alba
Nos
05 Cestrum nocturnum NIGHT JASMINE
06 Cuphea hyssopifolia FALSE HEATHER ELFIN HERB
07 Galphimia gracilis GALPHIMIA
08 Gardenia jasminoides BUSH GARDENIA
09 Hamelia patens HAMELIA
10 Hibiscus rosa - sinensis CHINA ROSE
11 Ixora sps IXORA / RKMANI
12 Jasminum grandiflorum CHAMELI / JUHI / MALTI
13 Jasminummultiflorum KUND
14 Jasminum sambac BELA / MOTIA / MOGRA
15 Jatropha hastata JATROPHA
16 Justicia brandegeana SHRIMP PLANT
17 Jasticia carnea FLAMINGO FLOWER
18 Lagerstromia indica CRAPE MYRTLE
19 Laltana camara LALTANA
20 Laltana montevidensis TRAILING LALTANA
21 Murraya paniculata ORANGE JASMINE
22 Poinsettia pulcherrima POINSETTIA
23 Punica granatum POMEGRANATE
24 Tabernaemontana coronaria TABERNAEMONTANA
25 Tecoma stans TECOMA
26 Thuja occidentalis THUJA
18
19
Supply and planting of Accent trees as per description below
including diggging ofpits,plantation of plants ,mixing of gobar
manure, and DAP mamure, antitermite, refilling, watering, and
maintenance . For 3-months Complete as per Specification
(Plant must be healthy and well grown, height minimum 3.6 m
or specified as under with 20 cm girth (NS)
Bootle Palm
Fish Tail Palm
Furcaria
Phoenix Palm
Cycus palm 1.5 m high
Traveller palm 1.5 m high
Washingtonia Palm
Ficus benjamin
Ficus panda
Topiary of Univurs
Topiary of Carijuna
Supply of Hedges and Edge Plants (N.S) as per details. Plant
must be healthy and well grown, height between 0.8 m to 1.2
m
01Croton 100
02Barleria 50
Nos
6000.00 Nos
03 Clerodedron inerme
04 Tabernae montana 100
05 Plumbago capensis 100
06 Bauhinia acuminata 100
07 Murraya ( Kamini ) 120
08 Tecomaria capensis 50
09 Malvaviscus arboreus 100
10 Golden Duranta
20
Supply and plantation of Ground cover (N.S) as per details,
inclusive of watering, pruning, maintaining for 3 months
5000
Nos
500
No
300
No.
01 Lantana slowianan
02 Golden Duranta
03 C- Inermi
04 Irisene
05 Asparagus
06 Wedellia
07 Verbina
08 Alternenthera
21
Supply and plantation of Creepers and climbers (N.S) as per
details, inclusive of hooks, anchors , support frame reqd if any,
watering, pruning, maintaining for 3 months
01 Allamanda blanchetii ALLAMANDA
02 Allamanda cathartica ALLAMANDA
03 Androsace languinosa ROCK JASMINE
04 Antigonum leptopus LOVE VINE
05 Bignonia venusta FLAME FLOWER
06 Bougainvillea sps BOUGAINVILLEA MULTI
07 Ipomoea campanulata SPOTTED HEART
08 Jacquemontia violacea JACQUEMONTIA
09 Jasminnum elongatum EAR LEAF JASMINE
10 Jasminum multiflorum STAR JASMINE
11 Jasminum sambac ARABIAN JASMINE
12 Passiflora incarnate PASSION FLOWER
13 Plumbago auriculata PLUMBAGO
14 Quisqualis indica RANGOON CREEPER MULTI
15 Thunbergia alata BLACK EYED SUSAN
22
Providing potted plants for indoors in planters with base cover
(areca palm, moneyplant, song of india, ferns , palm plants
23
24
25
Providing Seasonal Flower seasonal flowers , Roses, poppy ,
euphoria and prennials such as sweet peas, Hollyhock,
Chrysanthemum , Calendula, Aster, Verbena, Xenia, in flower
beds both during winters and summers
throughout the year (coverage
area 75 % of flowering bed) as per approval of architect/
Engineer in incharge
1500
No.
P/F Brick on edge alongside shrubs bed or flower beds
800
Rm
5
Nos
Provision of maintenance forall horticultural work for a year
including watch and ward by employing five skilled Malis
after span of handing over of contractors' three monrh period
for supply and planation maintenance
TOTAL
SECTION – 7
FORM FOR FILLING RATES
(FORM OF BID)
FORM FOR PRICE BID
I/We hereby tender for the execution of the works for the Haryana State Industrial & Infrastructure
Development Corporation Ltd. (herein after referred to as HSIIDC ) specified in the underwritten
memorandum within the time specified in such memorandum.
Single percentage rates are to be quoted in the box specified below in figures as well as in words
above / below applicable on each item of bill of quantities.
We quote our rates ___________ %
(in figures)
We quote our rates ___________ %
(in words)
above/below which will be applicable on the rate
above/below which will be applicable on the rate
of each item of bill of Quantities
of each item of bill of Quantities
And in accordance, in all respects, with the specifications, drawings and instructions in writing
referred to in Section 1 to 7 of this document and with such materials as are provided by the
Engineer-in –Charge in all other respect in accordance with such conditions so far as applicable.
Enter the rates in words and figures only in the space provided above. In the event of variation of rate
in words and figures, the lower value only shall be considered. Only single percentage on all items of
DNIT / BOQ is to be entered. In case more than one percentage is entered, the tender will be liable to
be rejected.
126
MEMORANDUM
Construction of M C office Building including Public Health
a) General Description
Services, Electrical Installations, Boundary wall, Campus Development
and all other works contingent thereto in Sector 3
Sonipat
b) Estimated cost
Rs. 43.03 Crores
Rs. 86 Lakh
c )Earnest money
5% of all bills (including earnest money )
d) Security to be deducted
e) Time allowed for completion of
21 months and 15 months defect liability
the work
period.
Signature of Contractor
127
SECTION – 8
SECURITIES AND OTHERFORMS
INDENTURE FOR SECURED ADVANCES
FORM 31
(for use in cases in which the contract is for finished work and the contractor has entered into an
agreement for the execution of a certain specified quantity of work in a given time)
This indenture
made
on
the
……………………………………………. day
of………………………………..,,20 …. BETWEEN ……………………………… (hereinafter
called the contractor which expression shall where the context so admits or implies be deemed to
include his executors, administrators and assigns) on the one part and the Employer of the other
part.
Whereas by an agreement dated …………………………………… (hereinafter called the said agreement),
the
contractor has agreed.
AND WHEREAS the contractor has applied to the Employer that he may be allowed advance on the
security of materials absolutely belonging to him and brought by him to the site of the works, the
subject of the said agreement for use in the constructions of such of the works as he has undertaken
to execute at rates fixed for the finished work (inclusive of the cost of materials and labour and
other charges).
AND WHEREAS the Employer has agreed to advance to the Contractor the sum of Rupees
………………………………………………………………………………….. on the security of
materials, the quantities and other particulars of which are detailed in Accounts of Secured
Advances attached to the Running Account bill for the said works signed by the Contractor on
…………………….. and the Employer has reserved to himself the option of making any further
advance or advances on the security of other materials brought by the Contractor to the site of the
said works.
Now, THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH that in pursuance of the said agreement and in consideration of
the sum of Rupees ……………………………………………... on or before the
execution, these presents paid to the Contractor by the Employer, and of such further advances (if any)
as may be made to him, the Contractor doth hereby covenant and agree with the President and declare
as follows:
(1)
That the said sum of Rupees ……………………………………….. so advanced by the Employer to the
Contractor as aforesaid and all or any further sum of sums advanced as aforesaid shall be
employed or by the Contractor in or towards expending the execution of the said works and for no
other purpose whatsoever.
(2)
That the material details in the said Account of Secured Advances which have been offered to and
accepted by the Employer as security are absolutely the Contractor’s own property and free from
the encumbrances of any kind and the contractor will not make any application for or receive a
further advances on the security of materials which are not absolutely his own property and free
from encumbrances of any kind and the Contractor indemnified the Employer against all claims to
any materials in respect of which an advance has been made to him as aforesaid.
(3)
That the materials detailed in the said account of Secured Advances and all other materials on the
security of which any further advance or advances may hereafter be made as aforesaid (hereafter
called the said materials) shall be used by the Contractor solely in the execution of the said works
in accordance with the directions of the Employer.
(4)
That the Contractor shall make at his own cost all necessary and adequate arrangements for the
proper watch, safe custody and protection against all risks of the said materials and that until used
in construction as aforesaid, the said materials shall remain at the site of the said works in the
Contractor’s custody and on his own responsibility and shall at all times be open to inspection by
the Engineer-In-Charge or any Integrated officer authorized by him. In the event of the said
materials or any part thereof being stolen, destroyed or damaged or becoming deteriorated in a
greater degree than is due to reasonable use and wear thereof, the Contractor will forthwith
replace the same with other materials of like quality or repair and make good the same required
by the Engineer-In-Charge.
(5)
That the said materials shall not on any account be removed from the site of the said works except
with the written permission of the Engineer-In-Charge or an Integrated officer authorized by him
on that behalf.
(6)
That the advances shall be repayable in full when or before the Contractor receives payment from
the employer of the price payable to him for the said works under the terms and provisions of the
said agreement. Provided that if any intermediate payments are made to the Contractor on
account of work done than on the occasion of each such payment, the Employer will be at liberty
to make a recovery from the Contractor’s bill for such payment by deducting there from the value
of the said materials than actually used in the construction and in respect of which recovery has
not been made previously, the value for this purpose being determined in respect of each
description of material at the rates at which the amounts of the advances made under these
presents were calculated.
(7)
That if the Contractor shall at any time make any default in the performance or observance in any
respect of any of the terms and provisions of the said agreement or of these presents, the total
amount of the advance or advances that may still be owning of the Employer shall immediately on
the happening of such default be re-payable by the Contractor to the Employer together with
interest thereon at twelve per cent per annum from the date or respective dates of such advance
or advances to the date of repayment and with all costs, charges, damages and expenses incurred
by the Employer in or for the recovery thereof or the enforcement of this security or otherwise by
reason of the default of the Contractor and the Contractor hereby covenants and agrees with the
Employer to reply and pay the same respectively to him accordingly.
(8)
That the Contractor hereby charges all the said materials with the repayment to the Employer of
the said sum of Rupees …………………………………………….. and any further sum of sums advanced as
aforesaid and all costs, charges, damages and expenses payable under these presents PROVIDED
ALWAYS and it is hereby agreed and declared that notwithstanding anything in the said
agreement and without prejudice to the power contained therein if and whenever the covenant
for payment and repayment here-in-before contained shall become enforceable and the money
owning shall not be paid in accordance there with the Employer may at any time thereafter adopt
all or any of the following courses as he may deem best :
(a)
Seize and utilize the said materials or any part thereof in the completion of the said
works on behalf of the contractor in accordance with the provisions in that behalf
contained in the said agreement debiting the contractor with the actual cost of effecting
such completion and the amount due to the contractor with the value of work done as if
he had carried it out in accordance with the said agreement and at the rates thereby
provided. If the balance is against the contractor, he is to pay same to the Employer on
demand.
(b)
Remove and sell by public auction the seized materials or any part there of and out of
the money arising from the sale retain all the sums aforesaid repayable or payable to
the Employer under these presents and pay over the surplus (if any) to the Contractor.
(c)
(9)
Deduct all or any part of the money owing out of the security deposit or any sum due to
the Contractor under the said agreement.
That except in the event of such default on the part of the contractor as aforesaid, interest on
the said advance shall not be payable.
That in the event of any conflict between the provisions of these presents and the said agreement,
the provisions of these presents shall prevail and in the event of any dispute or difference arising
over the construction or effect of these presents the settlement of which has not been here-inbefore expressly provided for the same shall be referred to the Employer whose decision shall be
final and the provision of the Indian Arbitration Act for the time
LETTER OF ACCEPTANCE
(Letter head paper of the Employer)
NO, MC:2017:
Dated:
To
____________________________________
____________________________________
____________________________________
Sub: Construction of MC office Building including Public Health Services, Electrical, Fire Fighting/ HVAC/
Landscaping , Boundary wall, campus development and all other works contingent thereto inSector 3, S
onipat .
Dear Sir,
This is to notify that your bid (Technical as well as Financial), technical part of which was opened on
dated……….. , financial on dated……..…taken I to consideration along with revised offer dated…….., in
respect of the work of Construction of in MC Office Building including Public Health Services, Electrical
Installations,Fire Fighting/ HVAC/ Landscaping Boundary wall, campus development and all other works
contingent thereto in Sector 3, Sonipat, is hereby accepted with the following details.
The time period of completion of work would be 21 months from the date of commencement of work plus 6
months of trial run &15 months of defect liability period along with maintenance period. The date of
commencement of work shall be reckoned with effect from 15 days from the date of issue of Letter to
proceed. You are hereby notified to complete the formalities of signing agreement and deposition of
performance guarantee of 5% of the contract value viz. Rs…………… in the form bank
Guarantee, to be deposit within 25 days of receipt of the letter of acceptance, so that Letter to Proceed with
the work can be issued. Your failure to comply with the requirements of Bid Documents shall constitute
sufficient ground for annulment of this Letter of Acceptance and forfeiture of Earnest Money Deposited.
Thanking you,
Yours Faithfully
For M C Sonipat
Performance Security
Within 21 days of receipt of the letter of Acceptance, the successful bidder shall deliver to the Municipal Corporation a
Performance Security in any of the form given below for and amount equivalent to 5% of the
contract price.
i) A Bank Guarantee in favour of the Commissioner Sonepat
ii) Banker Cheque/Bank Draft/Pay Order in favour of Commissioner Sonepat
If the performance security is provided by the successful bidder in the form a bank Guarantee, it shall be issued either (a)
at the bidder option, by Nationalised /Scheduled Indian Bank or (b) by a foreign bank located in India or acceptable to
Municipal Corporation. This Performance security will be will be refunded after completion of work.
10% security will be deducted from the Bills, which shall only be refunded after satisfactory
inspection report of Engineer in charge after completion of six months maintenance Liability period.
Failure of the successful bidder to comply with the requirement shall constitute sufficient grounds for
cancellation of the award and forfeiture of the Earnest Money.
Maintenance Period (Six moths without any extra cost)
A defect is any part of the works not completed in accordance with the contract or distressed development
in the work irrespective of any cause.
The defects liability period is the period named in the contract data and calculated from the completion date.
The maintenance period is Six months without any extra cost calculated from the completion date.
All defects/repair/replacement of part or parts, during this period, shall be removed by the firm within 24 hours of its
occurrence failing which penalty amounting to Rs.500/- per day will be levied on firm. All type of expenses shall be
borne by the firm at his own level and no payments shall be made by department. It is contingent to work and nothing
extra is payable.
The maintenance and defect liability certificate is the certificate issued by Engineer-in-Charge after the
defect liability period has ended and upon correction to defects by the contractor.
SECTION -9
DRAWINGS
The drawings can be seen in the office of Architects and Executive Engineer in working days
during office hours.
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement